CAE Parc Aviation ATPL Study Material

Chinese ATPL Study
Material
Dear Candidate,
CAE Parc Aviation have compiled the following sample questions to help you practise and
prepare for your CAAC ATPL test. These sample questions are based on our experience of
previous CAAC ATPL tests. Please note that whilst every effort and care was taken to ensure
this document is up to date and correct, some inaccuracies may exist. This document to give
you an idea of what to expect and to help you refresh your memory. A passing score on this
test is 70% and most applicants pass on their first attempt.
We wish you the best of luck!
1|Page
CAE Parc Aviation Chinese ATPL Study Material
Important items to note prior to taking the test.
Please bring your passport and two extra blue background photos (4.8 x 3.3cm) of you wearing a dark
suit/white shirt and dark tie.
Before the test, please ensure that all details of the admission form are correct (name, nationality,
passport number etc.)
Please take your passport into the classroom. All other belongings should be left at the front of the
classroom.
During the test, please do not kick the front of the wire (at your desk).
Windows contains a calculator – if you cannot find it, please alert the instructor to show you.
The ATPL test is a Computer based test consisting of 100 questions
The test time duration is 2.5 hours
On completing a question, please click ‘NEXT’ and not ‘FINISH’.
When you want to submit the test, please press ‘FINISH’.
CAAC ATPL TEST QUESTIONS
2|Page
7. A Category II ILS pilot authorization, when originally issued, is normally
limited to
A. Category II operations not less than 1600 RVR and a 150-foot DH.
B. pilots who have completed an FAA-approved Category II training program.
C. Category II operations not less than 1200 RVR and a 100-foot DH.
Answer = A
8. A commercial pilot has a type rating in a B-727 and B-737. A flight test is
completed in a B-747 for the Airline Transport Pilot Certificate. What pilot
privileges may be exercised regarding these airplanes?
A.Commercial - B-737; ATP - B-727 and B-747.
B.ATP - B-747; Commercial - B-727 and B-737.
C.ATP - B-747, B-727, and B-737.
Answer = C
9. A commercial pilot has DC-3 and DC-9 type ratings. A flight test is completed
for an Airline Transport Pilot Certificate in a B-727. What pilot privileges may be
exercised?
A.ATP - B-727 and DC-3; Commercial - DC-9.
B.ATP - B-727 only; Commercial - DC-9 and DC 3.
C.ATP - B-727, DC-3, and DC-9.
Answer = C
10. A crewmember who has served as second-in-command on a particular type
airplane (e.g., B737-300), may serve as pilot-in-command upon completing
which training program?
3|Page
A.Upgrade training.
B.Recurrent training.
C.Initial training.
Answer = A
11. A dispatch release for a flag or domestic air carrier must contain or have
attached to it
A. minimum fuel supply and weather information for the complete flight.
B. trip number and weight and balance data.
C. weather information for the complete flight and a crew list.
Answer = A
12. A domestic air carrier airplane lands at an intermediate airport at 1815Z.
The latest time it may depart without a specific authorization from an aircraft
dispatcher is
*(domestic 1 hour,flag 6 hours)
A.1945Z.
B.1915Z.
C.1845Z.
Answer = B
13. A domestic air carrier flight has a delay while on the ground, at an
intermediate airport. How long before a redispatch release is required?
A. Not more than 1 hour.
B. Not more than 2 hours.
C. More than 6 hours.
Answer = A
14. A domestic or flag air carrier shall keep copies of the flight plans, dispatch
releases, and load manifests for at least
A. 3 months.
4|Page
B. 6 months.
C. 30 days.
Answer = A
15. A flag air carrier flight lands at an intermediate airport at 1805Z. The latest
time that it may depart without being redispatched is
(domestic 1 hour,flag 6 hours)
A. 2005Z.
B. 1905Z.
C. 0005Z.
Answer = C
16. A passenger briefing by a crewmember shall be given, instructing
passengers on the necessity of using oxygen in the event of cabin
depressurization, prior to flight conducted above
A. FL200
B. FL240
C. FL250
Answer = C
17. A person whose duties include the handing or carriage of dangerous articles
and/or magnetized materials must have satisfactorily completed an established
and approved training program within the preceding
A. 6 calendar months.
B. 12 calendar months.
C. 24 calendar months.
Answer = B
18. A pilot flight crewmember, other than pilot in command, must have received
a proficiency check or line-oriented simulator training within the preceding
5|Page
Answer = B
19. A pilot in command must complete a proficiency check or simulator training
within the preceding
Answer = A
20. A pilot, acting as second-in-command, successfully completes the
instrument competency check. How long does this pilot remain current if no
further IFR flights are made?
A.12 months.
B.90 days.
C.6 months.
Answer = C
21.A turbojet-powered flag air carrier airplane is released to an airport which
has no available alternate. What is the required fuel reserve?
A. 2 hours at normal cruise speed in a no wind condition fuel consumption.
B. 2 hours at normal cruise fuel consumption.
C. 30 minutes, plus 10 percent of the total flight time.
Answer = B
22. An air carrier may schedule a pilot to fly in an airplane, in any calendar
month, for no more than
*{Maximum accumulate flight time :
1000 hr. for a calendar year
100hr. for a month
6|Page
35hr. for a week
Maximum continued flight time :
For 2 crew member 8hr. (14hr. duty time,includflight preparation.....)
For 3 crew member 10hr. (16hr. duty time)
For 3 crew member with rest area 14hr. (18hr. duty time)
For 4 crew member with a second-pic 17hr. (20hr. duty time)}
A.80hours
B.90 hours
C.100hours
Answer = C
23. An air carrier may schedule a pilot to fly in an airplane, in any calendar year,
for no more than
A.800hours
B.900 hours
C.1000hours
Answer = C
24. An air carrier may schedule a pilot, on a four-pilot crew (including a
second-in-commander pilot), for flight deck duty during any 24
consecutive-hour period for not more than
A.17 hours
B.24 hours
C.25 hours
Answer = A
25. An air carrier may schedule a pilot, on a three-pilot crew (including a
A.10 hours
7|Page
B.14 hours
C.16 hours
Answer = A
26. An air carrier uses an airplane that is certified for operation with a flightcrew
of two pilots and one flight engineer. In case the flight engineer becomes
incapacitated
A.at least one other flight crewmember must be qualified to perform the flight
engineer duties.
B.one crewmember must be qualified to perform the duties of the flight
engineer.
C.one pilot must be qualified and have a flight engineer certificate to perform
the flight engineer duties.
Answer = A
27. An aircraft dispatcher shall receive at least 24 consecutive hours of rest during
A. every 7 consecutive days
B. any 7 consecutive days or the equivalent ( 等同) thereof within any calendar month
C. each calendar week
Answer = B
28. An airplane has seats for 149 passengers and eight crewmembers. What is
the number of flight attendants required with 97 passengers aboard?(*1 for
every 50 sit)
A. Four
B. Three
C. Two
Answer = B
29. An airplane has seats for 49 passengers and two crewmembers. What is
8|Page
the number of flight attendants required with only 1 passenger aboard?
A. Two
B. One
C. Zero
Answer = B
30. An applicant who is scheduled for a practical test for an airline transport
pilot certificate, in an approved flight simulator, is
A. required to have at least a current third-class medical certificate.
B. not required to have a medical certificate.
C. required to have a first-class medical certificate.
Answer = B
31. An applicant who is taking a practical test for a type rating to be added to a
commercial pilot certificate, in an approved simulator, is
A. required to have a first-class medical certificate.
B. required to have a second-class medical certificate.
C. not required to have a medical certificate.
Answer = C
32. By regulation, who shall provide the pilot in command of a domestic or flag
air carrier airplane information concerning weather, and irregularities of facilities
and services?
A. The aircraft dispatcher.
B. Air route traffic control center.
C. Director of operations.
Answer = A
*33. Category II ILS operations below 1600 RVR and a 150-foot DH may be
approved after the pilot in command has
A.10 takeoffs and landings in make and model and three Category II ILS
9|Page
approaches in actual or simulated IFR conditions with 150-foot DH since the
beginning of preceding month, under 14 CFR parts 91 and 121.
B. at least six Category II approaches in IFR conditions with 100-foot DH within
the preceding 12 calendar months.
C. logged 100 hours' in make and model airplane under 14 CFR part 121 and
three Category II ILS approaches in actual or simulated IFR with 150-foot DH
since the beginning of the sixth preceding month.
Answer = C
34. During a supplemental air carrier flight, who is responsible for obtaining
information on meteorological (气象) conditions?
A. Aircraft dispatcher.
B. Pilot in command.
C. Director of operations or flight follower.
Answer = B
35. During emergency, can a pilot expect landing priority?
A. yes. delay all aircraft in the air and give this emergency aircraft landing
priority.
B. yes. Give the priority to this emergency aircraft only when have conflict with
other aircraft or proximate the same expect landing time.
C. no. because the landing priority of aircraft arriving at a tower-controlled
airport is on "first-come, first-served" basis.
Answer = B
36. Duty and rest period rules require that a flight crewmember
A. not be assigned to any duty with the air carrier during any required rest
10 | P a g e
period.
B. not be on duty aloft for more than 100 hours in any 30-day period.
C. be relieved of all duty for at least 24 hours during any 7 consecutive
days.0020
Answer = A
37. Each crewmember shall have readily available for individual use on each
flight a
A. key to the flight deck door.
B. certificate holder's manual.
C. flashlight（手电筒）in good working order.
Answer = C
38. Except during an emergency, when can a pilot expect landing priority?
A. When cleared for an IFR approach
B. When piloting a large, heavy aircraft.
C. In turn, on a firs-come, first serve basis.
Answer = C
39. For a flag air carrier flight to be released to an island airport for which an
alternate airport is not available, a turbojet-powered airplane must have enough
fuel to fly to that airport and thereafter to fly
A. at least 2 hours at normal cruising fuel consumption.
B. for 3 hours at normal cruising fuel consumption（消耗）.
C. back to the departure airport.
Answer = A
40. For an airport with only one set of VOR approach, if the applicable
instrument visibility minimum is 2,000 meters, it may be listed as an alternate
airport only when the visibility is forecast to be at least
11 | P a g e
*( For an airport with 1 set of approach:
add 120mDH & 1600mRVR
For an airport with 2 or more set of approach :
Add 60mDH & 800mRVR to the minimum(use the higher one when more
than 2)
A.3000m.
B.3,600m.
C.2,800m.
Answer = B
41. For an airport with only one set of VOR approach, if the authorized MDH is
100 meters, it may be listed as an alternate airport only when the ceiling is
forecast to be at least
A.220m.
B.150m.
C.160m.
Answer = A
42. For an airport without air corridor（走廊）, the approach controlled airspace
may extends laterally from the edge of Class D airspace to radius of
A. 40 kilometers.
B. 50 kilometers.
C. 46 kilometers.
Answer = B
43. For scheduled airline, pilots should fill in the box of TYPE OF FLIGHT with
letter
A. G.
B. S.
C. R.
12 | P a g e
Answer = B
44. Group II aircraft are
A. Propeller driven aircraft
B. Turbojet aircraft
C. 3/4 engine aircraft
Answer = B
45. How dose deadhead transportation, going to or from a duty, affect the
computation of flight time limits for air carrier flight crewmember? It is
A. considered part of the rest period if the flight crew includes more than two
pilots.
B. considered part of the rest period for the flight engineers and navigators.
C. not considered to be part of a rest period.
Answer = C
46. How long shall a supplemental air carrier or commercial operator retain a
record of the load manifest, airworthiness release, pilot route certification, flight
release, and flight plan?
A. 1 month.
B. 3 months.
C. 12 months.
Answer = B
47. How often must a crewmember actually operate the airplane emergency
equipment, after initial training?
Answer = C
48. If a B-747(400) airplane is dispatched from an airport that is below landing
13 | P a g e
minimums, what is the Maximum distance that a departure alternate airport may
be located from the departure airport?
A. Not more than 2 hours at normal cruising speed with one engine inoperative.
B. Not more than 2 hours at normal cruising speed with one engine operating.
C. Not more than 2 hours at normal cruising speed in still air with one engine
inoperative.
Answer = C
49. If a flag air carrier flight lands at an intermediate airport at 1845Z, and
experiences a delay, what is the latest time it may depart for the nearest airport
without a redispatch release?
A. 1945Z.
B. 2015Z.
C. 0045Z.
Answer = C
50. If a flight crewmember completes a required annual flight check in
December 1987 and the required annual recurrent flight check in January 1989,
the latter check is considered to have been taken in
A. November 1988.
B. December 1988.
C. January 1989.
Answer = B
51. If a flight engineer becomes incapacitated during flight, who may perform
the flight engineer's duties?
A. The second in command only.
B. Any flight crewmember, if qualified.
C. Either pilot, if they have a flight engineer certificate.
14 | P a g e
Answer = B
52. If an air carrier schedules a dispatcher for 12 hours of duty in a
24-consecutive-hour period, what action is required?
A. The dispatcher should be given a rest period of 24 hours at the end of the 13
hours
B. The dispatcher should be given a rest period of at least 8 hours at or before
the completion of 10 hours of duty
C. The dispatcher should refuse to be on duty 13hours as the CCAR part 121
limits the duty period to 10 consecutive hours
Answer = B
53. If an intoxicated person creates a disturbance aboard and air carrier aircraft,
the certificate holder must submit a report, concerning the incident, to the
Administrator within
A. 10 days.
B. 24 hours.
C. 5 days.
Answer = C
54. If it becomes necessary to shut down one engine on a domestic air carrier
three-engine turbojet airplane, the pilot in command
A. must land at the nearest suitable airport, in point of time, at which a safe
landing can be made.
B. may continue to the planned destination if approved by the company aircraft
dispatcher.
C. may continue to the planned destination if this is considered as safe as
landing at the nearest suitable airport.
Answer = C
55. In a 24-hour consecutive period, what is the Maximum time, excluding
15 | P a g e
briefing and debriefing, that an airline transport pilot may instruct other pilots in
air transportation service?
A. 6 hours.
B. 8 hours.
C. 10 hours.
Answer = B
56. It is the responsibility of the pilot and crew to report a near midair collision
（冲突） as a result of proximity（接近） of at least
A. 50 feet or less to another aircraft.
B. 500feet or less to another aircraft.
C. 1,000 feet or less to another aircraft.
Answer = B
57. No one may operate in Class A airspace unless he has filed an IFR flight
plan and
A. reached the cruising IAS.
B. entered VFR weather conditions.
C. received an ATC clearance.
Answer = C
58. person may not act as a crewmember of a civil aircraft if alcoholic
beverages have been consumed by that person within the preceding
A.8 hours.
B.12 hours.
C.24 hours.
Answer = A
59. The "age 60 rule" of CCAR Part 121 applies to
A. any required pilot crewmember.
B. any flight crewmember.
16 | P a g e
C. the pilot in command only.
Answer = A
60. The certificated air carrier and operators who must attach to, or include on,
the flight release form the name of each flight crewmember, flight attendant,
and designated pilot in command are
A. supplemental and commercial.
B. supplemental and domestic.
C. flag and commercial.
Answer = A
61. The flight time limitations established for flight crewmembers include
A. only commercial flying in any flight crewmember position in which CCAR 121
operations are conducted.
B. all flight time, except military, in any flight crewmember position.
C. all commercial flying in any flight crewmember position.
Answer = C
A. only pilots
B. pilots, navigators, flight engineers and batmen, but do not include flight
attendants.
Answer = C
63. The information required in the flight release for supplemental air carriers
and commercial operators that is not required in the dispatch release for flag
and domestic air carriers is the
A. weather reports and forecasts.
B. names of all crewmembers.
C. minimum fuel supply.
17 | P a g e
Answer = B
64.The kinds of operation that a certificate holder is authorized to conduct are
specified in the
A. certificate holder's operations specifications.
B. application submitted for an Air Carrier or Operating Certificate, by the
applicant.
C. Air Carrier Certificate or Operating Certificate.
Answer = A
65. The Maximum duty time in 24 consecutive hours that a carrier may
schedule a pilot in a four pilot crew (including a second-in-commander pilot)
without a rest period is
*{Maximum accumulate flight time :
1000 hr. for a calendar year
100hr. for a month
35hr. for a week
Maximum continued flight time :
For 2 crew member 8hr. (14hr. duty time,includflight preparation.....)
For 3 crew member 10hr. (16hr. duty time)
For 3 crew member with rest area 14hr. (18hr. duty time)
For 4 crew member with a second-pic 17hr. (20hr. duty time)}
A.19hours
B.20 hours
C.21hours
Answer = B
66. The Maximum duty time in 24 consecutive hours that a carrier may
schedule a pilot in a three pilot crew (including a second-in-commander pilot)
18 | P a g e
A.16hours
B.17 hours
C.18 hours
Answer = A
67.The Maximum duty time in 24 consecutive hours that a carrier may
schedule a pilot in a two pilot crew without a rest period is
A.12hours
B.13 hours
C.14 hours
Answer = C
68. The Maximum flight time in 24 consecutive hours that a carrier may
A.8 hours
B.10 hours
C.12 hours
Answer = A
69. The Maximum number of consecutive hours of duty that an aircraft
dispatcher may be scheduled is
A.12hours
B.10hours
C.8hours
Answer = B
70. The Maximum number of hours a pilot may fly in 7 consecutive days without
any rest is
A.35 hours
B.32 hours
C.30 hours
19 | P a g e
Answer = A
71. The required crewmember functions that are to be performed in the event of
an emergency shall be assigned by the
A. pilot in command.
B. air carrier's chief pilot.
C. certificate holder.
Answer = C
72. The training required by flight crewmembers who have not qualified and
served in the same capacity on another airplane of the same group (e.g.,
turbojet powered) is
A. upgrade training.
B. transition training.
C. initial training.
Answer = C
73. The training required for crewmembers or dispatchers who have been
qualified and served in the same capacity on other airplanes of the same group
is
A. difference training.
B. transition training.
C. upgrade training.
Answer =B
74. To be eligible( 合格) for the practical test for the renewal （恢复） of a
Category II authorization, what recent （最近的） instrument approach
experience is required?
A. Within the previous 6 months, six ILS approaches, three of which may be
flown to the Category I DH by use of an approach coupler.
B. Within the previous 6 months, six ILS approaches flown by use of an
20 | P a g e
approach coupler to the Category I DH.
C. Within the previous 12 calendar months, three ILS approaches flown by use
of an approach coupler to the Category II DH.
Answer = A
75. To excercise ATP privileges a pilot must hold
A. a third-class medical certificate.
B. a second-class medical certificate.
C. a first-class medical certificate.
Answer = C
76. To satisfy the minimum required instrument experience for IFR operations,
a pilot must accomplish during the past 6 months at least
A.six instrument approaches, holding, intercepting and tracking courses
through the use of navigation systems in an approved flight training
device/simulator or in the category of aircraft to be flown.
B.six instrument approaches, three of which must be in the same category and
class of aircraft to be flown, plus holding, intercepting and tracking courses in
any aircraft.
C.six instrument approaches and 6 hours of instrument time, three of which
may be in a glider.
Answer = A
77. Under which condition is a flight engineer required as a flight crewmember
in CCAR Part 121 operations?
A. If the airplane is being flown on proving flights, with revenue cargo aboard.
B. If the airplane is powered by more than two turbine engines.
C. If required by the airplane's type certificate.
Answer = C
78. What information must be contained in, or attached to, the dispatch release
21 | P a g e
for a domestic air carrier flight?
A. Departure airport, intermediate stops, destinations, alternate airports, and trip
number.
B. Names of all passengers on board and minimum fuel supply.
C. Cargo load, weight and balance data, and identification number of the
aircraft.
Answer = A
79. What information must be included on a domestic air carrier dispatch
release?
A. Evidence that the airplane is loaded according to schedule, and a statement
of the type of operation.
B. Minimum fuel supply and trip number.
C. Company or organization name and identification number of the aircraft.
Answer = B
80. What information must the pilot in command of a supplemental air carrier
flight or commercial operator carry to the destination airport?
A. Cargo and passenger distribution information.
B. Copy of the flight plan.
C. Names of all crewmembers and designated pilot in command.
Answer = B
81.What instrument flight time may be logged by a second-in-command of an
aircraft requiring two pilots?
A. All of the time the second-in-command is controlling the airplane solely by
reference to flight instruments.
B. One-half the time the flight is on an IFR flight plan.
C. One-half the time the airplane is in actual IFR conditions.
Answer = A
22 | P a g e
82. What is one of the requirements that must be met by an airline pilot to
re-establish recency of experience?
A. At least one landing must be made from a circling approach.
B. At least one full stop landing must be made.
C. At least one precision approach must be made to the lowest minimums
authorized for the certificate holder.
Answer = B
83. What is the minimum number of flight attendants required on an airplane
having a passenger seating capacity of 238 with only 200 passengers aboard?
A.Five
B.Four
C.Two
Answer = A
84.What is the minimum number of flight attendants required on an airplane
A. Six
B. Five
C. Two
Answer = B
85. What is the minimum number of flight attendants required on an airplane
with a passenger seating capacity of 333 when 296 passengers are aboard?
A. Seven
B. Six
C. Five
Answer = A
86. What minimum condition is suggested for declaring（宣布） an emergency?
A. Anytime the pilot is doubtfu（l 疑问） of a condition that could adversely affect
23 | P a g e
flight safety.
B. When fuel endurance or weather will require an en route or landing priority.
C. When distress conditions such as fire, mechanical failure, or structural
damage occurs.
Answer = A
87. What recent experience is required to be eligible for the practical test for the
original issue of a Category II authorization?
A.Within the previous 6 months, six ILS approaches flown manually to the
Category I DH.
B.Within the previous 12 calendar months, six ILS approaches flown by use of
an approach coupler to the Category I or Category II DH.
C.Within the previous 6 months, six ILS approaches, three of which may be
Answer = C
*88. What requirement must be met regarding cargo that is carried anywhere in
the passenger compartment of an air carrier airplane?
A. The bin in which the cargo is carried may not be installed in a position that
restricts access to, or use of, any exit.
B. The bin in which the cargo is carried may not be installed in a position that
restricts access to, or use of, any aisle in the passenger compartment.
C. The container or bin in which the cargo is carried must be made of material
which is at least flash resistant.
Answer = B
89. When a flag air carrier airplane lands at an intermediate airport at 1822Z,
what is the latest time it may continue a flight without receiving a redispatch
authorization?
A. 1922Z.
24 | P a g e
B. 1952Z.
C. 0022Z.
Answer = C
90. When a flight engineer is a required crewmember on a flight, it is necessary
for
A.one pilot to hold a flight engineer certificate and be qualified to perform the
flight engineer duties in an emergency.
B.the flight engineer to be properly certificated and qualified, but also at least
one other flight crewmember must be qualified and certified to perform flight
engineer duties.
C.at least one other flight crewmember to be qualified to perform flight engineer
duties, but a certificate is not required.
Answer = C
91.When a pilot's flight time consists of 80 hours' pilot in command in a
particular type airplane, how does this affect the minimums for the destination
airport?
A. Has no effect on destination but alternate minimums are no less than
100m(MDH/DH) and VIS1600m.
B. Minimums are decreased by 30m(MDH/DH) and 800m(VIS).
C. Minimums are increased by 30m(MDH/DH) and 800m(VIS).
Answer = C
* 92. When a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain separation, what
minimum speed may ATC request of a arrival aircraft operating below 3,000
meters?
A. Turbojet aircraft, a speed not less than 230 knots. Piton engine and
turboprop aircraft, a speed not less than 150 knots.
B. a speed not less than 210 knots; except 20 miles from threshold, not less
25 | P a g e
than 170 knots. Piston and turboprop aircraft. not less than 200 knots; except
flying 20 miles from threshold, not less than 150 knots.
C. Not less than 250 knots
Answer = B
93. When a temporary replacement is received for an airman's certificate, for
what Maximum time is this document valid?
A. 60 days.
B. 90 days.
C. 120 days.
Answer = C
94. When a turbine-engine-powered airplane is to be ferried to another base for
repair of an inoperative engine, which operational requirement must be
observed?
A. Only the required flight crewmembers may be on board the airplane.
B. The existing and forecast weather for departure, en route, and approach must
be VFR.
C. No passengers except authorized maintenance personnel may be carried.
Answer = A
95. When a type rating is to be added to an airline transport pilot certificate, and
the practical test is scheduled in an approved flight training device and/or
approved flight simulator, the applicant is
A.required to have at least a third-class medical certificate.
B.is not required to have a medical certificate.
C.required to have a first-class medical certificate.
Answer = B
96. When an air carrier airplane with a seating capacity of 187 has 67
passengers on board, what is the minimum number of flight attendants
26 | P a g e
required?
A. Four
B. Three
C. Two
Answer = A
97. When may a Category II ILS limitation be removed?
A. When three Cat II ILS approaches have been completed to a 150-foot
decision height and landing.
B. When six ILS approaches to Category II minimums and landing have been
completed in the past 6 months.
C. 120 days after issue or renewal.
Answer = A
98. When may a pilot descend below 100 feet above the touchdown zone
elevation during a Category II ILS instrument approach when only the approach
lights are visible?
A. After passing the visual descent point (VDP).
B. When the RVR is 1,600 feet or more.
C. When the red terminal bar of the approach light systems are in sight.
Answer =C = ANSWER
99.Where are the routes listed that require special navigation equipment? *（all
is “Certificate holder's Operations Specifications”when it appears !!under part
121）
A. Certificate holder's Operations Specifications
B. International Aeronautical Information Manual
C. International Notices To Airmen
Answer = A
100. Which dispatch requirement applies to an international air carrier that is
27 | P a g e
scheduled for a 10 hours IFR flight?
A. No alternate airport is required if the visibility at the destination airport is
desired to be at least 4,800m.
B. An alternate airport is required.
C. An alternate airport is not required if the ceiling at the destination airport is at
least 600m AGL.
Answer = B
A. Airplane Flight Manual.
B. Certificate holder's manual.
C. Pilot's Emergency Procedures Handbook.
Answer = B
102. Which document specifically authorizes a person to operate an aircraft in a
particular geographic area?
A. Operations Specifications.
B. Operating Certificate.
C. Dispatch Release.
Answer = A
103. Which documents are required to be carried aboard each domestic air
carrier flight?
A. Load manifest (or information from it) and flight release.
B. Dispatch release and weight and balance release.
C. Dispatch release, load manifest (or information from it), and flight plan.
Answer =C = ANSWER
104. Which documents are required to be carried aboard each flag air carrier
flight?
A.Dispatch release, flight plan, and weight and balance release.
B.Load manifest, flight plan, and flight release.
28 | P a g e
C.Dispatch release, load manifest, and flight plan.
Answer = C
105. Which flight plan requirement applies to an international air carrier that is
scheduled for a 10 hours IFR flight?*(an alternate airportr is needed when more
than 6 hr.s flag flight)
A.An alternate airport is required.
B.No alternate airport is required if the visibility at the destination airport is
C.An alternate airport is not required if the ceiling at the destination airport is at
least 600m AGL.
Answer = A
106. Which ground components are required to be operative for a Category II
approach in addition to LOC glide slope, marker beacons, and approach lights?
A. Radar and RVR.
B. RCLS and REIL
C. HIRL, TDZL, RCLS, and RVR.
Answer = C
107. Which information must be contained in, or attached to, the dispatch
release for a flag air carrier flight?
A.Type of operation (e.g., IFR, VFR), trip number.
B. Total fuel supply and minimum fuel required on board the airplane.
C.Passenger manifest, company organization name, and cargo weight.
Answer = A
108. Which is a definition of the term "crewmember"?
A. Only a pilot, flight engineer, or flight navigator assigned to duty in an aircraft
during flight time.
B. A person assigned to perform duty in an aircraft during flight time.
29 | P a g e
C. Any person assigned to duty in an aircraft during flight except a pilot or flight
engineer.
Answer =B
109. Which is a definition of the term "flight crewmember"?
A. a pilot, flight engineer, or flight navigator assigned to duty in the aircraft during
flight time.
B. Any person assigned to perform duty in an aircraft during flight time.
C. Any person assigned to duty in an aircraft during flight except a pilot or flight
engineer.
Answer = A
110. Which is one of the requirements that must be met by a required pilot flight
crewmember in re-establishing recency of experience?
A. At least one landing must be made with a simulated failure of the most critical
engine.
B. At least one ILS approach to the lowest ILS minimums authorized for the
certificate holder and a landing from that approach.
C. At least three landings must be made to a complete stop.
Answer = B
111. Which operational requirement must be observed by a commercial operator
when ferrying a large, three-engine, turbojet-powered airplane from one facility
to another to repair an inoperative engine?
A. The Airplane Flight Manual must include procedures and performance data
which allow for the safe operation of such a flight.
B.The existing and forecast weather for departure, en route, and approach must
be VFR.
C.Some passengers may be carried.
Answer = A
30 | P a g e
112. Which operational requirement must be observed by a commercial
operator when ferrying a large, three-engine, turbojet-powered airplane from
one facility to another to repair an inoperative engine?
A. The computed take off distance to reach V1 must not exceed 70 percent of
the effective runway length.
B. The initial climb cannot be over thickly-populated areas
C. The existing and forecast weather for departure, en route, and approach
must be VFR.
Answer =B
113. Which passenger announcement(s) must be made after each takeoff?
A. Keep satety belts fastened while seated and no smoking in the aircraft
lavatories.
B. Passengers should keep seat belts fastened while seated.
C. How to use the passenger oxygen system and that there is a $1,000 fine for
tampering with a smoke detector.
Answer = B
114..Who is responsible, by regulation, for briefing a domestic or flag air carrier
pilot in command on all available weather information?
A.Company meteorologist.
B.Aircraft dispatcher.
C.Director of operations.
Answer = B
115..Who must the crew of a domestic or flag air carrier airplane be able to
communicate with, under normal conditions, along the entire route (in either
direction) of flight?
A.ARINC
B.Any FSS
31 | P a g e
C.Appropriate dispatch office
Answer = C
116..With regard to flight crewmembers duties, which of the following
operations are considered to be in the "critical phases of flight"?
A. taxi, takeoff, landing, and all other operations conducted below 3,000 meters
MSL, including cruise flight.
B. descent, approach, landing, and taxi operations, irrespective of altitudes
MSL.
C. taxi, takeoff, landing, and all other operations conducted below 3,000 meters,
excluding cruise flight.
Answer = C
2. 机载设备，地面设备equipment
1 TCAS I provides
A.Traffic and resolution advisories
B.Proximity warning
C.Recommended maneuvers to avoid conflicting traffic*(that is TCAS 2)
2 Which range of codes should a pilot avoid switching through when changing
transponder codes?
A. 0000 through 1000.
B. 7200 and 7500 series.
C. 7500, 7600, and 7700 series.
Answer = C
3 Without Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) capability, the
accuracy of the GPS derived
A. Altitude information should not be relied upon to determine aircraft altitude.
B. Position is not affected
32 | P a g e
C. Velocity information should be relied upon to determine aircraft groundspeed
Answer = A
4 What functions are provided by ILS?
A. Azimuth, distance, and vertical angle.
B. Azimuth, range, and vertical angle.
C. Guidance, range, and visual information.
Answer = C
5 To make all the route aircraft have the same zero altitude, the altimeter should
set on .
A.the standard air pressure of the mean sea level
B.the standard air pressure of the local station
C.the standard air pressure of the calibrated sea level
Answer = A
6 What are the indications of Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI)?
A.High-white, on glidepath-red and white; low-red.
B.High-white, on glidepath-green; low-red.
C.High-white and green, on glidepath-green; low-red.
Answer = A
7 What are the indications of the pulsating VASI?
A.High-pulsing white, on glidepath-green, low-pulsing red.
B.High-pulsing white, on glidepath-steady white, slightly below glide slope
steady red, low-pulsing red.
C.High-pulsing white, on course and on glidepath-steady white, off course but
on glidepath-pulsing white and red; low-pulsing red.
Answer = B
8 What are the line check requirements for the pilot in command for a domestic
air carrier?
33 | P a g e
A.The line check is required every 12 calendar months in one of the types of
airplanes to be flown.
B.The line check is required only when the pilot is scheduled to fly into special
areas and airports.
C.The line check is required every 12 months in each type aircraft in which the
pilot may fly.
Answer = A
9 What are the lowest Category IIIA minimum?
A.DH 50 feet and RVR 1,200 feet.
B.RVR 1,000 feet
C.RVR 700 feet.
Answer = C
10 What aural and visual indications should be observed over an ILS inner
marker?
A. Continuous dots at the rate of six per second.
B. Continuous dashes at the rate of two per second.
C. Alternate dots and dashes at the rate of two per second.
Answer = A
11 What can a pilot expect if the pilot system ram air input and drain hole are
blocked by ice?
A.The airspeed indicator may act as an altimeter.
B.The airspeed indicator will show a decrease with an increase in altitude
C.No airspeed indicator change will occur during climbs or descents
Answer = A
12 What does the tri-color VASI consist of?
A.Three light bar; red, green, and amber.
B.One light projector with three colors; green, and amber.
34 | P a g e
C.Three glide slopes, each a different color; red, green, and amber.
Answer = B
13 What facilities may be substituted for an inoperative middle marker during a
Category I ILS approach?
A.ASR and PAR.
B.The middle marker has no effect on straight-in minimums.
C.Compass locator, PAR, and ASR.
Answer = B
14 What does the blue radial line on the airspeed indicator of a light,
twin-engine airplane represent?
A.Maximum single-engine rate of climb.
B.Maximum single-engine angle of climb.
C.Minimum controllable airspeed for single-engine operation.
Answer = A
15 What does the precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) consist of?
A.Row of four lights parallel to the runway; red, white, and green.
B.Row of four lights perpendicular to the runway; red and white.
C.One light projector with two colors; red and white.
Answer = B
16 What does the pulsating VASI consist of?
A.Three-light system, two pulsing and one steady.
B.Two-light projectors, one pulsing and one steady.
C.One –light project, pulsing white when above glide slope or red when more
than slightly below glide slope, steady white when on glide slope, steady red for
slightly below glide path.
Answer = C
17 What is corrected altitude (approximate true altitude)?
35 | P a g e
A.Pressure altitude corrected for instrument error.
B.Indicated altitude corrected for temperature variation from standard.
C.Density altitude corrected for temperature variation from standard.
Answer = B
What is the advantage of a three-bar VASI?
A.Pilots have a choice of glide angles
B.A normal glide angle is afforded both high and low cockpit aircraft.
C.The three-bar VASI is mush more visible and can be used at a greater height.
Answer = B
What is the advantage of HIRL or MIRL on an IFR runway as compared to a
VFR runway?
A.Lights are closer together and easily distinguished from surrounding lights
B.Amber lights replace white on the last 2,000 feet of runway for a caution zone
C.Alternate red and white lights replace the white on the last 3,000 feet of
runway for caution zone
Answer = B
What is the purpose of Runway End Identifier Lights (REIL)?
A.Identification of a runway surrounded by a preponderance of other lighting.
B.Identification of the touchdown zone to prevent landing short.
C.Establish visual descent guidance information during an approach.
Answer = A
What type navigation system is inertial Navigation System (INS)? A navigation
computer which provides position
A.From information by compass, airspeed, and an input of wind and variation
data.
B.From radar-type sensors that measure ground speed and drift angles.
C.By signals fro, self-contained gyros and accelerometers.
36 | P a g e
Answer = C
What type service should normally be expected from an En Route Flight
Advisory Service?(P32)
A. Weather advisories pertinent to the type of flight, intended route of flight, and
altitude
B. Severe weather information ,changes in flight plans, and receipt of position
reports.
C. Radar vectors for traffic separation, route weather advisories, and altimeter
settings.
Answer = A
When is DME required for an instrument flight?
A.At or above 24000 feet MSL if VOR navigational equipment is required
B.In terminal radar service areas
C.Above 12,500 feet MSL
Answer = A
When is the course deviation indicator (CDI) considered to have a full-scale
deflection?
A.When the CDI deflects from full-scale left to full-scale tight, or vice versa.
B.When the CDI deflects from the center of the scale to full-scale left or right.
C.When the CDI deflects from half-scale left to half-scale right, or vice versa.
Answer = B
When making an approach to a narrower-than-usual runway, without VASI
assistant, the pilot should be aware that the approach
A.attitude may be higher than it appears.
B.attitude may be lower than it appears.
C.may result in leveling off too high and landing hard.
Answer = B
37 | P a g e
When making an approach to a wider-than-usual runway, without VASI
assistant, there is a tendency
A.to fly a lower-than -normal approach.
B.to fly a higher-than -normal approach.
C.to fly a normal approach.
Answer = B
When must an air carrier airplane be DME equipped?
A. In class e airspace for all IFR or VFR on top operations.
B. Whenever VOR navigational receivers are required
C. For flights at or above FL 180
Answer = B
When using cabin heat in light single-engined aircraft it should be remembered
that
A. the use of full cabin heat during take-off can degrade the aircrafts take-off
performance
B. there is a possibility that carbon monoxide can be introduced directly into the
cockpit through exhaust leaks in the heart exchanger
C. cabin heat should be used in cruising flight only, and never in climbs or
descents
Answer = B
Which color on a tri-color VASI is a "high" indication?
A. Red
B. Amber
C. Green.
Answer = B
Which color on a tri-color VASI is an "on course" indication?
A. Red
38 | P a g e
B. Amber
C. Green
Answer = C
Which component associated with the ILS is identified by the first two letters of
the localizer identification group?
A. Inner marker.
B. Middle compass locator.
C. Outer compass locator.
Answer = C
Where provided, an automatic terminal information service (ATIS) will assist
Operations prior to___________.
A. the commencement of final approach
B. enter TMA
C. the commencement of initial approach
Answer = A
Which "rule-of-thumb" may be used to approximate the rate of descent required
for a 3 degree glide path?
A. 5 times groundspeed in knots.
B. 8 times groundspeed in knots.
C. 10 times groundspeed in knots.
Answer = A
Which airplanes are required to be equipped with a ground proximity warning
glide slope deviation alerting system?
A. All turbine powered airplanes
B. Passenger -carrying turbine-powered airplanes only
C. Large turbine-powered airplanes only
Answer = A
39 | P a g e
Which equipment requirement must be met by an air carrier that elects to use a
dual inertial Navigation System (INS) on a proposed flight?(P38)
A. The dual system must consist of two operative INS units.
B. A dual VORTAC/ILS system may be substituted for an inoperative INS.
C. Only one INDS is required to be operative, if a Doppler Radar is substituted
for the other INS.
Answer = C
Which facility may be substituted for the middle marker during a Category I ILS
approach?
A. VOR/DME FIX
B. Surveillance radar
C. Compass locator
Answer = C
which rule applies to the use of the cockpit voice recorder erasure feature?
A. All recorded information may be erased, except for the last 30 minutes prior
to landing.
B. Any information more than 30 minutes old may be erased
C. All recorded information may be erased, unless the NTSB needs to be
notified of an occurrence.
Answer = B
Which pressure is defined as station pressure?
A. Altimeter setting.
B. Actual pressure at field elevation.
C. Station barometric pressure reduced to sea level.
Answer = B
Within what frequency range dies the localizer transmitter of the ILS
operate?(P49)
40 | P a g e
A.108.10 to 118.10 MHZ
B.108.10 to 111.95 MHZ
C. 108.10 to 117.95 MHZ.
Answer = B
*(Refer to Figure 2-10) This is an example of
A. An ILS Critical Area Holding Position Sign
B.A runway Boundary Sign
C. An ILS Critical Area Boundary Sign
Answer = C
*(Refer to Figure 2-11) What is the runway distance remaining at "A" for a
daytime takeoff in runway 9?
A.1,000 feet
B.1,500 feet
C.2,000 feet
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 2-12) what is the runway distance remaining at "A" for a
nighttime takeoff on runway 9?
A.1,000 feet
B. 2,000 feet
C. 2,500 feet
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 2-12) What is the runway distance remaining at "B" for a
daytime takeoff on runway 9?
A. 2,000 feet
B. 2,500 feet
C. 3,000 feet
Answer = C
41 | P a g e
A. 2,000 feet
B. 2,500 feet
C. 3,000 feet
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 2-12) What is the runway distance remaining at "D" for a
A. 500 feet
B. 1,000feet
C. 1,500 feet
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 2-13) What is the runway distance remaining at "A" for a
A. 2,000 feet
B. 3,000 feet
C. 3,500 feet.
Answer = B
A. 1,000 feet
B. 2,000 feet
C. 2,500 feet.
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 2-13) What is the runway distance remaining at "C" for a
A. 1,000 feet
42 | P a g e
B. 1,500 feet
C. 1,800 feet.
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 2-13) What is the runway distance remaining at "E" for a
A. 1,500 feet
B. 2,000 feet
C. 2,500 feet
Answer = B
*(Refer to Figure 2-1and 2-2) To which aircraft position dose HSI presentation
"A" respond?
A.1
B.8
C.11
Answer = A
*(Refer to Figure 2-1and 2-2) To which aircraft position dose HSI presentation
"C" respond?
A.6
B.7
C.12
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 2-1and 2-2) To which aircraft position dose HSI presentation
"D" correspond?
A.4
B.15
C.17
Answer = C
43 | P a g e
(Refer to Figure 2-1and 2-2) To which aircraft position dose HSI presentation "E
"or respond?
A.5
B.5
C.15
*(Refer to Figure 2-3) On which radial is the aircraft as indicated by the NO.1
NAV?
A.R-175
B.R-165
C.R-345
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 2-3) What is the lateral displacement in degrees from the
desired radial on the NO.2 NAV?
A.1?
B.-2?
C.-4?
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 2-3) What is the lateral displacement of the aircraft in nautical
miles from the radial selected on the No.1 NAV?
A.5.0NM
B.7.5NM
C.10.0NM
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 2-3) Which OBS selection on the No.2 NAV would center the
CDI and change the ambiguity indication to a TO ?
A.166
44 | P a g e
B.346
C.354
Answer = C
*(Refer to Figure 2-6) What is the magnetic bearing TO the station as indicated
by illustration 4?
A.285
B.055
C.235
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 2-6) Which RMI illustration indicates the aircraft is southwest of
the station and moving closer TO the station?
A.1
B.2
C.3
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 2-6) Which RMI illustration indicates the aircraft to be flying
outbound on the magnetic bearing of 235 FROM the station ?(wind050 at 20
knots)
A.2
B.3
C.4
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 2-9) This sign, which faces the runways and is visible to the
pilot, indicates
A. A point at which the pilot should contact ground control without being
instructed by tower
B. A point at which the aircraft will be clear of runway
45 | P a g e
C. The point at which the emergency arresting gear is stretched across the
runway.
Answer = B
(Refer to Figures 2-4 and 2-5) To which aircraft position does HSI presentation
"B" correspond?
A. 11
B. 5 and 13
C. 7and 11
Answer = B
"H" correspond?
A. 8
B. 1
C. 2
Answer = B
"I" correspond?
A. 4
B. 12
C. 11
Answer = C
(Refer to Figures 2-4 and 2-5)To which aircraft position does HSI presentation
"A" correspond?
A.9and6
B.9 only
C.6 only
Answer = A
46 | P a g e
(Refer to Figures 2-7a and 2-8) Which displacement from the localizer and glide
slope at the 1.9 NM point is indicated?
A. 710 feet to the left of the localizer centerline and 140 feet below the glide
slope.
B.710 fee to the right of the localizer centerline and 140 feet above the glide
slope.
C.430 feet to the right of the localizer centerline and 28 feet above the glide
slope.
Answer = B
(Refer to Figures 2-7b and 2-8) Which displacement from the localizer
center line and glide slope at the 1,3000-foot point from the runway is indicated?
A. 21 feet below the glide slope and approximately 320 feet to the right of the
runway centerline.
B. 28 feet above the glide slope and approximately 250 feet to the left of the
runway centerline.
C. 21 feet above the glide slope and approximately 320 feet to the left of the
runway centerline.
Answer = C
A function of the Minimum Equipment List is to indicate required items which
A. Are required to operative for overwater passenger air carrier flights.
B. May be inoperative for a one-time ferry flight of a large airplane to a
maintenance base.
C. May be inoperative prior to beginning a flight in an aircraft.
Answer = C
A Land and Hold Short Operations (LAHSO) clearance, that the pilot accepts:
A. Must be adhered to.
B. Does not preclude rejected landing.
47 | P a g e
C. Precludes a rejected landing.
Answer = B
A pilot approaching to land a turbine-powered aircraft on a runway served by a
VASI shall
A. Not use the VASI unless a clearance for a VASI approach is received.
B. Use the VASI only when weather conditions are below basic VFR.
C. Maintain an altitude at or above the glide slope until a lower altitude is
necessary for a safe landing.
Answer = C
A pilot of a high-performance airplane should be aware that flying a
steeper-than-normal VASI glide slope angle may result in
A. A hard landing.
B. Increased landing rollout.
C. Landing short of the runway threshold.
Answer = B
Airport information signs, used to provide destination or information, have
A. Yellow inscriptions on a black background
B. White inscriptions on a black background
C. Black inscriptions on a yellow background
Answer = C
An air carrier airplane's airborne radar must be in satisfactory operating
condition prior to dispatch, if the flight will be
A. Conducted under VFR conditions at night with scattered thunderstorms
reported en route
B. Carrying passengers, but not if it is "all cargo"
C. Conducted IFR, and ATC is able to radar vector the flight around areas of
weather
48 | P a g e
Answer = A
An air carrier operates a flight in VFR over-the-top conditions. What radio
navigation equipment is required to be a dual installation?
A.VOR
B.VOR and ILS
C.VOR and DME
Answer = A
An air carrier that elects to use an inertial Navigational System (INS) must meet
which equipment requirement prior to takeoff on a proposed flight?
A.The INS system must consist of two operative INS units.
B.Only one INS is required to be operative, if a Doppler Radar is substituted for
other INS.
C.A dual VORTAC/ILS system may be substituted for an inoperative INS.
Answer = B
Below FL180, en route weather advisories should be obtained from an FSS on
A.122.1MHz
B.122.0MHZ
C.123.6MHz
Answer = B
During an en route descent in a fixed-thrust and fixed-pitch attitude
configuration, both the ram air input and drain hole of the pilot system become
completely blocked by ice. What airspeed indication can be expected?
A.Increase in indicated airspeed.
B.Decrease in indicated airspeed.
C.Indicated airspeed remains at the value prior to icing
Answer = B
En route at FL270, the altimeter is set correctly. On descent, a pilot fails to set
49 | P a g e
the local altimeter setting of 30.57.If the field elevation is 650feet,and the
altimeter is functioning properly, what will it indicate upon landing?
A.585feet
B.1.300feet
C.Sea level
Answer = C
For the purpose of testing the flight recorder system.
A.A minimum of 1 hour of the oldest recorded data must be erased to get a valid
test(P31)
B.A total of 1 hour of the oldest recorded data accumulated at the time of testing
may be erased
C.A total of no more than 1 hour of recorded data may be erased
Answer = B
GPS instrument approach operations, outside the United States, must be
authorized by
A. The FAA-approved aircraft flight manual (AFM) or flight manual supplement
B. A sovereign country or government unit
C. The FAA Administrator only
Answer = B
Holding line markings at the intersection of taxiways and runways consist of
tour lines (two solid and two dashed) that extend across the width of taxiway,
These lines are
A.White in color and the dashed lines are nearest the runway
B.Yellow in color and the dashed lines are nearest the runway
C.Yellow in color and the solid lines are nearest the runway
Answer = B
Holding position signs have
50 | P a g e
A.White inscriptions on a red background
B.Red inscriptions on a white background
C.Yellow inscriptions on a red background
Answer = A
How can a pilot identify a lighted heliport at night?
A.Green yellow and white beacon light
B.White and red beacon light with dual flash of the white
C.Green and white beacon light with dual flash of the white
Answer = A
How long is cockpit voice recorder and flight recorder data kept, in the event of
accident or occurrence resulting in terminating the flight?
A.60days
B.90days
C.30days
Answer = A
Identify REIL.
A.Amber lights for the first 2,000 feet of runway.
B.Green lights at the threshold and red lights at far end of runway.
C.Synchronized flashing lights laterally at each side of the runway threshold.
Answer = C
Identify runway remaining lighting on centerline lighting systems
A.Amber lights from 3000 feet to 1,000 feet, then alternate red and white lights
to the end
B.Alternate red and white lights from 3,000 feet to 1,000 feet, then red lights to
the end
C.Alternate red and white lights from3,000 feet to the end of the runway
Answer = B
51 | P a g e
Identify touchdown zone lighting (TDZL)
A.Two rows of transverse light bars disposed symmetrically about the runway
centerline
B.Flush centerline lights spaced at 50-foot intervals extending through the
touchdown zone
C.Alternate white and green centerline lights extending from 75 feet from the
threshold through the touchdown zone
Answer = A
Identigy the runway distance remaining markers
A.Signs with increments of 1,000 feet distance remaining
B.Red markers laterally placed across the runway at 3.000 feet from the end
C.Yellow marker laterally placed across the runway with signs on the side
denoting distance to end
Answer = A
If a required instrument on a multiengine airplane becomes inoperative, which
document dictates whether the flight may continue en route?
A. An approved Minimum Equipment list for the airplane.
B. Original dispatch release.
C. Certificate holder's manual.
Answer = C
If an air carrier airplane is flying IFR using a single ADF navigation receiver and
the ADF equipment fails, the flight must be able to
A.Proceed safely to a suitable airport using VOR aids and complete an
instrument approach by use of the remaining airplane system.
B.Continue to the destination airport by means of dead reckoning navigation
C.Proceed to a suitable airport using VOR aids complete an instrument
approach and land.
52 | P a g e
Answer = A
If an air carrier airplane's airborne radar is inoperative and thunderstorms are
forecast along the proposed route of flight, an airplane may be dispatched only
A.When able to climb and descend VFR and maintain VFR/OT en route
B.In VFR conditions
C.In day VFR conditions
Answer = C
If an airborne checkpoint is used to check the VOR system for IFR operations,
the Maximum bearing error permissible is
A.Plus or minus 6
B.Plus 6 or minus 4
C.Plus or minus4?
Answer = A
If both the ram air input and drain hole of the pitot system are blocked by ice,
what airspeed indication can be expected?
A.No variation of indicated airspeed in level flight if large power changes are
made
B.Decrease of indicated airspeed during a climb
C.Constant indicated airspeed during a descent
Answer = A
If Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) is not available when
setting up for GPS approach , the pilot should
A. Continue to the MAP and hold until the satellites are recaptured .
B. Proceed as to cleared to the IAF and hold until satellite reception is
satisfactory ,
C. Select another type of navigation aid.
Answer = C
53 | P a g e
In conducting Land and Hold Short Operations (LAHSO), the pilot should have
readily available:
A.The published Available Landing Distance (ALD), landing performance of the
aircraft, and slope of all LAHSO combinations at the destination airport.
B.The published runway length and slope for all LAHSO combinations at the
airport of intended landing.
C.The landing performance of the aircraft, published Available Landing
Distance (ALD) for all LAHSO combinations at the airport of intended landing,
plus the forecast winds.
Answer = A
3. 空气动力学aerodynamics
One purpose of high-lift devices is to
A.- increase the load factor.
B.delay stall.
C.increase airspeed.
Answer = B
What is a feature of air movement in a high pressure area?
A. Ascending from the surface high to lower pressure at higher altitudes.
B. Descending to the surface and then outward.
C. Moving outward from the center at high altitudes and into the center at the
surface.
Answer = B
The Krueger flap extends from the leading edge of the wing, increasing its
A.angle of attack
B.camber
C.energy
Answer = B
54 | P a g e
The leading edge of an advancing cold air mass is .
A. warm front.
B. stationary front.
C. cold front.
Answer = C
The primary purpose of high-lift devices is to increase the
A.-L/Dmax.
B.-Lift at low speeds.
C.-Drag and reduce airspeed.
Answer = B
To avoid the wingtip vortices of a departing jet airplane during takeoff, the pilot
should
A. Lift off at a point well past the jet airplane's flight path.
B. Climb above and stay upwind of the jet airplane's flight path.
C. Remain below the flight path of the jet airplane.
Answer = B
Upon which factor does wing loading during a level coordinated turn in smooth
air depend?
A.Rate of turn
B.Angle of bank
C.True airspeed
Answer = B
What action is expected of an aircraft upon landing at a controlled airport?
A. continue taxiing in the landing direction until advised by the tower to switch to
ground control frequency.
B. exit the runway at the nearest suitable taxiway and remain on tower
frequency until instructed otherwise
55 | P a g e
C. exit the runway at the nearest suitable taxiway and switch to ground control
upon crossing the taxiway holding lines.
Answer = B
What action is required prior to takeoff if snow is adhering to the wings of an air
carrier airplane?
A. sweep off as much snow as possible and the residue must be polished
smooth.
B. Assure that the snow is removed from the airplane.
C. Add 15 knots to the normal VR speed as the snow will blow off.
Answer = B
What action shall the pilot in command take if it becomes necessary to shut
down one of the two engines on an air carrier airplane?
A. Land at the airport which the pilot considers to be as safe as the nearest
suitable airport in point of time.
B. Land at the nearest suitable airport in point of time at which a safe landing
can be made.
C. Land at the nearest airport, including military what has a crash an rescue
unit.
Answer = B
What action should a pilot take when a clearance appears to be contrary to a
regulation?
A.Request a clarification from the ATC.
B.Read the clearance back entirely.
C.Do not accept the clearance.
Answer = A
What action should a pilot take when he is uncertain of the meaning of an ATC
clearance?
56 | P a g e
A.Do not accept the clearance.
B.Request a clarification from the ATC.
C.Read the clearance back entirely.
Answer = B
What action should be taken by the pilot in command of a transport category
airplane if the airborne weather radar becomes inoperative en route on an IFR
flight for which weather reports indicate possible thunderstorms?
A.Request radar vector from ATC to the nearest suitable airport and land
B.Proceed in accordance with the approved instructions and procedures
specified in the operations manual for such an event
C.Return to the departure airport if the thunderstorms have not been
encountered. and there is enough fuel remaining
Answer = B
What action should be taken if one of the two VHF radios fail while IFR in
controlled airspace?
A. Notify ATC immediately.
B. Squawk 7600.
C. Monitor the VOR receiver
Answer = A
What affects indicated stall speed?
A. Weight, load factor, and power
B. Load factor , angle of attack ,and power
C. Angle of attack, weight, and airspeed
Answer = A
What effect does the leading edge slot in the wing have on performance?
A. Decrease profile drag.
B. Changes the stalling angle of attack to a higher angle.
57 | P a g e
C. Decelerates the upper surface boundary layer air.
Answer = B
What effect would a light crosswind have on the wingtip vortices generated by a
large airplane that has just taken off?
A. The upwind vortex will tend to remain on the runway longer than the
downwind vortex.
B. A crosswind will rapidly dissipate the strength of both vortices.
C. The downwind vortex will tend to remain on the runway longer than the
upwind vortex.
Answer = A
What flight condition should be expected when an aircraft leaves ground effect?
A.An increase in induced drag requiring a higher angle of attack.
B.A decrease in parasite drag permitting a lower angle of attack.
C.An increase in dynamic stability.
Answer = A
What is a characteristic of longitudinal instability?
A.Pitch oscillations becoming progressively greater.
B.Bank oscillations becoming progressively greater.
C.Aircraft constantly tries to pitch down.
Answer = A
What is a purpose of flight spoilers?
A.-Increase the camber of the wing.
B.-Reduce lift without increasing airspeed.
C.-Direct airflow over the top of the wing at high angles of attack.
Answer = B
What is load factor?
A.Lift multiplied by the total weight.
58 | P a g e
B.Lift subtracted from the total weight.
C.Lift divided by the total weight.
Answer = C
What is movement of the center pressure when the wingtips of a swept wing
airplane are stalled first?
A.inward and aft
B.inward and forward
C.outward and forward
Answer = B
What is one disadvantage of a swept wing design?
A.The wing root stalls prior to the wingtip section.
B.The wingtip section stalls prior to the wing root.
C.Severe pitch down moment when the center of pressure shifts forward.
Answer = B
What is the condition known as when gusts cause a swept wing-type airplane to
roll in one direction while yawing in the other?
A.Porpoise.
B.Wingover.
C.Dutch roll
Answer = C
What is the effect on total drag of an aircraft if the airspeed decreases in level
flight below that speed for Maximum L/D?
A.Drag increases because of increased induced drag.
B.Drag increases because of increased parasite drag.
C.Drag decreases because of lower induced drag.
Answer = A
What is the primary function of the leading edge flaps in landing configuration
59 | P a g e
during the flare before touchdown?
A.prevent flow separation.
B.decrease rate of sink.
C.increase profile drag.
Answer = A
What is the principal advantage of a sweepback design wing over a straight
wing design?
A.The critical Mach number will increase significantly.
B.Sweepback will increase changes in the magnitude of force coefficients due
to compressibility.
C.Sweepback will accelerate the onset of compressibility effect.
Answer = A
What is the purpose of a control tab?
A.Move the flight controls in the event of manual reversion.
B.Reduce control forces by deflecting in the proper direction to move a primary
flight control.
C.Prevent a control surface from moving to a full-deflection position due to
aerodynamic forces.
Answer = A
What is the purpose of a servo tab?
B. Reduce control forces by deflecting in the proper direction to move a primary
flight control.
C. Prevent a control surface from moving to a full-deflection position due to
aerodynamic forces.
Answer = B
What is the purpose of an elevator trim tab?
60 | P a g e
A.Provide horizontal balance as airspeed is increased to allow hands-off flight.
B.Adjust the speed tail load for different airspeeds in flight allowing neutral
control forces.
C.Modify the downward tail load for various airspeeds in flight eliminating
flight-control pressures.
Answer = C
What is the reason for variations in geometric pitch along a propeller or rotor
blade?
A.It permits a relatively constant angle of attack along its length when in cruising
flight.
B.It prevents the portion of the blade near the hub or root from stalling during
cruising flight.
C.It permits a relatively constant angle of incidence along its length when in
cruising flight.
Answer = A
what is the relationship between induced and parasite drag when the gross
weight is increased?
A.parasite drag increases more than induced drag
B. induced drag increases more than parasite drag
C. both parasite and induced drag are equally increased.
Answer = B
What is the relationship of the rate of turn with the radius of turn with a constant
angle of bank but increasing airspeed?
A.-rate will decrease and radius will increase.
B.Rate will decrease and radius will decrease.
C.Rate and radius will increase.
Answer = A
61 | P a g e
What is the result of a shock-induced separation of airflow occurring near the
wing root of a swept wing aircraft?
A.-A high-speed stall and sudden pitch up
B.A severe moment or "tuck under"
C.-Severe porpoising
Answer = B
What taxi action is expected of an aircraft upon landing at a controlled airport?
A. continue taxiing in the landing direction.
B. exit the runway at the any suitable taxiway, or make a 180 degrees turn on
the runway if overshot a expect taxiway.
C. exit the runway at the nearest suitable taxiway without delay.
Answer = C
What true airspeed and angle of attack should be used to generate the same
amount of lift as altitude is increased?
A. The same true airspeed and angle of attack
B. A higher true airspeed for any given angle of attack
C. A lower true airspeed and higher angle of attack
Answer = B
What will be the ratio between airspeed and lift if the angle of attack and other
factors remain constant and airspeed is doubled? lift will be
A.The same.
B.Two times greater.
C.Four times greater.
Answer = C
When are inboard ailerons normally used?
A.Low-speed flight only.
B.High-speed flight only.
62 | P a g e
C.Low-speed and high-speed flight.
Answer = C
Which condition would INITIALLY cause the indicated airspeed and pitch to
increase and sink rate to decrease?
A. Sudden increase in a headwind component.
B. Sudden decrease in a headwind component.
C. Tailwind which suddenly increase in velocity.
Answer = A
Which direction from the primary control surface does a servo tab move?
A.Some direction.
B.Opposite direction.
C.Remains fixed for all positions.
Answer = B
Which direction from the primary control surface dose an anti-servo tab move?
A.Same direction.
C.Remains fixed for all positions
Answer = A
Which direction from the primary control surface dose an elevator adjustable
trim tab move when the control surface is moved?
A.Same direction.
Answer = C
Which flight conditions of a large jet airplane create the most severe flight
hazard by generating wingtip vortices of the greatest strength?
A. Heavy, slow, gear and flaps up.
63 | P a g e
B. Heavy, slow, gear and flaps down.
C. Heavy, fast, gear and flaps down.
Answer = A
Which is a purpose of ground spoilers?
A. Reduce the wings lift upon landing
B. Aid in rolling an airplane into turn.
C. Increase the rate of descent with out gaining airspeed.
Answer = A
Which is a purpose of leading-edge slats on high-performance wings?
A.-Decrease lift at relative slow speeds.
B.-Improve aileron control during low angles of attack.
C.-Direct air from the high pressure area under the leading edge along the top
of the wing.
Answer = C
Which is a purpose of the leading-edge flaps?
A.Increase the camber of the wing.
B.Reduce lift without increasing airspeed.
C.Direct airflow over the top of the wing at high angles of attack.
Answer = A
Which is a purpose of wing-mounted vortex generators?
A. Reduce the drag caused by supersonic flow over portions of the wing
B. Increase the onset of drag divergence and aid in aileron effectiveness at high
speed
C. Break the airflow over the wing so the stall will progress from the root out to
the tip of the wing
Answer = A
Which is true regarding the forces acting on an aircraft in a steady-state
64 | P a g e
descent? The sum of all
A.-upward forces is less than the sum of all downward forces.
B.-rearward forces is greater than the sum of all forces.
C.-forward forces is equal to the sum of all rearward forces.
Answer = C
Which of the following are considered primary flight controls?
A.Tabs.
B.Flaps.
C.Outboard ailerons.
Answer = C
Which of the following is not the way of increasing MCRIT in jet transport
designs
A. give the wing a lower camber
B. increase wing sweep.
C.add slats
Answer = C
Which statement is true concerning the wake turbulence produced by a large
transport aircraft?
A. Vortices can be avoided by flying 300 feet below and behind the flight path of
the generating aircraft.
B. The vortex characteristics of any given aircraft may be altered by extending
the flaps or changing the speed.
C. Wake turbulence behind a propeller-driven aircraft is negligible because jet
engine thrust is a necessary factor in the formation of vortices.
Answer = B
while maintaining a constant angle of bank and altitude in a coordinated turn, an
increase in airspeed will
65 | P a g e
A.decrease the rate of turn resulting in a decreased load factor.
B.decrease the rate of turn resulting in no change in load factor
C.increase the rate of turn resulting in no change in load factor
Answer = B
While making prolonged constant rate turns under IFR conditions, an abrupt
head movement
A.(续正文， can create the illusion of rotation on an entirely different axis. This is
known as )autokinesis.
B.Coriolis illusion.
C.the leans.
Answer = B
Wingtip vortices created by large aircraft tend to
A. Sink below the aircraft generating the turbulence.
B. Rise from the surface to traffic pattern altitude.
C. Accumulate and remain for a period of time at the point where the takeoff roll
began.
Answer = A
Why do some airplanes equipped with inboard/outboard ailerons use the
outboards for slow flight only?
A.-Increased surface area provides greater controllability with flap extension.
B.-Aerodynamic loads on the outboard ailerons tend to twist the wingtips at high
speeds.
C.-Locking out the outboard ailerons in high-speed flight provides variable flight
control feel.
Answer = B
Why is it necessary to increase back elevator pressure to maintain altitude
during a turn? To compensate for the
66 | P a g e
A.loss of the vertical component of lift
B.loss of the horizontal component of lift and the increase in centrifugal force
C.rudder deflection and slight opposite aileron throughout the turn
Answer = A
Why must the angle of attack be increased during a turn to maintain altitude?
A.Compensate for loss of vertical component of lift
B.Increase the horizontal component of lift equal to the vertical component
C.Compensate for increase in drag
Answer = A
Within what mach range dose transonic fight regimes usually occur?
A.-.50 to .75 mach
B.-.75 to .1.20 mach
C.-1.20 to 2.50 mach
Answer = B
Airflow separation over the wing can be delayed by using vortex generators.
A.Directing high pressure air over the top of the wing or flap through slots and
making the wing surface smooth.
B.Directing a suction over the top of the wing or flap through slots and making
the wing surface smooth.
C. Making the wing surface rough and/or directing high pressure air over the top
of the wing or flap through slots.
Answer = C
At what Mach range does de subsonic flight range normally occur?
A.Below.75 Mach.
B.From.75 to 1.20 Mach.
C.From.1.20 to 2.5. Mach.
Answer = A
67 | P a g e
At which speed will increasing the pitch attitude cause an airplane to climb?
A.Low speed.
B.High speed.
C.Any speed.
Answer = B
By changing the angle of attack of a wing, the pilot can control the airplane's
A.lift, gross weight, and drag.
B.lift, airspeed, and drag.
C.lift and airspeed, but not drag.
Answer = B
Describe dynamic longitudinal stability
A.Motion about the longitudinal.
B.Motion about the lateral axis.
C.Motion about the vertical axis.
Answer = B
For a given angle of bank, the load factor imposed on both the aircraft and pilot
in a coordinated constant-altitude turn
A.is directly related to the airplane's gross weight.
B.varies with the rate of turn.
C.is constant
Answer = C
For which purpose may flight spoilers be used?
A.Reduce the wings' lift upon landing.
B.Increase the rate of descent without increasing aerodynamic drag.
C.Aid in longitudinal balance when rolling an airplane into a turn.
Answer = A
How can an airplane produce the same lift in ground effect as when out of
68 | P a g e
ground effect?
A.The same angle of attack.
B.A lower angle of attack.
C.A higher angle of attack.
Answer = B
How can the pilot increase the rate of turn and decrease the radius at the same
time?
A.- Steepen the bank and increase airspeed.
B. Steepen the bank and decrease airspeed.
C.Shallow the bank and increase airspeed.
Answer = B
How does the wake turbulence vortex circulate around each wingtip?
A. Inward, upward, and around the wingtip.
B. Counterclockwise when viewed from behind the aircraft.
C. Outward, upward, and around the wingtip.
Answer = C
Identify the type stability if the aircraft attitude remains in new position after the
controls have been neutralized.
A.Negative longitudinal static stability
B. Neutral longitudinal dynamic stability
C.-Neutral longitudinal static stability
Answer = C
Identify the type stability if the aircraft attitude tends to move farther from its
original position after the controls have been neutralized
A.-Negative static stability
B.-Positive static stability
C.-Negative dynamic stability
69 | P a g e
Answer = A
Identify the type stability if the aircraft attitude tends to return to its original after
the controls have been neutralized.
A.Positive dynamic stability.
B.Positive static stability.
C.Neutral dynamic stability.
Answer = B
If an aircraft level turns at an angle of bank of 30 degree , the load factor is
A.1Gs.
B.2Gs. *(60 defree)
C.1.4Gs
Answer = C
If an aircraft with a gross weight of 2000 pounds were subjected to a total load
of 6000 pounds in flight the load factor would be
A.2Gs.
B.3Gs.
C.9Gs
Answer = B
If no corrective action is taken by the pilot as angle of bank is increased, how is
the vertical component of lift and sink rate affected?
A.Lift increases and the sink rate increases
B.Lift decreases and the sink rate decreases
C.Lift decreases and the sink rate increases
Answer = C
If severe turbulence is encountered, which procedure is recommended?
A.Maintain a constant altitude.
B.Maintain a constant attitude.
70 | P a g e
C.Maintain constant airspeed and altitude.
Answer = B
If the airplane attitude remains in a new position after the elevator control is
pressed forward and released, the airplane displays
A.-neutral longitudinal static stability.
B.-positive longitudinal static stability.
C.-neutral longitudinal dynamic stability.
Answer = A
If you take off behind a heavy jet that has just landed, you should plan to lift off
A. Prior to the point where the jet touched down.
B. Beyond the point where the jet touched down.
C. At the point where the jet touched down and on the upwind edge of the
runway.
Answer = B
4. 性能performance
1..Maximum range performance of a turbojet aircraft is obtained by which
procedure as aircraft weight reduces?
A.Increasing speed or altitude.
B.Increasing altitude or decreasing speed.
C.Increasing speed or decreasing altitude.
Answer = B
2..Which of the following phraseology is suitable for a pilot reporting a braking
action on well condition to ATC?
A. braking action is "fair"
B. braking action is "good"
C. braking action is "100%"
Answer = B
71 | P a g e
action to ATC, when there is almost no the braking action?
B. braking action is "zero"
C. braking action is "nil"
Answer = C
action to ATC?
Answer = A
5..The critical altitude of a supercharged reciprocating engine is
A.The highest altitude where the mixture can be leaned to best power ratio.
B.The highest altitude at which a desired manifold pressure can be obtained.
C.The altitude at which Maximum allowable BMEP can be obtained.
Answer = B
6..The Maximum speed during takeoff that the pilot may abort the takeoff and
stop the airplane within the accelerate-stop distance is
A.V2.
B.VEF.
C.V1.
Answer = C
7..The minimum speed during takeoff, following a failure of the critical engine at
VEF, at which the pilot may continue the takeoff and achieve the required height
above the takeoff surface within the takeoff distance, is indicated by symbol
A.V2min .
72 | P a g e
B.V1.
C.VLOF.
Answer = B
8..The most important restriction to the operation of turbojet or turboprop
engines is
A.Limiting compressor speed.
B.Limiting exhaust gas temperature.
C.Limiting torque.
Answer = B
9..The symbol for the speed at which the critical engine is assumed to fail
during takeoff is
A.V2.
B.V1.
C.VEF.
Answer = C
10..The symptoms of hyperventilation（换气过度） are
A.quite different to those of hypoxia
B.quite similar to those of hypoxia
C.profuse sweating
Answer = B
11．。Under normal operating conditions, which combination of MAP and RPM
most likely lead to detonation in high performance reciprocating engines?
A.High RPM and low MAP.
B.Low RPM and high MAP.
C.High RPM and high MAP.
Answer = B
12..Under what condition is VMC the highest?
73 | P a g e
A.Gross weight is at the Maximum allowable value.
B.CG is at the most rearward allowable position.
C.CG is at the most forward allowable position.
Answer = B
13..Under which condition during the landing roll are the main wheel brakes at
Maximum effectiveness?
A.When wing lift has been reduced.
B.At high ground speeds.
C.When the wheels are locked and skidding.
Answer = A
14..What characterizes a transient compressor stall?
A.Loud, steady roar accompanied by heavy shuddering.
B.Sudden loss of thrust accompanied by a loud whine.
C.Intermittent "bang," as backfires and flow reversals take place.
Answer = C
15..What effect will an increase in altitude have upon the available equivalent
shaft horsepower (ESHP) of a turboprop engine?
A.Lower air density and engine mass flow will cause a decrease in power.
B.Higher propeller efficiency will cause an increase in usable power (ESHP)
and thrust.
C.Power will remain the same but propeller efficiency will decrease.
Answer = A
16..What effect would a change in air density have on gas-turbine-engine
performance?
A.As air density decreases, thrust increases.
B.As air density increases, thrust increases.
C.As air density increases, thrust decreases.
74 | P a g e
Answer = B
17..What effect would a change in altitude have on the thrust output of
gas-turbine-engine?
A.As altitude increases, thrust decreases.
B.As altitude increases, thrust increases.
C.As altitude decreases, thrust decreases.
Answer = A
gas-turbine-engine?
Answer = A
19..What effect would a change in ambient temperature have on
gas-turbine-engine performance?
A.As temperature increases, thrust decreases.
B.As temperature increases, thrust increases.
C.As temperature decreases, thrust decreases.
Answer = A
20..What effect would a change in ambient temperature or air density have on
C.As temperature increases, thrust decreases.
Answer = C
21..What effect does an increase in airspeed have on a coordinated turn while
maintaining a constant angle of bank an altitude?
75 | P a g e
A.The rate of turn will decrease resulting in a decreased load factor.
B.The rate of turn will increase resulting in an increased load factor.
C.-The rate of turn will decrease resulting in no changes in load factor.
Answer = C
22..What effect does an uphill runway slope have upon takeoff performance?
A.Increases takeoff distance.
B.Decreases takeoff speed.
C.Decreases takeoff distance.
Answer = A
23..What effect does high relative humidity have upon the Maximum power
output of modern aircraft engines?
A.Neither turbojet nor reciprocating engines are affected.
B.Reciprocating engines will experience a significant loss of BHP.
C.Turbojet engines will experience a significant loss of thrust.
Answer = B
24..What effect does landing at high elevation airports have on ground speed
with comparable conditions relative to temperature, wind, and airplane weight?
A.Higher than at low elevation.
B.Lower than at low elevation.
C.The same as at low elevation.
Answer = A
25..What effect does landing at high temperature have on ground speed with
comparable conditions relative to airport elevation, wind, and airport elevation?
A.Higher than at low temperature.
B.Lower than at low temperature.
C.The same as at low temperature.
Answer = A
76 | P a g e
26..What effect does landing with increased weight have on ground speed with
comparable conditions relative to temperature, wind, and airport elevation?
A.Higher than at low weight.
B.Lower than at low weight.
C.The same as at low weight.
Answer = A
27..What does the term of Equivalent shaft horsepower (ESHP) of a turboprop
engine describe?
A.shaft horsepower and jet thrust.
B.jet thrust only.
C.propeller thrust only.
Answer = A
28..What does the throttle opening of a turbo-charged-reciprocating engine
control?
A.Supercharger gear ratio.
B.Exhaust gas discharge.
C.The desired manifold pressure.
Answer = C
29..What effect, if any, does high ambient temperature have upon the thrust
output of a turbine engine?
A.Thrust will be reduced due to the decrease in air density.
B.Thrust will remain the same, but turbine temperature will be higher.
C.Thrust will be higher because more heat energy is extracted from the hotter
air.
Answer = A
30..What effective runway length is required for a turbojet-powered airplane at
the destination airport if the runways are forecast to be wet or slippery at the
77 | P a g e
ETA?
A.70 percent of the actual runway available, from a height of 50 feet over the
threshold.
B.115 percent of the runway length required for a dry runway.
C.115 percent of the runway length required for a wet runway.
Answer = B
31..What indicates that a compressor stall has developed and become steady?
A.Strong vibrations and loud roar.
B.Occasional loud "bang" and flow reversal.
C.Complete loss of power with severe reduction in airspeed.
Answer = A
32..What is an area identified by the term "clearway"?
A.centrally located about the extended centerline and under airport authorities,
which does not contain obstructions and can be considered when calculating
takeoff performance.
B.An area, at least the same width as the runway, capable of supporting an
airplane during a normal takeoff.
C.An area beyond the takeoff runway, which is able to support the airplane, for
use in decelerating the airplane during an aborted takeoff.
Answer = A
33..What is an area identified by the term "stopway"?
A.An area, at least the same width as the runway, capable of supporting an
B.An area designated for use in decelerating an aborted takeoff.
C.An area, not as wide as the runway, capable of supporting an airplane during
a normal takeoff.
Answer = B
78 | P a g e
34..What is the best method of speed reduction if hydroplaning is experienced
on landing?
A.Apply full main wheel braking only.
B.Apply nosewheel and main wheel braking alternately and abruptly.
C.Apply aerodynamic braking to the fullest advantage.
Answer = C
35..What is the correct symbol for minimum unstick speed?
A.VMU.
B.VMD.
C.VFC.
Answer = A
36..What is the correct symbol for takeoff decision speed?
A.V2.
B.V1.
C.VLOF.
Answer = B
37..What is the correct symbol for the Minimum Control Speed, Ground?
A.VMC.
B.VMCG.
C.VMCA.
Answer = B
38..What is the definition of the critical altitude of a supercharged-reciprocating
engine?
A.Highest altitude where the mixture can be leaned to best power ratio.
Answer = B
79 | P a g e
39..what is the free stream mach number which produce first of local sonic
flow?
A.supersonic mach number
B.transonic mach number
C.critical mach number
Answer = C
40..What is the highest speed possible without supersonic flow over the wing?
A.Initial buffet speed.
B.Critical Mach number.
C.Transonic index.
Answer = B
41..What is the name of a plane beyond the end of a runway which does not
contain obstructions and can be considered when calculating takeoff
performance of turbine-powered aircraft?
A.Clearway.
B.Stop way.
C.Obstruction clearance plane.
Answer = A
42..What is the resulting performance loss when one engine on a twin-engine
airplane fails?
A.Reduction of cruise airspeed by 50 percent.
B.Reduction of climb by 50 percent or more.
C.Reduction of all performance by 50 percent.
Answer = B
43..What performance is characteristic of flight at Maximum L/D in a
propeller-driven airplane?
A.Maximum range and distance glide.
80 | P a g e
B.Best angle of climb.
C.Maximum endurance.
Answer = A
44..What performance should a pilot of a light, twin-engine airplane be able to
maintain at Vmc ?
A.Heading.
B.Heading and altitude.
C.Heading, altitude, and ability to climb 50 ft/min.
Answer = A
45..What should a pilot do to maintain "best range" airplane performance when
a headwind is encountered?
A.Increase speed.
B.Maintain speed.
C.Decrease speed.
Answer = A
46..Where is the critical altitude of a supercharged-reciprocating engine?
A.The highest altitude at which a desired manifold pressure can be obtained.
B.Highest altitude where the mixture can be leaned to best power ratio.
Answer = A
47..Which parameter is used to measure the power output of a reciprocating
engine? (*???should be constant speed prop???)
A.RPM.
B.Exhaust gas temperature.
C.Manifold pressure.
Answer = C
48..Which performance factor decreases as airplane gross weight increases,
81 | P a g e
for a given runway?
A.Critical engine failure speed.
B.Rotation speed.
C.Accelerate-stop distance.
Answer = A
49..Which place in the turbojet engine is subjected to the highest temperature?
A.Compressor discharge.
B.Fuel spray nozzles.
C.Turbine inlet.
Answer = C
50..Which condition reduces the required runway for takeoff?
A.Higher-than-recommended airspeed before rotation.
B.Lower-than-standard air density.
C.Increased headwind component.
Answer = C
51..Which condition has the effect of reducing critical engine failure
speed?(P68)
A.Slush on the runway or inoperative antiskid.
B.Low gross weight.
C.High density altitude.
Answer = A
52..Where will the highest temperature in a turbojet engine occur?
A.Turbine inlet.
B.Compressor discharge.
C.Fuel spray nozzles.
Answer = A
53..Which airplane performance characteristics should be recognized during
82 | P a g e
takeoff when encountering a tailwind shear that increases in intensity?
A. loss of, or diminished, airspeed performance
B. decreased takeoff distance
C. increased climb performance immediately after takeoff
Answer = A
54..Which is a definition of V2 speed?
A.Takeoff decision speed.
B.Takeoff safety speed.
C.Minimum takeoff speed.
Answer = B
55..Which is the correct symbol for the minimum steady-flight speed or stalling
speed in a specific configuration?
A.VS.
B.VS1.
C.VSO.
Answer = B
56..Which is the correct symbol for the stalling speed or the minimum steady
flight speed at which the airplane is controllable?
A.VSO.
B.VS.
C.VS1.
Answer = B
57..Which Maximum range factor increases as weight decreases?
A.Angle of attack.
B.Altitude.
C.Airspeed.
Answer = B
83 | P a g e
58..Which speed symbol indicates the Maximum speed for operating the
landing gear of an airplane?
A.VLE.
B.VMO/MMO.
C.VLO/MLO.
Answer = C
59..Which type of compressor stall has the greatest potentia（l 潜能） for severe
engine damage?
A.Intermittent "backfire" stall.
B.Transient "backfire" stall.
C.Steady, continuous flow reversal stall.
Answer = C
60．。* Which term describes the hydroplaning, which occurs when an airplane's
tire is effectively held off a smooth runway surface by steam（蒸汽） generated
by friction?
A.Reverted rubber hydroplaning.
B.Dynamic hydroplaning. ( thick layer of water or ice mixture)
C.Viscous hydroplaning. (very thin layr of water or wet runway)
Answer = A
61..With the increase of temperature, the airplane's rolling distance will
____when takeoff and landing.
A. remain unchanged
B. increase
C. reduce
Answer = B
62..*[Refer to Figure 4-25.] How many feet will remain after landing on a
6,000-foot dry runway with reversers inoperative at 120,000 pounds gross
84 | P a g e
weight?
A.3,500 feet.
B.2,750 feet.
C.2,150 feet.
Answer = A
63..[Refer to Figure 4-25.] How many feet will remain after landing on a
7,200-foot dry runway with spoilers inoperative at 118,000 pounds gross
weight?
A.4,200 feet.
B.4,500 feet.
C.4,750 feet.
Answer = B
64..[Refer to Figure 4-25.] How much longer is the dry runway landing distance
using brakes only compared to using brakes and reversers at 110,000 pounds
gross weight?
A.1,000 feet.
B.500 feet.
C.300 feet.
Answer = C
65..[Refer to Figure 4-25.] How much longer is the dry runway landing distance
using brakes only compared to using brakes and reversers at 114,000 pounds
gross weight?
A.1,150 feet.
B.500 feet.
C.300 feet.
Answer = C
66..[Refer to Figure 4-25.] What is the Maximum landing weight which will
85 | P a g e
permit stopping 1,500 feet short of the end of a 4,950-foot dry runway with
reversers and spoilers inoperative?
A.119,000 pounds.
B.136,000 pounds.
C.139,000 pounds.
Answer = C
A.117,500 pounds.
B.136,500 pounds.
C.140,500 pounds.
Answer = B
68..[Refer to Figure 4-25.] What is the transition distance when landing on a dry
runway at a gross weight of 125,000 pounds?
A.1,200 feet.
B.850 feet.
C.400 feet.
Answer = C
69..[Refer to Figure 4-25.] Which of the following configurations will result in the
shortest landing distance over a 50-foot obstacle to a dry runway?
A.Brakes and spoilers at 120,000 pounds gross weight.
B.Brakes and reversers at 115,000 pounds gross weight.
C.Brakes, spoilers, and reversers at 125,000 pounds gross weight.
Answer = C
shortest landing distance over a 50-foot obstacle to a dry runway?
86 | P a g e
Answer = C
71..*[Refer to Figure 4-26.] How many feet will remain after landing on a
6,000-foot wet runway with reversers inoperative at 110,000 pounds gross
weight?
A.2,100 feet.
B.2,650 feet.
C.3,000 feet.
Answer = C
weight?
A.4,000 feet.
B.4,300 feet.
C.4,500 feet.
Answer = A
73..[Refer to Figure 4-26.] How much longer is the wet runway landing distance
using brakes only compared to using brakes, spoilers and reversers at 130,000
pounds gross weight?
A.1,000 feet.
B.500 feet.
C.300 feet.
Answer = A
74..[Refer to Figure 4-26.] How much longer is the wet runway landing distance
using brakes only compared to using brakes, spoilers and reversers at 140,000
87 | P a g e
A.650 feet.
B.1,300 feet.
C.1,050 feet.
Answer = C
permit stopping 1,000 feet short of the end of a 4,900-foot wet runway with
A.124,000 pounds.
B.129,500 pounds.
C.134,500 pounds.
Answer = A
76..[Refer to Figure 4-26.] What is the transition distance when landing on a wet
A.100 feet.
B.300 feet.
C.750 feet.
Answer = B
shortest landing distance over a 50-foot obstacle to a wet runway?
Answer = C
78..*[Refer to Figure 4-27.] What is the Maximum landing weight which will
permit stopping 600 feet short of the end of a 4,600-foot icy runway?
A.128,000 pounds.
88 | P a g e
B.124,000 pounds.
C.120,000 pounds.
Answer = C
permit stopping 700 feet short of the end of a 5,200-foot icy runway?
A.124,000 pounds.
B.137,000 pounds.
C.108,000 pounds.
Answer = B
80..[Refer to Figure 4-27.] What is the transition distance when landing on an
icy runway at a gross weight of 134,000 pounds?
A.400 feet.
B.950 feet.
C.1,350 feet.
Answer = A
81..[Refer to Figure 4-27.] Which configuration will result in a landing distance
of 5,000 feet over a 50 foot obstacle to an icy runway?
A.Use of three reversers at 113,000 pounds gross weight.
B.Use of brakes and spoilers at 105,000 pounds gross weight.
C.Use of three reversers at 115,000 pounds gross weight.
Answer = A
Answer = A
89 | P a g e
Answer = C
84..*[Refer to Figure 4-28 and 4-29.] What approach speed and landing
distance will be needed when landing at a weight of 140,000 pounds with 15o of
flaps?
A.123 knots and 3,050 feet.
B.138 knots and 3,050 feet.
C.153 knots and 2,050 feet.
Answer = B
85..*[Refer to Figure 4-28.] How much will landing distance be reduced by using
15o of flaps ra0074her than 0o flaps at a landing weight of 105,000 pounds?
A.800 feet.
B.300 feet.
C.1,300 feet.
Answer = A
86..[Refer to Figure 4-28.] How much will landing distance be reduced by using
15o of flaps rather than 0o flaps at a landing weight of 115,000 pounds?
A.500 feet.
B.800 feet.
C.2,700 feet.
Answer = B
87..[Refer to Figure 4-28.] How much will landing distance be reduced by using
90 | P a g e
A.100 feet.
B.400 feet.
C.850 feet.
Answer = C
88..[Refer to Figure 4-28.] What is the ground roll when landing with 15o of
flaps at a landing weight of 122,000 pounds? (ground roll equal landing
distance subtracting 1000ft)
A.1,750 feet.
B.2,200 feet.
C.2,750 feet.
Answer = A
89..[Refer to Figure 4-28.] What is the ground roll when landing with 5o of flaps
at a landing weight of 107,500 pounds?
A.1,750 feet.
B.2,000 feet.
C.2,350 feet.
Answer = B
90..[Refer to Figure 4-28.] What is the ground roll when landing with 5o of flaps
A.1,750 feet.
B.2,100 feet.
C.2,500 feet.
Answer = C
91..[Refer to Figure 4-29.] What is the change of total drag for a 140,000-pound
airplane when configuration is changed from flaps 25o, gear down, to flaps 0o,
gear up, at a constant airspeed of 165 knots?
A.9,500 pounds.
91 | P a g e
B.10,400 pounds.
C.11,300 pounds.
Answer = B
92..[Refer to Figure 4-29.] What is the change of total drag for a 140,000-pound
airplane when configuration is changed from flaps 30o, gear down, to flaps 0o,
gear up, at a constant airspeed of 160 knots?
A.13,500 pounds.
B.13,300 pounds.
C.15,300 pounds.
Answer = A
93..[Refer to Figure 4-29.] What is the Maximum charted indicated airspeed
while maintaining a 3o glide slope at a weight of 140,000 pounds?
A.127 knots.
B.149 knots.
C.156 knots.
Answer = C
94..[Refer to Figure 4-29.] What is the thrust required to maintain a 3o glide
slope at 140,000 pounds, with gear down, flaps 30o, and an airspeed of VREF
+ 30 knots?
A.13,700 pounds.
B.16,200 pounds.
C.17,700 pounds.
Answer = B
95..[Refer to Figure 4-29.] What thrust is required to maintain level flight at
140,000 pounds, with gear up, flaps 25o, and an airspeed of 172 knots?
A.13,700 pounds.
B.18,600 pounds.
92 | P a g e
C.22,000 pounds.
Answer = B
96..*[Refer to Figure 4-30.] What is the Maximum charted indicated airspeed
A.136 knots.
B.132 knots.
C.139 knots.
Answer = A
97..[Refer to Figure 4-30.] What thrust is required to maintain a 3o glide slope at
110,000 pounds, with gear down, flaps 30o, and an airspeed of VREF + 20
knots?
A.9,800 pounds.
B.11,200 pounds.
C.17,000 pounds.
Answer = B
110,000 pounds, with gear down, flaps 40o, and an airspeed of 118 knots?
A.17,000 pounds.
B.20,800 pounds.
C.22,300 pounds.
Answer = B
99..*[Refer to Figure 4-32.] What is the turbulent air penetration N1 power
setting for Operating Conditions below? WEIGHT ( x 1000): 100,PRESSURE
ALTITUDE: 35,000,TOTAL AIR TEMP (TAT): -11oC
A.83.4 percent.
B.86.0 percent.
C.87.4 percent.
93 | P a g e
Answer = C
100..[Refer to Figure 4-32.] What is the turbulent air penetration N1 power
A.77.5 percent.
B.75.3 percent.
C.79.4 percent.
Answer = B
101.[Refer to Figure 4-32.] What is the turbulent air penetration N1 power
ALTITUDE: 15,000,TOTAL AIR TEMP (TAT): 11oC,
A.75.4 percent.
B.74.2 percent.
C.72.9 percent.
Answer = A
102..*[Refer to Figure 4-34.] What are the recommended IAS and EPR settings
for holding under Operating Conditions below? ,ALTITUDE: 30,000,WEIGHT
( x 1000): 92.5,ENGINES OPERATING: 2,HOLDING TIME (MIN): 10
A.221 knots and 1.83 EPR.
B.210 knots and 1.69 EPR.
C.217 knots and 1.81 EPR.
Answer = B
103..[Refer to Figure 4-34.] What are the recommended IAS and EPR settings
for holding under Operating Conditions below? ALTITUDE: 25,000,WEIGHT
94 | P a g e
Answer = A
( x 1000): 100,ENGINES OPERATING: 2,HOLDING TIME (MIN): 30
Answer = C
105..[Refer to Figure 4-34.] What is the approximate fuel consumed when
holding under Operating Conditions below? ,ALTITUDE: 35,000,WEIGHT
( x 1000): 100,ENGINES OPERATING: 2,HOLDING TIME (MIN): 30
A.1,625 pounds.
B.1,950 pounds.
C.2,460 pounds.
Answer = C
holding under Operating Conditions below? ALTITUDE: 25,000,WEIGHT
A.3,625 pounds.
B.3,240 pounds.
C.2,980 pounds.
Answer = B
A.732 pounds.
95 | P a g e
B.1,023 pounds.
C.1,440 pounds.
Answer = A
108..*[Refer to Figure 4-37.] How many minutes of dump time is required to
reach a weight of 144,500 pounds? Initial weight: 180,500 lb,Zero fuel weight:
125,500 lb
A.13 minutes.
B.15 minutes.
C.16 minutes.
Answer = B
109..[Refer to Figure 4-37.] How many minutes of dump time is required to
126,000 lb
A.15 minutes.
B.14 minutes.
C.13 minutes.
Answer = C
125,500 lb
A.14 minutes.
B.16 minutes.
C.17 minutes.
Answer = C
reduce fuel load to 18,000 pounds? Initial weight: 162,500 lb,Zero fuel weight:
120,500 lb
96 | P a g e
A.10 minutes.
B.9 minutes.
C.8 minutes.
Answer = A
112..*[Refer to Figure 4-39.] What is the approximate level-off pressure altitude
after drift-down under Operating Conditions below? WT AT ENG FAIL ( x 1000):
100,ENGINE ANTI-ICE: ON,WING ANTI-ICE: ON,ISA TEMPERATURE:
+10oC,AIR CONDITIONING: ON
A.16,400 feet.
B.19,600 feet.
C.18,700 feet.
Answer = A
113..[Refer to Figure 4-39.] What is the approximate level-off pressure altitude
after drift-down under Operating Conditions below? WT AT ENG FAIL ( x 1000):
80,ENGINE ANTI-ICE: ON,WING ANTI-ICE: OFF,ISA TEMPERATURE:
ISA,AIR CONDITIONING: OFF
A.24,600 feet.
B.23,400 feet.
C.20,000 feet.
Answer = A
after drift-down under Operating Conditions below?WT AT ENG FAIL ( x 1000):
90,ENGINE ANTI-ICE: OFF,WING ANTI-ICE: OFF,ISA TEMPERATURE:
+20oC,AIR CONDITIONING: OFF
A.19,400 feet.
B.20,000 feet.
C.23,800 feet.
97 | P a g e
Answer = B
115..*[Refer to Figure 4-41.] What is the approximate landing weight for
Operating Conditions below? WEIGHT (START TO ALT): 77,000,DISTANCE
(NM): 70,WIND COMPONENT: 25TW,HOLDING TIME AT ALT (MIN): 15
A.74,000 pounds.
B.74,180 pounds.
C.73,400 pounds.
Answer = A
116..[Refer to Figure 4-41.] What is the approximate landing weight for
(NM): 370,WIND COMPONENT: 60HW,HOLDING TIME AT ALT (MIN): 15
A.80,850 pounds.
B.85,700 pounds.
C.77,600 pounds.
Answer = A
117..[Refer to Figure 4-41.] What is the total time from starting to the alternate
through completing the approach for Operating Conditions below? WEIGHT
(START TO ALT): 71,000,DISTANCE (NM): 200,WIND COMPONENT:
30TW,HOLDING TIME AT ALT (MIN): 15
A.34 minutes.
B.55 minutes.
C.57 minutes.
Answer = C
20HW,HOLDING TIME AT ALT (MIN): 15
98 | P a g e
A.30 minutes.
B.45 minutes.
C.29 minutes.
Answer = B
119..*[Refer to Figure 4-43.] What is the trip fuel for Operating Conditions below?
DISTANCE (NM): 2200,WIND COMPONENT (KTS): 50HW,CRUISE PRESS
ALTITUDE: 37,000,ISA TEMPERATURE: +10oC,LANDING WEIGHT ( x 1000):
75
A.34,000 pounds.
B.28,000 pounds.
C.32,600 pounds.
Answer = C
120..[Refer to Figure 4-43.] What is the trip fuel for Operating Conditions below?
DISTANCE (NM): 2500,WIND COMPONENT (KTS): 50TW,CRUISE PRESS
ALTITUDE: 27,000,ISA TEMPERATURE: ISA,LANDING WEIGHT ( x 1000): 70
A.35,000 pounds.
B.32,600 pounds.
C.30,200 pounds.
Answer = B
121..[Refer to Figure 4-43.] What is the trip time for Operating Conditions below?
ALTITUDE: 37,000,ISA TEMPERATURE: +10oC,LANDING WEIGHT ( x 1000):
75
A.5 hours 15 minutes.
B.5 hours 40 minutes.
C.5 hours 55 minutes.
Answer = B
99 | P a g e
122..[Refer to Figure 4-43.] What is the trip time for Operating Conditions below?
DISTANCE (NM): 2500,WIND COMPONENT (KTS): 50TW,CRUISE PRESS
ALTITUDE: 27,000,ISA TEMPERATURE: ISA,LANDING WEIGHT ( x 1000): 70
Answer = A
123..[Refer to Figure 4-45.？？？] What is the estimated fuel consumption for
Operating Conditions below? DISTANCE (NM): 600,AVG WIND COMP (KTS):
40HW
A.9,926 pounds.
B.9,680 pounds.
C.9,504 pounds.
Answer = C
124..[Refer to Figure 4-45.] What is the estimated fuel consumption for
30HW
A.11,227 pounds.
B.11,503 pounds.
C.11,754 pounds.
Answer = A
125..[Refer to Figure 4-45.] What is the trip time corrected for wind under
15TW,
A.58.1 minutes.
B.59.9 minutes.
C.54.7 minutes.
100 | P a g e
Answer = B
65TW,
A.97.2 minutes.
B.99.8 minutes.
C.103.7 minutes.
Answer = C
127..[Refer to Figures 4-22 and 4-24.] What is the go-around EPR for Operating
Conditions L-1?
A.2.01 EPR.
B.2.03 EPR.
C.2.04 EPR.
Answer = B
128..[Refer to Figures 4-22 and 4-24.] What is the go-around EPR for Operating
Conditions L-2?
A.2.115 EPR.
B.2.10 EPR.
C.2.06 EPR.
Answer = C
129..[Refer to Figures 4-22, 4-23 and 4-24.] What is the maneuvering speed for
Operating Conditions L-5?
A.124 knots.
B.137 knots.
C.130 knots.
Answer = C
130..[Refer to Figures 4-22, 4-23 and 4-24.] What is the reference speed for
101 | P a g e
A.140 knots.
B.145 knots.
C.148 knots.
Answer = B
131..[Refer to Figures 4-22, 4-23 and 4-24.] What is VREF for Operating
Conditions L-1?
A.143 knots.
B.144 knots.
C.145 knots.
Answer = A
132..[Refer to Figures 4-22, and 4-24.] What is the go-around EPR for
A.2.06 EPR.
B.2.07 EPR.
C.2.09 EPR.
Answer = A
133..[Refer to Figures 4-25 and 4-26.] Which conditions will result in the
shortest landing distance at a weight of 132,500 pounds?
A.Dry runway using brakes and reversers.
B.Dry runway using brakes and spoilers.
C.Wet runway using brakes, spoilers and reversers.
Answer = B
134..[Refer to Figures 4-28 and 4-29.] What approach speed and ground roll
will be needed when landing at a weight of 140,000 pounds if flaps are not
used?
102 | P a g e
Answer = C
135..[Refer to Figures 4-35 and 4-36.] What are descent fuel and distance
under Operating Conditions S-4?
A.1,490 pounds, 118 NAM.
B.1,400 pounds, 110 NAM.
C.1,430 pounds, 113 NAM.
Answer = C
Answer = A
137..[Refer to Figures 4-35 and 4-36.] What are descent time and distance
A.24 minutes, 118 NAM.
B.26 minutes, 125 NAM.
C.25 minutes, 118 NAM.
Answer = B
Answer = C
103 | P a g e
139..[Refer to Figures 4-46, 4-47 and 4-48.] What are the fuel requirements
from Chicago Midway Airport to Greater Buffalo Intl? （*it all about distance
measurment and finding stations ,）
A.2,224 pounds.
B.1,987 pounds.
C.1,454 pounds.
Answer = A
140..[**Refer to Figures 4-49, 4-50,4-51,4-52,4-53, and 4-54.] (those pictures
for this question are sucks,cant find better ones, its nearly the same as the one
above,find and calculate )What is the ETE at .78 Mach?
Answer = A
141..[Refer to Figures 4-49, 4-50,4-51,4-52,4-53, and 4-54.] What is the ETE
at .80 Mach?
Answer = C
142..[Refer to Figures 4-50,4-51,4-52,4-53, and 4-54.] What is the total fuel
required at .78 Mach?
A.22,140 pounds.
B.22,556 pounds.
C.22,972 pounds.
Answer = B
143..[Refer to Figures 4-50,4-51,4-52,4-53, and 4-54.] What is the total fuel
104 | P a g e
A.22,836 pounds.
B.22,420 pounds.
C.22,556 pounds.
Answer = B
144..A commercial operator plans to ferry a large, four-engine,
reciprocating-engine-powered airplane from one facility to another to repair an
inoperative engine. Which is an operational requirement for the three-engine
flight?
A.The gross weight at takeoff may not exceed 75 percent of the Maximum
certificated gross weight.
B.Weather conditions at the takeoff and destination airports must be VFR.
C.The computed takeoff distance to reach V1 must not exceed 70 percent of
Answer = B
145..A definition of the term "viscous hydroplaning" is where
A.the airplane rides on standing water.
B.a film of moisture covers the painted or rubber-coated portion of the runway.
C.the tires of the airplane are actually riding on a mixture of steam and melted
rubber.
Answer = B
146..An outside air pressure decreases, thrust output will
A.increase due to greater efficiency of jet aircraft in thin air.
B.remain the same since compression of inlet air will compensate for any
decrease in air pressure.
C.decrease due to higher density altitude.
Answer = C
105 | P a g e
147？？？..At what minimum speed (rounded off) could dynamic hydroplaning
occur on main tires having a pressure of 100 PSI?
A.90 knots.
B.96 knots.
C.110 knots.
Answer = A
148..At what minimum speed (rounded off) could dynamic hydroplaning occur
on main tires having a pressure of 110 PSI?
A.90 knots.
B.95 knots.
C.100 knots.
Answer = B
A.90 knots.
B.96 knots.
C.110 knots.
Answer = B
150..At what speed, with reference to L/DMAX, does Maximum range for a jet
airplane occur?
A.A speed less than that for L/DMAX.
B.A speed equal to that for L/DMAX.
C.A speed greater than that for L/DMAX.
Answer = C
151..At what speed, with reference to L/DMAX, does Maximum rate-of-climb for
a jet airplane occur?
A.A speed greater than that for L/DMAX.
106 | P a g e
C.A speed less than that for L/DMAX.
Answer = B
152..Compared to dynamic hydroplaning, at what speed does viscous
hydroplaning occur when landing on a smooth, wet runway?
A.At approximately 2.0 times the speed that dynamic hydroplaning occurs.
B.At a lower speed than dynamic hydroplaning.
C.At the same speed as dynamic hydroplaning.
Answer = B
153..Equivalent shaft horsepower (ESHP) of a turboprop engine is a measure
of
A.turbine inlet temperature.
B.shaft horsepower and jet thrust.
Answer = B
154..How should reverse thrust propellers be used during landing for Maximum
effectiveness in stopping?
A.Gradually increase reverse power to Maximum as rollout speed decreases.
B.Use Maximum reverse power as soon as possible after touchdown.
C.Select reverse-pitch after landing and use idle power setting of the engines.
Answer = B
155..How should thrust reversers be applied to reduce landing distance for
trubojet aircraft?
A.Immediately after ground contact.
B.Immediately prior to touchdown.
C.After applying Maximum wheel braking.
Answer = A
107 | P a g e
156..If an engine failure occurs at an altitude above single-engine ceiling, what
airspeed should be maintained?
A.VMC.
B.VYSE.
C.V XSE.
Answer = B
157..In a light ,twin-engine airplane with one engine inoperative, when is it
acceptable to allow the ball of a slip-skid indicator to be deflected outside the
reference lines?
A.-While maneuvering at minimum controllable air-speed to avoid over banking.
B.-When operating at any airspeed greater than Vmc.
C.-When practicing imminent stalls in a banked attitude.
Answer = B
5. 重量与平衡weight and balence
1..What are some characteristics of an airplane loaded with the CG at the aft
limit?
A.Lowest stall speed, highest cruise speed, and least stability
B.Highest stall speed, highest cruise speed, and least stability.
C.Lowest stall speed, lowest cruise speed, and highest stability.
Answer = A
2..What characteristic should exist if an airplane is loaded to the rear of its CG
range?
A.Sluggish in aileron control.
B.Sluggish in rudder control
C.Unstable about the lateral axis
Answer = C
3..As the CG is moved forward, the stability
108 | P a g e
A.Improves
B.Decrease
C.dose not change
Answer = A
4..In flight ,as the time goes on , the CG will
A.change
B.not change
C.may change or may not change
Answer = A
5..In small airplanes, normal recovery form spins may become difficult if the
A.-CG is too far rearward and rotation is around the longitudinal axis.
B.-CG is too far rearward and rotation is around the CG.
C.-spin is entered before the stall is fully developed.
Answer = C
6. 航班运行airline opretions
1..Information recorded during normal operation of a cockpit voice recorder in a
large pressurized airplane with four reciprocating engines
A.May all be erased or otherwise obliterated except for the last 30 minutes
B.May be erased or otherwise obliterated except for the last 30 minutes prior to
landing
C.May all be erased, as the voice recorder is not required on an aircraft with
reciprocating engines.
Answer = A
2..Information obtained from flight data and cockpit voice recorders shall be
used only for determining
A.Who was responsible for any accident or incident
B.Evidence for use in civil penalty or certificate action
109 | P a g e
C.Possible causes of accidents or incidents
Answer = C
3..Land and Hold Short Operations (LAHSO) include landing and holding short:
A.Of an intersecting taxiway only.
B.Of some designated point on the runway.
C.Only of an intersecting runway or taxiway.
Answer = B
4..Normally, a dispatcher should be scheduled for no more than
A.8 hours of service in any 24 consecutive hours
B.10 hours of duty in any 24 consecutive hours
C.10 consecutive hours of duty
Answer = C
5..Northwest wing can be presented as .
A. 200°or NW
B. 315°or NW
C. 135°or SE
Answer = B
6..Prior to listing an aircraft as an alternate airport in the dispatch release,
weather reports must indicate that weather conditions will be at or above
authorized minimums at that airport
A.during the entire flight.
B.for the period of 1 hour before to 1 hour after the ETA.
C.when the flight arrives.
Answer = C
7..Regulations concerning the operational control of a flight refer to
A.the specific duties of any required crewmember.
B.exercising authority over initiating, conducting, or terminating a flight.
110 | P a g e
C.exercising the privileges of pilot-in-command of an aircraft.
Answer = B
8..Route that require a flight navigator are listed in the
A.Airplane Flight Manual
B.International Flight Information Manual
C.Air Carrier's Operations Specifications
Answer = C
9..Series A NOTAMs is mainly released to
A.domestic airport flight information office.
B.foreign international NOTAMs office.
C.domestic area flight information center.
Answer = B
10..Series C NOTAMs of Class 2 must be disseminated to domestic area flight
information center NOTAMs office
A.25 days ago.
B.15 days ago.
C.7 days ago.
Answer = B
11..The "runway hold position" sign denotes
A.An area protected for an aircraft approaching a runway
B.An entrance to runway from a taxiway
C.Intersecting runways
Answer = C
12..The ATS unit must ensure that pilots are kept informed of any change in the
status of airport facilities_______________.
A. at their destinations
B. at their alternate aerodromes
111 | P a g e
C. A and B
Answer = C
What terms could a ATC furnishes pilots' braking action reports using?
A. "good", "fair", "poor" and "nil" or a combination of these terms.
B. the percentage of the proximate braking action.
C. only use "good", "fair", "poor" and "nil" with no combination of these terms.
Answer = A
When a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain separation, what minimum
speed may ATC request of an aircraft operating above 3,000 meters, which
normal cruising speed is 150 knots?
A. 150 knots
B. 250 knots
C. 330 knots
Answer = A
when a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain separation, what minimum
（*I think it should be Maximum????? ）speed may ATC request of a piston
aircraft departing an airport?
A. 170 knots
B. 150 knots
C. 130 knots
Answer = B
When a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain separation, what
Maximum speed may ATC request of a piston arrival aircraft operating except
20 miles from threshold?
A. 200 knots
B. 170 knots
C. 150 knots
112 | P a g e
Answer = C
When a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain separation, what Maximum
speed may ATC request of a turbojet arrival aircraft operating except 20 miles
from threshold?
A. 200 knots
B. 170 knots
C. 150 knots
Answer = B
speed may ATC request of a turboprop arrival aircraft operating except 20 miles
from threshold?
A. 200 knots
B. 170 knots
C. 150 knots
Answer = C
speed may ATC request of a piston arrival aircraft operating below 3,000
meters?
A. 210 knots
B. 200 knots
C. 150 knots
Answer = B
speed may ATC request of a turboprop arrival aircraft operating below 3,000
meters?
A. 210 knots
B. 200 knots
113 | P a g e
C. 170 knots
Answer = B
when a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain separation, what Maximum
speed may ATC request of a turbojet aircraft departing an airport?
A. 250 knots
B. 230 knots
C. 210 knots
Answer = B
What is the hijack code?
A. 7200.
B. 7500.
C. 7777.
Answer = B
The fuel reserve required for a reciprocating-engine-powered supplemental air
carrier airplane upon arrival at the most distant alternate airport during a flight in
the contiguous China is
A. 45 minutes at normal cruising fuel consumption.
B. The fuel required to fly to the alternate, plus 10 percent.
C. 3 hours at normal cruising fuel consumption.
Answer = A
The minimum amount (planned) of fuel to be aboard a flag carrier turbojet
airplane on a flight within the contiguous China , after reaching the most distant
alternate airport, should be
B. 2 hours at normal cruising fuel consumption.
C. enough fuel to return to the destination airport or to fly for 90 minutes at
normal cruising fuel consumption, whichever is less.
114 | P a g e
Answer = A
Upon arriving at the most distant airport, what is the fuel reserve requirement
for a turbopropeller flag air carrier airplane?(* when no alternate airport,3 hours
at normal cruise)
A. 90 minutes at holding altitude and speed fuel consumption or 30 minutes
plus 15 percent of cruise fuel consumption, whichever is less.
B. 45 minutes at holding altitude.
C. 30 minutes plus 15 percent of the total time required, or 90 minutes at normal
cruise, whichever is less.
Answer = C
What phases is the Critical Flight Phases?
A. climb and descent when below 3,000 meters, taxi, takeoff, and landing.
B. climb and descent when below 3,000 meters.
C. takeoff, and landing.
Answer = A
What action is necessary when a partial loss of ILS receiver capability occurs
while operating in controlled airspace under IFR?
A. Continue as cleared and file a written report to the Administrator if requested.
B. If the aircraft is equipped with other radios suitable for executing an
instrument approach, no further action is necessary
C. Report the malfunction immediately to ATC.
Answer = C
What altitude and route should be used if the pilot is flying in IFR weather
conditions and has two-way radio communications failure?
A. Continue on the route specified in the clearance and fly the highest of the
following: the last assigned altitude, altitude ATC has informed the pilot to
expect, or to the MEA.
115 | P a g e
B. Descend to MEA and, if clear of clouds, proceed to the nearest appropriate
airport. If not clear of clouds, maintain the highest of the MEAs along the
clearance route.
C. Fly the most direct route to the destination, maintaining the last assigned
altitude or MEA, whichever is higher.
Answer = A
Instructions are directives issued by ATC for the purpose of
A.requiring a pilot to read back.
B.keeping flight status.
C.requiring a pilot to take specific action.
Answer = C
It should be reported without ATC request that
A. When unable to climb at a rate of at least 500 feet per minute.
B. When unable to descend at a rate of at least 1000 feet per minute.
C. When unable to climb or descend at a rate of at least 600 feet per minute.
Answer = A
The bottom of the Class B airspace is appropriate to
A.FL 6,300m.
B.FL 6,000m.
C.FL 600m.
Answer = C
The cruising speed of an aircraft is 800 kilometers, what should be entered in
the CRUISING SPEED section of the flight plan?
A.850.
B.K0850.
C.0850K.
Answer = B
116 | P a g e
The lowest ILS Category II minimums are
B.DH 100 feet and RVR 1,200 feet.
C.DH 150 feet and RVR 1,500 feet.
Answer = B
The propose of the speed adjustment issued by ATC to the radar-controlled
aircraft are?
A. to achieve the desired separation.
B. to maintain enough separation;
C. both a and b
Answer = C
The top of Class D airspace corresponds to
A.600m AGL.
B.Final approach fix.
C.The first holding pattern level.
Answer = C
Under what condition does ATC issue safety alerts?
A. When collision with another aircraft is imminent.
B. If the aircraft altitude is noted to be in close proximity to the surface or an
obstacle.
C. When weather conditions are extreme and wind shear or large hail is in the
vicinity.
Answer = B
Under what condition should a pilot on IFR advise ATC of minimum fuel status?
A. When the fuel supply becomes less than that required for IFR.
B. If the remaining fuel suggests a need for traffic or landing priority.
C. If the remaining fuel precludes any undue delay.
117 | P a g e
Answer = C
What does the term "minimum fuel" imply to ATC?
A. Traffic priority is needed to the destination airport.
B. Emergency handling is required to the nearest suitable airport.
C. Advisory that indicates an emergency situation is possible should an undue
delay occur.
Answer = C
What is the lowest HAT for which a Category II applicant can be certified during
the original issuance of the authorization?
A.100 feet AGL.
B.150 feet AGL.
C.200 feet AGL.
Answer = B
What is the Maximum distance that a departure alternate airport may be from
the departure airport for a two-engine airplane?
A.2 hours at normal cruising speed in still air with one engine operating.
B.1 hour at normal cruising speed in still air with one engine inoperative.
C.1 hour at normal cruising speed in still air with both engines operating.
Answer = B
What is the purpose of a prohibited airspace?
A.To prohibit entry of any aircrafts.
B.To prohibit entry of air force aircrafts only.
C.To prohibit entry of civil aircrafts only.
Answer = A
What is the purpose of an ATC instruction?
A.To require a pilot to take a specific action.
B.To state some important information.
118 | P a g e
C.To warn the pilot.
Answer = A
What is the purpose of the danger airspace?
A.To warn nonparticipating aircrafts of the potential danger.
B.To prohibit nonparticipating aircrafts of entry.
C.To protect military activities.
Answer = A
What is the time interval for filing flight plan?
A.At least one hour prior to the departure time.
B.At least 30 minutes prior to the departure time.
C.At least one hour and a half prior to the departure time.
Answer = C
What is the time limitation for filing flight application?
A.At least before 1500 Beijing Time prior to the departure date.
B.At least before 1700 Beijing Time prior to the departure date.
C.At least before 1200 Beijing Time prior to the departure date.
Answer = A
What report should the pilot make at a clearance limit?
A. time and altitude/flight level arriving or leaving.
B. time, altitude/flight level, and expected holding speed.
C. time, altitude/flight level, expected holding speed, and inbound leg length.
Answer = A
When a flight plan indicates IFR for the entire route, pilot should fill the FLIGHT
RULES box with letter
A.Y.
B.I.
C.Z.
119 | P a g e
Answer = B
When a pilot plans a flight using NDB NAVAIDS. Which rule applies?
A.The airplane must have sufficient fuel to proceed. by means of VOR NAVIDS,
to a suitable airport and land.
B.The pilot must be able to return to the departure airport using other navigation
radios.
C.The airplane must have sufficient fuel to proceed, by means of VOR
NAVAIDS, to a suitable airport and complete an instrument approach by use of
the remaining airplane radio system.
Answer = C
When an air carrier flight is operated under IFR or over-the-top on "victor
airways," which navigation equipment is required to be installed in duplicate?
A.VOR
B.ADF
C.VOR and DME
Answer = A
When an ATC controller assigns a too low speed for the aircraft's operating
limitation under the existing circumstance, what should the pilot do?
A. reduce speed to the assigned speed.
B. reduce speed to the minimum speed at that circumstance.
C. advise ATC of the speed that will be used.
Answer = C
When can a pilot expect landing priority?
A. on a first-come, first serve basis, because the Air Traffic Control towers
handle all aircraft regardless of the type of flight plan.
B. during emergency
C. both a and b
120 | P a g e
Answer = C
When can an aircraft be expected of changing frequency from tower to ground
control after landing?
A. just after landing and stop taxiing on the runway.
B. remain on the tower frequency until instructed to do otherwise.
C. when exit the runway.
Answer = B
When carrying a passenger aboard an all-cargo aircraft, which of the following
applies?
A. The passenger must have access to a seat in the pilot compartment.
B. The pilot in command may authorize the passenger to be admitted to the
crew compartment.
C. Crew-type oxygen must be provided for the passenger.
Answer = B
When proceeding to the alternate airport, which minimums apply?
A.The alternate minimums calculated from the IAP chart.
B.The actual minimums shown on the IAP chart.
C.visibility 1,600m and ceiling 120m.
Answer = B
When the pilot in command is responsible for a deviation during an emergency,
the pilot should submit a written report
A. within 10 days after the deviation.
B. after returning home.
C. after the flight is completed.
Answer = C
When the tower controller instructs the taxiway to the aircraft during landing taxi,
which taxi way can an aircraft use?
121 | P a g e
A. exit the runway at the nearest suitable taxiway without delay.
B. exit the runway at the taxiway given by the tower controller.
C. exit the runway at the suitable taxiway on the pilot's determination.
Answer = B
When vectoring to intercept the ILS localizer course or MLS final approach
track, the final vector shall be such as to enable the aircraft to intercept the ILS
localizer course or MLS final approach track at an angle not greater
A.(续正文than _____and to provide at least _____straight and level flight prior
to ILS localizer course or MLS final approach track intercept.) 30 degrees, 2 km
B. 40 degrees, 2 km
C. 30 degrees, 1.5 km
Answer = A
Where does a danger airspace may be located?
A.Over the territory only.
B.Over the territory or open sea abut to China.
C.Over the open sea only.
Answer = B
Where does a prohibited airspace be set up?
A.Over domestic only.
B.Over open sea.
C.Over domestic or open sea.
Answer = A
Where does a restricted airspace be set up?
A.Over open sea.
B.Over domestic only.
C.Over domestic and open sea.
Answer = B
122 | P a g e
Which altitude is appropriate for the ceiling of Class C airspace?
A.FL 6,000m.
B.FL 6,300m.
C.FL 6,600m.
Answer = A
Which altitude is appropriate for the floor of Class A airspace?
A.FL 6,000m.
B.FL 6,300m.
C.The first holding pattern altitude.
Answer = B
Which altitude is appropriate to the top of Class B airspace?
A.FL 6,300m.
B.FL 6,000m.
C.FL 600m.
Answer = B
Which letter do you select to fill in the TYPE OF FLIGHT box during IFR flight
training?
A.N.
B.S.
C.G.
Answer = C
Which of following might not normally need be reported without ATC request?
A. expected holding speed
B. vacating a previously assigned altitude for a newly assigned one.
C. when unable to climb or descend at a rate of at least 500 feet per minute.
Answer = A
Which of following should be reported without ATC request as a compulsory
123 | P a g e
report?
A. passengers on board
B. ordering galley supplies
C. when an approach has been missed.
Answer = C
Which points should be report to ATC without request?
A. when leaving the final approach fix outbound.
B. when leaving an assigned holding fix.
C. when leaving the final approach fix outbound, or when leaving an assigned
holding fix.
Answer = C
Which procedure produces the minimum fuel consumption for a given leg of the
cruise flight?
A.Increase speed for a headwind.
B.Increase speed for a tailwind.
C.Increase altitude for a headwind, decrease altitude for a tailwind.
Answer = A
Which regulation does the pilot must comply with during operation within Class
A airspace?
A.Approach Control Regulation.
B.Visual Flight Regulation.
C.Instrument Control Regulation.
Answer = C
Which reports are required when operating IFR in radar environment?
A. Position reports, vacating an altitude, unable to climb 500 ft/min, and time
and altitude reaching a holding fix or point to which cleared.
B. Position reports, vacating an altitude, unable to climb 500 ft/min, and time
124 | P a g e
and altitude reaching a holding fix or point to which cleared, and a change in
average true airspeed exceeding 5 percent or 10 knots.
C. Vacating an altitude, unable to climb 500 ft/min, reaching a holding fix or
point to which cleared, a change in average true airspeed exceeding 5 percent
or 10 knots, and leaving any assigned holding fix or point.
Answer = C
While flying IFR in controlled airspace, if one of the two VOR receivers fails,
which course of action should the pilot-in-command follow?
A. No call is required if one of the two VOR receivers is operating properly.
B. Advise ATC immediately.
C. Notify the dispatcher via company frequency.
Answer = B
While in IFR conditions, a pilot experiences two-way radio communications
failure. Which route should be flown in the absence
A.(续正文，of an ATC assigned route or a route ATC has advised to expect in a
further clearance?) The most direct route to the filed alternate airport.
B. An off-airway route to the point of departure.
C. The route filed in the flight plan.
Answer = C
Who is responsible for the issue of Class 2 NOTAMs?
A.Domestic flight information center NOTAMs office.
B.ATMB NOTAMs office.
C.International NOTAMs office of CAAC flight information center.
Answer = C
Who is responsible for the issue of Series D NOTAMs?
A.CCAFC.
B.Area flight information center.
125 | P a g e
C.Airport flight information office.
Answer = C
Who is responsible for the issue of SNOWTAM?
A.ATMB NOTAMs office.
Answer = C
Who is responsible of arranging the separation of the aircrafts within Class A
airspace?
A.Air Traffic Controller.
B.Pilot-in-command.
C.Dispatcher.
Answer = A
Why the ATC ask the aircraft for speed adjustment?
A. to check the performance of the aircraft;
B. because ATC do think high speed is not good for safety;
C. to achieve or maintain the desired separation.
Answer = C
You can't enter tower controlled airspace under IFR weather conditions unless
you have filed an IFR flight plan and
A.slowed down to the final approach IAS.
B.received an ATC clearance.
C.climbed to the appropriate altitude.
Answer = B
You have just landed at JFK and the tower tells you to call ground control when
clear of the runway. You are considered clear of runway when
A.The aft end of the aircraft is even with the taxiway location sign
126 | P a g e
B.The flight deck area of the aircraft is even with the hold line
C.All parts of aircraft have crossed the hold line.
Answer = C
You should advise ATC of minimum fuel status when your fuel supply has
reached a state where, upon reaching your destination, you cannot accept any
undue delay.
A. This will ensure your priority handling by ATC.
B. ATC will consider this action as if you had declared an emergency.
C. If your remaining usable fuel supply suggests the need for traffic priority to
ensure a safe landing, declare an emergency due to low fuel and report fuel
remaining in minutes.
Answer = C
Who is required to submit a written report on a deviation that occurs during an
emergency?
A. Person who found the emergency.
B. Person who heard the emergency.
C. Pilot in command.
Answer = C
Who is responsible for obtaining information on all current airport conditions,
weather, and irregularities of navigation facilities for a supplemental air carrier
flight?
A.Aircraft dispatcher.
B.Director of operations or flight follower.
C.Pilot in command.
Answer = C
While on an IFR flight in controlled airspace, the failure of which unit will
precipitate an immediate report to ATC?
127 | P a g e
A.One engine, on a multiengine aircraft
B.Airborne radar
C.DME
Answer = C
* (Refer to Figure 6-1) At what point must the missed approach be initiated on
the VOR/DME Rwy 36R at CAPITAL, if still IMC?
A.D0.3 PEK.
B.Above PEK VOR.
C.D0.2 PEK.
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 6-1) During final approach, the altitude of LOM is 1,360 feet,
the height of LOM to the touchdown zone is
A.1,360 feet.
B.1,245 feet.
C.1,262 feet.
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 6-1) During the VOR/DME Rwy 36R approach while
maintaining an on glide slope indication with a groundspeed of 140 knots, what
was the appropriate rate of descent?
A.632 feet per minute.
B.843 feet per minute.
C.737 feet per minute.
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 6-1) How can the FAF on the VOR/DME Rwy 36R of CAPITAL
be identified?
A.11.7NM from PEK.
B.11.7KM from PEK.
128 | P a g e
C.11.7SM from PEK.
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 6-1) If the pilot has identified PEK on the VOR/DME Rwy 36R
straight-in land at CAPITAL, what height above the touchdown zone does a
Category C aircraft descend to in IMC?
A.372 feet.
B.470 feet.
C.525 feet.
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 6-1) The ATIS of CAPITAL airport is broadcast on the
frequency of
A.127.6MHz.
B.127.6KHz.
C.114.7MHz.
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 6-1) The FAF is indicated with a cross in the profile view of the
chart. To what height does the aircraft descend when it intercepts the final
approach segment?
A.1360 feet.
B.3940 feet.
C.3842 feet.
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 6-1) The highest terrain shown in the plan view section of the
VOR/DME Rwy 36R approach chart is
A.1,496 feet.
B.900 feet.
C.1,244 feet.
129 | P a g e
Answer = A
VOR/DME Rwy 36R approach chart is 1,496 feet MSL, what is the height above
the airport of this obstruction then?
A.1,398 feet.
B.1,026 feet.
C.1,381 feet.
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 6-1) What are the landing minimums for B737 with ALS out?
A.MDA 470 feet and RVR 1,600m.
B.MDA 470 feet and VIS 1,500m.
C.MDA 470 feet and RVR 1,500m.
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 6-1) What is the frequency of the primary navaid facility on the
VOR/DME Rwy 36R approach at CAPITAL?
A.308KHz.
B.114.7MHz.
C.240KHz.
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 6-1) When the aircraft is intercepting R-188 HUR with an
intercept angle of 45o during go-around, how much is the intercept heading?
A.143o.
B.233o.
C.53o.
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 6-1) Which approach lighting is available for VOR/DME Rwy
36R?
130 | P a g e
A.HIALS.
B.HIALS with PAPI.
C.PAPI.
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 6-1) While being turning from D34.0 HUR to D16.0 PEK for the
VOR/DME Rwy 36R, Beijing Approach control tells pilot to contact the Tower,
what frequency should be tuned?
A.118.1KHz.
B.118.5KHz.
C.118.1MHz.
Answer = C
*(Refer to Figure 6-2) During the ILS/DME Rwy 36L approach while maintaining
an on glide slope indication with a groundspeed of 150 knots, what was the
approximate rate of descent?
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 6-2) How can the FAF on the ILS/DME Rwy 36L of CAPITAL be
identified?
A.16.5KM from ILG.
B.16.5NM from ILG.
C.16.5SM from ILG.
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 6-2) How much is the height from LOM to the touchdown zone
while executing ILS/DME approach?
A.762 feet.
131 | P a g e
B.870 feet.
C.755 feet.
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 6-2) If an aircraft is cleared to circle-to-land on Rwy 36L at
CAPITAL, and its Maximum speed is approximately 180 knots, what height
above the airport could it descend to?
A.870 feet.
B.762 feet.
C.755 feet.
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 6-2) If the pilot has identified IDK on the ILS/DME Rwy 36L
straight-in land at CAPITAL, what height above the airport does a Category B
aircraft descend to in IMC?
A.308 feet.
B.193 feet.
C.200 feet.
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 6-2) The aircraft has landed at 1100, pilot should contact with
Ground Control on the frequency of
A.121.7MHz.
B.121.9MHz.
C.121.7KHz.
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 6-2) The glide slope angle of ILS/DME Rwy 36L at CAPITAL is
3o, what is the corresponding rate of descent?
A.5.2%.
B.4.8%.
132 | P a g e
C.5.5%.
Answer = A
ILS/DME Rwy 36L approach chart is
A.1,496 feet.
B.1,244 feet.
C.900 feet.
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 6-2) What is the frequency of the primary navaid facility on the
ILS/DME Rwy 36L approach at CAPITAL?
A.110.3MHz.
B.114.7MHz.
C.111.7MHz.
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 6-2) What is the identifier of HUAIROU VOR/DME?
A.HUR.
B.PEK.
C.IDK.
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 6-2) What is the procedure for initiating the missed approach
on the ILS/DME Rwy 36L at CAPITAL?
A.Climb straight ahead to L NDB, right turn, then select HUR VOR.
B.Climb straight ahead to 990 feet.
C.Climb straight ahead to LG NDB, right turn, then select HUR VOR.
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 6-2) Which approach lighting is available for ILS/DME Rwy
36L?
133 | P a g e
A.HIALS with PAPI.
B.HIALS.
C.PAPI.
Answer = A
*(Refer to Figure 6-3) If an aircraft has been aligned with the center line of Rwy
35 at PUDONG, the heading indicator should indicate
A.342o.
B.347o.
C.352o.
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 6-3) The magnetic direction of Rwy 17 at PUDONG is
A.162o.
B.172o.
C.167o.
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 6-3) The true direction of Rwy 35 at PUDONG is
A.342o.
B.347o.
C.352o.
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 6-3) What is the elevation of PUDONG airport?
A.8 feet.
B.10 feet.
C.12 feet.
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 6-3) What is the elevation of Rwy 17 at PUDONG?
A.8 feet.
134 | P a g e
B.12 feet.
C.10 feet.
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 6-3) What is the elevation of Rwy 35 at PUDONG?
A.10 feet.
B.8 feet.
C.12 feet.
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 6-3) Which frequency should be checked first while asking for
takeoff clearance at PUDONG airport?
A.124.35MHz.
B.127.85MHz.
C.118.8MHz.
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 6-3) Which frequency should be selected to check the airport
and weather conditions prior to departure from PUDONG?
A.127.85MHz.
B.124.35MHz.
C.121.65MHz.
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 6-3) While requesting the start-up time at PUDONG airport,
pilot should tune at first on the frequency of
A.124.35MHz.
B.121.65MHz.
C.127.85MHz.
Answer = B
*(Refer to Figure 6-3, 6-4) What distance is available for landing beyond on
135 | P a g e
Rwy 35 at PUDONG?
A.12,097 feet.
B.12,093 feet.
C.13,123 feet.
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 6-3, 6-4) What distance is available for takeoff on Rwy 17 at
PUDONG?
A.12,093 feet.
B.12,097 feet.
C.13,123 feet.
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 6-4) For an aircraft of Category D with 4 turbo-powered
engines, what is the takeoff minimum for Rwy 17 at PUDONG with HIRL and CL
operating?
A.RVR 300m.
B.RVR 400m.
C.RVR 250m.
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 6-4) For an aircraft with 2 turbo-powered engines, what is the
takeoff minimum for Rwy 35 at PUDONG with only RL operating?
A.RVR 250m.
B.RVR 400m.
C.RVR 200m.
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 6-4) The color of Rwy 17 HIALS is
A.blue.
B.white.
136 | P a g e
C.green.
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 6-4) What is the takeoff minimum for Rwy 17 at PUDONG that
applies to an aircraft with 2 propelled engines?
A.VIS 1,600m.
B.RVR 200m.
C.RVR 250m.
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 6-5) At the bottom of this enroute chart excerpt, ZHENGZHOU
ACC's information is enclosed in a rectangle, what is the meaning of the
asterisk symbol preceding 122.20?
A.It means frequency 122.20 is very important.
B.It means VHF communication is available on a part-time basis.
C.It means 122.20 MHz is the major communication frequency.
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 6-5) If an aircraft is estimated to arrive WEI XIAN at 1300z, pilot
should contact ZHENGZHOU CONTROL on the frequency of
A.122.20MHz.
B.8897KHz.
C.3016KHz.
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 6-5) What is the announced FL on the airway B215 between
TAIYUAN and DAWANGZHUANG?
A.9,000m.
B.12,000m.
C.3,100m.
Answer = A
137 | P a g e
(Refer to Figure 6-5) What is the MAA on the airway A461 between ZHOUKOU
and WEI XIAN?
A.FL 29,500 feet.
B.FL 8,100 feet.
C.FL 39,400 feet.
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 6-5) What is the MSA on the airway B215 between TAIYUAN
and DAWANGZHUANG?
A.FL 10,100 feet.
B.FL 8,100 feet.
C.FL 39,400 feet.
Answer = B
*(Refer to Figure 6-6) After takeoff from Rwy 36L at CAPITAL, if the flight is
cleared to depart via YV 4D, pilot must tune VHF NAV on the frequency of
A.114.7MHz.
B.514MHz.
C.113.6MHz.
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 6-6) Determine the VHF NAV frequency for the YV 14D after
takeoff from Rwy 36R at CAPITAL on
A.113.6KHz.
B.113.6MHz.
C.114.7MHz.
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 6-6) Using an average ground speed of 140 knots, what
minimum indicated rate of climb must be maintained to meet the required climb
gradient of 4.6% to 4,930 as specified on the SID?
138 | P a g e
A.690 feet/minute.
B.644 feet/minute.
C.600 feet/minute.
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 6-6) Using an average ground speed of 150 knots, what
gradient of 5% to 4,930 as specified on the SID?
A.760 feet/minute.
B.851 feet/minute.
C.699 feet/minute.
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 6-6) Using an average ground speed of 220 knots to depart
along VY2D, what minimum indicated rate of climb must be maintained to meet
the required climb gradient of 6.2% to FL148?
A.1,320 feet/minute.
B.1,400 feet/minute.
C.1,364 feet/minute.
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 6-6) What is the identifier of TANGHEKOU NDB?
A.YV.
B.WF.
C.DK.
Answer = A
*(Refer to Figure 6-7) For a CAT D aircraft arriving along 007o, the
pilot-in-command could descend it to
A.FL138.
B.FL128.
139 | P a g e
C.FL158.
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 6-7) How should the pilot identify the position to leave the area
control for the LR 2A?
A.GUBEIKOU NDB.
B.HUAIROU VOR/DME.
C.The descent moment on the course of 227o.
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 6-7) If an aircraft belongs to CAT B and is descending along the
course of 227o, which altitude could it descend to?
A.FL158.
B.FL148.
C.FL168.
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 6-7) If the en route altitude of an aircraft is FL118, what is the
altitude when the aircraft operates to DAWANGZHUANG along 007o
A.FL118.
B.FL128.
C.FL138.
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 6-7) The initial point of KM 2A is at
A.The point cleared by ATC.
B.D38 to HUAIROU.
C.HUAILAI.
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 6-7) The initial point of VYK 2A is at
A.D25 to PEK VOR/DME.
140 | P a g e
B.DAWANGZHUANG.
C.The point cleared by ATC.
Answer = B
A pilot is flying in IFR weather conditions and has two-way radio
communications failure. What altitude should be used?
A. Last assigned altitude, altitude ATC has advised to expect, or the MEA,
whichever is highest.
B. An altitude that is at least 1,000 feet above the highest obstacle along the
route.
C. A VFR altitude that is above the MEA for each leg.
Answer = A
A pilot is holding at an initial approach fix after having experienced two-way
radio communications failure. When should that pilot begin descent for the
instrument approach?
A. At the EFC time, if this is within plus or minus 3 minutes of the flight plan ETA
as amended by ATC.
B. At flight plan ETA as amended by ATC.
C. At the EFC time as amended by ATC.
Answer = C
A pilot is operating in Class G airspace. If existing weather conditions are below
those for VFR flight, an IFR flight plan must be filed and an ATC clearance
received prior to
A.entering approach controlled airspace.
B.entering instrument meteorology conditions.
C.takeoff if weather conditions are below IFR minimums.
Answer = A
A plane, MH 160°, receive this ATC clearance: "... HOLD EAST OF THE ABC
141 | P a g e
VORTAC ON THE ZERO NINER ZERO RADIAL...",What is the recommended
procedure to enter the holding pattern?
A.Teardrop only
B.Direct only
C.Parallel only
Answer = C
A plane, MH 160°, receive this ATC clearance: "...CLEARED TO THE ABC
VORTAC HOLD SOUNTH ON THE ONE EIGHT ZERO RADIAL, LEFT
TURNS...",What is the recommended procedure to enter the holding pattern?
A.Teardrop only
B.Direct only
C.Parallel only
Answer = C
A plane, MH 240°, receive this ATC clearance: "... HOLD WESTT OF THE ABC
VORTAC ON THE TWO SEVEN ZERO RADIAL...",What is the recommended
A.Teardrop only
B.Direct only
C.Parallel only
Answer = A
A plane, MH 300°, receive this ATC clearance: "... HOLD WEST OF THE ABC
VORTAC ON THE TWO SEVEN ZERO RADIAL...",What is the recommended
A.Teardrop only
B.Direct only
C.Parallel only
Answer = C
142 | P a g e
A plane, MH 60°, receive this ATC clearance: "... HOLD EAST OF THE ABC
A.Teardrop only
B.Direct only
C Parallel only
Answer = A
A provisional airport is an airport approved by the Administrator for use by an air
carrier certificate holder for the purpose of
A.obtaining provisions and fuel when unable, due to winds, to proceed direct to
the regular airport.
B.having the aircraft catered (foods, beverages, or supplies).
C.providing service to a community when the regular airport is unavailable.
Answer = C
Activities, which are prohibited during critical phases of flight, include that
A. filling out logs
B. making passenger announcements
C. both a and b
Answer = C
After experiencing two-way radio communications failure en route, when should
a pilot begin the descent for the instrument approach?
A. Upon arrival at any initial approach fix for the instrument approach procedure
but not before the flight plan ETA as amended by ATC.
B. Upon arrival at the holding fix depicted on the instrument approach
procedure at the corrected ETA, plus or minus 3minutes.
C. At the primary initial approach fix for the instrument approach procedure at
the ETA shown on the flight plan or the EFC time, whichever is later.
143 | P a g e
Answer = A
An airport approved by the Administrator for use by an air carrier certificate
holder for the purpose of providing service to a community when the regular
airport is not available is a/an:
A.destination airport.
B.provisional airport.
C.alternate airport.
Answer = B
An alternate airport for departure is required
A.if weather conditions are below authorized landing minimums at the
departure airport.
B.when the weather forecast at the estimated time of departure is for landing
minimums only.
C.when destination weather is marginal IFR.
Answer = A
An alternate airport is not required for a supplemental or commercial air carrier,
turbojet-powered airplane on an IFR outside the contiguous China, if enough
fuel
A. is aboard to fly to the destination at normal cruise speed and thereafter at
least 2 hours at normal holding speed.
B. is aboard the airplane to fly to the destination and then to fly for at least 2
more hours at normal cruising fuel consumption.
C. to fly over the destination for 30 minutes at holding airspeed at 1,500 feet
AGL is carried aboard the airplane.
Answer = B
An alternate airport must be listed in the dispatch and flight release for all
international operation air carrier flights longer than
144 | P a g e
A.7 hours.
B.8 hours.
C.6 hours.
Answer = C
An ATC "instruction"
A.must be read back in full to the controller and confirmed before becoming
effective.
B.is a directive issued by ATC for the purpose of requiring a pilot to take specific
action.
C.is the same as an ATC clearance.
Answer = B
Below that altitude, except when in cruise flight, are non-safety related cockpit
activities by flight crew members prohibited?
A. 3,000 meters.
B. 3,600 meters.
C. 6,000 meters.
Answer = A
Class 2 NOTAMs could be divided into
A.Series A and Series C.
B.Series A, Series C and Series D.
C.Series A and Series D.
Answer = A
During the period of Spring Festival, if you are assigned to an additional flight,
you should fill in the TYPE OF FLIGHT box with letter
A.N.
B.M.
C. X.
145 | P a g e
Answer = A
Each pilot who deviates from an ATC clearance in response to a TCAS advisory
is expected to notify ATC and
A.Maintain the course and altitude resulting from the deviation, as ATS has
radar contact
B.Request a new ATC clearance
C.Expeditiously return to the ATC clearance in effect prior to the advisory , after
the conflict is resolved
Answer = C
How many days ago does a Class 1 NOTAM must be disseminated before it
becomes effective?
A.7 days ago.
B.15 days ago.
C.28 days ago.
Answer = A
How often is SNOWTAM broadcast to distant centers?
A.Hourly.
B.One hour and a half a time.
C.30 minutes a time.
Answer = A
If a flight has not been cleared for approach while on a radar vector and it
becomes apparent that the current vector will take it across the final approach
course
A. the pilot should advise ATC of the situation. Do not turn to intercept the
approach course unless cleared to do so.
B. after advising ATC of the situation, the pilot may turn to intercept the
approach course.
146 | P a g e
C. the pilot may make a chance between A and B
Answer = A
If a pilot is being radar vectored in IFR conditions and loses radio
communications with ATC, what action should be taken?
A. Fly directly to the nearest point shown on the IFR flight plan and continue the
flight.
B. Squawk 7700 and climb to VFR on Top.
C. Fly direct to a fix, route, or airway specified in the vector clearance.
Answer = C
If a pilot suspects that he/she is suffering the effects of hypoxia, the most
appropriate remedy would be
A.use supplement oxygen or descend immediately to a low level
B.voluntarily increase the depth of breathing to induce more oxygen into the
lungs
C.voluntarily increase the breathing rate to increase the oxygen uptake
Answer = A
If a received ATC clearance seems to be conflict to a regulation, the pilot should
C.Request a clarification from the ATC immediately.
Answer = C
If an aircraft is operating within Class B airspace at an indicated airspeed
greater than 250 knots, the elevation of the highest mountain from left 25
kilometers to right 25 kilometers along the route is 2,650 meters, the minimum
safe altitude is
A.3,250m.
B.3,050m.
147 | P a g e
C.2,950m.
Answer = A
If an aircraft requests to land on a closed or unsafe runway, can the pilot
received landing clearance from ATC?
A. yes. At this time it is the pilot's responsibility for the landing safety if the pilot
decide to land.
B. no. At this time it is the pilot's responsibility for the landing safety if the pilot
decide to land.
C. no. the aircraft is prohibit for landing by the ATC.
Answer = B
If an aircraft requests to land on a closed or unsafe runway, the pilot will be
informed by ATC as
A. no aircraft are allowed to land.
B. clear to land with caution.
C. runway is closed or unsafe runway.
Answer = C
If an ATC controller assigns a speed, which is too fast for the aircraft's operating
limitation under the existing circumstance, what should the pilot do?
A. increase speed to the assigned speed.
B. increase speed to the Maximum speed at that circumstance.
C. advise ATC of the speed that will be used and expect the controller issue
new speed.
Answer = C
If the cruising speed of an aircraft is 0.70 Marh, pilot may enter the CRUISING
SPEED box with
A.M070.
B.070M.
148 | P a g e
C.M0070.
Answer = A
If the cruising speed of an aircraft is 0.70 Marh, pilot may enter the CRUISING
SPEED box with
A.M070.
B.070M.
C.M0070.
Answer = A
If the cruising speed of an aircraft is 420 nautical miles, pilot should fill in the
CRUISING SPEED block with
A.420N.
B.N420.
C.N0420.
Answer = C
If the earliest takeoff time is 0800z, the first SNOWTAM must be sent out prior
to
A.0600z.
B.0630z.
C.0700z.
Answer = B
If the estimated time of departure is 1400 Beijing Time, pilot should file flight
plan at least before
A.1330 Beijing Time.
B.1300 Beijing Time.
C.1230 Beijing Time.
Answer = C
If the first portion of the flight is under IFR and the latter portion is under VFR,
149 | P a g e
pilot should fill the FLIGHT RULES box with letter
A.Y.
B.I.
C.Z.
Answer = C
If the flight level of an aircraft is desired to be 10,200 meters, pilot should fill in
the LEVEL block of the flight plan with
A.F1020.
B.S1020.
C.L1020.
Answer = B
If the flight level of an aircraft is desired to be 25,600 feet, pilot should fill in the
LEVEL block of the flight plan with
A.F256.
B.F0256.
C.M256.
Answer = A
If the flight level of an aircraft is desired to be 9,000 meters, pilot should fill in
the LEVEL block of the flight plan with
A.M9000.
B.S9000.
C.M0900.
Answer = C
If the landing minimums for a NDB approach shown on the IAP chart are
visibility 2,000m and MDA 120m, which minimums apply when you actually
divert to this airport?
A.Visibility 2,800m and MDA 180m.
150 | P a g e
B.Visibility 3,600m and MDA 240m.
C.Visibility 2,000m and MDA 120m.
Answer = C
If the landing minimums for an ILS approach shown on the IAP chart are RVR
550m and DH 60m, which minimums apply when you actually divert to this
airport?
A.RVR 800m and DH 60m.
B.RVR 550m and DH 60m.
C.RVR 1,600m and DH 120m.
Answer = B
If the pilot decided to land on a closed or unsafe runway in emergency, who is
responsible for the safety in controlled airport?
A. it is the pilot's responsibility for the operating of the aircraft and the
separations between other aircraft.
B. it is the pilot's responsibility for the operating of the aircraft and it is the ATC's
responsibility for the separations between other aircraft.
C. no one have the responsibility during emergency situation.
Answer = B
If the wind direction measured by the weather station is 180°,the optimum
takeoff and landing direction is .
A.from south to north
B.from west to east
C.from north to south
Answer = C
If the wind direction measured by the weather station is 270°,the optimum
A.from east to west
151 | P a g e
B.from west to east
Answer = A
7. 生理学，人的因素，human, factor CRM
Night vision is enhanced by
A.looking slightly to one side of the object you wish to view
B.fixing your gaze director on the object you wish to view.
C.ensuring that the cockpit remains brightly illuminated
Answer = A
One of the effects of hypoxia is a degradation of night vision. This effect begins
at about
A.5000 feet
B.10000 feet
C.8000 feet
Answer = A
Relying on the instruments and believing what they tell you, are the keys to
avoid vestibular illusion. The statement is
A.right
B.wrong
Answer = A
Scanning procedures for effective collision avoidance should constitute
A.looking outside for 15 seconds, then inside for 5 seconds, then repeat.
B.1 minute inside scanning, then 1 minute outside scanning, then repeat.
C.looking outside every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside
scanning is unnecessary.
Answer = A
Some hazardous attitudes may affect pilot decision making. One of the
152 | P a g e
characteristic of "Anti-authority" is
A.refuses to listen to the advice or suggestions of others
B.adopt all rules, regulations, and procedures as far as possible
C.does the first thing that comes to mind.
Answer = A
The air carrier must give instruction on such subjects as respiration, hypoxia,
and decompression to crewmember serving on pressurized airplanes operated
above
A. FL 180.
B. FL 200.
C. FL 250.
Answer = C
The fuel reserve required, for a turbopropeller supplemental air carrier airplane
upon the arrival at a destination airport for which an alternate airport is not
specified, is
A. 3 hours at normal consumption no wind condition.
C. 2 hours at normal cruising furl consumption.
Answer = B
The fuel reserve required for a turbine-engine-powered (other than
turbopropeller) supplemental air carrier airplane upon arrival over the most
distant alternate airport outside the contiguous China is
A. 30 minutes at holding speed, at 1,500 feet over the airport.
B. 30 minutes, over the airport, at 1,500 feet, at cruising speed.
C. 2 hours at the normal cruising fuel consumption rate.
Answer = A
The reserve fuel supply for a domestic air carrier flight is
153 | P a g e
A. 30 minutes plus 15 percent at normal fuel consumption in addition to the fuel
required to the alternate airport.
B. 45 minutes at normal fuel consumption in addition to the fuel required to fly to
and land at the most distant alternate airport.
C. 45 minutes at normal fuel consumption in addition to the fuel required to the
alternate airport.
Answer = B
What is the fuel reserve requirement for a commercially operated
reciprocating-engine-powered airplane flying within contiguous China upon
arrival at the most distant alternate airport specified in the flight release?
Enough fuel to fly
A. 30 minutes plus 15 percent of total time required to fly at normal cruising
consumption to to the alternate.
B. to fly for 90 minutes at normal cruising fuel consumption.
C. 45 minutes at normal cruising fuel consumption.
Answer = C
When a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain separation, what minimum
speed may ATC request of an aircraft operating above 3,000 meters, which
normal cruising speed is 350 knots?
A. 350 knots
B. 330 knots
C. 250 knots
Answer = C
The average time of useful consciousness when engaged in moderate activity
following a rapid decompression at 30,000 feet is closest to
A.25 seconds
B.45 seconds
154 | P a g e
C.1 minute
Answer = B
The blind spot is
A.the area of the lens which is screened by the iris.
B.at the junction of the optic nerve and the retina
C.an area on the cornea which does not respond to light.
Answer = B
The brain perceives the body's orientation in space by
A.processing information from the eyes.
B.processing information from the inner ear.
C.by combining and comparing visual, vestibular and postural cues.
Answer = C
The captain of a multi-crew aircraft rarely consults other members of the crew
and discourages any verbal input from them in the course of a flight. This
situation could be described as
A.a shallow authority gradient
B.a steep authority gradient
C.strong leadership
Answer = B
The component of blood which is most directly involved in the transport of
oxygen throughout the body is
A.the red blood cells
B.the plasma
C.hemoglobin
Answer = C
The Coriolis illusion can produce an unpleasant tumbling sensation. It is most
likely to occur when
155 | P a g e
A.the head is turned rapidly from left to right during visual flight
B.the head is bowed forward rapidly during instrument flight
C.an aircraft which has been in a shallow turn for some time rolls back to level
flight
Answer = B
The decision-making process is quite complex; however, it can be condensed
into six elements, using the acronym DECIDE. The first D is
A.Detect the fact that a change has occurred
B.Do the necessary action to adapt to the change
C.Do what we must to do in the situation
Answer = A
into six elements, using the acronym DECIDE. The first E is
A.Estimate the other pilots' ability of dealing with this problem
B.Evaluate the effect of the action
C.Estimate the need to counter or react to the change
Answer = C
into the following six elements,
A.DICIDE
B.DECIDE
C.DECIED
Answer = B
The function of the ciliary muscles in the eyes is to
A.move the eyes from left to right in the socket
B.change the size of the pupil to vary the amount of light entering the eye.
C.alter the shape of the lens to allow the eye to focus on objects at various
156 | P a g e
distances.
Answer = C
The illusion of being in a noseup attitude which may occur during a rapid
acceleration take off is known as
A.inversion illusion.
B.autokinesis.
C.somatogravic illusion.
Answer = C
The most effective way to deal with an episode of disorientation in flight is to
A.keep a constant look-out for glimpses of the natural horizon outside
B.rely absolutely on the aircraft instrument
C.keep the control column central and maintain a constant power
Answer = B
The most effective way to scan the sky for other aircraft during level flight is to
A.move the head in a continuous arc from side to side.
B.do not look anywhere but straight ahead unless you detect movement.
C.move the head about 200 or 300 at a time, pausing after each movement to
allow the peripheral vision to detect any movement.
Answer = C
The perception of color is a function of the
A.cones on the retina and is diminished in dim ambient lighting.
B.rods on the retina and is diminished in dim ambient lighting.
C.cones on the retina and is diminished in bright lighting conditions.
Answer = A
The persons jointly responsible for the initiation, continuation, diversion, and
termination of a supplemental air carrier or commercial operator flight are the
A.pilot in command and chief pilot.
157 | P a g e
B.pilot in command and director of operations.
C.pilot in command and the flight follower.
Answer = B
The pilot in command has emergency authority to exclude any and all persons
form admittance to the flight deck
A. except a FAA inspector doing enroute checks.
B. in the interest of safety.
C. except persons who have authorization from the certificate holder and the
CAAC.
Answer = B
The position of leader and the follower may be changed in some special
conditions. While remaining overall leader of the flight crew, the captain might
not be the leader in a specific
A.(续正文，circumstance in which another member of the team has great
knowledge. The statement is)right
B.wrong
Answer = A
The proprioceptive system generates sensation from
A.the semicircular canals
B.the skeletal muscles, joints and tendons
C.the otolith
Answer = B
The somatogravic illusion (falsly identifying a level acceleration as a steep
climb), is most likely to be encountered
A.during a go-around in a high performance aircraft when flying visually
B.during and just after take-off in a high performance aircraft on a dark night
C.during an approach to a poorly lit runway on a dark night
158 | P a g e
Answer = B
The static organ is responsible for the perception of linear acceleration. The
statement is
A.right
B.wrong.
Answer = A
The time of useful consciousness (TUC) is the Maximum time that pilot has to
make a rational, lifesaving decision and carry it out following
A.(续正文，a lack of oxygen at a given altitude. The statement is )right
B.wrong
Answer = A
The time of useful consciousness while cruising at an altitude of 30,000 feet
and sitting quietly would be about
A.40 seconds
B.3 minutes
C.1 minute and 15 seconds
Answer = C
The time of useful consciousness(TUC) is affected by many factors, such as
flight altitude, climbing rate, pilot's activity level, pilot's
A.(续正文，health, and whether the pilot smoking or not. The statement is )right
B.wrong
Answer = A
The two different types of light sensitive elements on the retina are classified as
A.rods which are sensitive to color and cones which work best in dim light.
B.cones which are sensitive to color and rods which work best in dim light.
C.rods and cones both of which are responsible for color vision.
Answer = B
159 | P a g e
What cause hypoxia?
A.Excessive carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.
B.An increase in nitrogen content of the air at high altitudes.
C.A decrease of oxygen partial pressure.
Answer = C
What is the most effective way to use the eyes during night flight?
A.Look only at far away, dim lights.
B.Scan slowly to permit off-center viewing.
C.Concentrate directly on each object for a few seconds.
Answer = B
What is the most effective way to use the eyes during night flight?
A.Scan slowly to permit off-center viewing.
B.Scan fast to permit off-center viewing.
Answer = A
What illusion, if any, can rain on the windscreen create?
A.Does not cause illusions.
B.Lower than actual.
C.Higher than actual.
Answer = C
What is a symptom of carbon monoxide poisoning?
A.Rapid, shallow breathing.
B.Pain and cramping of the hands and feet.
C.Dizziness.
Answer = C
What is the effect of alcohol consumption on functions of the body?
A.Alcohol has an adverse effect, especially as altitude increases.
160 | P a g e
B.Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increase judgment and
decision-making abilities.
C.Alcohol has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee.
Answer = A
What type turbulence should be reported when it momentarily causes slight,
erratic changes in altitude and/or attitude, one-third to two-thirds of the time?
A. occasional light chop.
B. Moderate chop.
C. Intermittent light turbulence.
Answer = A
When light passes through the lens it is brought to focus at the back of the
eyeball on the
A.retina
B.cornea
C.iris
Answer = A
Which of the following is considered a primary flight control ?
A. Slats
B. Elevator
C. Dorsal fin
Answer = B
Which of the following is considered an auxiliary flight control?
A. Ruddervator
B. Upper rudder
C. Leading-edge flaps
Answer = C
Which of the following is not a symptom of carbon monoxide poisoning?
161 | P a g e
A.headache and fatigue
B.a feeling of euphoria
C.impairment of vision and mental confusion
Answer = B
Which of the following is not normally a symptom of hypoxia?
A.increased visual field
B.An increase in breathing rate
C.Sleepiness or frequent yawning
Answer = A
Which of the following is not normally a symptom of hypoxia?
A.several headache
B.reduced visual field
C.a feeling of euphoria
Answer = A
Which of the following is not the clue of SA weaken or loss during the flight？
A.Fixation-focusing on any one thing to the exclusion of everything else.
B.Adhere to standard operating procedures.
C.Failure to meet expected checkpoint on flight plan or profile-ETA, fuel burn,
etC．as far as possible.
Answer = B
Which of the following is not the right description about CRM?
A.CRM uses the crew as the unit of training.
B.CRM embraces some of operational personnel only.
C.CRM concentrates on crew members' attitudes and behaviors and their
impact on safety.
Answer = B
Which of the following is not the tip for good SA management during the flight？
162 | P a g e
A.Resolve discrepancies- contradictory data or personal conflicts.
B.Fixation-focusing on any one thing to the exclusion of everything else.
C.Monitor and evaluate current status relative to our plan.
Answer = B
Which of the following is the clue of SA weaken or loss during the flight？
C.Meet expected checkpoint on flight plan or profile-ETA, fuel burn, etC．as far
as possible.
Answer = A
Which of the following is the most likely cause of disorientation?
A.a change in the information coming from the inner ear.
B.a conflict or ambiguity in the information coming from visual, vestibular and
postural cues.
C.poor lighting reducing the amount of visual information received.
Answer = B
Which of the following is the right description about CRM?
A.CRM is a comprehensive system of applying human factors concepts to
improve crew performance.
B.CRM is a comprehensive system of applying human factors concepts to
improve the captain's performance.
C.CRM is a comprehensive system of applying human factors concepts to
improve the pilots' performance.
Answer = A
Which of the following is the right description about feedback in the
communication process?
A.Feedback is the check on how successful we have been in transferring our
163 | P a g e
message as ordinary intended.
B.We can use feedback to put the message back into the system as a check
against misunderstanding.
C.A and B
Answer = C
Which of the following is the right description about the effect of alcohol
consumption on functions of the body ?
A.An individual can speed up the rate at which alcohol leaves the body.
B.Alcohol can affect the semi-circular canals, which leads to an increase in
susceptibility to disorientation and motion sickness.
C.Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increase judgment and
Answer = B
Which of the following is the tip for good SA management during the flight？
A.Focus on the details and scan the big picture.
B.Solicit input from all crew members including cabin, ATC, maintenance,
dispatch, etC．
C.A and B
Answer = C
Which of the following organs mediates the sense of balance?
A.Eustachian tube
B.the cochlea
C.the semicircular canals
Answer = C
Which of the following will increase susceptibility to hypoxia
A.smoking and alcohol
B.fatigue
164 | P a g e
C.both A and B
Answer = C
Which of the following would be suitable treatment for a person suffering from
carbon monoxide poisoning?
A.administer oxygen
B.have them re-breathe their exhaled breath from a bag placed over the nose
and mouth
C.give plenty of water
Answer = A
Which of the following would most likely lead to carbon monoxide contamination
of the cockpit atmosphere?
A.Excessive use of carburetor heat
B.fly low in a very thick smoke haze
C.a leak in the engine exhaust system
Answer = C
Which is a common symptom of hyperventilation?
A.Tingling of the hands, legs, and feet.
B.Increased vision keenness.
C.Decreased breathing rate.
Answer = A
Which of the following techniques would contribute most to good term problem
solving performance?
A.stands steadfastly by your own aims and opinions and don't be swayed by
others
B.don't say nothing just to "keep the peace" when you are genuinely unhappy
about a planned course of action
C.trust you personal opinion, at the same time, adopt the other flight crews'
165 | P a g e
ideas partially
Answer = B
Which procedural is recommended to prevent or overcome spatial
disorientation?
A.Reduce head and eye movement to the greatest possible extent.
B.Rely on the kinesthetic sense.
C.Rely entirely on the indications of the flight instruments.
Answer = C
Which would most likely result in hyperventilation?
A.A stressful situation causing anxiety.
B.The Excessive consumption of alcohol.
C.An extremely slow rate of breathing and insufficient oxygen.
Answer = A
who is exposed to a high glare environment while on the ground (beach sand or
snow), which would help to enhance night vision?
A.don't read small print within one hour of flying.
B.wear good quality sunglasses during the day.
C.avoid using contact lenses
Answer = B
"Authority gradient" is an important factor that can have an effect on
communication in a multi-crew environment. In a flight crew, an apt arranging is
A.the caption's power, ability, longevity and status are higher much more than
the other members of the flight crew.
B.the caption's power, ability, longevity and status are equal to the other
members of the flight crew.
C.the caption's power, ability, longevity and status is higher than the other
members of the flight crew in some short.
166 | P a g e
Answer = C
"Do something quickly!", may be the expression of pilots who have the following
attitude?
A.Macho
B.Invulnerability:
C.Impulsivity:
Answer = C
"The leans " is a state of disorientation which often occurs when
A.an abrupt change from a climb to straight and level flight
B.an aircraft which has been in a shallow turn for some time rolls back to level
flight
C.an abrupt recovery or a rapid correction is made.
Answer = C
A common source of human error is the false hypothesis. Under certain
conditions this is more or less likely than at other times. From the following list,
select the situation least likely to result in a person arriving at a false hypothesis
A. when expectancy of an event is high
B.after a period of intense concentration
C.during normal operation
Answer = C
A good leader also has the ability to act as a good follower. The statement is
A.right
B.wrong
Answer = A
A good team member will not agree with a plan of action just to "keep the
peace" if he/she is feeling uneasy about it. The statement is
A.right
167 | P a g e
B.wrong
Answer = A
A pilot is more subject to spatial disorientation when
A.ignoring or overcoming the sensations of muscles and inner ear.
B.eyes are moved often in the process of cross-checking the flight instruments.
C.body sensations are used to interpret flight attitudes.
Answer = C
A pilot who was worried about the condition of the left engine in a twin-engine
airplane experienced an engine failure on take -off and feathered the left engine,
only to find that it was the right engine which failed. This pilot has been a victim
of
A. expectancy producing a false hypothesis
B.expectancy producing a mental block
C.a motor program producing a false hypothesis
Answer = A
After been in exposed to normal lighting, dark adaptation(night vision)returns
after a recovery period of about
A.30 minutes
B.1 hours
C.5 minutes.
Answer = A
An absence of visible ground feature, such as when landing over water,
darkened areas or terrain made featureless by snow，can create the illusion that
A. the aircraft is at a lower altitude than is the case, which may lead descends
too low on approach.
B.the aircraft is at a higher altitude than is the case, , which may lead a pilot
descends too low on approach.
168 | P a g e
C.the aircraft is at a higher altitude than is the case, , which may lead a pilot
descends too high on approach.
Answer = B
An authoritative leader
A.tends to make final decisions in an emergency, but seldom in other situations
B.tends to make all team decisions and controls all resources
C.may ultimately decide the team's actions, but seldom takes into consideration
the team members' experience, knowledge, and preferences.
Answer = B
As a general rule, supplement oxygen should be provided and used by the pilot
in the day if the flight is above
A.15000 feet
B.10000 feet
C.8000 feet
Answer = B
Carbon monoxide is dangerous because
A.it displace oxygen from the blood's red cells
B.it is highly acidic and attacks the lining of the lungs
C.it displaces oxygen from the lungs causing suffocation
Answer = A
Crew resource management is a process using all available information and
resources, i.e. equipment, procedures and people, to achieve a safe and
efficient flight operation. The statement is
A. right
B.wrong
Answer = A
Deference is one of the "hazardous thoughts" which affect human behavior and
169 | P a g e
decision making. It refer to
A.the tendency to resist authority and object to regulation
B.the tendency to believe that "it can not happen to me"
C.the tendency to blame another person or circumstance for whatever goes
wrong
Answer = C
During the flight, a good leader should not
A.communicate with the team and keep them informed of intentions before
acting on those decisions
B.can not recognize different behavioral styles and balance concern for people
with concern for performance.
C.involve the team in most decision making processes.
Answer = A
During the flight, the position of leader and the follower may be changed in
some special conditions. The statement is
A.right
B.wrong
Answer = A
Effective CRM has some characteristics, which of the following is right
description about it?
A.CRM is a process using all available information and resources, i.e.
equipment, procedures and people, to achieve a safe and efficient flight
operation.
B.CRM can be blended into all forms of aircrew training
C.A and B
Answer = C
Empty Field Myopia is the tendency of the ciliary muscle to relax when there are
170 | P a g e
no close objects in the field of view. This causes the eye to take up a focal
length of approximately
A. one to two meters.
B.five meters.
C.infinity.
Answer = A
Factors that can inhibit effective communication can be external or internal.
External factors include
A.high environmental noise levels
B.a busy work environment or mental discomfort
C.the receiver's expectancy
Answer = A
Good leadership in a group is characterized by
A. high personal attention and high task orientation
B.medium personal attention and high task orientation
C.medium personal attention and medium task orientation
Answer = A
Hazardous vortex turbulence that might be encountered behind large aircraft is
created only when that aircraft is
A. Developing lift.
B. Operating at high airspeeds.
C. Using high power settings.
Answer = A
Heavy coffee or tea, can stimulate the central nervous system and produce an
increase in alertness and activity, produce anxiety and drastic mood swings at
one time.. The statement is
A. right
171 | P a g e
B.wrong
Answer = A
Hypoxia is always accompanied by
A. dizziness
B.a degradation in the performance of a pilot
C.vomiting
Answer = B
Hypoxia is the result of which of these conditions?
A.Insufficient oxygen reaching the brain.
B.Excessive carbon dioxide in the bloodstream.
C.Limited oxygen reaching the heart muscles.
Answer = A
Hypoxia may be caused by
A.fly with a head cold
B.breathing too quickly and/or too deeply for the requirements of the body
C.flying at an altitude where the partial pressure of oxygen is too low
Answer = C
If a pilot whose eyes have fully adapted to darkness is exposed to a bright flash
of light, the time required for dark adaptation to be re-established is most likely
to be
A.3 minutes.
B.15 minutes.
C.30 minutes.
Answer = C
If the authority gradient is too steep,
A.the first officer may be unlikely to contribute anything to the decision making
process—even when he is sure that the captain has made a mistake!
172 | P a g e
B.The first officer respects the captain's command status but feels free to
contribute.
C.the first officer may be likely to contribute anything to the decision making
process
Answer = A
In a communication process, some characteristics of the sender may affect the
encode message. These conditions include
A.the sender's knowledge, personality, and the ability of he/she make use of the
language
B.the sender's skill, attitudes, knowledge, and the social culture system
C.the sender and the receiver's skill, attitudes, knowledge, and the workload
Answer = B
In a decision-making process , a participatory leader
A.allows each team member to have a say and to participate in team
processes.
C.may ultimately decide the team's actions, but seldom takes into consideration
the team members' experience, knowledge, and preferences.
Answer = A
In a highly successful effort to better analyze SA incidents, Mica Endsley
developed a 3-level taxonomy in 1995. Using the taxonomy, ASRS reviewed
113 SA ,incidents that were reported it and found 169 SA errors. Most Of them
were classified as
A. Level 1 — Failure to correctly perceive the situation
B.Level 2 — Failure to comprehend the situation
C.Level 3 — Failure to comprehend the situation into the future
Answer = A
173 | P a g e
In flight, a good leader should
A.set high standards of performance by demonstrating a high level of personal
performance
B.involve the team in most decision making processes
C.A and B
Answer = C
In order to make an effective communication, what type leader the captain
should be?
A.a participatory leader
B.an authoritative leader
C.a leader can balance act between the two types management style,
authoritative and participatory.
Answer = C
In sensing the orientation of the body in space, the brain assigns the highest
priority to information coming from
A.the eyes
B.the inner
C.the proprioceptive system
Answer = A
8. 气象 weather
1..In the SIGMET 8 of the * Figure 8-3, which weather phenomenon that
influence fly be described.
A. Severe mountain wave, obscured thunderstorm with hail
B. Severe turbulence, embedded thunderstorms
C. Severe mountain wave, embedded thunderstorm with hail
Answer = C
2..In which condition is possible to present very serious icing conditions for
174 | P a g e
protracted fligh?
A. associated with the smallest size of water droplet similar to that found in
low-level stratus clouds.
B. associated with thick extensive stratified clouds that produce continuous rain
such as altostratus and nimbostratus.
C. a cold-soaked aircraft descends into warm, moist air.
Answer = B
3..Just prior to takeoff, the captain learns that an unstable fast cold front is
passing his destination airport, and he can realize that the current weather may
be
A.thunderstorm, shower and high wind
B.clear, high wind, good visibility
C.stratonimbus, light rain, poor visibility
Answer = A
4..On the weather chart of ground, the area which has great difference in
temperature between cold and warm air mass is.
A.front
B.low pressure center
C.shear line
Answer = A
5..Radiation fog usually appears in .
A. spring and summer.
B. winter and autumn.
C. summer and autumn.
Answer = B
6..Sudden penetration of fog can create the illusion of
A.pitching up.
175 | P a g e
B.pitching down.
C.leveling off.
Answer = A
7..The abbreviated plain language " WS WRNG " expressing
A. Wind shear warning
B. Aerodrome warning
C. Hazardous weather warning
Answer = A
8..The adverse effects of ice, snow, or frost on aircraft performance and flight
characteristics include decreased lift and
A. increased thrust.
B. A decreased stall speed.
C. An increased stall speed.
Answer = C
9..What is the approximate rate unsaturated air will cool flowing upslope?
A. 3℃ per 1,000 feet.
B. 2℃ per 1,000 feet.
C. 4℃ per 1,000 feet.
Answer = A
10..The tropopause at middle latitude area usually reaches.
A. 8 to 9 km
B.10 to 12 km
C.15 to 17 km
Answer = B
11..What feature is associated with a temperature inversion?
A. A stable layer of air.
B. An unstable layer of air.
176 | P a g e
C. Air mass thunderstorms.
Answer = A
12..Which are the only cloud types forecast in the Terminal Aerodrome Forecast
A. Altocumulus
B. Cumulonimbus
C. Stratocumulus
Answer = B
13..Which INITIAL cockpit indications should a pilot be aware of when a
constant tailwind shares to a calm wind?
A. Altitude increase; pitch and indicated airspeed decrease.
B. Altitude, pitch, and indicated airspeed decrease.
C. Altitude, pitch, and indicated airspeed increase.
Answer = C
14..What are basic conditions to form a thunderstorm?
A. an unstable lapse rate and terrain lifting force
B. an unstable lapse rate, an initial lifting force, and sufficient water vapor.
C. sufficient water vapor and front area
Answer = B
15..What feature is normally associated with the cumulus stage of a
thunderstorm?
A. beginning of rain at the surface
B. frequent lightning
C. continuous updraft
Answer = C
16..To allow pilots of in-trail lighter aircraft to make flight path adjustments to
avoid wake turbulence, pilots of heavy and large jet aircraft should fly
A. Below the established glide path and slightly to either side of the on-course
177 | P a g e
centerline.
B. On the established glide path and on the approach course centerline or
runway centerline extended.
C. Above the established glide path and slightly downwind of the on-course
centerline.
Answer = B
17..Which type of icing is associated with the smallest size of water droplet
similar to that found in low-level stratus clouds?
A. clear ice.
B. Frost ice.
C. Rime ice.
Answer = B
18..The blowing dust or sand usually appear in
A. summer in northern areas.
B. spring in northern areas.
C. spring in southern areas.
Answer = B
19..The Federal Aviation Administration's Flight Information Service Data Link
(FISDL) provides the following products:
A.METARS.SIGMETS, PIREP'S and AIRMETS.
B.SPECIS, SIGMETS, NOTAM'S, and AIRMETS.
C.Convective SIGMETS, PIREPS, AWW's, and adverse conditions.
Answer = A
20..The flight crew learn that there is a stationary front over their destination
airport. Therefore, they can conceive the present weather at the destination as.
A.cumulus, shower, thunderstorm , good visibility
B.stratus, light rain, poor visibility cause by low clouds or fog
178 | P a g e
C.cirrus, radiation fogs or strong turbulence.
Answer = B
21..The heat of the stratophere air is chiefly from .
A.the absorption of sun radiation by the water vapor
B.the absorption of sun ultraviolet ray radiation by the ozone
C.the absorption of ground radiation by the air.
Answer = B
22..The heaviest icing that easy to accumulate in flight is associated with
A.in cumliform clouds
B.in high clouds, such as cirrus.
C.In altocumulus cloud.
Answer = A
23..The clouds which can produce thunderstorm and hail are .
A.nimbostratus
B.cumulonimbus
C.altostratus.
Answer = B
24..The property change of the airmass is chiefly due to.
A.the change of sun radiation
B.the property change of the underlying cushion
C.the movement of the weather system
Answer = B
25..There is ribbon like precipitation under the clouds but it evaporated before
reaching the ground. This phenomenon is referred to as .
A.plume
B.virga
C. dowdraft
179 | P a g e
Answer = B
26..Turbulence encountered above 15,000 feet AGL, not associated with cloud
formations, should be reported as
A. convective turbulence.
B. High altitude turbulence.
C. Clear air turbulence.
Answer = C
27..What action is appropriate when encountering the first ripple of reported
clear air turbulence (CAT)?
A.Extend flaps to decrease wing loading.
B.Extend gear to provide more drag and increase stability.
C.Adjust airspeed to that recommended for rough air.
Answer = C
28..What airport condition is reported by the tower when more than one wind
condition at different positions on the airport is reported?
A. Light and variable.
B. Wind shear.
C. Frontal passage.
Answer = B
29..What characterizes a ground-based inversion?
A. Convection currents at the surface.
B. Cold temperatures.
C. Poor visibility.
Answer = C
30..What condition is necessary for the formation of structural icing in flight?
A. flying in any clouds.
B. Flying in rain.
180 | P a g e
C. the temperature of the aircraft surface is 0oC or colder and supercooled
water drops.
Answer = C
31..What condition produces the most frequent type of ground-or surface-based
temperature inversion?
A. The movement of colder air under warm air or the movement of warm air
over cold air.
B. Widespread sinking of air within a thick layer aloft resulting in heating by
compression.
C. Terrestrial radiation on a clear, relatively calm night.
Answer = C
32..What is a characteristic of the troposphere?
A. It contains all the moisture of the atmosphere.
B. There is an overall decrease of temperature with an increase of altitude.
C. The average altitude of the top of the troposphere is about 6 miles.
Answer = B
33..What is a feature of supercooled water?
A. the water drop sublimates to an ice particle upon impact.
B. The unstable water drop freezes upon striking an exposed object.
C. The temperature of the water drop remains at 0℃ until it impacts a part of the
airframe, then clear ice accumulates.
Answer = B
34..What is a likely location of clear air turbulences?
A. in an upper trough on the polar side of a jetstream.
B. Near a ridge aloft on the equatorial side of a high pressure flow.
C. Downstream of the equatorial side of a jetstream.
Answer = A
181 | P a g e
35..What is an important characteristic of wind shear?
A. it is primarily associated with the lateral vortices generated by
thunderstorms.
B. it usually exists only in the vicinity of thunderstorms, but may be found near a
strong temperature inversion.
C. it may be associated with either a wind shift or a wind speed gradient at any
level in the atmosphere.
Answer = C
36..What is the expected duration of an individual microburst?
A. two minutes with Maximum winds lasting approximately 1 minute.
B. one microburst may continue for as long as 2to 4 hours.
C. seldom longer than 15 minutes from the time the burst strikes the ground
until dissipation.
Answer = C
37..What is the lowest cloud in the stationary group associated with a mountain
wave?
A. rotor cloud.
B. Standing lenticular.
C. Low stratus.
Answer = B
38..What temperature condition is indicated if precipitation in the form of wet
snow occurs during flight?
A. the temperature is above freezing at flight altitude.
B. The temperature is above freezing at higher altitudes.
C. There is an inversion with colder air below.
Answer = A
39..What wind condition prolongs the hazards of wake turbulence on a landing
182 | P a g e
runway for the longest period of time?
A. Direct tailwind.
B. Light quartering tailwind.
C. Light quartering headwind.
Answer = B
40..When advection fog has developed, what may tend to dissipate or lift the
fog into low stratus clouds?
A. Temperature inversion.
B. Wind stronger than 15 konts.
C. Surface radiation.
Answer = B
41..When flying over the nimbostratus clouds, the pilot finds that there are
uptowering clouds on the thick layer. Top of the towering clouds extends to
9000 meters high and are blown to one side by the strong wind like horse's
mane.
A.(接正文 Based on this situation, he predicts that there must be__in the sheet
clouds.) cumulonimbus clouds
B. altocumulus clouds
C. false cirrus clouds
Answer = A
42..When takeoff or landing at the airport on the edge of thunderstorm region,
which of the following descriptive weather should be watchouted particularly?
A. visibility and low clouds
B. windshear at low altitude
C. hail and rainstorm
Answer = B
43..When warm wet airflow flows to the cold ground, it will usually produce .
183 | P a g e
A. layer clouds
B. smooth airflow and advection fog
C. warm front clouds
Answer = B
44..Where can the Maximum hazard zone caused by wind shear associated
with a thunderstorm be found?
A. in front of the thunderstorm cell (anvil side) and on the southwest side of the
cell.
B.. ahead of the roll cloud or gust front and directly under the anvil cloud.
C. on all sides and directly under the thunderstorm cell.
Answer = C
45..Where do squall lines most often develop?
A.in an occluded front
B.ahead of a cold front
C.behind a stationary front
Answer = B
46..Which condition is present when a local of air is stable?
A. The parcel of air resists convection.
B. The parcel of cannot be forced uphill.
C. As the parcel of air moves upward, its temperature becomes warmer than
the surrounding air.
Answer = A
47..Which condition will for the formation of advection fog?
A. Moist, stable air being moved over gradually rising ground by a wind
B. A clear sky, little or no wind, and high relative humidity.
C. Moist air moves over colder ground or water.
Answer = C
184 | P a g e
48..Which is a necessary condition for the occurrence of a low-level
temperature inversion wind shear?
A.the temperature differential between the cold and warm layers must be at
least 10℃.
B.a calm or light wind near the surface and a relatively strong wind just above
the inversion.
C.a wind direction difference of at least 30℃ between the wind near the surface
and the wind just above the inversion.
Answer = B
49..Which of the following area has the highest probability to produce low level
windshear?
A.Area with strong cold advection
B.Area where the sea and the land meet
C. Area near the front with thunderstorms
Answer = C
50..Which of the following cases illustrates airplane's entry one type of air mass
to another one?
A. The airplane flies through high level turbulence
B. Obvious change of temperature and wind direction within a short period of
time
C. The airplane meets rolling airflow when crossing mountainous areas
Answer = B
51..Which of the following cases provides impulse force for forming heat
thunderstorm?
A. Water vapor coagulating and then releasing latent heat
B. Rising terrain
C. Uneven heat on the ground
185 | P a g e
Answer = C
52..Which of the following characteristics heat thunderstorm?
A.It moves with the weather system.
B.It covers small area and is isolated with openings
C. It strengthens at night and weakens in the day on land
Answer = B
53..Which of the following differs most greatly at the two sides of the front?
A.wind speed
B.air temperature
C.air pressure
Answer = B
54..Which INITIAL cockpit indications should a pilot be aware of when a
headwind shears to a calm wind?
A. indicated airspeed decreases, aircraft pitches up, and altitude decreases
B. indicated airspeed increases, aircraft pitches down, and altitude increases
C. indicated airspeed decreases, aircraft pitches down, and altitude decreases
Answer = C
55..which of the following statements about "hailstone" is correct?
A.ground rain means that the hailstone disappears in the air
B.towering clouds usually produce hailstones
C.the hail can be thrown several kilometers out of the thunderstorm.
Answer = C
56..Which of the following weather phenomenon symbols that thunderstorm is
at its mature phase?
A. The appearance of disordered low clouds
B. The appearance of anvil clouds top
C. It begins to rain on the ground
186 | P a g e
Answer = C
57..Which process causes adiabatic cooling?
A. Expansion of air as rises.
B. Movement of air over a colder surface.
C. Release of latent heat during the vaporization process.
Answer = A
58..Which term applies when the temperature of the air changes by
compression or Expansion with no heat added or removed?
A. Katabatic.
B. Advection.
C. Adiabatic.
Answer = C
59..Which type clouds are indicative of very strong turbulence?
A. nimbostratus.
C. Cirrocumulus.
Answer = B
60..Which type of weather conditions are covered in the Convective SIGMET
A. Embedded thunderstorms, severe turbulence
B. Cumulonimbus clouds, light turbulence
C. severe icing, surface visibility lower than 5000 meters
Answer = A
61..Which type precipitation is an indication that supercooled water is present?
A. wet snow.
B. Freezing rain.
C. Ice pellets.
Answer = B
187 | P a g e
62..Which types of weather conditions are covered in the Convective SIGMET
A. Strong wind, volcanic ash
B. Fog, embedded thunderstorms with hail
C. Severe mountain wave, isolated cumulonimbus
Answer = C
63..Which wind-shear condition results in a loss of airspeed?
A. Headwind or tailwind decrease
B. Decrease headwind and increasing tailwind
C. Increasing headwind and decreasing tailwind.
Answer = B
64..Which wind-shear condition results in an increase in airspeed?
A. Increase tailwind wind and decreasing headwind.
B. Headwind or tailwind increase
Answer = C
65..*(According to Figure 8- 1) How much is the vertical visibility at Chengdu
(ZUUU) (vv005 =500ft ≈ 150m)
A. 50 metres
B. 500 metres
C. 150 metres
Answer = C
66..(According to Figure 8-1) How much is the visibility at Shanghai (ZSSS)
A. Potential visibility is 3200 meters
B. Visibility is 10 kilometers or the above
C. Visibility is 5 kilometers or the above;
Answer = B
67..(According to Figure 8-1) How much is the visibility at Urumchi (ZWWW)
188 | P a g e
A. 300 metres
B. 900 metres
C. 3000 metres
Answer = A
68..(According to Figure 8-1) which station reports the max wind speed
A.ZSSS
B.ZUUU
C.ZWWW
Answer = C
69..*(According to Figure 8-2) , which of the following forecast stations predicts
the icing?( remark begins with "5" meams iceing level "2"is grade;"10"is top;)
"03"is ceiling
A. ZSSS
B. ZUUU
C. ZHHH
Answer = B
70..(According to Figure 8-2) , which of the following forecast stations predicts
the turbulence?
A. ZUUU
B. ZHHH
C. ZSSS
Answer = C
71..(according to Figure 8-2) The weather at ZSSS before 0500Z is ___.
A. Scattered clouds, visibility 5000m and fog
B. West wind at 4 m/s, mist and broken clouds
C. East windat 4 m/s, rain and broken clouds
Answer = B
189 | P a g e
72..(according to Figure 8-2), at ZBAA, the max predicting wind speed is___.
A. 17 m/s
B. 8 m/s
C. 6 m/s
Answer = A
73..(according to Figure 8-2), the forcasting visibility at ZSSS is____
A. 5000 m between 00Z-05Z, and 3000 m at other time
B. 5000 m between 00Z-09Z
C. 5000 m between 00Z-05Z, 5000 m above at other time
Answer = A
74..(according to Figure 8-2)An airplane is estimated to arrive at ZUUU at
1000Z, and the weather then is ____.
A. Light fog, visibility 4 km.
B. Southwest wind at 6 m/sec, light rain shower, visibility 4 km
C. Southeast wind at 24 m/sec, heavy rain, visibility 4000 m
Answer = B
75..*(According to figure 8-4) at Lanzhou, which description is correct
A. Smoke with overcast
B. Strong wind with sand storm
C. Strong wind and total sky obscuration
Answer = C
76..(According to figure 8-4) at Lanzhou, which weather phenomenon that
influence fly be described
A. Strong wind, bad visibility
B. Dust, thunderstorm,
C. Low cloud with strong wind
Answer = A
190 | P a g e
77..(According to Figure 8-4) at Shanghai, which description is correct
A. The visibility is 800 meters, the sea level pressure is 996 hPa,
B. The visibility is 8 kilometers, the QNH is 999.6 hPa,
C. The visibility is 8 kilometers, the sea level pressure is 999.6 hPa,
Answer = C
78..(According to Figure 8-4) at Shanghai, which weather phenomenon that
A. Low cloud and perhaps icing
B. Strong wind with bad visibility
C. Snow shower
Answer = A
79..(According to Figure 8-4) The cloud condition at Shanghai is
A. There are altocumulus , stratocumulus, the bass of the stratocumulus is
600m
B. There are altostratus, stratocumulus, the bass of the stratocumulus is 1
200m
C. There are cirrostratus , stratus , the bass of the stratus is 1 200m
Answer = B
(According to Figure 8-4) The weather phenomenon at Lanzhou is
A. Smoke
B. Sand
C. Sand storm
Answer = B
(According to Figure 8-4) The weather phenomenon at Shanghai is
A. Rain and snow
B. Drizzle
C. Continuous snow
191 | P a g e
Answer = A
*(According to Figure 8-6)(can’t find pictures for this question but it looks quite
easy,I find a picture similar,it shows the same meaning) At point B, the wind
direction, wind speed and temperatures is
A. Southwest wind at 14 KT, temperatures is -52℃
B. Northeast wind at 35 KT, temperatures is 52℃
C. Southwest wind at 35 KT, temperatures is -52℃
Answer = C
(According to Figure 8-6) The position of the upper jet is
A. From A to B then to C
B. From A to C then to D
C. From A to B then to D
Answer = B
(According to Figure 8-6) What changes take place from point B fly to point D
A. The wind speed increases, temperature rises
B. The wind speed increases, temperature reduced
C. The wind speed and wind direction is no changes, temperature reduced
Answer = B
*(Refer to Figure 8-1) According to the aeronautical weather report on Figure
8-1, the QNH for ZUUU is
A.998 hPa
B.1099.8 hPa
C.999.8 hPa
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 8-1) What weather condition is reported at Guangzhou (ZGGG)
A. Heavy thunderstorm with shower of rain and towering cumulus clouds
B. Heavy thunderstorm with rain and cumulonimbus clouds
192 | P a g e
C. Bad visibility and strong wind
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 8-1) What weather condition is reported at Urumchi (ZWWW)
A. Strong wind with shower
B. Snow and rain
C. Strong west wind and blowing snow
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 8-1) which station has the best visibility
A.ZBAA
B.ZSSS
C.ZUUU
Answer = B
*(Refer to Figure 8-3) In the telegram (3), which weather phenomenon that
A. The surface wind is heavier than the wind at heights of 60 m above runway
level
B. There are wind shears from place of 60 meters of end of the runway
C. There are wind speed and wind direction shears between the surface and
the height of 60 meters
Answer = C
*(Refer to Figure 8-5) Flying from Shenzhen to Zhengzhou, which weather
phenomenon that may be meet
A. Rain shower and thunderstorm
B. Rain and fog
C. Strong wind and thunderstorm
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 8-5) Flying from Shenzhen to Zhengzhou, which weather
193 | P a g e
system we coursed
A. It is a warm front.
B. It is a stationary front
C. It is a Cold frongt
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 8-5) What meaning is expressed on the area arrow K pointed
A. The area arrow K pointed is a center of low pressure
B. For past three hours, the air pressure have reduced 1.7hPa.
C. For past three hours, the air pressure have reduced 17hPa.
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 8-5) what weather area is there in the east of zhengzhou
A. Rain
B. Light fog
C. Fog
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 8-5) what weather phenomenon is there in the north of
zhengzhou
A. North wind at 12 m/s, dust
B. Strong wind with sand
C. Strong wind with haze
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 8-6) At point A, the wind direction, wind speed and
temperatures is
A. West wind at 60 KT, temperatures is -48℃
B. Northwest wind at 60 KT, temperatures is 48℃
C. West wind at 24 KT, temperatures is -48℃
Answer = A
194 | P a g e
*(Refer to Figure 8-7) Flying from Guangzhou to Chengdu, which significant
weather phenomenon may be encounterd
A. Thunderstorm, Rain shower, mountain waves, moderate clear air turbulence
B. Rain shower, freezing precipitation, mountain waves, severe clear air
turbulence
C. Rainfall, freezing precipitation, mountain waves, severe icing
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 8-7) Flying from Guangzhou to Chengdu, which weather
system we would encounter
A. A cold front and a upper jet
B. A worm front and a upper jet
C. Mountain waves and severe turbulence
Answer = A
(Refer to Figure 8-7) Flying from Kunming to Chengdu, which significant
A. Severe turbulence, moderate icing, rain shower, thunderstorms
B. Moderate turbulence, severe icing, freezing precipitation, severe clear air
turbulence
C. Moderate turbulence, moderate icing, rain, severe clear air turbulence
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 8-7) Flying from Kunming to Chengdu, which weather system
we would encounter
A. A worm front and mountain waves
B. A cold front and moderate icing
C. A stationary front and a upper jet
Answer = C
(Refer to Figure 8-7) In this chart, ISOL EMBD CB 340/ XXX means
195 | P a g e
A. Some places have CBs, CBs with little or no separation
B. Isolated cumulonimbus embedded in layers of other clouds, the top of the
cumulonimbus is 34000 feet, the base is unknown
C. The airplane is embedded in layers of clouds, the top of the cumulonimbus is
34000 feet, the base is unknown
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 8-7) In this chart, ISOL EMBD CB 340/ XXX means
C. The airplane is embedded in layers of clouds, the top of the cumulonimbus is
Answer = B
(Refer to Figure 8-7) The height and speed of the upper jet is
A. The height of the upper jet is 3500 feet, the wind speed is 120 km/h
B. The height of the upper jet is 35000 feet, the wind speed is 120 knots
C. The height of the upper jet is 35000 feet, the wind speed is 48 km/h
Answer = B
____prevents air flowing directly from the high pressure area to low pressure
area when air moves in a level direction.
A. Friction force.
B. Inertial centrifugal force
C. Coriolis deflecting force
Answer = C
A clear area in a line of thunderstorm echoes on a radar scope indicates
A. the absence of clouds in the area
B. an area of no convective turbulence
196 | P a g e
C. an area where precipitation drops are not detected
Answer = C
Airplanes may encounter heavy turbulence in
A. Cumulonimbus and towering cumulus
B. Stratocumulus and altocumulus
C. Altocumulus and cumulonimbus
Answer = A
An aircraft that encounters a headwind of 40 knots, within a microburst, may
expect a total shear across the microburst of
A. 40 knots
B. 80 knots
C. 90 knots
Answer = B
An aircraft that encounters a headwind of 45knots, within a microburst, may
expect a total shear across the microburst of
A. 40 knots
B. 80 knots
C. 90 knots
Answer = C
At lower levels of the atmosphere, friction causes the wind to flow across
isobars into a low because the friction.
A. decreases windspeed and Coriolis force.
B. decreases pressure gradient force.
C. creates air turbulence and raises atmospheric pressure.
Answer = A
At which location does Coriolis force have the least effect on wind direction?
A. At the poles.
197 | P a g e
B. Middle latitudes(30o to 60o).
C. At the equator.
Answer = C
before takeoff, the pilots find the clouds have the following: very low and thick
clouds, flat and gray bottoms with light rain. Thisclouds is referred as
A. stratus or nimbostratus
B. altostratus or stratocumulus
C. cumulonimbus or altocumulus
Answer = A
Before taking off, the captain finds that on weather map, a stable cold front is
slowly moving towards his arrival airport, he should predict that the weather at
the arrival airport might be
A. cloudy with drizzle, low clouds and weak turbulent current
B. cumulonimbus clouds, shower and gale
C. clear after rain, north deflecting wind and strong turbulent current
Answer = A
Convective clouds which penetrate a stratus layer can produce which threat to
instrument flight?
A. freezing rain
B. clear air turbulence
C. embedded thunderstorms
Answer = C
During the life cycle of a thunderstorm, which stage is characterized
predominately by downdrafts?
A. cumulus
B. dissipating
C. mature
198 | P a g e
Answer = B
How are smoke cleared or dispersed?
A. By wind or the movement of air.
B. By convective mixing in cool night air.
C. By evaporation similar to the clearing of fog.
Answer = A
How can the stability of the atmosphere be determined?
A. Ambient temperature lapse rate.
B. Atmospheric pressure at various levels.
C. Surface temperature/dewpoint spread.
Answer = A
How can turbulent air cause an increase in stalling speed of an airfoil?
A.An abrupt change in relative wind.
B.A decrease in angle of attack.
C.Sudden decrease in load factor.
Answer = A
How does Coriolis force affect wind direction in the Southern Hemisphere.
A. Causes clockwise rotation around a low.
B. Causes wind to flow out of a low toward a high.
C. Has exactly the same effect as in the Northern Hemisphere.
Answer = A
How dose Coriolis affect wind direction in the northern Hemisphere?
A. Causes counterclockwise rotation around a low.
C. Has exactly the same effect as in the Southern Hemisphere.
Answer = A
If airplane enters to the undershoot airflow under thunderstorm clouds, it will
199 | P a g e
encounter___.
A. head windshear
B. turbulence
C. vertical windshear
Answer = C
If the aircraft enters the strong downdraft burst, where is the aircraft expected to
meet the strongest downdraft?
A. in the center of strong downdraft burst
B. when it enters the strong downdraft burst
C. when leaves the strong downdraft burst
Answer = A
If the airplane flies through a high pressure center in the northern hemisphere,
the wind direction usually changes.
A. from headwind to tailwind.
B. from left crosswind to right crosswind.
C. from right crosswind to left crosswind
Answer = C
If the airplane fly through a low pressure center in the northern hemisphere, the
wind direction usually changes .
A.from left crosswind to right crosswind.
B.from headwind to tailwind.
C.from right crosswind to left crosswind
Answer = A
If the ambient temperature is colder than standard at FL310, what is the
relationship between true altitude and pressure altitude?
A.They are both the same 31,000feet.
B.True altitude is lower than 31,000feet.
200 | P a g e
C.Pressure altitude is lower than true altitude.
Answer = B
If the ambient temperature is warmer than standard at FL350, what is the
density altitude compared to pressure altitude?
A.Lower than pressure altitude.
B.Higher than pressure altitude.
C.Impossible to determine without information on possible inversion layers at
lower altitudes.
Answer = B
In average, for every 1,000 feet increase in the troposphere, the temperature of
the air will .
A. descend 2℃
B.descend 3℃
C. descend 4℃
Answer = A
In daily aeronautical weather reports, the code "VCTS" means ____.
A. There are thunderstorms in the vicinity of the airport but no thunderstorms
over the airport
B. There are rains in the vicinity of the airport but no thunderstorms over the
airport.
C. There are thunderstorms over the airport.
Answer = A
In en route flight, the altimeter setting is
A. QNE
B. QNH
C. QFE
Answer = A
201 | P a g e
In flight, pilots find forane clouds consisting of cloud bar and cloud band with flat
floor and piled clouds on the top of some clouds. The descriptive cloud should
be.
A. cumulus congestus
B. cumulostratus
C. towering clouds
Answer = C
In northern hemisphere, if fly from high pressure area to low pressure area at
6000 meters, the wind on the course is _____.
A.right crosswind
B.tailwind
C. left crosswind
Answer = C
In northern sphere, the air cyclone circumfluence is
A. outward, downward and clockwise
B. outward, upward and clockwise
C. inward, upward and counterclockwise
Answer = C
In stable air associated with a high pressure system usually occurs?
A. Advection fog.
B. Radiation fog.
C. Frontal fog.
Answer = B
In summer, when warm air mass is unstable, what may occur in layer clouds of
cold front?
A. cumulonimbus
B. front fog
202 | P a g e
C. layer clouds
Answer = A
In the AIRMET 6 of the Figure 8-3, which weather phenomenon that influence
fly be described.
A. Lines of thunderstorms, fog and rain
B. Nimbostratus, obscured thunderstorms
C. Low ceiling cloud and moderate icing
Answer = C
In the dark, a stationary light will appear to move when stared at for a period of
time. This illusion is known as
A.somatogravic illusion.
B.ground lighting illusion.
C.autokinesis.
Answer = C
In the friction layer of the northern hemisphere, the wind of low pressure area
is .
A. clockwise inbound wind
B.counter clockwise outbound wind
C.counter clockwise inbound wind
Answer = C
In the Northern hemisphere, if a pilot makes a long-distance flight from east to
west, under which of the following conditions, might encounter tailwind forming
by air pressure system?
A. when the airplane is in the south of high pressure system and in the north
of low pressure system.
B. When the airplane is in the north of high pressure system and in the south of
low pressure system.
203 | P a g e
C. When the airplane is in the north of high pressure and low pressure
systems .
Answer = A
In the SIGMET 8 of the Figure 8-3, what is the valid period of time.
A. From 08Z to 22Z.
B. From the 22nd 08Z to the 22nd at 14Z.
C. From 14Z to 22Z
Answer = B
In the SIGMET 8 of the Figure 8-3, which station predict the dangerous weather
at first
A. ZULS
B. ASSS
C. ZUUU
Answer = A
2) CAAC ATPL QUESTIONS 2
Part 2
1..Which flight conditions of a large jet airplane create the most severe flight
hazard by generating wingtip vortices of the greatest strength?
A.Heavy,slow,gear and flaps up.
B.Heavy,slow,gear and flaps down.
C.Heavy,fast,gear and flaps down.
Answer = A
2..In a decision-making process,a participatory leader
A.allows each team member to have a say and to participate in team
processes.
B.tends to make all team decisions and controls all resources.
C.may ultimately decide the team's actions,but seldom takes into consideration
204 | P a g e
the team members' experience,knowledge,and preferences.
Answer = A
3..The perception of color is a function of the
A.cones on the retina and is diminished in dim ambient lighting.
B.rods on the retina and is diminished in dim ambient lighting.
C.cones on the retina and is diminished in bright lighting conditions.
Answer = A
4. Hypoxia may be caused by
A.fly with a head cold.
B.breathing too quickly and/or too deeply for the requirements of the body.
C.flying at an altitude where the partial pressure of oxygen is too low.
Answer = C
5. (According to Figure 4) At Shanghai,which description is correct
A.The visibility is 800 meters,the sea level pressure is 996 hPa,
B.The visibility is 8 kilometers,the QNH is 999.6 hPa,
C.The visibility is 8 kilometers,the sea level pressure is 999.6 hPa,
Answer = C
6.At which speed will increasing the pitch attitude cause an airplane to climb?
A.Low speed.
B.High speed.
C.Any speed.
Answer = B
7. A plane,MH 160°,receive this ATC clearance: "... HOLD EAST OF THE ABC
A.Teardrop only
205 | P a g e
B.Direct only
C.Parallel only
Answer = C
8..The Maximum duty time in 24 consecutive hours that a carrier may schedule
a pilot in a three pilot crew (including a second-in-commander pilot) without a
rest period is
A.16hours
B.17 hours
C.18 hours
Answer = A
9. A person whose duties include the handing or carriage of dangerous articles
and/or magnetized materials must have satisfactorily completed an established
and approved training program within the preceding
A.6 calendar months.
B.12 calendar months.
C.24 calendar months.
Answer = B
10. Which dispatch requirement applies to an international air carrier that
isscheduled for a 10 hours IFR flight?
A.No alternate airport is required if the visibility at the destination airport is
B.An alternate airport is required.
least 600m AGL.
Answer = B
11. If a flight engineer becomes incapacitated during flight,who may perform
206 | P a g e
the flight engineer's duties?
A.The second in command only.
B.Any flight crewmember, if qualified.
C.Either pilot, if they have a flight engineer certificate.
Answer = B
12 .(Refer to Figure 1) According to the aeronautical weather report on figure
1,the QNH for ZUUU is
A.998 hPa
B.1099.8 hPa
C.999.8 hPa
Answer = A
13. Which condition will for the formation of radiation fog?
A. Moist, stable air being moved over gradually rising ground by a wind.
Answer = B
14..If a pilot suspects that he/she is suffering the effects of hypoxia,the most
appropriate remedy would be
A.use supplement oxygen or descend immediately to a low level
B.voluntarily increase the depth of breathing to induce more oxygen into the
lungs
C.voluntarily increase the breathing rate to increase the oxygen uptake
Answer = A
15..For the purpose of testing the flight recorder system.
A.A minimum of 1 hour of the oldest recorded data must be erased to get a
valid test
B.A total of 1 hour of the oldest recorded data accumulated at the time of
207 | P a g e
testing may be erased
C.A total of no more than 1 hour of recorded data may be erased
Answer = B
16.What effect does the leading edge slot in the wing have on performance?
B. Changes the stalling angle of attack to a higher angle.
C. Decelerates the upper surface boundary layer air.
Answer = B
17.. Under what condition should a pilot on IFR advise ATC of minimum fuel
status?
A. When the fuel supply becomes less than that required for IFR.
B. If the remaining fuel suggests a need for traffic or landing priority.
C. If the remaining fuel precludes any undue delay.
Answer = C
18.. In the Northern hemisphere, if a pilot makes a long-distance flight from
east to west, under which of the following conditions,
A.(接正文encounter against the wind forming by air pressure system?) when
the airplane is in the south of high pressure system and in the north of low
pressure system.
B. When the airplane is in the north of high pressure system and in the south of
C. When the airplane is in the north of high pressure and low pressure
systems .
Answer = B
19.. An alternate airport for departure is required
A.if weather conditions are below authorized landing minimums at the
departure airport.
208 | P a g e
B.when the weather forecast at the estimated time of departure is for landing
minimums only.
Answer = A
20.. [Refer to Figures 4-50,4-51,4-52,4-53, and 4-54.] What is the total fuel
A.22,836 pounds.
B.22,420 pounds.
C.22,556 pounds.
Answer = B
21.. Which is a definition of V2 speed?
A.Ta keoff decision speed.
Answer = B
22.. What is the approximate rate unsaturated air will cool flowing upslope?
A. 3℃ per 1,000 feet.
B. 2℃ per 1,000 feet.
C. 4℃ per 1,000 feet.
Answer = A
23. An airport approved by the Administrator for use by an air carrier certificate
holder for the purpose of providing service to a community when the regular
airport is not available is a/an:
A. destination airport.
B. provisional airport.
C. alternate airport.
209 | P a g e
Answer = B
24.. (Refer to Figure 6-7) If the en route altitude of an aircraft is FL118, what is
the altitude when the aircraft operates to DAWANGZHUANG along 007o
A.FL118.
B.FL128.
C.FL138.
Answer = A
25.. Who is responsible for the issue of Series D NOTAMs?
A.CCAFC.
Answer = C
26..What temperature condition is indicated if precipitation in the form of wet
snow occurs during flight?
A. the temperature is above freezing at flight altitude.
B. The temperature is above freezing at higher altitudes.
Answer = A
27.Which ground components are required to be operative for a Category II
approach in addition to LOC glide slope, marker beacons, and approach lights?
A.Radar and RVR.
B.RCLS and REIL
C.HIRL, TDZL, RCLS, and RVR.
Answer = C
28.If an aircraft level turns at an angle of bank of 30 degree , the load factor is
A.1Gs.
B.2Gs.
210 | P a g e
C.1.4Gs
Answer = C = ANSWER
29.. The ATS unit must ensure that pilots are kept informed of any change in
the status of airport facilities_______________.
C. A and B
Answer = C
30.. (Refer to Figure 6-5) If an aircraft is estimated to arrive WEI XIAN at 1300z,
pilot should contact ZHENGZHOU CONTROL on the frequency of
A.122.20MHz.
B.8897KHz.
C.3016KHz.
Answer = C
31..(according to figure 2), the forcasting visibility at ZSSS is____
A. 5000 m between 00Z-05Z, and 3000 m at other time
C. 5000 m between 00Z-05Z, 5000 m above at other time
Answer = A
32. By regulation, who shall provide the pilot in command of a domestic or flag
air carrier airplane information concerning weather, and irregularities of
facilities and services?
A.The aircraft dispatcher.
B.Air route traffic control center.
Answer = A
33.. If the wind direction measured by the weather station is 270°,the optimum
211 | P a g e
A.from east to west
B.from west to east
Answer = A
34.What characteristic should exist if an airplane is loaded to the rear of its CG
range?
Answer = C
35. Which is a definition of the term "crewmember"?
A.Only a pilot, flight engineer, or flight navigator assigned to duty in an aircraft
during flight time.
B.A person assigned to perform duty in an aircraft during flight time.
C.Any person assigned to duty in an aircraft during flight except a pilot or flight
engineer.
Answer = B
36.. The most important restriction to the operation of turbojet or turboprop
engines is
B.Limiting Turbine Inlet Temperature (TIT).
C.Limiting torque.
Answer = B
37. If it becomes necessary to shut down one engine on a domestic air carrier
three-engine turbojet airplane, the pilot in command
A. must land at the nearest suitable airport, in point of time, at which a safe
212 | P a g e
landing can be made.
B. may continue to the planned destination if approved by the company aircraft
dispatcher.
C. may continue to the planned destination if this is considered as safe as
landing at the nearest suitable airport.
Answer = C
38. In a 24-hour consecutive period, what is the Maximum time, excluding
briefing and debriefing, that an airline transport pilot may instruct other pilots in
air transportation service?
A.6 hours.
B.8 hours.
C.10 hours.
Answer = B
39.. [Refer to Figures 4-46, 4-47 and 4-48.] What is the ETE from Chicago
Midway Airport to Greater Buffalo Intl?
Answer = A
40.. You should advise ATC of minimum fuel status when your fuel supply has
reached a state where, upon reaching your destination, you cannot accept any
undue delay.
B. ATC will consider this action as if you had declared an emergency.
C. If your remaining usable fuel supply suggests the need for traffic priority to
ensure a safe landing, declare an emergency due to low fuel and report fuel
remaining in minutes.
213 | P a g e
Answer = C
41.. (Refer to Figure 7) In this chart, ISOL EMBD CB 340/ XXX means
C. The airplane is embedded in layers of clouds, the top of the cumulonimbus
is 34000 feet, the base is unknown
Answer = B
42.Within what frequency range dies the localizer transmitter of the ILS
operate?
A.108.10 to 118.10 MHZ
B.108.10 to 111.95 MHZ
C.108.10 to 117.95 MHZ.
Answer = B
43..Which of the following characteristics heat thunderstorm?
B.It covers small area and is isolated with openings
C. It strengthens at night and weakens in the day on land
Answer = B
44.. What is the time limitation for filing flight application?
A.At least before 1500 Beijing Time prior to the departure date.
B.At least before 1700 Beijing Time prior to the departure date.
C.At least before 1200 Beijing Time prior to the departure date.
Answer = A
45.What is the purpose of an elevator trim tab?
A.Provide horizontal balance as airspeed is increased to allow hands-off flight.
B.Adjust the speed tail load for different airspeeds in flight allowing neutral
214 | P a g e
control forces.
C.Modify the downward tail load for various airspeeds in flight eliminating
flight-control pressures.
Answer = C
47.．Hypoxia is always accompanied by
A. dizziness
C.vomiting
Answer = B
48.The "runway hold position" sign denotes
A.An area protected for an aircraft approaching a runway
Answer = C
49.. An alternate airport must be listed in the dispatch and flight release for all
international operation air carrier flights longer than
A.7 hours.
B.8 hours.
C.6 hours.
Answer = C
50.．Carbon monoxide is dangerous because
B.it is highly acidic and attacks the lining of the lungs
C.it displaces oxygen from the lungs causing suffocation
Answer = A
51.. In flight, pilots find forane clouds consisting of cloud bar and cloud band
with flat floor and piled clouds on the top of some clouds. The descriptive cloud
215 | P a g e
should be.
B. cumulostratus
C. towering clouds
Answer = C
52.. What condition produces the most frequent type of ground-or
surface-based temperature inversion?
A. The movement of colder air under warm air or the movement of warm air
over cold air.
B. Widespread sinking of air within a thick layer aloft resulting in heating by
compression.
C. Terrestrial radiation on a clear, relatively calm night.
Answer = C
53.．What is a symptom of carbon monoxide poisoning?
C.Dizziness.
Answer = C
54.．Hypoxia is the result of which of these conditions?
Answer = A
55.Which "rule-of-thumb" may be used to approximate the rate of descent
required for a 3 glide path?
A.5times groundspeed in knots.
B. 8times groundspeed in knots.
216 | P a g e
C.10 times groundspeed in knots.
Answer = A
56.A pilot of a high-performance airplane should be aware that flying a
steeper-than-normal VASI glide slope angle may result in
A. A hard landing.
Answer = B
57. A domestic air carrier airplane lands at an intermediate airport at 1815Z.
The latest time it may depart without a specific authorization from an aircraft
dispatcher is
A.1945Z.
B.1915Z.
C.1845Z.
Answer = B
58.. An aircraft that encounters a headwind of 45knots, within a microburst,
may expect a total shear across the microburst of
A. 40 knots
B. 80 knots
C. 90 knots
Answer = C
59.．Which of the following is not the tip for good SA management during the
flight?
A.Resolve discrepancies- contradictory data or personal conflicts.
B.Fixation-focusing on any one thing to the exclusion of everything else.
C.Monitor and evaluate current status relative to our plan.
Answer = B
217 | P a g e
60.. If the landing minimums for a NDB approach shown on the IAP chart are
visibility 2,000m and MDA 120m, which minimums apply when you actually
divert to this airport?
Answer = C
*************61. A pilot flight crewmember, other than pilot in command, must
have received a proficiency check or line-oriented simulator training within the
preceding
Answer = C
62.. (Refer to Figure 6-1) Which approach lighting is available for VOR/DME
Rwy 36R?
A.HIALS.
B.HIALS with PAPI.
C.PAPI.
Answer = B
63.Holding position signs have
Answer = A
64.．A common source of human error is the false hypothesis. Under certain
conditions this is more or less likely than at other times. From the following list,
218 | P a g e
select the situation least likely to
A.(续正文， result in a person arriving at a false hypothesis)when expectancy of
an event is high
Answer = C
65..Which airplane performance characteristics should be recognized during
takeoff when encountering a tailwind shear that increases in intensity?
C. increased climb performance immediately after takeoff
Answer = A
66.Which airplanes are required to be equipped with a ground proximity
warning glide slope deviation alerting system?
A.All turbine powered airplanes
B.Passenger -carrying turbine-powered airplanes only
C.Large turbine-powered airplanes only
Answer = A
67..During the life cycle of a thunderstorm, which stage is characterized
predominately by downdrafts?
A. cumulus
B. dissipating
C. mature
Answer = B
68.When are outboard ailerons normally used?
219 | P a g e
Answer = A
69.. What does the throttle opening of a turbo-charged-reciprocating engine
control?
Answer = C
70.During an en route descent in a fixed-thrust and fixed-pitch attitude
configuration, both the ram air input and drain hole of the pilot system become
completely blocked by ice. What airspeed indication can be expected?
C.Indicated airspeed remains at the value prior to icing
Answer = B
71. An applicant who is taking a practical test for a type rating to be added to a
commercial pilot certificate, in an approved simulator, is
A.required to have a first-class medical certificate.
B.required to have a second-class medical certificate.
C.not required to have a medical certificate.
Answer = C
72..If the aircraft enters the strong downdraft burst, where is the aircraft
expected to meet the strongest downdraft?
Answer = A
220 | P a g e
73.. It should be reported without ATC request that
A. When unable to climb at a rate of at least 500 feet per minute.
B. When unable to descend at a rate of at least 1000 feet per minute.
C. When unable to climb or descend at a rate of at least 600 feet per minute.
Answer = A
74.. [Refer to Figure 4-28.] How much will landing distance be reduced by using
A.500 feet.
B.800 feet.
C.2,700 feet.
Answer = B
75.．The time of useful consciousness(TUC) is affected by many factors, such
as flight altitude, climbing rate, pilot's activity level, pilot's
A.(续正文，health, and whether the pilot smoking or not. The statement is )right
B.wrong
Answer = A
76. (Refer to Figure 2-12) what is the runway distance remaining at "A" for a
A.1,000 feet
B.2,000 feet
C.2,500 feet
Answer = B
77.. Maximum range performance of a turbojet aircraft is obtained by which
procedure as aircraft weight reduces?
221 | P a g e
Answer = B
78..Which type of weather conditions are covered in the Convective SIGMET
C. severe icing, surface visibility lower than 5000 meters
Answer = A
79. When a pilot plans a flight using NDB NAVAIDS. Which rule applies?
A.The airplane must have sufficient fuel to proceed. by means of VOR NAVIDS,
to a suitable airport and land.
B.The pilot must be able to return to the departure airport using other
navigation radios.
C.The airplane must have sufficient fuel to proceed, by means of VOR
NAVAIDS, to a suitable airport and complete an instrument approach by use of
the remaining airplane radio system.
Answer = C
80.. What is an area identified by the term "clearway"?
A.centrally located about the extended centerline and under airport authorities,
which does not contain obstructions and can be considered when calculating
takeoff performance.
B.An area, at least the same width as the runway, capable of supporting an
C.An area beyond the takeoff runway, which is able to support the airplane, for
use in decelerating the airplane during an aborted takeoff.
Answer = A
81. A crewmember who has served as second-in-command on a particular type
airplane (e.g., B737-300), may serve as pilot-in-command upon completing
which training program?
222 | P a g e
A.Upgrade training.
C.Initial training.
Answer = A
82.. Which points should be report to ATC without request?
C. when leaving the final approach fix outbound, or when leaving an assigned
holding fix.
Answer = C
83.. What is the correct symbol for minimum unstick speed?
A.VMU.
B.VMD.
C.VFC.
Answer = A
84.．The two different types of light sensitive elements on the retina are
classified as
A.rods which are sensitive to color and cones which work best in dim light.
B.cones which are sensitive to color and rods which work best in dim light.
C.rods and cones both of which are responsible for color vision.
Answer = B
85.(Refer to Figures 2-4 and 2-5)To which aircraft position does HSI
presentation "A" correspond?
A.9and6
B.9 only
C.6 only
Answer = A
223 | P a g e
86.．Which of the following is the clue of SA weaken or loss during the flight?
C.Meet expected checkpoint on flight plan or profile-ETA, fuel burn, etC．as far
as possible.
Answer = A
87..Which type clouds are indicative of very strong turbulence?
A. nimbostratus.
C. Cirrocumulus.
Answer = B
88.. What effect will an increase in altitude have upon the available equivalent
shaft horsepower (ESHP) of a turboprop engine?
A.Lower air density and engine mass flow will cause a decrease in power.
B.Higher propeller efficiency will cause an increase in usable power (ESHP)
and thrust.
C.Power will remain the same but propeller efficiency will decrease.
Answer = A
89.. You can't enter tower controlled airspace under IFR weather conditions
unless you have filed an IFR flight plan and
Answer = B
90.. Series C NOTAMs of Class 2 must be disseminated to domestic area flight
A.25 days ago.
224 | P a g e
B.15 days ago.
C.7 days ago.
Answer = B
91..(according to figure 2), at ZBAA, the max predicting wind speed is___.
A. 17 m/s
B. 8 m/s
C. 6 m/s
Answer = A
92.. [Refer to Figure 4-28.] What is the ground roll when landing with 5o of flaps
A.1,750 feet.
B.2,100 feet.
C.2,500 feet.
Answer = C
93.．Which of the following is not normally a symptom of hypoxia?
Answer = A
94.. (Refer to Figure 6-3) The true direction of Rwy 35 at PUDONG is
A.342o.
B.347o.
C.352o.
Answer = A
95.. What effect would a change in air density have on gas-turbine-engine
performance?
225 | P a g e
Answer = B
96. When is DME required for an instrument flight?
A.At or above 24000 feet MSL if VOR navigational equipment is required
Answer = A
97. . (Refer to Figure 6-2) Which approach lighting is available for ILS/DME
Rwy 36L?
A.HIALS with PAPI.
B.HIALS.
C.PAPI.
Answer = A
98.. (According to Figure 1) which station reports the max wind speed
A.ZSSS
B.ZUUU
C.ZWWW
Answer = C
99.What is a characteristic of longitudinal instability?
C.Aircraft constantly tries pitch down.
Answer = A
100.. (Refer to Figure 6-3, 6-4) What distance is available for takeoff on Rwy 17
at PUDONG?
A.12,093 feet.
226 | P a g e
B.12,097 feet.
C.13,123 feet.
Answer = C
101..Crew resource management is a process using all available information
and resources, i.e. equipment, procedures and people, to achieve a safe and
A.(续正文，efficient flight operation. The statement is)right
B.wrong
Answer = A
102.. [Refer to Figure 4-41.] What is the approximate landing weight for
(NM): 370,WIND COMPONENT: 60HW,HOLDING TIME AT ALT (MIN): 15
A.80,850 pounds.
B.85,700 pounds.
C.77,600 pounds.
Answer = A
103.．(Refer to Figure 1) What weather condition is reported at Urumchi
(ZWWW)
B. Snow and rain
Answer = C
104.. [Refer to Figure 4-28 and 4-29.] What approach speed and landing
distance will be needed when landing at a weight of 140,000 pounds with 15o
of flaps?
227 | P a g e
Answer = B
105.If a required instrument on a multiengine airplane becomes inoperative,
which document dictates whether the flight may continue en route?
A. An approved Minimum Equipment list for the airplane.
Answer = C
106.. [Refer to Figure 4-34.] What are the recommended IAS and EPR settings
for holding under Operating Conditions below? ,ALTITUDE: 30,000,WEIGHT
(*1000): 92.5,ENGINES OPERATING: 2,HOLDING TIME (MIN): 10
Answer = B
107.. How often is SNOWTAM broadcast to distant centers?
A.Hourly.
Answer = A
108..When light passes through the lens it is brought to focus at the back of the
eyeball on the
A.retina
B.cornea
C.iris
Answer = A
109..When is the course deviation indicator (CDI) considered to have a
full-scale deflection?
228 | P a g e
A.When the CDI deflects from full-scale left to full-scale tight, or vice versa.
B.When the CDI deflects from the center of the scale to full-scale left or right.
C.When the CDI deflects from half-scale left to half-scale right, or vice versa.
Answer = B
110.．Effective CRM has some characteristics, which of the following is right
description about it?
A.CRM is a process using all available information and resources, i.e.
equipment, procedures and people, to achieve a safe and efficient flight
operation.
B.CRM can be blended into all forms of aircrew training
C.A and B
Answer = C
111.. [Refer to Figure 4-25.] What is the Maximum landing weight which will
A.119,000 pounds.
B.136,000 pounds.
C.139,000 pounds.
Answer = C
112. Who is required to submit a written report on a deviation that occurs
during an emergency?
Answer = C
113..Northwest wing can be presented as .
A. 200°or NW
229 | P a g e
B. 315°or NW
C. 135°or SE
Answer = B
114..What characterizes a transient compressor stall?
A.Loud, steady roar accompanied by heavy shuddering.
B.Sudden loss of thrust accompanied by a loud whine.
C.Intermittent "bang," as backfires and flow reversals take place.
Answer = C
115..Which of the following is not the way of increasing MCRIT in jet transport
designs
C.add slats
Answer = C
116Under what condition is VMC the highest?
A.Gross weight is at the Maximum allowable value.
Answer = B
117.. Which regulation does the pilot must comply with during operation within
Class A airspace?
Answer = C
118..Category II ILS operations below 1600 RVR and a 150-foot DH may be
approved after the pilot in command has
230 | P a g e
A.10 takeoffs and landings in make and model and three Category II ILS
approaches in actual or simulated IFR conditions with 150-foot DH since the
beginning of preceding month, under 14 CFR parts 91 and 121.
B. at least six Category II approaches in IFR conditions with 100-foot DH within
the preceding 12 calendar months.
C.logged 100 hours' in make and model airplane under 14 CFR part 121 and
three Category II ILS approaches in actual or simulated IFR with 150-foot DH
since the beginning of the sixth preceding month.
Answer = C
setting for Operating Conditions below? WEIGHT (*1000): 80,PRESSURE
A.77.5 percent.
B.75.3 percent.
C.79.4 percent.
Answer = B
120..An ATC "instruction"
A.must be read back in full to the controller and confirmed before becoming
effective.
B.is a directive issued by ATC for the purpose of requiring a pilot to take
specific action.
Answer = B
121.．What cause hypoxia?
B.An increase in nitrogen content of the air at high altitudes.
231 | P a g e
Answer = C
122..When a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain separation, what
minimum speed may ATC request of a piston arrival aircraft operating except
20 miles from threshold?
A. 200 knots
B. 170 knots
C. 150 knots
Answer = C
123..Radiation fog usually appears in .
Answer = B
124..What aural and visual indications should be observed over an ILS middle
marker?
Answer = C
125..An absence of visible ground feature, such as when landing over water,
darkened areas or terrain made featureless by snow，
A.(续正文，can create the illusion that)the aircraft is at a lower altitude than is
the case, which may lead descends too low on approach.
B.the aircraft is at a higher altitude than is the case, , which may lead a pilot
descends too low on approach.
C.the aircraft is at a higher altitude than is the case, , which may lead a pilot
descends too high on approach.
232 | P a g e
Answer = B
126..What is load factor?
Answer = C
127..What is the definition of the critical altitude of a
supercharged-reciprocating engine?
A.Highest altitude where the mixture can be leaned to best power ratio.
Answer = B
128..With regard to flight crewmembers duties, which of the following
operations are considered to be in the "critical phases of flight"?
A. taxi, takeoff, landing, and all other operations conducted below 3,000 meters
MSL, including cruise flight.
B. descent, approach, landing, and taxi operations, irrespective of altitudes
MSL.
C. taxi, takeoff, landing, and all other operations conducted below 3,000 meters,
excluding cruise flight.
Answer = C
129..what is the free stream mach number which produce first of local sonic
flow?
Answer = C
233 | P a g e
130..Which is a purpose of the leading-edge flaps?
C.Direct airflow over the top of the wing at high angles of attack.
Answer = A
131..During the flight, the position of leader and the follower may be changed in
some special conditions. The statement is
A.right
B.wrong
Answer = A
132..The decision-making process is quite complex; however, it can be
condensed into the following six elements,
A.DICIDE
B.DECIDE
C.DECIED
Answer = B
133..The adverse effects of ice, snow, or frost on aircraft performance and
flight characteristics include decreased lift and
Answer = C
134..What airport condition is reported by the tower when more than one wind
condition at different positions on the airport is reported?
B. Wind shear.
C. Frontal pge.
234 | P a g e
Answer = B
135..In a highly successful effort to better analyze SA incidents, Mica Endsley
developed a 3-level taxonomy in 1995. Using the taxonomy, ASRS reviewed
113 SA
A.(续正文，incidents that were reported it and found 169 SA errors. Most Of
them were classified as)Level 1 — Failure to correctly perceive the situation
C.Level 3 — Failure to comprehend the situation into the future
Answer = A
136..A function of the Minimum Equipment List is to indicate required items
which
A.Are required to operative for overwater passenger air carrier flights.
B.May be inoperative for a one-time ferry flight of a large airplane to a
maintenance base.
C.May be inoperative prior to beginning a flight in an aircraft.
Answer = C
at .78 Mach?
Answer = A
138..What feature is normally associated with the cumulus stage of a
thunderstorm?
235 | P a g e
Answer = C
minimum speed may ATC request of a arrival aircraft operating below 3,000
meters?
A. Turbojet aircraft, a speed not less than 230 knots. Piton engine and
turboprop aircraft, a speed not less than 150 knots.
B. a speed not less than 210 knots; except 20 miles from threshold, not less
than 170 knots. Piston and turboprop aircraft. not less than 200 knots; except
20 flying miles from threshold, not less than 150 knots.
Answer = B
140..Heavy coffee or tea, can stimulate the central nervous system and
produce an increase in alertness and activity, produce anxiety and
A.(续正文，drastic mood swings at one time.. The statement is)right
B.wrong
Answer = A
141..(according to figure 2)An airplane is estimated to arrive at ZUUU at 1000Z,
and the weather then is ____.
B. Southwest wind at 6 m/sec, light rain shower, visibility 4 km
C. Southeast wind at 24 m/sec, heavy rain, visibility 4000 m
Answer = B
142..If the ambient temperature is colder than standard at FL310, what is the
relationship between true altitude and pressure altitude?
236 | P a g e
Answer = B
143..(According to figure 6) At point B, the wind direction, wind speed and
temperatures is
A. Southwest wind at 14 KT, temperatures is -52℃
C. Southwest wind at 35 KT, temperatures is -52℃
Answer = C
144..What does the term "minimum fuel" imply to ATC?
A. Traffic priority is needed to the destination airport.
B. Emergency handling is required to the nearest suitable airport.
C. Advisory that indicates an emergency situation is possible should an undue
delay occur.
Answer = C
145..Which is the correct symbol for the stalling speed or the minimum steady
flight speed at which the airplane is controllable?
A.VSO.
B.VS.
C.VS1.
Answer = B
A.90 knots.
B.96 knots.
C.110 knots.
Answer = B
147..What condition is necessary for the formation of structural icing in flight?
237 | P a g e
B. Flying in rain.
C. the temperature of the aircraft surface is 0oC or colder and supercooled
water drops.
Answer = C
148..Which condition reduces the required runway for takeoff?
A.Higher-than-recommended airspeed before rotation.
Answer = C
149..Which document includes descriptions of the required crewmember
functions to be performed in the event of an emergency?
Answer = B
at .80 Mach?
Answer = C
151..(According to figure 6) What changes take place from point B fly to point D
B. The wind speed increases, temperature reduced
C. The wind speed and wind direction is no changes, temperature reduced
Answer = B
152..When an ATC controller assigns a too low speed for the aircraft's
238 | P a g e
operating limitation under the existing circumstance, what should the pilot do?
B. reduce speed to the minimum speed at that circumstance.
Answer = C
153..The "age 60 rule" of CCAR Part 121 not applies to
A.any required pilot crewmember.
B.any flight crewmember.
C.flight engineer or navigator.
Answer = C
154..(Refer to Figure 2-1and 2-2) To which aircraft position dose HSI
presentation "D" correspond?
A.4
B.15
C.17
Answer = C
155..(Refer to Figure 2-6) What is the magnetic bearing TO the station as
indicated by illustration 4?
A.285
B.055
C.235
Answer = B
156..What performance should a pilot of a light, twin-engine airplane be able to
maintain at Vmc ?
A.Heading.
239 | P a g e
Answer = A
after drift-down under Operating Conditions below?WT AT ENG FAIL (*1000):
90,ENGINE ANTI-ICE: OFF,WING ANTI-ICE: OFF,ISA TEMPERATURE:
+20oC,AIR CONDITIONING: OFF
A.19,400 feet.
B.20,000 feet.
C.23,800 feet.
Answer = B
minimum speed may ATC request of a turboprop arrival aircraft operating
below 3,000 meters?
A. 210 knots
B. 200 knots
C. 170 knots
Answer = B
159..What is the purpose of a prohibited airspace?
Answer = A
160..The critical altitude of a supercharged reciprocating engine is
A.The highest altitude where the mixture can be leaned to best power ratio.
Answer = B
240 | P a g e
holding under Operating Conditions below? ,ALTITUDE: 35,000,WEIGHT
(*1000): 100,ENGINES OPERATING: 2,HOLDING TIME (MIN): 30
A.1,625 pounds.
B.1,950 pounds.
C.2,460 pounds.
Answer = C = ANSWER
162..For a flag air carrier flight to be released to an island airport for which an
alternate airport is not available, a turbojet-powered airplane must have
enough fuel to fly to that airport and thereafter to fly
A. at least 2 hours at normal cruising fuel consumption.
B. for 3 hours at normal cruising fuel consumption.
Answer = A
163..If the airplane flies through a high pressure center in the northern
hemisphere, the wind direction usually changes.
Answer = C
164..What is the purpose of a servo tab?
B. Reduce control forces by deflecting in the proper direction to move a primary
flight control.
C. Prevent a control surface from moving to a full-deflection position due to
aerodynamic forces.
Answer = B
165..Duty and rest period rules require that a flight crewmember
241 | P a g e
A.not be assigned to any duty with the air carrier during any required rest
period.
B.not be on duty aloft for more than 100 hours in any 30-day period.
C.be relieved of all duty for at least 24 hours during any 7 consecutive days.
Answer = A
20HW,HOLDING TIME AT ALT (MIN): 15
A.30 minutes.
B.45 minutes.
C.29 minutes.
Answer = B
167..What flight condition should be expected when an aircraft leaves ground
effect?
A.An increase in induced drag requiring a higher angle of attack.
B.A decrease in parasite drag permitting a lower angle of attack.
Answer = A
168..(Refer to Figure 6-2) If an aircraft is cleared to circle-to-land on Rwy 36L at
CAPITAL, and its Maximum speed is approximately 180 knots, what height
above the airport could it descend to?
A.870 feet.
B.762 feet.
C.755 feet.
Answer = C
169..(Refer to Figure 6-2) The highest terrain shown in the plan view section of
242 | P a g e
the ILS/DME Rwy 36L approach chart is
A.1,496 feet.
B.1,244 feet.
C.900 feet.
Answer = B
121部新改的170..An air carrier may schedule a pilot to fly in an airplane, in any
calendar month, for no more than
A.80 hours
B.120 hours
C.100hours
Answer = C
171..Identify the type stability if the aircraft attitude remains in new position
after the controls have been neutralized.
Answer = C
172..Which performance factor decreases as airplane gross weight increases,
for a given runway?
B.Rotation speed.
Answer = A
173..The blind spot is
A.the area of the lens which is screened by the iris.
C.an area on the cornea which does not respond to light.
243 | P a g e
Answer = B
174..What action should a pilot take when a clearance appears to be contrary
to a regulation?
Answer = A
175..The fuel reserve required for a reciprocating-engine-powered
supplemental air carrier airplane upon arrival at the most distant alternate
airport during a flight in the contiguous China is
B. The fuel required to fly to the alternate, plus 10 percent.
Answer = A
176..[Refer to Figure 4-25.] Which of the following configurations will result in
the shortest landing distance over a 50-foot obstacle to a dry runway?
Answer = C
177..Which letter do you select to fill in the TYPE OF FLIGHT box during IFR
flight training?
A.N.
B.S.
C.G.
Answer = C
178..In northern sphere, the air cyclone circumfluence is
244 | P a g e
Answer = C
179..It is the responsibility of the pilot and crew to report a near midair collision
as a result of proximity of at least
Answer = B
180..In northern hemisphere, if fly from high pressure area to low pressure area
at 6000 meters, the wind on the course is _____.
A. Right crosswind
B. Tailwind
C. left crosswind
Answer = C
181..which rule applies to the use of the cockpit voice recorder erasure
feature?
A.All recorded information may be erased, except for the last 30 minutes prior
to landing.
B.Any information more than 30 minutes old may be erased
C.All recorded information may be erased, unless the NTSB needs to be
notified of an occurrence.
Answer = B
182..What is the purpose of a control tab?
B.Reduce control forces by deflecting in the proper direction to move a primary
245 | P a g e
flight control.
C.Prevent a control surface from moving to a full-deflection position due to
aerodynamic forces.
Answer = A
183..Which is true regarding the forces acting on an aircraft in a steady-state
descent? The sum of all
A.-upward forces is less than the sum of all downward forces.
B.-rearward forces is greater than the sum of all forces.
C.-forward forces is equal to the sum of all rearward forces.
Answer = C
184..(Refer to Figure 6-5) At the bottom of this enroute chart excerpt,
ZHENGZHOU ACC's information is enclosed in a rectangle, what is the
meaning of the asterisk symbol preceding 122.20?
B.It means VHF communication is available on a part-time basis.
C.It means 122.20 MHz is the major communication frequency.
Answer = B
185..What is the purpose of a restricted airspace?
A.To protect military activities only.
B.To protect science tests only.
C.To restrict the entry of civil aircrafts.
Answer = C
186..What is the purpose of Runway End Identifier Lights (REIL)?
A.Identification of a runway surrounded by a preponderance of other lighting.
B.Identification of the touchdown zone to prevent landing short.
C.Establish visual descent guidance information during an approach.
Answer = A
246 | P a g e
187..If an air carrier airplane's airborne radar is inoperative and thunderstorms
are forecast along the proposed route of flight, an airplane may be dispatched
only
A.When able to climb and descend VFR and maintain VFR/OT en route
B.In VFR conditions
Answer = C
A.3,625 pounds.
B.3,240 pounds.
C.2,980 pounds.
Answer = B
189..The bottom of the Class B airspace is appropriate to
A.FL 6,300m.
B.FL 6,000m.
C.FL 600m.
Answer = C = ANSWER
190..An airplane has seats for 149 passengers and eight crewmembers. What
is the number of flight attendants required with 97 passengers aboard?
A.Four
B.Three
C.Two
Answer = B
191..[Refer to Figure 4-25.] How much longer is the dry runway landing
distance using brakes only compared to using brakes and reversers at 110,000
247 | P a g e
A.1,000 feet.
B.500 feet.
C.300 feet.
Answer = C
192..What performance is characteristic of flight at Maximum L/D in a
propeller-driven airplane?
Answer = A
193..What taxi action is expected of an aircraft upon landing at a controlled
airport?
B. exit the runway at the any suitable taxiway, or make a 180 degrees turn on
the runway if overshot a expect taxiway.
C. exit the runway at the nearest suitable taxiway without delay.
Answer = C
194..For which purpose may flight spoilers be used?
B.Increase the rate of descent without increasing aerodynamic drag.
C.Aid in longitudinal balance when rolling an airplane into a turn.
Answer = A
195..(Refer to Figure 6-1) At what point must the missed approach be initiated
on the VOR/DME Rwy 36R at CAPITAL, if still IMC?
A.D0.3 PEK.
B.Above PEK VOR.
248 | P a g e
C.D0.2 PEK.
Answer = B
196..(Refer to Figure 3) In the telegram (3), which weather phenomenon that
A. The surface wind is heavier than the wind at heights of 60 m above runway
level
B. There are wind shears from place of 60 meters of end of the runway
C. There are wind speed and wind direction shears between the surface and
the height of 60 meters
Answer = C
197..Which flight plan requirement applies to an international air carrier that is
B.No alternate airport is required if the visibility at the destination airport is
least 600m AGL.
Answer = A
198..Which direction from the primary control surface dose an anti-servo tab
move?
A.Same direction.
Answer = A = ANSWER
199..How long is cockpit voice recorder and flight recorder data kept, in the
event of accident or occurrence resulting in terminating the flight?
A.60days
249 | P a g e
B.90days
C.30days
Answer = A
200..An airplane has seats for 49 passengers and two crewmembers. What is
A.Two
B.One
C.Zero
Answer = B
6,000-foot dry runway with reversers inoperative at 120,000 pounds gross
weight?
A.3,500 feet.
B.2,750 feet.
C.2,150 feet.
Answer = A
202..What is the condition known as when gusts cause a swept wing-type
airplane to roll in one direction while yawing in the other?
A.Porpoise.
B.Wingover.
C.Dutch roll
Answer = C
203..What effect does landing at high temperature have on ground speed with
comparable conditions relative to airport elevation, wind, and airport elevation?
250 | P a g e
Answer = A
204..What is a purpose of flight spoilers?
C.-Direct airflow over the top of the wing at high angles of attack.
Answer = B
205..What is corrected altitude (approximate true altitude)?
A.Pressure altitude corrected for instrument error.
B.Indicated altitude corrected for temperature variation from standard.
C.Density altitude corrected for temperature variation from standard.
Answer =B
206..If an aircraft requests to land on a closed or unsafe runway, can the pilot
received landing clearance from ATC?
A. yes. At this time it is the pilot's responsibility for the landing safety if the pilot
decide to land.
B. no. At this time it is the pilot's responsibility for the landing safety if the pilot
decide to land.
C. no. the aircraft is prohibit for landing by the ATC.
Answer =B
207..Which are the only cloud types forecast in the Terminal Aerodrome
Forecast
A. Altocumulus
B. Cumulonimbus
C. Stratocumulus
Answer =B
208..The leading edge of an advancing warm air mass is.
A. warm front.
251 | P a g e
C. cold front.
Answer =A
209..What is the name of a plane beyond the end of a runway which does not
contain obstructions and can be considered when calculating takeoff
performance of turbine-powered aircraft?
A.Clearway.
B.Stop way.
Answer =A
210..If the landing minimums for an ILS approach shown on the IAP chart are
RVR 550m and DH 60m, which minimums apply when you actually divert to
this airport?
Answer =B
211..When a type rating is to be added to an airline transport pilot certificate,
and the practical test is scheduled in an approved flight training device and/or
approved flight simulator, the applicant is
A.required to have at least a third-class medical certificate.
Answer =B
212..Airport information signs, used to provide destination or information, have
A.Yellow inscriptions on a black background
B.White inscriptions on a black background
252 | P a g e
C.Black inscriptions on a yellow background
Answer =C
213..(Refer to Figures 2-7a and 2-8) Which displacement from the localizer and
glide slope at the 1.9 NM point is indicated?
A.710 feet to the left of the localizer centerline and 140 feet below the glide
slope.
B.710 fee to the right of the localizer centerline and 140 feet above the glide
slope.
C.430 feet to the right of the localizer centerline and 28 feet above the glide
slope.
Answer =B
214..Which of the following is the right description about feedback in the
communication process?
A.Feedback is the check on how successful we have been in transferring our
message as ordinary intended.
B.We can use feedback to put the message back into the system as a check
against misunderstanding.
C.A and B
Answer =C
215..The "age 60 rule" of CCAR Part 121 applies to
C.the pilot in command only.
Answer =A
216..What indicates that a compressor stall has developed and become
steady?
253 | P a g e
C.Complete loss of power with severe reduction in airspeed.
Answer =A
217..What is the most effective way to use the eyes during night flight?
Answer =B
218..In the dark, a stationary light will appear to move when stared at for a
period of time. This illusion is known as
C.autokinesis.
Answer =C
219..While making prolonged constant rate turns under IFR conditions, an
abrupt head movement
A.(续正文， can create the illusion of rotation on an entirely different axis. This
is known as )autokinesis.
C.the leans.
Answer =B
gas-turbine-engine?
Answer =A
254 | P a g e
221..While in IFR conditions, a pilot experiences two-way radio
communications failure. Which route should be flown in the absence
A.(续正文，of an ATC assigned route or a route ATC has advised to expect in a
further clearance?) The most direct route to the filed alternate airport.
Answer =C
222.What type turbulence should be reported when it momentarily causes
slight, erratic changes in altitude and/or attitude, one-third to two-thirds of the
time?
B. Moderate chop.
Answer =A
223..Which types of weather conditions are covered in the Convective SIGMET
C. Severe mountain wave, isolated cumulonimbus
Answer =C
224..Who is responsible for the issue of Class 2 NOTAMs?
A.Domestic flight information center NOTAMs office.
C.International NOTAMs office of CAAC flight information center.
Answer =C
225..When the tower controller instructs the taxiway to the aircraft during
landing taxi, which taxi way can an aircraft use?
A. exit the runway at the nearest suitable taxiway without delay.
255 | P a g e
B. exit the runway at the taxiway given by the tower controller.
C. exit the runway at the suitable taxiway on the pilot's determination.
Answer =B
226..How long shall a supplemental air carrier or commercial operator retain a
record of the load manifest, airworthiness release, pilot route certification, flight
release, and flight plan?
A.1 month.
B.3 months.
C.12 months.
Answer =B
227..(Refer to Figure 6-4) For an aircraft of Category D with 4 turbo-powered
engines, what is the takeoff minimum for Rwy 17 at PUDONG with HIRL and
CL operating?
A.RVR 300m.
B.RVR 400m.
C.RVR 250m.
Answer =C
228..Which of the following is the tip for good SA management during the
flight？
B.Solicit input from all crew members including cabin, ATC, maintenance,
dispatch, etC．
C.A and B
Answer =C
229..(Refer to Figure 6-6) Using an average ground speed of 220 knots to
depart along VY2D, what minimum indicated rate of climb must be maintained
to meet the required climb gradient of 6.2% to FL148?
256 | P a g e
A.1,320 feet/minute.
B.1,400 feet/minute.
Answer =C
230..[Refer to Figures 4-22, 4-23 and 4-24.] What is the maneuvering speed for
A.124 knots.
B.137 knots.
C.130 knots.
Answer =C
(*1000): 100,ENGINES OPERATING: 2,HOLDING TIME (MIN): 30
Answer =C
232..What is the advantage of a three-bar VASI?
B.A normal glide angle is afforded both high and low cockpit aircraft.
C.The three-bar VASI is mush more visible and can be used at a greater
height.
Answer =B
233..Within what frequency range dies the localizer transmitter of the ILS
operate?
A.108.10 to 118.10 MHZ
B.108.10 to 111.95 MHZ
257 | P a g e
C.108.10 to 117.95 MHZ.
Answer =B
234..(Refer to Figure 6-7) For a CAT D aircraft arriving along 007o, the
pilot-in-command could descend it to
A.FL138.
B.FL128.
C.FL158.
Answer =C
235..When can an aircraft be expected of changing frequency from tower to
ground control after landing?
A. just after landing and stop taxiing on the runway.
B. remain on the tower frequency until instructed to do otherwise.
Answer =B
Answer =C
237..How can a pilot identify a military airport at night?
B.White and red beacon light with dual flash of the white
C.Green and white beacon light with dual flash of the white
Answer =C
238..How dose Coriolis affect wind direction in the northern Hemisphere?
A. Causes counterclockwise rotation around a low.
258 | P a g e
C. Has exactly the same effect as in the Southern Hemisphere.
Answer =A
weight?
A.4,000 feet.
B.4,300 feet.
C.4,500 feet.
Answer =A
240..What does the tri-color VASI consist of?
B.One light projector with three colors; green, and amber.
C.Three glide slopes, each a different color; red, green, and amber.
Answer =B
241..During the flight, a good leader should not
A.communicate with the team and keep them informed of intentions before
acting on those decisions
B.can not recognize different behavioral styles and balance concern for people
with concern for performance.
C.involve the team in most decision making processes.
Answer =A
242..(Refer to Figure 6-1) If the pilot has identified PEK on the VOR/DME Rwy
36R straight-in land at CAPITAL, what height above the touchdown zone does
a Category C aircraft descend to in IMC?
A.372 feet.
B.470 feet.
259 | P a g e
C.525 feet.
Answer =A
243..While on an IFR flight in controlled airspace, the failure of which unit will
precipitate an immediate report to ATC?
B.Airborne radar
C.DME
Answer =C
244..On the weather chart of ground, the area which has great difference in
temperature between cold and warm air mass is.
A.front
C.shear line
Answer =A
245..What recovery would be appropriate in the event of compressor stall?
53
A.Reduce fuel flow, reduce angle of attack, and increase airspeed.
B.Advance throttle, lower angle of attack, and reduce airspeed.
C.Reduce throttle, reduce airspeed, and increase angle of attack.
Answer =A
246..Which reports are required when operating IFR in radar environment?
A. Position reports, vacating an altitude, unable to climb 500 ft/min, and time
and altitude reaching a holding fix or point to which cleared.
B. Position reports, vacating an altitude, unable to climb 500 ft/min, and time
and altitude reaching a holding fix or point to which cleared, and a change in
average true airspeed exceeding 5 percent or 10 knots.
C. Vacating an altitude, unable to climb 500 ft/min, reaching a holding fix or
260 | P a g e
point to which cleared, a change in average true airspeed exceeding 5 percent
or 10 knots, and leaving any assigned holding fix or point.
Answer =C
minimum speed may ATC request of an aircraft operating above 3,000 meters,
which normal cruising speed is 150 knots?
A. 150 knots
B. 250 knots
C. 330 knots
Answer =A
248..Which type of icing is associated with the smallest size of water droplet
similar to that found in low-level stratus clouds?
A. clear ice.
B. Frost ice.
C. Rime ice.
Answer =B
249..Convective clouds which penetrate a stratus layer can produce which
threat to instrument flight?
A. freezing rain
54
Answer =C
250..The Federal Aviation Administration's Flight Information Service Data Link
(FISDL) provides the following products:
B.SPECIS, SIGMETS, NOTAM'S, and AIRMETS.
261 | P a g e
C.Convective SIGMETS, PIREPS, AWW's, and adverse conditions.
Answer =A
251..If airplane enters to the undershoot airflow under thunderstorm clouds, it
will encounter___.
A. head windshear
B. turbulence
Answer =C
252..Each pilot who deviates from an ATC clearance in response to a TCAS
advisory is expected to notify ATC and
A.Maintain the course and altitude resulting from the deviation, as ATS has
radar contact
C.Expeditiously return to the ATC clearance in effect prior to the advisory , after
the conflict is resolved
Answer =C
253..person may not act as a crewmember of a civil aircraft if alcoholic
beverages have been consumed by that person within the preceding
A.8 hours.
B.12 hours.
C.24 hours.
Answer =A
254..The heat of the troposphere air is chiefly from .
Answer =C
262 | P a g e
255..In sensing the orientation of the body in space, the brain assigns the
highest priority to information coming from
A.the eyes
B.the inner
Answer =A
256..The Maximum number of hours a pilot may fly in 7 consecutive days
without any rest is
A.35 hours
B.32 hours
C.30 hours
Answer =A
257..The Maximum number of consecutive hours of duty that an aircraft
dispatcher may be scheduled is
A.12hours
B.10hours
C.8hours
Answer =B
258..(Refer to Figures 2-4 and 2-5) To which aircraft position does HSI
presentation "I" correspond?
A.4
B.12
C.11
Answer =C
259..What aural and visual indications should be observed over an ILS outer
maker?
263 | P a g e
Answer =B
260..(Refer to Figure 6-7) The initial point of KM 2A is at
B.D38 to HUAIROU.
C.HUAILAI.
Answer =C
261..(Refer to Figure 6-2) During the ILS/DME Rwy 36L approach while
maintaining an on glide slope indication with a groundspeed of 150 knots, what
was the approximate rate of descent?
Answer =B
262..What is the best method of speed reduction if hydroplaning is experienced
on landing?
B.Apply nosewheel and main wheel braking alternately and abruptly.
C.Apply aerodynamic braking to the fullest advantage.
Answer =C
263..The Maximum flight time in 24 consecutive hours that a carrier may
A.8 hours
B.10 hours
C.12 hours
Answer =A
264 | P a g e
264..What can a pilot expect if the pitot system ram air input and drain hole are
blocked by ice?
B.The airspeed indicator will show a decrease with an increase in altitude
C.No airspeed indicator change will occur during climbs or descents
Answer =A
265..Which of the following area has the highest probability to produce low
level windshear?
Answer =C
266.[Refer to Figure 4-25.] How many feet will remain after landing on a
7,200-foot dry runway with spoilers inoperative at 118,000 pounds gross
weight?
A.4,200 feet.
B.4,500 feet.
C.4,750 feet.
Answer =B
267.."The leans " is a state of disorientation which often occurs when
A.an abrupt change from a climb to straight and level flight
B.an aircraft which has been in a shallow turn for some time rolls back to level
flight
C.an abrupt recovery or a rapid correction is made.
Answer =C
268..Which is a purpose of wing-mounted vortex generators?
A. Reduce the drag caused by supersonic flow over portions of the wing
265 | P a g e
58
B. Increase the onset of drag divergence and aid in aileron effectiveness at
high speed
C. Break the airflow over the wing so the stall will progress from the root out to
the tip of the wing
Answer =A
269..Where does a prohibited airspace be set up?
B.Over open se
A.
C.Over domestic or open se
A.
Answer =A
270..Hazardous vortex turbulence that might be encountered behind large
aircraft is created only when that aircraft is
A. Developing lift.
Answer =A
271..Below FL180, en route weather advisories should be obtained from an
FSS on
A.122.1MHz
B.122.0MHz
C.123.6MHz
Answer =B
272..Under what condition does ATC issue safety alerts?
A. When collision with another aircraft is imminent.
266 | P a g e
B. If the aircraft altitude is noted to be in close proximity to the surface or an
obstacle.
C. When weather conditions are extreme and wind shear or large hail is in the
vicinity.
Answer =B
273..What action is expected of an aircraft upon landing at a controlled airport?
A. continue taxiing in the landing direction until advised by the tower to switch
to ground control frequency.
B. exit the runway at the nearest suitable taxiway and remain on tower
frequency until instructed otherwise
C. exit the runway at the nearest suitable taxiway and switch to ground control
upon crossing the taxiway holding lines.
Answer =B
274..An authoritative leader
A.tends to make final decisions in an emergency, but seldom in other situations
C.may ultimately decide the team's actions, but seldom takes into
consideration the team members' experience, knowledge, and preferences.
Answer =B
275..Upon which factor does wing loading during a level coordinated turn in
smooth air depend?
A.Rate of turn
B.Angle of bank
C.True airspeed
Answer =B
276..What is the result of a shock-induced separation of airflow occurring near
the wing root of a swept wing aircraft?
267 | P a g e
Answer =B
277.[Refer to Figure 4-37.] How many minutes of dump time is required to
125,500 lb
A.13 minutes.
B.15 minutes.
C.16 minutes.
Answer =B
278..How are smoke cleared or dispersed?
A.By wind or the movement of air.
B.By convective mi = Answering in cool night air.
C.By evaporation similar to the clearing of fog.
Answer =A
279..(Refer to Figure 2-10) This is an example of
A.An ILS Critical Area Holding Position Sign
C.An ILS Critical Area Boundary Sign
Answer =C
280..[Refer to Figures 4-46, 4-47 and 4-48.] What are the fuel requirements
from Chicago Midway Airport to Greater Buffalo Intl?
A.2,224 pounds.
B.1,987 pounds.
C.1,454 pounds.
Answer =A
268 | P a g e
281..What instrument flight time may be logged by a second-in-command of an
aircraft requiring two pilots?
A.All of the time the second-in-command is controlling the airplane solely by
reference to flight instruments.
B.One-half the time the flight is on an IFR flight plan.
C.One-half the time the airplane is in actual IFR conditions.
Answer =A
282..(Refer to Figure 2-6) Which RMI illustration indicates the aircraft is
southwest of the station and moving closer TO the station?
A.1
B.2
C.3
Answer =A
283..Which is a necessary condition for the occurrence of a low-level
temperature inversion wind shear?
A.the temperature differential between the cold and warm layers must be at
least 10℃.
B.a calm or light wind near the surface and a relatively strong wind just above
the inversion.
C.a wind direction difference of at least 30℃ between the wind near the surface
and the wind just above the inversion.
Answer =B
284..In the friction layer of the northern hemisphere, the wind of low pressure
area is.
269 | P a g e
Answer =C
285..What aural and visual indications should be observed over an ILS inner
marker?
Answer =A
286..In which condition is possible to present very serious icing conditions for
protracted fligh?
A. associated with the smallest size of water droplet similar to that found in
low-level stratus clouds.
B. associated with thick extensive stratified clouds that produce continuous rain
such as altostratus and nimbostratus.
C. a cold-soaked aircraft descends into warm, moist air.
Answer =B
287..The information required in the flight release for supplemental air carriers
and commercial operators that is not required in the dispatch release for flag
and domestic air carriers is the
A.weather reports and forecasts.
B.names of all crewmembers.
C.minimum fuel supply.
Answer =B
288..What is the Maximum distance that a departure alternate airport may be
from the departure airport for a two-engine airplane?
A.2 hours at normal cruising speed in still air with one engine operating.
B.1 hour at normal cruising speed in still air with one engine inoperative.
C.1 hour at normal cruising speed in still air with both engines operating.
270 | P a g e
Answer =B
289..Who is responsible for the issue of SNOWTAM?
Answer =C
290..Deference is one of the "hazardous thoughts" which affect human
behavior and decision making. It refer to
A.the tendency to resist authority and object to regulation
B.the tendency to believe that "it can not happen to me"
C.the tendency to blame another person or circumstance for whatever goes
wrong
Answer =C
291..The kinds of operation that a certificate holder is authorized to conduct are
specified in the
A.certificate holder's operations specifications.
B.application submitted for an Air Carrier or Operating Certificate, by the
applicant.
C.Air Carrier Certificate or Operating Certificate.
Answer =A
292..One of the effects of hypoxia is a degradation of night vision. This effect
begins at about
A.5000 feet
B.10000 feet
C.8000 feet
Answer =A
293..For an airport with only one set of VOR approach, if the applicable
271 | P a g e
instrument visibility minimum is 2,000 meters, it may be listed as an alternate
airport only when the visibility is forecast to be at least
A.3000m.
B.3,600m.
C.2,800m.
Answer =B
294..During a supplemental air carrier flight, who is responsible for obtaining
information on meteorological conditions?
B.Pilot in command.
C.Director of operations or flight follower.
Answer =B
295..A dispatch release for a flag or domestic air carrier must contain or have
attached to it
A.minimum fuel supply and weather information for the complete flight.
B.trip number and weight and balance dat
64
A.
C.weather information for the complete flight and a crew list.
Answer =A
296..An air carrier may schedule a pilot, on a four-pilot crew (including a
A.17 hours
B.24 hours
C.25 hours
Answer =A
272 | P a g e
297..(Refer to Figure 7) Flying from Kunming to Chengdu, which weather
Answer =C
298..[Refer to Figure 4-41.] What is the approximate landing weight for
(NM): 70,WIND COMPONENT: 25TW,HOLDING TIME AT ALT (MIN): 15
A.74,000 pounds.
B.74,180 pounds.
C.73,400 pounds.
Answer =A
299..Which information must be contained in, or attached to, the dispatch
release for a flag air carrier flight?
A.Type of operation (e.g., IFR, VFR), trip number.
B. Total fuel supply and minimum fuel required on board the airplane.
C.Passenger manifest, company organization name, and cargo weight.
Answer =A
300..Which equipment requirement must be met by an air carrier that elects to
use a dual inertial Navigation System (INS) on a proposed flight?
A.The dual system must consist of two operative INS units.
B.A dual VORTAC/ILS system may be substituted for an inoperative INS.
C.Only one INDS is required to be operative, if a Doppler Radar is substituted
for the other INS.
Answer =C
301..(Refer to Figure 6-1) When the aircraft is intercepting R-188 HUR with an
273 | P a g e
intercept angle of 45o during go-around, how much is the intercept heading?
A.143o.
B.233o.
C.53o.
Answer =A
302..If a received ATC clearance seems to be conflict to a regulation, the pilot
should
C.Request a clarification from the ATC immediately.
Answer =C
303..Airflow separation over the wing can be delayed by using vortex
generators.
A.Directing high pressure air over the top of the wing or flap through slots and
making the wing surface smooth.
B.Directing a suction over the top of the wing or flap through slots and making
the wing surface smooth.
C. Making the wing surface rough and/or directing high pressure air over the
top of the wing or flap through slots.
Answer =C
A.90 knots.
B.95 knots.
C.100 knots.
Answer =B
305..The minimum speed during takeoff, following a failure of the critical engine
274 | P a g e
at VEF, at which the pilot may continue the takeoff and achieve the required
height above the takeoff surface within the takeoff distance, is indicated by
symbol
A.V2min .
B.V1.
C.VLOF.
Answer =B
306..A provisional airport is an airport approved by the Administrator for use by
an air carrier certificate holder for the purpose of
A.obtaining provisions and fuel when unable, due to winds, to proceed direct to
the regular airport.
B.having the aircraft catered (foods, beverages, or supplies).
C.providing service to a community when the regular airport is unavailable.
Answer =C
307..(Refer to Figure 5) Flying from Shenzhen to Zhengzhou, which weather
phenomenon that may be meet
B. Rain and fog
Answer =A
308..How can an airplane produce the same lift in ground effect as when out of
ground effect?
Answer =B
309..While flying IFR in controlled airspace, if one of the two VOR receivers
275 | P a g e
fails, which course of action should the pilot-in-command follow?
A. No call is required if one of the two VOR receivers is operating properly.
Answer =B
310..Which direction from the primary control surface does a servo tab move?
A.Some direction.
Answer =B
311..How does the wake turbulence vortex circulate around each wingtip?
B. Counterclockwise when viewed from behind the aircraft.
Answer =C
312..Which facility may be substituted for the middle marker during a Category
I ILS approach?
A.VOR/DME FIX
B.Surveillance radar
C.Compass locator
Answer =C
A.732 pounds.
B.1,023 pounds.
C.1,440 pounds.
276 | P a g e
Answer =A
314..What requirement must be met regarding cargo that is carried anywhere
in the passenger compartment of an air carrier airplane?
A. The bin in which the cargo is carried may not be installed in a position that
restricts access to, or use of, any exit.
B. The bin in which the cargo is carried may not be installed in a position that
restricts access to, or use of, any aisle in the passenger compartment.
C. The container or bin in which the cargo is carried must be made of material
which is at least flash resistant.
Answer =B
315..A plane, MH 240°, receive this ATC clearance: "... HOLD WESTT OF THE
ABC VORTAC ON THE TWO SEVEN ZERO RADIAL...",What is the
recommended procedure to enter the holding pattern?
A.Teardrop only
B.Direct only
C.Parallel only
Answer =A
316..To allow pilots of in-trail lighter aircraft to make flight path adjustments to
avoid wake turbulence, pilots of heavy and large jet aircraft should fly
A. Below the established glide path and slightly to either side of the on-course
centerline.
B. On the established glide path and on the approach course centerline or
runway centerline extended.
C. Above the established glide path and slightly downwind of the on-course
centerline.
Answer =B
317..What is movement of the center pressure when the wingtips of a swept
277 | P a g e
wing airplane are stalled first?
A.inward and aft
Answer =B
Answer =C
319..If a B-747(400) airplane is dispatched from an airport that is below landing
minimums, what is the Maximum distance that a departure alternate airport
may be located from the departure airport?
A.Not more than 2 hours at normal cruising speed with one engine inoperative.
B.Not more than 2 hours at normal cruising speed with one engine operating.
C.Not more than 2 hours at normal cruising speed in still air with one engine
inoperative.
Answer =C
320..When the pilot in command is responsible for a deviation during an
emergency, the pilot should submit a written report
Answer =C
321..Identify runway remaining lighting on centerline lighting systems
A.Amber lights from 3000 feet to 1,000 feet, then alternate red and white lights
278 | P a g e
to the end
B.Alternate red and white lights from 3,000 feet to 1,000 feet, then red lights to
the end
C.Alternate red and white lights from3,000 feet to the end of the runway
Answer =B
322..What phases is the Critical Flight Phases?
A. climb and descent when below 3,000 meters, taxi, takeoff, and landing.
Answer =A
323..The flight time limitations established for flight crewmembers include
A.only pilots
B.pilots, navigators, flight engineers and batmen, but do not include flight
attendants.
C.all commercial flying in any flight crewmember position.
Answer =C
324..Which operational requirement must be observed by a commercial
A.The Airplane Flight Manual must include procedures and performance data
which allow for the safe operation of such a flight.
B.The existing and forecast weather for departure, en route, and approach
must be VFR.
Answer = A
325..The time of useful consciousness (TUC) is the Maximum time that pilot
has to make a rational, lifesaving decision and carry it out following
279 | P a g e
A.(续正文，a lack of oxygen at a given altitude. The statement is )right
B.wrong
Answer = A
326..If no corrective action is taken by the pilot as angle of bank is increased,
how is the vertical component of lift and sink rate affected?
Answer = C
327..Without Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) capability, the
accuracy of the GPS derived
A. Altitude information should not be relied upon to determine aircraft altitude.
C. Velocity information should be relied upon to determine aircraft
groundspeed
Answer = A
328..A plane, MH 300°, receive this ATC clearance: "... HOLD WEST OF THE
ABC VORTAC ON THE TWO SEVEN ZERO RADIAL...",What is the
A.Teardrop only
B.Direct only
C.Parallel only
Answer = C
329..If the authority gradient is too steep,
A.the first officer may be unlikely to contribute anything to the decision making
process—even when he is sure that the captain has made a mistake!
B.The first officer respects the captain's command status but feels free to
280 | P a g e
contribute.
C.the first officer may be likely to contribute anything to the decision making
process
Answer = A
330..(Refer to Figures 1-4) The PIC on TNA 90 (CAT C aircraft operated under
CCAR Part 121) has not flown 100 hours as PIC in the MD90. What are the
minimums while flying the ILS RWY 36R to land at ZBAA?
A.DH20',VIS800m.
B.DH200',RVR550m.
C.DH300',VIS1600m.
Answer = C
331..Which Maximum range factor increases as weight decreases?
A.Angle of attack.
B.Altitude.
C.Airspeed.
Answer = B
332..Which of the following weather phenomenon symbols that thunderstorm is
at its mature phase?
Answer = C
333..Which of the following cases illustrates airplane's entry one type of air
mass to another one?
A. The airplane flies through high level turbulence
B. Obvious change of temperature and wind direction within a short period of
time
281 | P a g e
C. The airplane meets rolling airflow when crossing mountainous areas
Answer = B
334..Holding line markings at the intersection of taxiways and runways consist
of tour lines (two solid and two dashed) that extend across the width of taxiway,
These lines are
A.White in color and the dashed lines are nearest the runway
B.Yellow in color and the dashed lines are nearest the runway
C.Yellow in color and the solid lines are nearest the runway
Answer = B
335..There is ribbon like precipitation under the clouds but it evaporated before
reaching the ground. This phenomenon is referred to as .
A.plume
B.virga
C. dowdraft
Answer = B
336..Which component associated with the ILS is identified by the first two
letters of the localizer identification group?
A.Inner marker.
B.Middle compass locator.
C.Outer compass locator.
Answer = C
337..The top of Class D airspace corresponds to
A.600m AGL.
Answer = C
338..[Refer to Figure 4-27.] What is the transition distance when landing on an
282 | P a g e
icy runway at a gross weight of 134,000 pounds?
A.400 feet.
B.950 feet.
C.1,350 feet.
Answer = A
339..(Refer to Figure 6-2) How much is the altitude of LOM while executing
ILS/DME approach?
A.762 feet.
B.870 feet.
C.755 feet.
Answer = B
340..The required crewmember functions that are to be performed in the event
of an emergency shall be assigned by the
74
Answer = C
341..Information obtained from flight data and cockpit voice recorders shall be
used only for determining
A.Who was responsible for any accident or incident
B.Evidence for use in civil penalty or certificate action
Answer = C
342..(Refer to Figure 6-5) What is the MSA on the airway B215 between
TAIYUAN and DAWANGZHUANG?
A.FL 10,100 feet.
283 | P a g e
B.FL 8,100 feet.
C.FL 39,400 feet.
Answer = B
343..(according to figure 2) The weather at ZSSS before 0500Z is ___.
Answer = B
344..A commercial pilot has DC-3 and DC-9 type ratings. A flight test is
completed for an Airline Transport Pilot Certificate in a B-727. What pilot
privileges may be exercised?
B.ATP - B-727 only; Commercial - DC-9 and DC 3.
Answer = C
345..Where does a prohibited airspace be set up?
B.Over open se
C.Over domestic or open se
Answer = A
346..If the first portion of the flight is under IFR and the latter portion is under
VFR, pilot should fill the FLIGHT RULES box with letter
A.Y.
B.I.
C.Z.
Answer = A
347..What does the blue radial line on the airspeed indicator of a light,
284 | P a g e
twin-engine airplane represent?
C.Minimum controllable airspeed for single-engine operation.
Answer = A
348..The fuel reserve required for a turbine-engine-powered (other than
turbopropeller) supplemental air carrier airplane upon arrival over the most
distant alternate airport outside the contiguous China is
A. 30 minutes at holding speed, at 1,500 feet over the airport.
B. 30 minutes, over the airport, at 1,500 feet, at cruising speed.
C. 2 hours at the normal cruising fuel consumption rate.
Answer = A
349..Minimum specific fuel consumption of the turboprop engine is normally
available in which altitude range?
A.10,000 feet to 25,000 feet.
B.25,000 feet to the tropopause.
C.The tropopause to 45,000 feet
Answer = B
350..What is the effect of alcohol consumption on functions of the body?
A.Alcohol has an adverse effect, especially as altitude increases.
B.Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increase judgment and
C.Alcohol has little effect if followed by equal quantities of black coffee.
Answer = A
351..If an aircraft is operating within Class B airspace at an indicated airspeed
greater than 250 knots, the elevation of the highest mountain from left 25
kilometers to right 25 kilometers along the route is 2,650 meters, the minimum
285 | P a g e
safe altitude is
A.3,250m.
B.3,050m.
C.2,950m.
Answer = A
352..Each crewmember shall have readily available for individual use on each
flight a
C. flashlight in good working order.
Answer = C
353..What are basic conditions to form a thunderstorm?
B. an unstable lapse rate, an initial lifting force, and sufficient water vapor.
Answer = B
354..Which speed symbol indicates the Maximum speed for operating the
landing gear of an airplane?
A.VLE.
B.VMO/MMO.
77
C.VLO/MLO.
Answer = C
355..The air carrier must give instruction on such subjects as respiration,
hypoxia, and decompression to crewmember serving on pressurized airplanes
operated above
A. FL 180.
286 | P a g e
B. FL 200.
C. FL 250.
Answer = C
356..What information must the pilot in command of a supplemental air carrier
flight or commercial operator carry to the destination airport?
A.Cargo and passenger distribution information.
B.Copy of the flight plan.
C.Names of all crewmembers and designated pilot in command.
Answer = B
357..(Refer to Figure 6-1) During final approach, the altitude of LOM is 1,360
feet, the height of LOM to the touchdown zone is
A.1,360 feet.
B.1,245 feet.
C.1,262 feet.
Answer = C
358..What is an area identified by the term "stopway"?
A.An area, at least the same width as the runway, capable of supporting an
B.An area designated for use in decelerating an aborted takeoff.
C.An area, not as wide as the runway, capable of supporting an airplane during
a normal takeoff.
Answer = B
359..Which is a purpose of leading-edge slats on high-performance wings?
B.-Improve aileron control during low angles of attack.
C.-Direct air from the high pressure area under the leading edge along the top
of the wing.
287 | P a g e
Answer = C
360..If an intoxicated person creates a disturbance aboard and air carrier
aircraft, the certificate holder must submit a report, concerning the incident, to
the Administrator within
A. 10 days.
B. 24 hours.
C. 5 days.
Answer = C
361..What illusion, if any, can rain on the windscreen create?
Answer = C
362..In flight, a good leader should
A.set high standards of performance by demonstrating a high level of personal
performance
B.involve the team in most decision making processes
C.A and B
Answer = C
363..[Refer to Figure 4-26.] What is the transition distance when landing on a
wet runway at a gross weight of 135,000 pounds?
A.100 feet.
B.300 feet.
C.750 feet.
Answer = B
364..(Refer to Figure 6-2) How can the FAF on the ILS/DME Rwy 36L of
CAPITAL be identified?
288 | P a g e
A.16.5KM from ILG.
B.16.5NM from ILG.
C.16.5SM from ILG.
Answer = B
365..A plane, MH 300°, receive this ATC clearance: "...CLEARED TO THE
ABC VORTAC HOLD SOUNTH ON THE ONE EIGHT ZERO RADIAL, LEFT
A.Teardrop only
B.Direct only
C.Parallel only
Answer = B
366..What type navigation system is inertial Navigation System (INS)? A
navigation computer which provides position
A.From information by compass, airspeed, and an input of wind and variation
dat
A.
B.From radar-type sensors that measure ground speed and drift angles.
C.By signals fro, self-contained gyros and accelerometers.
Answer = C
367..Which is the correct symbol for the minimum steady-flight speed or stalling
speed in a specific configuration?
A.VS.
B.VS1.
C.VSO.
Answer = B
368..Which parameter is used to measure the power output of a reciprocating
engine?
289 | P a g e
80
A.RPM.
Answer = C
369..In small airplanes, normal recovery form spins may become difficult if the
A.-CG is too far rearward and rotation is around the longitudinal axis.
B.-CG is too far rearward and rotation is around the CG.
C.-spin is entered before the stall is fully developed.
Answer = C
370..What type service should normally be expected from an En Route Flight
Advisory Service?
A. Weather advisories pertinent to the type of flight, intended route of flight, and
altitude
B. Severe weather information ,changes in flight plans, and receipt of position
reports.
C. Radar vectors for traffic separation, route weather advisories, and altimeter
settings.
Answer = A
371..[Refer to Figure 4-29.] What is the change of total drag for a
140,000-pound airplane when configuration is changed from flaps 25o, gear
down, to flaps 0o, gear up, at a constant airspeed of 165 knots?
A.9,500 pounds.
B.10,400 pounds.
C.11,300 pounds.
Answer = B
372..(1-1) The PIC of PIL 10 has 87.5 hours and 26 landings as PIC in the
290 | P a g e
B-767, while operating under Part 121. The PIC has 1,876 hours and 298
landings, as PIC in the L-1011 under Part 121.
A.(续考题正文，What are the minimums for the VOR/DME RWY 02 approach at
Chengdu Inti Airport for the PIC?)__MDH150m,VIS2400m.
B.MDH120m,VIS1600m.
81
C.MDH100m,VIS1600m.
Answer = B
373..As the CG is moved forward, the stability
A.Improves
B.Decrease
C.dose not change
Answer = A
374..At what Mach range does de subsonic flight range normally occur?
A.Below.75 Mach.
Answer = A
375..If an air carrier airplane is flying IFR using a single ADF navigation
receiver and the ADF equipment fails, the flight must be able to
A.Proceed safely to a suitable airport using VOR aids and complete an
instrument approach by use of the remaining airplane system.
B.Continue to the destination airport by means of dead reckoning navigation
C.Proceed to a suitable airport using VOR aids complete an instrument
approach and land.
Answer = A
376..When using cabin heat in light single-engined aircraft it should be
291 | P a g e
remembered that
A.the use of full cabin heat during take-off can degrade the aircrafts take-off
performance
B.there is a possibility that carbon monoxide can be introduced directly into the
cockpit through exhaust leaks in the heart exchanger
C.cabin heat should be used in cruising flight only, and never in climbs or
descents
Answer = B
377..The fuel reserve required, for a turbopropeller supplemental air carrier
airplane upon the arrival at a destination airport for which an alternate airport is
not specified, is
A. 3 hours at normal consumption no wind condition.
Answer = B
378..Prior to listing an aircraft as an alternate airport in the dispatch release,
weather reports must indicate that weather conditions will be at or above
authorized minimums at that airport
B.for the period of 1 hour before to 1 hour after the ET
Answer = C
379..[Refer to Figure 4-30.] What thrust is required to maintain a 3o glide slope
at 110,000 pounds, with gear down, flaps 30o, and an airspeed of VREF + 20
knots?
A.9,800 pounds.
B.11,200 pounds.
292 | P a g e
C.17,000 pounds.
Answer = B
380..Why must the angle of attack be increased during a turn to maintain
altitude?
A.Compensate for loss of vertical component of lift
B.Increase the horizontal component of lift equal to the vertical component
Answer = A
381..(Refer to Figure 6-1) How can the FAF on the VOR/DME Rwy 36R of
CAPITAL be identified?
A.11.7NM from PEK.
B.11.7KM from PEK.
C.11.7SM from PEK.
Answer = A
382..Which procedural is recommended to prevent or overcome spatial
disorientation?
A.Reduce head and eye movement to the greatest possible extent.
C.Rely entirely on the indications of the flight instruments.
Answer = C
383..(Refer to Figure 7) Flying from Guangzhou to Chengdu, which significant
A. Thunderstorm, Rain shower, mountain waves, moderate clear air turbulence
B. Rain shower, freezing precipitation, mountain waves, severe clear air
turbulence
C. Rainfall, freezing precipitation, mountain waves, severe icing
Answer = B
293 | P a g e
384..The static organ is responsible for the perception of linear acceleration.
The statement is
A.right
B.wrong.
Answer = A
385..(Refer to Figure 7) Flying from Guangzhou to Chengdu, which weather
Answer = A
386..What action is required prior to takeoff if snow is adhering to the wings of
an air carrier airplane?
A. sweep off as much snow as possible and the residue must be polished
smooth.
B. Assure that the snow is removed from the airplane.
C. Add 15 knots to the normal VR speed as the snow will blow off.
Answer = B
387..If an engine's rotation is stopped in flight, the pilot in command must report
it, as soon as practicable, to the
A. ATC and dispatcher.
B. nearest CAAC district office.
C. operations manager (or director of operations).
Answer = A
388..(According to figure 4) The cloud condition at Shanghai is
A. There are altocumulus , stratocumulus, the bass of the stratocumulus is
600m
294 | P a g e
B. There are altostratus, stratocumulus, the bass of the stratocumulus is 1
200m
C. There are cirrostratus , stratus , the bass of the stratus is 1 200m
Answer = B
389..(Refer to Figure 6-6) After takeoff from Rwy 36L at CAPITAL, if the flight is
cleared to depart via YV 4D, pilot must tune VHF NAV on the frequency of
A.114.7MHz.
B.514MHz.
C.113.6MHz.
Answer = C
390..What terms could a ATC furnishes pilots' braking action reports using?
A. "good", "fair", "poor" and "nil" or a combination of these terms.
B. the percentage of the proximate braking action.
C. only use "good", "fair", "poor" and "nil" with no combination of these terms.
Answer = A
391..The pilot in command has emergency authority to exclude any and all
persons form admittance to the flight deck
C. except persons who have authorization from the certificate holder and the
CAAC.
Answer = B
392..(According to figure 4) at Lanzhou, which description is correct
Answer = C
295 | P a g e
393..(Refer to Figure 6-1) The highest terrain shown in the plan view section of
the VOR/DME Rwy 36R approach chart is
A.1,496 feet.
B.900 feet.
C.1,244 feet.
Answer = A
394..What action should be taken if one of the two VHF radios fail while IFR in
controlled airspace?
B. Squawk 7600.
Answer = A
395..If an air carrier schedules a dispatcher for 13 hours of duty in a
24-consecutive-hour period, what action is required?
A.The dispatcher should be given a rest period of 24 hours at the end of the 13
hours
86
B.The dispatcher should refuse to be on duty 13hours as the CCAR part 121
limits the duty period to 10 consecutive hours
C.The dispatcher should be given a rest period of at least 8 hours at or before
the completion of 10 hours of duty
Answer = C
396..(Refer to Figure 6-2) The glide slope angle of ILS/DME Rwy 36L at
CAPITAL is 3o, what is the corresponding rate of descent?
A.5.2%.
B.4.8%.
C.5.5%.
296 | P a g e
Answer = A
387..When a turbine-engine-powered airplane is to be ferried to another base
for repair of an inoperative engine, which operational requirement must be
observed?
A.Only the required flight crewmembers may be on board the airplane.
B.The existing and forecast weather for departure, en route, and approach
must be VFR.
C.No passengers except authorized maintenance personnel may be carried.
Answer = A
388..How can turbulent air cause an increase in stalling speed of an airfoil?
Answer = A
Answer = B
390..What action shall the pilot in command take if it becomes necessary to
shut down one of the two engines on an air carrier airplane?
A. Land at the airport which the pilot considers to be as safe as the nearest
suitable airport in point of time.
B. Land at the nearest suitable airport in point of time at which a safe landing
can be made.
C. Land at the nearest airport, including military what has a crash an rescue
297 | P a g e
unit.
Answer = B
391..When advection fog has developed, what may tend to dissipate or lift the
fog into low stratus clouds?
Answer = B
392..After experiencing two-way radio communications failure en route, when
should a pilot begin the descent for the instrument approach?
A. Upon arrival at any initial approach fix for the instrument approach
procedure but not before the flight plan ETA as amended by ATC.
B. Upon arrival at the holding fix depicted on the instrument approach
procedure at the corrected ETA, plus or minus 3minutes.
C. At the primary initial approach fix for the instrument approach procedure at
the ETA shown on the flight plan or the EFC time, whichever is later.
Answer = A
393..Why the ATC ask the aircraft for speed adjustment?
B. because ATC do think high speed is not good for safety;
Answer = C
394..How can the pilot increase the rate of turn and decrease the radius at the
same time?
298 | P a g e
Answer = B
395..What is the minimum number of flight attendants required on an airplane
A.Five
B.Four
C.Two
Answer = A
396..When can a pilot expect landing priority?
A. on a first-come, first serve basis, because the Air Traffic Control towers
handle all aircraft regardless of the type of flight plan.
B. during emergency
C. both a and b
Answer = C
397..When carrying a passenger aboard an all-cargo aircraft, which of the
following applies?
A. The passenger must have access to a seat in the pilot compartment.
B. The pilot in command may authorize the passenger to be admitted to the
crew compartment.
C. Crew-type oxygen must be provided for the passenger.
Answer = B
398..If an aircraft with a gross weight of 2000 pounds were subjected to a total
load of 6000 pounds in flight the load factor would be
A.2Gs.
B.3Gs.
C.9Gs
Answer = B
399..If a flag air carrier flight lands at an intermediate airport at 1845Z, and
299 | P a g e
experiences a delay, what is the latest time it may depart for the nearest airport
without a redispatch release?
A.1945Z.
B.2015Z.
C.0045Z.
Answer = C
400..Where are the routes listed that require special navigation equipment?
A.Certificate holder's Operations Specifications
B.International Aeronautical Information Manual
C.International Notices To Airmen
Answer = A
401..The most important restriction to the operation of turbojet or turboprop
engines is
C.Limiting torque.
Answer = B
402..Each crewmember shall have readily available for individual use on each
flight a
Answer = C
403..The time of useful consciousness while cruising at an altitude of 30,000
feet and sitting quietly would be about
A.40 seconds
B.3 minutes
300 | P a g e
90
C.1 minute and 15 seconds
Answer = C
404..[Refer to Figure 4-43.] What is the trip fuel for Operating Conditions below?
ALTITUDE: 37,000,ISA TEMPERATURE: +10oC,LANDING WEIGHT (*1000):
75
A.34,000 pounds.
B.28,000 pounds.
C.32,600 pounds.
Answer = C
405..What is a likely location of clear air turbulences?
A. in an upper trough on the polar side of a jetstream.
B. Near a ridge aloft on the equatorial side of a high pressure flow.
C. Downstream of the equatorial side of a jetstream.
Answer = A
406..In average, for every 1,000 feet increase in the troposphere, the
temperature of the air will .
A. descend 2℃
B.descend 3℃
C. descend 4℃
Answer = A
407..What characterizes a ground-based inversion?
C. Poor visibility.
Answer = C
301 | P a g e
408..Which wind-shear condition results in a loss of airspeed?
91
Answer = B
409..What is the primary function of the leading edge flaps in landing
configuration during the flare before touchdown?
Answer = A
410..(1-1) Determine the CCAR Part 121 landing minimums for the VOR/DME
RWY 02 approach at Chengdu Inti Airport.PIC time 94 hours.
A.(续考题正文，Airplane Vso Maximum certificated weight 105 knots,VREF
approach speed 140 knots )__MDH150m,VIS2400m.
B.MDH120m,VIS1600m.
C.MDH100m,VIS1600m.
Answer = A
411..What does the term of Equivalent shaft horsepower (ESHP) of a turboprop
engine describe?
B.jet thrust only.
Answer = A
412..To excercise ATP privileges a pilot must hold
A.a third-class medical certificate.
302 | P a g e
B.a second-class medical certificate.
C.a first-class medical certificate.
Answer = C
413..The caption of a multi-crew aircraft may consult the first officer on every
issue and may never take command in the course of a flight. This situation
could be described as
A.a too shallow authority gradient
C.a participatory leader
Answer = A
414..The average time of useful consciousness when engaged in moderate
activity following a rapid decompression at 42,000 feet is closest to
A.25 seconds
B.15 seconds
C.35 seconds
Answer = B
415..In the (AIRMET 6 of the Figure 3), which weather phenomenon that
Answer = C
416..who is exposed to a high glare environment while on the ground (beach
sand or snow), which would help to enhance night vision?
303 | P a g e
Answer = B
417..Where can the Maximum hazard zone caused by wind shear associated
with a thunderstorm be found?
A. in front of the thunderstorm cell (anvil side) and on the southwest side of the
cell.
B.. ahead of the roll cloud or gust front and directly under the anvil cloud.
C. on all sides and directly under the thunderstorm cell.
Answer = C
418..What does the precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) consist of?
A.Row of four lights parallel to the runway; red, white, and green.
B.Row of four lights perpendicular to the runway; red and white.
C.One light projector with two colors; red and white.
Answer = B
419..To make all the route aircraft have the same zero altitude, the altimeter
should set on .
A.the standard air pressure of the mean sea level
C.the standard air pressure of the calibrated sea level
Answer = A
420.."Authority gradient" is an important factor that can have an effect on
communication in a multi-crew environment. In a flight crew, an apt arranging is
A.the caption's power, ability, longevity and status are higher much more than
the other members of the flight crew.
B.the caption's power, ability, longevity and status are equal to the other
C.the caption's power, ability, longevity and status is higher than the other
members of the flight crew in some short.
304 | P a g e
Answer = C
with a passenger seating capacity of 333 when 296 passengers are aboard?
A.Seven
B.Six
C.Five
Answer = A
422..[Refer to Figures 4-28 and 4-29.] What approach speed and ground roll
will be needed when landing at a weight of 140,000 pounds with 5o of flaps?
Answer = B
423..When may a Category II ILS limitation be removed?
A.When three Cat II ILS approaches have been completed to a 150-foot
decision height and landing.
B.When six ILS approaches to Category II minimums and landing have been
completed in the past 6 months.
C.120 days after issue or renewal.
Answer = A
424..Below that altitude, except when in cruise flight, are non-safety related
cockpit activities by flight crew members prohibited?
A. 3,000 meters.
B. 3,600 meters.
C. 6,000 meters.
Answer = A
425..(Refer to Figure 6) At point A, the wind direction, wind speed and
305 | P a g e
temperatures is
B. Northwest wind at 60 KT, temperatures is 48℃
Answer = A
426..What are the lowest Category IIIA minimum?
B.RVR 1,000 feet
C.RVR 700 feet.
Answer = C
427..(Refer to Figure 2-6) Which RMI illustration indicates the aircraft to be
flying outbound on the magnetic bearing of 235 FROM the station ?(wind050 at
20 knots)
A.2
B.3
C.4
Answer = B
428..A pilot is operating in Class G airspace. If existing weather conditions are
below those for VFR flight, an IFR flight plan must be filed and an ATC
clearance received prior to
C.takeoff if weather conditions are below IFR minimums.
Answer = A
429..An air carrier airplane's airborne radar must be in satisfactory operating
condition prior to dispatch, if the flight will be
A.Conducted under VFR conditions at night with scattered thunderstorms
306 | P a g e
reported en route
B.Carrying passengers, but not if it is "all cargo"
C.Conducted IFR, and ATC is able to radar vector the flight around areas of
weather
Answer =A
430..Which of the following is the right description about the effect of alcohol
A.An individual can speed up the rate at which alcohol leaves the body.
B.Alcohol can affect the semi-circular canals, which leads to an increase in
susceptibility to disorientation and motion sickness.
C.Small amounts of alcohol in the human system increase judgment and
Answer =B
431..Series A NOTAMs is mainly released to
Answer =B
432..Identify the type stability if the aircraft attitude tends to move farther from
its original position after the controls have been neutralized
Answer =A
433..(Refer to Figure 6-2) If the pilot has identified IDK on the ILS/DME Rwy
36L straight-in land at CAPITAL, what height above the airport does a Category
B aircraft descend to in IMC?
307 | P a g e
A.308 feet.
B.193 feet.
C.200 feet.
Answer =B
Answer =A
435..(Refer to Figure 2-3) On which radial is the aircraft as indicated by the
NO.1 NAV?
A.R-175
B.R-165
C.R-345
Answer =C
436..[Refer to Figures 4-22 and 4-24.] What is the go-around EPR for
A.2.01 EPR.
B.2.03 EPR.
C.2.04 EPR.
Answer =B
437..To avoid the wingtip vortices of a departing jet airplane during take-off, the
pilot should
A. Lift off at a point well past the jet airplane's flight path.
B. Climb above and stay upwind of the jet airplane's flight path.
C. Remain below the flight path of the jet airplane.
308 | P a g e
Answer =B
438..What effect would a change in ambient temperature or air density have on
Answer =C
439..If an ATC controller assigns a speed, which is too fast for the aircraft's
operating limitation under the existing circumstance, what should the pilot do?
B. increase speed to the Maximum speed at that circumstance.
C. advise ATC of the speed that will be used and expect the controller issue
new speed.
Answer =C
440..What is the principal advantage of a sweepback design wing over a
straight wing design?
A.The critical Mach number will increase significantly.
B.Sweepback will increase changes in the magnitude of force coefficients due
to compressibility.
C.Sweepback will accelerate the onset of compressibility effect.
Answer =A
weight?
A.2,100 feet.
B.2,650 feet.
C.3,000 feet.
309 | P a g e
Answer =C
442..(Refer to Figure 2-3) What is the lateral displacement of the aircraft in
nautical miles from the radial selected on the No.1 NAV?
A.5.0NM
B.7.5NM
C.10.0NM
Answer =A
443..(Refer to Figure 6-6) Using an average ground speed of 140 knots, what
gradient of 4.6% to 4,930 as specified on the SID?
A.690 feet/minute.
B.644 feet/minute.
C.600 feet/minute.
Answer =B
444..In the SIGMET 8 of the Figure 3, which station predict the dangerous
weather at first
A. ZULS
B. ASSS
C. ZUUU
Answer =A
445..Which would most likely result in hyperventilation?
C.An extremely slow rate of breathing and insufficient oxygen.
Answer =A = ANSWER
446..(Refer to Figure 6-4) What is the takeoff minimum for Rwy 17 at PUDONG
that applies to an aircraft with 2 propelled engines?
310 | P a g e
A.VIS 1,600m.
B.RVR 200m.
C.RVR 250m.
Answer =A
447..Which condition is present when a local of air is stable?
C. As the parcel of air moves upward, its temperature becomes warmer than
the surrounding air.
Answer =A
448..[Refer to Figure 4-25.] What is the transition distance when landing on a
dry runway at a gross weight of 125,000 pounds?
A.1,200 feet.
B.850 feet.
C.400 feet.
Answer =C
449..What is the reason for variations in geometric pitch along a propeller or
rotor blade?
A.It permits a relatively constant angle of attack along its length when in
cruising flight.
B.It prevents the portion of the blade near the hub or root from stalling during
cruising flight.
C.It permits a relatively constant angle of incidence along its length when in
cruising flight.
Answer =A
450..Which documents are required to be carried aboard each flag air carrier
flight?
311 | P a g e
A.Dispatch release, flight plan, and weight and balance release.
C.Dispatch release, load manifest, and flight plan.
Answer =C
451..Just prior to takeoff, the captain learns that an unstable fast cold front is
passing his destination airport, and he can realize that the current weather may
be
Answer =A
452..The cruising speed of an aircraft is 800 kilometers, what should be
entered in the CRUISING SPEED section of the flight plan?
A.850.
B.K0850.
C.0850K.
Answer =B
453..What should a pilot do to maintain "best range" airplane performance
when a headwind is encountered?
A.Increase speed.
B.Maintain speed.
C.Decrease speed.
Answer =A
454..(Refer to Figure 6-5) What is the announced FL on the airway B215
between TAIYUAN and DAWANGZHUANG?
101
A.9,000m.
312 | P a g e
B.12,000m.
C.3,100m.
Answer =A
455..(Refer to Figure 2-3) Which OBS selection on the No.2 NAV would center
the CDI and change the ambiguity indication to a TO ?
A.166
B.346
C.354
Answer =C
456..(1-1) At a waypoint , PTL 130 is notified that the Chongqing Airport is
closed. PTL 130 is told to proceed to Chengdu Inti Airport.PTL 130 is operating
under CCAR Part 121. The PIC on PTL 130 has less than 100 hours as PIC in
the B-727.
A.(续正文考题，What are PICs minimums for the VOR/DME RWY 02
approach)__MDH150m,VIS2400m.
B.MDH120m,VIS1600m.
C.MDH100m,VIS1600m.
Answer =B
457..(Refer to Figure 6-1) While being turning from D34.0 HUR to D16.0 PEK
for the VOR/DME Rwy 36R, Beijing Approach control tells pilot to contact the
Tower, what frequency should be tuned?
A.118.1KHz.
B.118.5KHz.
C.118.1MHz.
Answer =C
458..Which passenger announcement(s) must be made after each takeoff?
A. Keep satety belts fastened while seated and no smoking in the aircraft
313 | P a g e
lavatories.
B. Passengers should keep seat belts fastened while seated.
C. How to use the passenger oxygen system and that there is a $1,000 fine for
102
tampering with a smoke detector.
Answer =B
459..[Refer to Figure 4-29.] What is the thrust required to maintain a 3o glide
slope at 140,000 pounds, with gear down, flaps 30o, and an airspeed of VREF
+ 30 knots?
A.13,700 pounds.
B.16,200 pounds.
C.17,700 pounds.
Answer =B
140,000 pounds, with gear up, flaps 25o, and an airspeed of 172 knots?
A.13,700 pounds.
B.18,600 pounds.
C.22,000 pounds.
Answer =B
461..An airplane has seats for 49 passengers and two crewmembers. What is
A.Two
B.One
C.Zero
Answer =B
462..Normally, a dispatcher should be scheduled for no more than
314 | P a g e
Answer =C
463..[Refer to Figures 4-22, 4-23 and 4-24.] What is the reference speed for
A.140 knots.
B.145 knots.
C.148 knots.
Answer =B
464..When making an approach to a narrower-than-usual runway, without
VASI assistant, the pilot should be aware that the approach
C.may result in leveling off too high and landing hard.
Answer =B
465..The primary purpose of high-lift devices is to increase the
A.-L/Dmax.
Answer =B
466..To be eligible for the practical test for the renewal of a Category II
authorization, what recent instrument approach experience is required?
A.Within the previous 6 months, six ILS approaches, three of which may be
B.Within the previous 6 months, six ILS approaches flown by use of an
approach coupler to the Category I DH.
C.Within the previous 12 calendar months, three ILS approaches flown by use
315 | P a g e
of an approach coupler to the Category II DH.
Answer =A
467..What affects indicated stall speed?
Answer =A
468..One purpose of high-lift devices is to
B.delay stall.
Answer =B
469..The leading edge of an advancing cold air mass is .
A. warm front.
C. cold front.
Answer =C
470..(Refer to Figure 6-6) What is the identifier of TANGHEKOU NDB?
A.YV.
B.WF.
C.DK.
Answer =A
471..[Refer to Figures 4-22, 4-23 and 4-24.] What is VREF for Operating
Conditions L-1?
A.143 knots.
B.144 knots.
C.145 knots.
316 | P a g e
Answer =A
472..Class 2 NOTAMs could be divided into
Answer =A
473..(According to Figure 1) How much is the visibility at Shanghai (ZSSS)
105
Answer =B
474..Which of the following phraseology is suitable for a pilot reporting a
braking action to ATC, when there is almost no the braking action?
Answer =C
475..(Refer to Figure 2-3) What is the lateral displacement in degrees from the
desired radial on the NO.2 NAV?
A.1?
B.-2?
C.-4?
Answer =C
476..What effect does landing with increased weight have on ground speed
with comparable conditions relative to temperature, wind, and airport
elevation?
317 | P a g e
Answer =A
477..Which is a purpose of ground spoilers?
C. Increase the rate of descent with out gaining airspeed.
Answer =A
478..What information must be contained in, or attached to, the dispatch
release for a domestic air carrier flight?
A.Departure airport, intermediate stops, destinations, alternate airports, and
trip number.
B.Names of all passengers on board and minimum fuel supply.
C.Cargo load, weight and balance data, and identification number of the
aircraft.
Answer =A
479..(Refer to Figure 6-3, 6-4) What distance is available for landing beyond on
Rwy 35 at PUDONG?
A.12,097 feet.
B.12,093 feet.
C.13,123 feet.
Answer =A
480..The propose of the speed adjustment issued by ATC to the
radar-controlled aircraft are?
318 | P a g e
C. both a and b
Answer =C
481..GPS instrument approach operations, outside the United States, must be
authorized by
A. The FAA-approved aircraft flight manual (AFM) or flight manual supplement
Answer =B
482..The Maximum duty time in 24 consecutive hours that a carrier may
schedule a pilot in a three pilot crew (including a second-in-commander pilot)
A.16hours
B.17 hours
107
C.18 hours
Answer =A
483..(Refer to Figure 6-2) What is the identifier of HUAIROU VOR/DME?
A.HUR.
B.PEK.
C.IDK.
Answer =A
484..Land and Hold Short Operations (LAHSO) include landing and holding
short:
Answer =B
319 | P a g e
485..If the wind direction measured by the weather station is 180°,the optimum
B.from west to east
Answer =C
486..In a communication process, some characteristics of the sender may
affect the encode message. These conditions include
A.the sender's knowledge, personality, and the ability of he/she make use of
the language
B.the sender's skill, attitudes, knowledge, and the social culture system
C.the sender and the receiver's skill, attitudes, knowledge, and the workload
Answer =B
487..When takeoff or landing at the airport on the edge of thunderstorm region,
which of the following descriptive weather should be watchouted particularly?
Answer =B
488..(According to figure 4) at Shanghai, which weather phenomenon that
C. Snow shower
Answer =A
489..If the cruising speed of an aircraft is 0.70 Marh, pilot may enter the
CRUISING SPEED box with
320 | P a g e
A.M070.
B.070M.
C.M0070.
Answer =A
490..Which color on a tri-color VASI is a "high" indication?
A.Red
B.Amber
C.Green.
Answer =B
491..Which of the following is the right description about CRM?
A.CRM is a comprehensive system of applying human factors concepts to
improve crew performance.
B.CRM is a comprehensive system of applying human factors concepts to
improve the captain's performance.
C.CRM is a comprehensive system of applying human factors concepts to
improve the pilots' performance.
Answer =A
30HW
A.11,227 pounds.
B.11,503 pounds.
C.11,754 pounds.
Answer =A
493..(Refer to Figure 6-3) Which frequency should be checked first while
asking for takeoff clearance at PUDONG airport?
A.124.35MHz.
321 | P a g e
B.127.85MHz.
C.118.8MHz.
Answer =C
494..If the ambient temperature is warmer than standard at FL350, what is the
density altitude compared to pressure altitude?
C.Impossible to determine without information on possible inversion layers at
lower altitudes.
Answer =B
Answer =A
496..Wingtip vortices created by large aircraft tend to
A. Sink below the aircraft generating the turbulence.
110
C. Accumulate and remain for a period of time at the point where the takeoff roll
began.
Answer =A
40HW
322 | P a g e
A.9,926 pounds.
B.9,680 pounds.
C.9,504 pounds.
Answer =C
498..A turbojet-powered flag air carrier airplane is released to an airport which
has no available alternate. What is the required fuel reserve?
A. 2 hours at normal cruise speed in a no wind condition fuel consumption.
C. 30 minutes, plus 10 percent of the total flight time.
Answer =B
499..A flag air carrier flight lands at an intermediate airport at 1805Z. The latest
time that it may depart without being redispatched is
A.2005Z.
B.1905Z.
C.0005Z.
Answer =C
500..What recent experience is required to be eligible for the practical test for
the original issue of a Category II authorization?
A.Within the previous 6 months, six ILS approaches flown manually to the
Category I DH.
B.Within the previous 12 calendar months, six ILS approaches flown by use of
an approach coupler to the Category I or Category II DH.
C.Within the previous 6 months, six ILS approaches, {three} of which may be
Answer =C
501..By changing the angle of attack of a wing, the pilot can control the
airplane's
323 | P a g e
Answer =B
502..Which condition will for the formation of advection fog?
A. Moist, stable air being moved over gradually rising ground by a wind
Answer =C
503..Which of the following organs mediates the sense of balance?
A.Eustachian tube
B.the cochlea
C.the semicircular canals
Answer =C
504..A good team member will not agree with a plan of action just to "keep the
peace" if he/she is feeling uneasy about it. The statement is
A.right
B.wrong
Answer =A
505..What is the expected duration of an individual microburst?
A. two minutes with Maximum winds lasting approximately 1 minute.
B. one microburst may continue for as long as 2to 4 hours.
C. seldom longer than 15 minutes from the time the burst strikes the ground
until dissipation.
Answer =C
506..Which of the following would most likely lead to carbon monoxide
contamination of the cockpit atmosphere?
324 | P a g e
Answer =C
507..Which of the following is the most likely cause of disorientation?
A.a change in the information coming from the inner ear.
B.a conflict or ambiguity in the information coming from visual, vestibular and
postural cues.
C.poor lighting reducing the amount of visual information received.
Answer =B
508..(Refer to Figure 6-3) What is the elevation of Rwy 35 at PUDONG?
A.10 feet.
B.8 feet.
C.12 feet.
Answer =A
509..What is a characteristic of the troposphere?
B. There is an overall decrease of temperature with an increase of altitude.
C. The average altitude of the top of the troposphere is about 6 miles.
Answer =B
15TW,
A.58.1 minutes.
B.59.9 minutes.
C.54.7 minutes.
Answer =B
325 | P a g e
511..What effect does high relative humidity have upon the Maximum power
output of modern aircraft engines?
A.Neither turbojet nor reciprocating engines are affected.
B.Reciprocating engines will experience a significant loss of BHP.
C.Turbojet engines will experience a significant loss of thrust.
Answer =B
512..Why do some airplanes equipped with inboard/outboard ailerons use the
outboards for slow flight only?
A.-Increased surface area provides greater controllability with flap extension.
B.-Aerodynamic loads on the outboard ailerons tend to twist the wingtips at
high speeds.
C.-Locking out the outboard ailerons in high-speed flight provides variable flight
control feel.
Answer =B
513..An air carrier operates a flight in VFR over-the-top conditions. What radio
navigation equipment is required to be a dual installation?
A.VOR
B.VOR and ILS
C.VOR and DME
Answer =A
514..What is the lowest cloud in the stationary group associated with a
mountain wave?
A. rotor cloud.
C. Low stratus.
Answer =B
515..Who is responsible for obtaining information on all current airport
326 | P a g e
conditions, weather, and irregularities of navigation facilities for a supplemental
air carrier flight?
C.Pilot in command.
Answer =C
516..(Refer to Figure 6-3) Which frequency should be selected to check the
airport and weather conditions prior to departure from PUDONG?
A.127.85MHz.
B.124.35MHz.
C.121.65MHz.
Answer =A
517..(Refer to Figure 3) In the telegram (3), which weather phenomenon that
A. Low-level wind share
B. Microburst
C. Turbulence
Answer =A
518..What is a characteristic of longitudinal instability?
Answer =A
519..In stable air associated with a high pressure system usually occurs?
A. Advection fog.
B. Radiation fog.
C. Frontal fog.
327 | P a g e
Answer =B
520..Good leadership in a group is characterized by
A. high personal attention and high task orientation
B.medium personal attention and high task orientation
C.medium personal attention and medium task orientation
Answer =A
521..Upon arriving at the most distant airport, what is the fuel reserve
requirement for a turbopropeller flag air carrier airplane?
A. 90 minutes at holding altitude and speed fuel consumption or 30 minutes
plus 15 percent of cruise fuel consumption, whichever is less.
C. 30 minutes plus 15 percent of the total time required, or 90 minutes at
normal cruise, whichever is less.
Answer =C
522..When an air carrier airplane with a seating capacity of 187 has 67
passengers on board, what is the minimum number of flight attendants
required?
A.Four
B.Three
C.Two
Answer =A
523..(Refer to Figure 2-12) What is the runway distance remaining at "D" for a
A.500 feet
B.1,000feet
C.1,500 feet
Answer =B
328 | P a g e
524..Which documents are required to be carried aboard each domestic air
carrier flight?
A.Load manifest (or information from it) and flight release.
B.Dispatch release and weight and balance release.
C.Dispatch release, load manifest (or information from it), and {flight plan}.
Answer =C
525..What effective runway length is required for a turbojet-powered airplane at
the destination airport if the runways are forecast to be {wet or slippery} at the
ETA?
A.70 percent of the actual runway available, from a height of 50 feet over the
threshold.
B.115 percent of the runway length required for a {dry} runway.
C.115 percent of the runway length required for a wet runway.
Answer =B
permit stopping 1,000 feet short of the end of a 4,900-foot wet runway with
A.124,000 pounds.
B.129,500 pounds.
C.134,500 pounds.
Answer =A
presentation "E "or respond?
A.5
B.5
C.15
Answer =B
329 | P a g e
528..What action should be taken by the pilot in command of a transport
category airplane if the airborne weather radar becomes inoperative en route
on an IFR flight for which weather reports indicate possible thunderstorms?
A.Request radar vector from ATC to the nearest suitable airport and land
B.Proceed in accordance with the approved instructions and procedures
specified in the operations manual for such an event
C.Return to the departure airport if the thunderstorms have not been
encountered. and there is enough fuel remaining
Answer =B
529..[Refer to Figure 4-29.] What is the change of total drag for a
140,000-pound airplane when configuration is changed from flaps 30o, gear
down, to flaps 0o, gear up, at a constant airspeed of 160 knots?
A.13,500 pounds.
B.13,300 pounds.
C.15,300 pounds.
Answer =A
530..Which altitude is appropriate for the floor of Class A airspace?
A.FL 6,000m.
B.FL 6,300m.
Answer = B
531..What is the lowest HAT for which a Category II applicant can be certified
during the original issuance of the authorization?
330 | P a g e
A.100 feet AGL.
B.150 feet AGL.
C.200 feet AGL.
Answer =B
532..Turbulence encountered above 15,000 feet AGL, not associated with
cloud formations, should be reported as
Answer =C
533..Which direction from the primary control surface dose an elevator
adjustable {trim tab} move when the control surface is moved?
A.Same direction.
C.Remains {fixed} for all positions.
Answer =C
534..If severe turbulence is encountered, which procedure is recommended?
B.Maintain a constant {attitude}.
Answer =B
535..When flying over the nimbostratus clouds, the pilot finds that there are up
towering clouds on the thick layer. Top of the towering clouds extends to 9000
meters high and are blown to one side by the strong wind like horse's mane.
331 | P a g e
A.(接正文 Based on this situation, he predicts that there must be__in the sheet
clouds.) cumulonimbus clouds
Answer =A
536..Airplanes may encounter heavy turbulence in
Answer =A
537..What is the highest speed possible without supersonic flow over the wing?
C.Transonic index.
Answer =B
538..When an air carrier flight is operated under IFR or over-the-top on "victor
airways," which navigation equipment is required to be installed in duplicate?
A.VOR
B.ADF
119
C.VOR and DME
Answer =A
flaps at a landing weight of 107,500 pounds?
A.1,750 feet.
B.2,000 feet.
332 | P a g e
C.2,350 feet.
Answer =B
540..What effect does landing at high elevation airports have on ground speed
with comparable conditions relative to temperature, wind, and airplane weight?
Answer =A
541..In flight ,as the time goes on , the CG will
A.change
B.not change
Answer =A
542..What is the purpose of the danger airspace?
A.To warn nonparticipating aircrafts of the potential danger.
Answer =A
543..(Refer to Figure 2-13) What is the runway distance remaining at "C" for a
A.1,000 feet
B.1,500 feet
120
C.1,800 feet.
Answer =A
*544..The component of blood which is most directly involved in the transport of
oxygen throughout the body is
333 | P a g e
B.the plasma
C.hemoglobin
Answer =C
545..What is the time interval for filing flight plan?
C.At least one hour and a half prior to the departure time.
Answer =C
546..The abbreviated plain language " WS WRNG " expressing
Answer =A
547..Why is it necessary to increase back elevator pressure to maintain altitude
during a turn? To compensate for the
B.loss of the horizontal component of lift and the increase in centrifugal force
C.rudder deflection and slight opposite aileron throughout the turn
Answer =A
548..A definition of the term "viscous hydroplaning" is where
B.a film of moisture covers the painted or rubber-coated portion of the runway.
C.the tires of the airplane are actually riding on a mixture of steam and melted
rubber.
Answer =B
549..Which of the following phraseology is suitable for a pilot reporting a
334 | P a g e
braking action to ATC?
Answer =A
550..(According to Figure 1) How much is the vertical visibility at Chengdu
(ZUUU)
A. 50 metres
B. 500 metres
C. 150 metres
Answer =C
flaps at a landing weight of 122,000 pounds?
A.1,750 feet.
B.2,200 feet.
C.2,750 feet.
Answer =A
110,000 pounds, with gear down, flaps 40o, and an airspeed of 118 knots?
A.17,000 pounds.
B.20,800 pounds.
C.22,300 pounds.
Answer =B
553..What is a feature of air movement in a high pressure area?
A. Ascending from the surface high to lower pressure at higher altitudes.
122
335 | P a g e
C. Moving outward from the center at high altitudes and into the center at the
surface.
Answer =B
554..If a pilot is being radar vectored in IFR conditions and loses radio
communications with ATC, what action should be taken?
A. Fly directly to the nearest point shown on the IFR flight plan and continue the
flight.
C. Fly direct to a fix, route, or airway specified in the vector clearance.
Answer =C
555..What is the purpose of an ATC instruction?
Answer =A
556..What is the advantage of HIRL or MIRL on an IFR runway as compared to
a VFR runway?
A.Lights are closer together and easily distinguished from surrounding lights
B.{Amber} lights replace white on the last {2,000} feet of runway for a caution
zone
C.Alternate red and white lights replace the white on the last 3,000 feet of
runway for caution zone
Answer =B
557..TCASII provides
B.Proximity warning
C.Maneuvers in all directions to avoid the conflicting traffic
336 | P a g e
Answer =A
558..(Refer to Figure 6-3) The magnetic direction of Rwy 17 at PUDONG is
A.162o.
B.172o.
C.167o.
Answer =C
559..Who must the crew of a domestic or flag air carrier airplane be able to
communicate with, under normal conditions, along the entire route (in either
direction) of flight?
A.ARINC
B.Any FSS
Answer =C
560.. What is the correct symbol for the Minimum Control Speed, {Ground}?
A.VMC.
B.VMCG.
C.VMC
Answer =B
561..The most effective way to deal with an episode of disorientation in flight is
to
A.keep a constant look-out for glimpses of the natural horizon outside
C.keep the control column central and maintain a constant power
Answer =B
*562..A Category II ILS pilot authorization, when originally issued, is normally
limited to
337 | P a g e
A.Category II operations not less than 1600 RVR and a 150-foot DH.
B.pilots who have completed an FAA-approved Category II training program.
C.Category II operations not less than 1200 RVR and a 100-foot DH.
Answer =A
563..Which of following might not normally need be reported without ATC
request?
B. vacating a previously assigned altitude for a newly assigned one.
C. when unable to climb or descend at a rate of at least 500 feet per minute.
Answer =A
564..Which wind-shear condition results in an increase in airspeed?
A. Increase tailwind wind and decreasing headwind.
Answer =C
565..Which of the following cases provides impulse force for forming heat
thunderstorm?
A. Water vapor coagulating and then releasing latent heat
B. Rising terrain
Answer =C
126,000 lb
A.15 minutes.
B.14 minutes.
338 | P a g e
C.13 minutes.
Answer =C
567..During the period of Spring Festival, if you are assigned to an additional
flight, you should fill in the TYPE OF FLIGHT box with letter
A.N.
B.M.
125
C. = ANSWER.
Answer =A
568..Regulations concerning the operational control of a flight refer to
A.the specific duties of any required crewmember.
B.exercising authority over initiating, conducting, or terminating a flight.
C.exercising the privileges of pilot-in-command of an aircraft.
Answer =B
569..What action is necessary when a partial loss of ILS receiver capability
occurs while operating in controlled airspace under IFR?
A. Continue as cleared and file a written report to the Administrator if
requested.
B. If the aircraft is equipped with other radios suitable for executing an
instrument approach, no further action is necessary
Answer =C
570..The tropopause at middle latitude area usually reaches.
A. 8 to 9 km
B.10 to 12 km
C.15 to 17 km
Answer =B
339 | P a g e
571..The position of leader and the follower may be changed in some special
conditions. While remaining overall leader of the flight crew, the captain might
not be the leader in a specific
A.(续正文，circumstance in which another member of the team has great
knowledge. The statement is)right
B.wrong
Answer =A
572..[Refer to Figure 4-28.] How much will landing distance be reduced by
using 15o of flaps rather than 0o flaps at a landing weight of 143,000 pounds?
126
A.100 feet.
B.400 feet.
C.850 feet.
Answer =C
573..Which condition would INITIALLY cause the indicated airspeed and pitch
to increase and sink rate to decrease?
Answer =A
574..At which location does Coriolis force have the {least} effect on wind
direction?
A. At the poles.
C. At the equator.
Answer =C
575..when a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain separation, what
340 | P a g e
minimum speed may ATC request of a piston aircraft departing an airport?
A. 170 knots
B. 150 knots
C. 130 knots
Answer =B
576..If the first portion of the flight is under VFR and the latter portion is under
IFR, pilot should fill the FLIGHT RULES box with letter
A.Y.
B.I.
C.Z.
Answer =C
577..When must an air carrier airplane be DME equipped?
A. In class e airspace for all IFR or VFR on top operations.
B.Whenever VOR navigational receivers are required
C.For flights at or above FL 180
Answer =B
presentation "C" respond?
A.6
B.7
C.12
Answer =C
579..(Refer to Figure 6-1) The ATIS of CAPITAL airport is broadcast on the
frequency of
A.127.6MHz.
B.127.6KHz.
C.114.7MHz.
341 | P a g e
Answer =A
580..(Refer to Figure 5) What meaning is expressed on the area arrow K
pointed
A. The area arrow K pointed is a center of low pressure
B. For past three hours, the air pressure have reduced 1.7hP
C. For past three hours, the air pressure have reduced 17hP
Answer =B
581..(Refer to Figure 6-2) The aircraft has landed at 1100, pilot should contact
with Ground Control on the frequency of
A.121.7MHz.
B.121.9MHz.
C.121.7KHz.
Answer =B
582..Which condition has the effect of reducing critical engine failure speed?
B.Low gross weight.
Answer =A
583..Which of the following techniques would contribute most to good term
problem solving performance?
A.stands steadfastly by your own aims and opinions and don't be swayed by
others
B.don't say nothing just to "{keep the peace}" when you are genuinely unhappy
about a planned course of action
C.trust you personal opinion, at the same time, adopt the other flight crews'
ideas partially
Answer =B
342 | P a g e
584..Who is responsible of arranging the separation of the aircrafts within Class
A airspace?
A.Air Traffic Controller.
B.Pilot-in-command.
C.Dispatcher.
Answer =A
585..If an engine failure occurs at an altitude above single-engine ceiling, what
airspeed should be maintained?
A.VMC.
B.{VYSE}.
C.V = ANSWERSE.
Answer =B
586..(Refer to Figure 5) what weather phenomenon is there in the north of
zhengzhou
Answer =B
587..(Refer to Figure 6-7) The initial point of VYK 2A is at
B.DAWANGZHUANG.
Answer =B
588..Sudden penetration of fog can create the illusion of
A.pitching up.
B.pitching down.
C.leveling off.
343 | P a g e
Answer =A
589..(Refer to Figure 6-6) Using an average ground speed of 150 knots, what
gradient of 5% to 4,930 as specified on the SID?
A.760 feet/minute.
B.851 feet/minute.
C.699 feet/minute.
Answer =A
590..(Refer to Figure 6-3) What is the elevation of PUDONG airport?
A.8 feet.
B.10 feet.
C.12 feet.
Answer =B
591..when a speed adjustment is necessary to maintain separation, what
minimum speed may ATC request of a turbojet aircraft departing an airport?
A. 250 knots
B. 230 knots
C. 210 knots
Answer =B
592..What altitude and route should be used if the pilot is flying in IFR weather
conditions and has two-way radio communications failure?
A. Continue on the route specified in the clearance and fly the highest of the
following: the last assigned altitude, altitude ATC has informed the pilot to
expect, or to the ME
B. Descend to MEA and, if clear of clouds, proceed to the nearest appropriate
airport. If not clear of clouds, maintain the highest of the MEAs along the
clearance route.
344 | P a g e
C. Fly the most direct route to the destination, maintaining the last assigned
altitude or MEA, whichever is higher.
Answer =A
593..If the airplane attitude remains in a new position after the elevator control
is pressed forward and released, the airplane displays
Answer =A
594..The heat of the stratophere air is chiefly from .
Answer =B
595..If a pilot whose eyes have fully adapted to darkness is exposed to a bright
flash of light, the time required for dark adaptation to be re-established is most
likely to be
A.3 minutes.
B.15 minutes.
C.30 minutes.
Answer = = ANSWER
596..(Refer to Figure 3) In the AIRMET information, the expected changes in
intensity of the icing is.
A. Intensify
B. Weaken
C. No change
345 | P a g e
Answer =B
minimum speed may ATC request of a piston arrival aircraft operating below
3,000 meters?
A. 210 knots
B. 200 knots
C. 150 knots
Answer =B
598..Where do squall lines most often develop?
B.ahead of a {cold front}
Answer =B
599..(Refer to Figure 5) what weather area is there in the east of zhengzhou
A. Rain
B. Light fog
C. Fog
Answer =C
600..In a light ,twin-engine airplane with one engine inoperative, when is it
acceptable to allow the ball of a slip-skid indicator to be deflected outside the
reference lines?
A.-While maneuvering at minimum controllable air-speed to avoid over
banking.
B.-When operating at any airspeed greater than Vmc.
C.-When practicing imminent stalls in a banked attitude.
Answer =B
601..(Refer to Figure 6-7) If an aircraft belongs to CAT B and is descending
346 | P a g e
along the course of 227o, which altitude could it descend to?
A.FL158.
B.FL148.
C.FL168.
Answer =B
602..What minimum condition is suggested for declaring an emergency?
A. Anytime the pilot is doubtful of a condition that could adversely affect flight
safety.
B. When fuel endurance or weather will require an en route or landing priority.
C. When distress conditions such as fire, mechanical failure, or structural
damage occurs.
Answer =A
603..The persons jointly responsible for the initiation, continuation, diversion,
and termination of a supplemental air carrier or commercial operator flight are
the
Answer =B
condensed into six elements, using the acronym DECIDE. The first D is
A.Detect the fact that a change has occured
B.Do the necessary action to adapt to the change
133
Answer =A
605..At Which location dose Coriolis force have the {most effect} on wind
347 | P a g e
direction?
A. At the Poles.
B. Middle latitudes(30 oto 60o).
C. At the Equator.
Answer =A
606..An applicant who is scheduled for a practical test for an airline transport
pilot certificate, in an approved flight {simulator}, is
A.required to have at least a current third-class medical certificate.
B.not required to have a medical certificate.
Answer =B
Answer =C
minimum speed may ATC request of a turboprop aircraft departing an airport?
A. 200 knots
B. 170 knots
C. 150 knots
Answer =C
609..(According to figure 4) The weather phenomenon at Lanzhou is
A. Smoke
134
B. Sand
348 | P a g e
C. Sand storm
Answer =B
610..In the (SIGMET 8 of the Figure 3), what is the valid period of time.
A. From 08Z to 22Z.
C. From 14Z to 22Z
Answer =B
611..[Refer to Figure 4-26.] How much longer is the wet runway landing
distance using brakes only compared to using brakes, spoilers and reversers at
140,000 pounds gross weight?
A.650 feet.
B.1,300 feet.
C.1,050 feet.
Answer =C
612..Identify REIL.
B.Green lights at the threshold and red lights at far end of runway.
C.Synchronized flashing lights laterally at each side of the runway threshold.
Answer =C
613..A domestic air carrier flight has a delay while on the ground, at an
intermediate airport. How long before a redispatch release is required?
A.Not more than 1 hour.
B.Not more than 2 hours.
C.More than 6 hours.
Answer =A
614..What does the pulsating VASI consist of?
A.Three-light system, two pulsing and one steady.
349 | P a g e
135
B.Two-light projectors, one pulsing and one steady.
C.One-light project, pulsing white when above glide slope or red when more
than slightly below glide slope, steady white when on glide slope, steady red for
slightly below glide path.
Answer =C
*615..The lowest ILS Category II minimums are
Answer =B
616..In daily aeronautical weather reports, the code "VCTS" means ____.
A. There are thunderstorms in the vicinity of the airport but no thunderstorms
over the airport
B. There are rains in the vicinity of the airport but no thunderstorms over the
airport.
Answer =A
617..The clouds which can produce thunderstorm and hail are .
A.nimbostratus
B.cumulonimbus
C.altostratus.
Answer =B
618..An outside air pressure decreases, thrust output will
A.increase due to greater efficiency of jet aircraft in thin air.
B.remain the same since compression of inlet air will compensate for any
decrease in air pressure.
350 | P a g e
Answer =C
619..It should be reported without ATC request that
A. A change in cruising true airspeed of 10 knots or 5%, whichever is greater.
B. A change in cruising true airspeed of 10 knots or 10%, whichever is greater.
C. A change in cruising true airspeed of 5 knots or 10%, whichever is greater.
Answer =A
620..After been in exposed to normal lighting, dark adaptation(night
vision)returns after a recovery period of about
A.30 minutes
B.1 hours
C.5 minutes.
Answer =A
621..If the airplane fly through a low pressure center in the northern
hemisphere, the wind direction usually changes .
Answer =A
ALTITUDE: 15,000,TOTAL AIR TEMP (TAT): 11oC,
A.75.4 percent.
B.74.2 percent.
C.72.9 percent.
Answer =A
623..Which of the following is {not} the right description about CRM?
351 | P a g e
B.CRM embraces some of operational personnel only.
C.CRM concentrates on crew members' attitudes and behaviors and their
impact on safety.
Answer =B
624..The certificated air carrier and operators who must attach to, or include on,
the flight release form the name of each flight crewmember, flight attendant,
and designated pilot in command are
A.supplemental and {commercial}.
B.supplemental and domestic.
C.flag and commercial.
Answer =A
625..Under normal operating conditions, which combination of MAP and RPM
most likely lead to {detonation} in high performance reciprocating engines?
Answer =B
626..What action is appropriate when encountering the first ripple of reported
clear air turbulence (CAT)?
B.Extend gear to provide more drag and increase stability.
C.Adjust airspeed to that {recommended for rough air}.
Answer =C
627..Which of the following is {not normally a} {symptom of hypoxia}?
A.several headache
352 | P a g e
Answer =A
628..[Refer to Figures 4-22, and 4-24.] What is the go-around EPR for
A.2.06 EPR.
B.2.07 EPR.
C.2.09 EPR.
Answer =A
629..(Refer to Figure 6-1) What is the frequency of the primary navaid facility
on the VOR/DME Rwy 36R approach at CAPITAL?
A.308KHz.
B.114.7MHz.
C.240KHz.
Answer =B
630..What is one of the requirements that must be met by an airline pilot to
reestablish recency of experience?
A.At least one landing must be made from a circling approach.
B.At least one {full stop landing} must be made.
C.At least one precision approach must be made to the lowest minimums
authorized for the certificate holder.
Answer =B
631..The {Coriolis illusion} can produce an unpleasant tumbling sensation. It is
most likely to occur when
A.the head is turned rapidly from left to right during visual flight
B.the head is bowed forward rapidly during {instrument flight}
C.an aircraft which has been in a shallow turn for some time rolls back to level
flight
353 | P a g e
Answer =B
632..At lower levels of the atmosphere, friction causes the wind to flow across
isobars into a low because the friction.
A. decreases windspeed and {Coriolis force}.
C. creates air turbulence and raises atmospheric pressure.
Answer =A
633..which of the following statements about "hailstone" is correct?
A.ground rain means that the hailstone disappears in the air
C.the hail can be thrown several kilometers out of the thunderstorm.
Answer =C
minimum speed may ATC request of a turbojet arrival aircraft operating below
3,000 meters?
A. 250 knots
B. 210 knots
C. 200 knots
Answer =B
635..A pilot approaching to land a turbine-powered aircraft on a runway served
by a VASI shall
A.Not use the VASI unless a clearance for a VASI approach is received.
B.Use the VASI only when weather conditions are below basic VFR.
C.Maintain an altitude at or above the glide slope until a lower altitude is
necessary for a safe landing.
Answer =C
636..Which operational requirement must be observed by a commercial
354 | P a g e
A.The computed takeoff distance to reach V1 must not exceed 70 percent of
B.The initial climb cannot be over thickly-populated areas.
C.The existing and forecast weather for departure, en route, and approach
must be VFR.
Answer =B
637..When a flight plan indicates {IFR} for the entire route, pilot should fill the
FLIGHT RULES box with letter
A.Y.
B.I.
140
C.Z.
Answer =B
638..What is the name of a plane beyond the takeoff runway, which is able to
support the airplane, for use in decelerating the airplane during an aborted
takeoff?
A.Clearway.
B.Stopway.
Answer =B
639..When proceeding to the alternate airport, which minimums apply?
A.The alternate minimums calculated from the IAP chart.
Answer =B
355 | P a g e
640..A plane, MH 60°, receive this ATC clearance: "... HOLD EAST OF THE
ABC VORTAC ON THE {ZERO NINER ZERO RADIAL}...",What is the
A.Teardrop only
B.Direct only
C.Parallel only
Answer =A
641..Scanning procedures for {effective collision avoidance} should constitute
A.looking outside for 15 seconds, then inside for 5 seconds, then repeat.
B.1 minute inside scanning, then 1 minute outside scanning, then repeat.
C.looking outside every 30 seconds except in radar contact when outside
scanning is unnecessary.
Answer =A
642..before takeoff, the pilots find the clouds have the following: very {low and
thick} clouds, {flat and gray bottoms} with {light rain}. This clouds is refered as
141
Answer =A
643..If the flight level of an aircraft is desired to be {10,200 meters}, pilot should
fill in the LEVEL block of the flight plan with
A.F1020.
B.{S}1020.
C.L1020.
Answer =B
644..If the cruising speed of an aircraft is {420 nautical miles}, pilot should fill in
356 | P a g e
the CRUISING SPEED block with
A.420N.
B.N420.
C.N0420.
Answer =C
645..Which of the following would be suitable treatment for a person suffering
from {carbon monoxide poisoning}?
A.administer oxygen
B.have them re-breathe their exhaled breath from a bag placed over the nose
and mouth
Answer =A
646..[Refer to Figure 4-26.] How much longer is the wet runway landing
distance using brakes only compared to using brakes, spoilers and reversers at
A.1,000 feet.
B.500 feet.
C.300 feet.
Answer =A
647..What information must be included on {a domestic air carrier dispatch
release}?
A.Evidence that the airplane is loaded according to schedule, and a statement
of the type of operation.
B.{Minimum fuel supply and trip number}.
C.Company or organization name and identification number of the aircraft.
Answer =B
648..(According to Figure 1) How much is the visibility at Urumchi (ZWWW)
357 | P a g e
A. 300 metres
B. 900 metres
C. 3000 metres
Answer =A
649..Which color on a tri-color VASI is an "{on course}" indication?
A.Red
B.Amber
C.{Green}
Answer =C
650..As a general rule, supplement oxygen should be provided and used by the
pilot {in the day} if the flight is above
A.15000 feet
B.10000 feet
C.8000 feet
Answer =B
651..The proprioceptive system generates sensation from
C.the otolith
Answer = B
652..(Refer to Figure 2-12) What is the runway distance remaining at "B" for a
A.2,000 feet
B.2,500 feet
C.3,000 feet
Answer =C
358 | P a g e
653..If an aircraft is operating within Class B airspace at an indicated airspeed
greater than 250 knots, the elevation of the highest {mountain} from left 25
kilometers to right 25 kilometers along the route is {2,650 meters}, the minimum
safe altitude is
A.3,250m.
B.3,050m.
C.2,950m.
Answer =A
654..What is the fuel reserve requirement for a commercially operated
reciprocating-engine-powered airplane flying within contiguous {China} upon
arrival at the most distant alternate airport specified in the flight release?
Enough fuel to fly
A. 30 minutes plus 15 percent of total time required to fly at normal cruising
consumption to to the alternate.
B. to fly for 90 minutes at normal cruising fuel consumption.
C. 45 minutes at normal cruising fuel consumption.
Answer =C
655..(Refer to Figure 6-5) What is the MAA on the airway A461 between
ZHOUKOU and WEI = ANSWERIAN?
A.FL 29,500 feet.
B.FL 8,100 feet.
C.FL 39,400 feet.
Answer = C
656..Which type of {compressor stall} has the greatest potential for severe
engine damage?
359 | P a g e
Answer =C
657..Which of the following is considered an {au = Answeriliary flight control}?
A. Ruddervator
B. Upper rudder
Answer =C
658..The somatogravic illusion (falsly identifying a level acceleration as a steep
climb), is most likely to be encountered
A.during a go-around in a high performance aircraft when flying visually
B.during and just after take-off in a high performance aircraft on a dark night
C.during an approach to a poorly lit runway on a dark night
Answer =B
659..{Except during an emergency}, when can a pilot expect landing priority?
C. In turn, {on a first-come}, {first serve basis}.
Answer =C
660..(According to figure 2) , which of the following forecast stations predicts
the turbulence?
A. ZUUU
B. ZHHH
C. ZSSS
Answer =C
145
360 | P a g e
B.Dry runway using brakes and {spoilers}.
Answer =B
A.83.4 percent.
B.86.0 percent.
C.87.4 percent.
Answer =C
663..When making an approach to a {wider-than-usual runway}, without VASI
assistant, there is a tendency
B.to fly a {higher-than -normal approach.}
Answer =B
after drift-down under Operating Conditions below? WT AT ENG FAIL (*1000):
100,ENGINE ANTI-ICE: ON,WING ANTI-ICE: ON,ISA TEMPERATURE:
+10oC,AIR CONDITIONING: ON
A.16,400 feet.
B.19,600 feet.
C.18,700 feet.
Answer =A
665..What facilities may be substituted for an inoperative middle marker during
a Category I ILS approach?
361 | P a g e
A.ASR and PAR.
B.The middle marker has no effect on straight-in minimums.
Answer =B
666..A plane, {MH 160°}, receive this ATC clearance: "...CLEARED TO THE
ABC VORTAC HOLD SOUNTH ON THE {ONE EIGHT ZERO RADIAL}, LEFT
A.Teardrop only
B.Direct only
C.Parallel only
Answer =C = ANSWER
667..For {scheduled airline}, pilots should fill in the box of TYPE OF FLIGHT
with letter
A.G.
B.S.
C.R.
Answer =B
condensed into six elements, using the acronym DECIDE. The {first E} is
A.Estimate the other pilots' ability of dealing with this problem
C.Estimate the {need to counter or react to the change}
Answer =C
669..(Refer to Figure 6-5) At the bottom of this enroute chart excerpt,
ZHENGZHOU ACC's information is enclosed in a rectangle, what is the VHF
communication frequency?
A.122.20MHz.
362 | P a g e
B.3016MHz.
C.8897MHz.
Answer =A
670..Where provided, an automatic terminal information service (ATIS) will
assist operations prior to_______________________.
A. the commencement of {final approach}
B. enter TMA
Answer =A = ANSWER
having a passenger {seating capacity of 238} with only 40 passengers aboard?
A.Six
B.Five
C.Two
Answer =B = ANSWER
672..How does {Coriolis force} affect wind direction in the Southern
Hemisphere.
C. Has exactly the same effect as in the Northern Hemisphere.
Answer =A = ANSWER
673..If both the ram air input and drain hole of the pitot system are blocked by
ice, what airspeed indication can be expected?
A.No variation of indicated airspeed in level flight if large power changes are
made
363 | P a g e
Answer =A = ANSWER
674..If the flight level of an aircraft is desired to be {9,000 meters}, pilot should
fill in the LEVEL block of the flight plan with
A.M9000.
B.S9000.
C.M0900.
148
Answer =C = ANSWER
675..{Empty Field Myopia} is the tendency of the ciliary muscle to rela = Answer when
there are no close objects in the field of view.
A.(续正文，This causes the eye to take up a focal length of approximately)one
to two meters.
B.five meters.
C.infinity.
Answer =A = ANSWER
676..[Refer to Figure 4-30.] What is the Maximum charted indicated airspeed
A.136 knots.
B.132 knots.
C.139 knots.
Answer =A = ANSWER
677..What should a pilot do to maintain "best range" airplane performance
when a {tailwind} is encountered?
A.Increase speed.
B.Maintain speed.
C.Decrease speed.
Answer =C = ANSWER
364 | P a g e
678..The minimum amount (planned) of fuel to be aboard a flag carrier turbojet
airplane on a flight within the contiguous {China} , after reaching the most
distant alternate airport, should be
C. enough fuel to return to the destination airport or to fly for 90 minutes at
normal cruising fuel consumption, whichever is less.
Answer =A = ANSWER
679..In conducting Land and Hold Short Operations (LAHSO), the pilot should
have readily available:
A.The published Available Landing Distance (ALD), landing performance of the
aircraft, and slope of all LAHSO combinations at the destination airport.
B.The published runway length and slope for all LAHSO combinations at the
airport of intended landing.
C.The landing performance of the aircraft, published Available Landing
Distance (ALD) for all LAHSO combinations at the airport of intended landing,
plus the forecast winds.
Answer =A = ANSWER
680..When a pilot's flight time consists of {80 hours'} pilot in command in a
particular type airplane, how does this affect the minimums for the destination
airport?
A.Has no effect on destination but alternate minimums are no less than
100m(MDH/DH) and VIS1600m.
B.Minimums are decreased by 30m(MDH/DH) and 800m(VIS).
C.Minimums are increased by 30m(MDH/DH) and 800m(VIS).
Answer =C = ANSWER
365 | P a g e
Part 3
1.Which weather condition is an example of a non frontal instablity band?
A. radiation fog
B. front gense
C. squall line
Answer =C. = ANSWER
2.The horizontal wind shear critical for turbulance per 150 miles is
A. 18 knots or less
B. greater than 18 knots
C. not a factar
Answer =B.
3.ⅢA 最低
A.DH 50 feet and RVR 350m
B.RVR 300m
C.RVR 200m
Answer =C.
4.What effect does the leading edge slot in the wing have on performance?
A. Reduce profilw drag
B. decelerates the supper surface boundary lager air
C. changes the stalling angle of attack of a higher angle
Answer = (C)
5.ESHP of a turboprop engine is a measure of
A. Turbine inlet temperature
B. Shaft horsepower and jet thrust
C. Propeller thrust only
366 | P a g e
B
6.what action should be taken when cleared for approach while……
A.descend to min vector altitude
B.remain at last assigned altitude until establish on published route segment
C.descend to initial approach fix altitude
Answer =B = ANSWER
7 (AA).Where is a common location for an inversion?
A. Tropopause
B. Stratosphere
C. Base of cumulus clouds
Answer = (B)
7(BB). The section of the atmosphere surrounding the earth and closest to surface is called
A. troposphere
B. stratosphere
C. tropopause
Answer =A
7(CC).Where is the usual location for an inversion?
A. in the stratosphere;
B. at the base of cumulus clouds;
C. at the tropopause;
Answer =A.
8 .What is the reason for variations is geometric pitch along a propeller or rotor blade?
A. It prevents the portion of the blade near the Huber root from stalling during cruising
flight
B. It permits a relatively constant angle of incidence along its length when in cruising flight
C. It permits a relatively constant angle of attack along its length when in cruising flight
Answer = (C)
367 | P a g e
9 .Which feature is associated with the tropopause?
A. Absobite upper limit of could formation
B. Absence of wind and turbulence
C. Abrupt charge of and lapse rate
Answer = (C)
10.Which Maximum range factor decrease as weight decrease?
A. Airspeed
B. Angle of attack
C. Altitude
Answer =A
11.Upon which factor does wing loading during a level coordinated turn in smooth air
depend?
A. Angle of bank
B. Turn airspeed
C. Rate of turn
Answer = (A)
12.Airport not listed in a proscribed take-off weather and does not have the minimum
take-off
A.270m-1600m
B.240m-3200m
C.300m-800m
Answer =B.
13.Which weather condition is defined as an anticyclone?
A.COL
B. Calm
C. High pressure area
Answer =C.
368 | P a g e
14.Which type frontal system is normally crossed by the Jet stream?
A. Cold front and warm front
B. Warm front
C. Occluded front
Answer =C.
15.Which arctic flying hazard is caused when a cloud layer of uniform thickness overlies a
snow or ice covered surface
A. Whiteout
B. Blowing snow
C. Ice fog
Answer =A
16.When setting the altimeter, pilot should disregard
A. Corrections for static pressure systems
B. Effects of nonstandard atmospheric temperatures and pressures
C. Corrections for instrument error
Answer = (B)
17.What criteria determine which engine is the "critical" engine of a twin-engine airplane?
A. The one with the center of thrust closest to the centerline of the fuselage.
B. The one with the center of thrust farthest from the centerline of the fuselage.
C. The one designated by the manufacturer, which develops most usable thrust.
Answer =A（一个中心closest to）
18.When the gross weight is increased
A. Induced drag increases more than parasite drag
B. Both parasite and induced drag are equally increased
C. Parasite drag increases more than induced drag
Answer = (A)
19.Which type jet stream can be expected to cause the greater turbulence
369 | P a g e
A.A jet stream associated whither wide isotherm spacing
B.A straight jet stream associated with a high-pressure ridge
C.A curring jet stream associated with a deep low pressure through
Answer = (C)
20.What type weather changes is to be expected in an area where frontolysis is reported?
A. The frontal weather becoming stronger
B. The front is moving at a faster speed
C. The front is dissipating
Answer = (C)
22.When saturated air moves downhill, it’s temperature increases
A. At a faster rate than dry air because of the release of latent heat
B. At a slower rate than dry air because condersation release heat
C. At a slower rate than dry air because vaporization uses heat
(C)(慢，干。用。热)
23.What procedure is recommended for an engine-out approach and landing?
A. The altitude and airspeed should be consider higher than normal throughout the app
B. The flight path and procedures should be almost identical to a normal app and landing
C.A normal approach except do not extend the landing gear or flaps until over the runway
threshowd
Answer = (B)
24.What effect if any will landing at a higher-than-recommended touchdown speed
have on hydroplaning
A. increase hydroplaning potential regard less of braking
B. no effect on hydroplaning,but increase landing roll
C. reduce hydroplaning potential if having braking is applied
Answer = (A)
25.How should a pilot describle break action?
370 | P a g e
A. 00 percent ,50 percent,75 or 100 percent
B. zero-zero fifty-fifty or normal
C. poor medium or good
Answer = (C)
26.Assuming that all ILS components are operating and the required visual references are
not required, the missed approach should be initiated up on
A. Arrival at the visual descent point
B. Expiration of the time listed on the approach chart for missed approach
C. Arrical at the DH on glide slope
Answer = (C)
27.When does ATC issue a STAR?
A. only when ATC deems it appropriate
B. only upon request of the pilot
C. only to high priority flights
Answer = (A)
28.Which atmospheric factor causes rapid movement of surface fronts?
A. upper low located directly ocer the surface low
B. upper winds blowing accross the front
C. The cold front overtaking and lifting the warm front
Answer = (C)
29.Which condition are necessary for the formation of slope fog?
A.A clear sky calm 100%相对湿度
B.层云下雨 and a 10-25-knot wind moving the precipitation up the slope
C. Moist stable air being moved over gradually rising ground by a wind
Answer = (C)
30.frost most likely form on aircraft surface
A. on overcast nights with freezing drizzle precipitation
371 | P a g e
B. on clear nights with stable air and calm
C 晴朗的夜空，有对流运动，小的露点温度差
Answer = (B)
31.Which weather condition is present when the tropical storm is upgraded to a
hurricane or typhoon
A. Highest windspeed 100 knots or more
B. A clear area or hurricane eye has formed
C. Sustained winds of 65 knots or more
Answer = (C)
32Which primary source contains information regarding the expected weather at the
destination airport at the EAT?
A. Radar Summary and weather Depiction charts
B. low-level prog chart
C. Terminal Aerodrome forecast
Answer = (C)
33.Isobars on a surface weather chart represent line of equal pressure
A. at agiven atmospheric pressure
B. at the surface
C. reduce to sea level
Answer = (C)
34.What effect if any does altitude have on Vmc for an airplane with unsure-changed
engines?
A. Decrease with altitude Increase
B. None
C. Increase with altitude
Answer = (A)
35.. Which of following should be reported without ATC request as a compulsory report?
372 | P a g e
Answer =C
36.Which conditions result in the formation of frost?
# Temperature of the collecting surface is below the dew-point and the dew-point is also
below freezing
37.When are inboard ailerons normally used?
A. Low-speed flight only.
B. High-speed flight only.
C. Low-speed and high-speed flight.
Answer =C
38. What is the safest and most efficient takeoff and initial climb procedure in a light
twin-engine airplane? Accelerate to
A. best engine out rate of climb airspeed while on the ground the lift off and climb
airspeed.
B.Vmc then lift off at that speed and climb at most angle of climb airspeed.
C. An airspeed slightly above VMC the lift off and climb at the best rate of climb
airspeed.
Answer =（C）
39. When a temporary replacement is received for an airman's certificate, for what
Maximum time is this document valid?
A.60 days.
B.90 days.
C.120 days.
Answer =C
40.What is the primary cause of all changes in the Earth’s weather?
373 | P a g e
A. change in air pressure over Earth’s surface;
B. Variation of solar energy at surface;
C. Movement of air mass from moist areas to dry areas.
Answer = (B)
41. where is the normal location of the jetstream relative to surface lows and front?
A. the jetstream is located over the low and crosses both the warm front and the cold front
B. the jetstream is located north of the surface system
C. the jetstream is located south of the low and warm front
Answer = (B)
42.What term describes are elongated areas of lows pressure?
A. hurricane or typhoon;
B. Ridge;
C. Trough
Answer = (C)
43.What is the highest speed possible with out supersonic flow over the wing?
A. critica mach No.;
B. initial suffer speed;
C. transonic index
Answer =A
44.Where is the critical altitude of a supercharge-reciprocating engine?
A .the altitude at which Maximum allowable BMEP can be obtained;
B.the highest altitude at which a desired manifold pressure can be obtained;
C.highest altitude where the mipfure can be leaned to best power ratio;
Answer =B
45.In addition to the localizer; glide slope; marker beacons; approach lighting and HIRL,
which ground components are required to be operative for a category II instrument
approach to a DH below 150 feet ACL??
374 | P a g e
A. TDZL;RCLS and RVR;
B. RCLS and REIL;
C. Rader and RVR
Answer = (A)
46.Under what condition should stalls never be practiced in a twin-engine airplane?
A. with one engine inoperative;
B. with full flaps and gear extended;
C. with climb power on
Answer =（A）
47.What is the difference between a visual and contact approach
A. both are the same but classfied according to the party initiating the approach
B. A visual approath is an IFR authorization while a contact app is a VFR….
C. A visual app is initiated by TAC while a contact is initiated by the pilot
Answer =C.
48.What weather difference is found on each side of a “dry line”?
A. extreme temperature difference.
B. strut versus cumulus clouds.
C. Dew-point difference
Answer =C
49.Which area or areas of the northen hemisphere experience a generally East to West
movement of weather system?
A. subtropical only;
B. Arctic only;
C. Arctic and subtropical;
Answer =C
50.Which weather will experience at the altitude where the dew-point lapse rate and
dry Adiabatic rate meet?
375 | P a g e
A. precipitation starts;
B. cloud bases form;
C. stable air charge to unstable air;
Answer =B
51.In which meteorological condition can finite a low pressure area from?
A. warm front or occlouded fronts;
B. slow-moving cold front or stationary fronts;
C. cold front;
Answer =B
52.What conditions are indicated on a weather depiction chart?
A. actual sky cover visibility restrictions and type of precipiteition at reporting stations;
B. actual en route weather conditions between reporting station;
C. for case ceilirgs and visibilities over a large geographic area.
Answer =A
53.Constant pressure analysis charts contain air tours is others some contain
isobars the contours depict?
A. high lows troughs and ridges on the surface;
B. ridges lows troughs and high aloft;
C. highs lows troughs and ridges corrected to MSL
Answer =B
54.Weather feature occurs at altitude levels near the tropopause can?
A. abrupt temperature of the tropopause;
B. thin layers of cirrus clouds at the tropopause level;
C. Maximum wind and narrow wind shear zone;
Answer =C
55.Which event usually occurs after an aircraft passes through a front into the colder air?
A. atmosphere pressure increase；
376 | P a g e
B. temperature dew point decrease；
C. wind direction shifts to the left
Answer =A
56.Which type wind flows down slope become warmer and dry?
A. volley wind;
B. loud breeze;
C. katabatic wind.
Answer =C
57. The Embedded thunderstorm is suddenly and violently?
A.The thunderstorm is suddenly and violently the are obscured by other type of clouds;
B.The thunderstorm is suddenly and violently the are predicted to develop in a stable air
mass;
C.The serious thunderstorm is suddenly and violently the are embed a squall line
Answer =A
58.A prognostic charts depicts the condition.
A. e = Answersting at the surface during the past 6 months;
B. which pressure from front the 1000 miniburt though 700
C. forcast to exist at specific time in the future shown on the chart;
Answer =C
59.what is a feature of a stationary front?
A.surface winds tends to flow parallel to the zone
B.weather conditions ate a combination of strong wind front
C.the warm front surface moves abort half the spead of the cold front
Answer =A
60.where is the usual location of a thermal low?
A. over the surface of a dry sunning region
B. over the eye of a hurricane
377 | P a g e
C. over the anti region
Answer =A
61.which condition produce weather on the side of a large lake?
A. cold air flowing over a warmer lake may produce advection fog
B. warm air flowing over a colder lake may produce advection fog
C. warm air flowing over a colder lake may produce rain shower
Answer =B
62.which term applies when the temperature of the air change by compression of
Expansion with no heat added or removed?
A. katabatic
B. advection
C. adiabatic
Answer =C
63.where do squall lines most often develop?
A. behind a station front
B. ahead of a cold front
C. in a occlauded front
Answer =B
64. atmosphere pressure change due to a TS will be at the lowest value?
A. during the downdraft and heavy rain showers
B. when the TS is approaching
C. immediately after the rain shower have stopped
65.what weather is predicted by the term Vcts in a TAF
A. between 5 and 25 km
B. within 50 km
C. TS are expected in the vicinity
378 | P a g e
Answer =C
66.CAT turbulance most likely encountered
A. constant pressure chart show 20 kt less than 60 NM apar
B. constant pressure chart show 20 kt less than 60 kt apar
C. constant pressure chart show 20 kt less than 20 kt
Answer =A
67.which primary source contains informations regardings the expected weather at
destination Airport at ETA
A. radar summary and weather depiction charts
B. TAF
C. low-level prog chart
Answer =B
68.the jestream usually cross which front?
A. cold front
B. warm front
C. occlusion front
Answer =C
69.“FAI L OPERATIONAL” means fault, roll the autopilots, will disengage if a fault is tested
in one of them leaving the aircraft in a passive state of trim
A. False
B. Depends
C. True
Answer =A
70.Which take-off climb segment is limited to 5 minutes at MCT?
A.2nd
B. 3rd
C. 1st
379 | P a g e
Answer =B
71. Which take-off climb segment is the most critical?
A. 1st
B. 3rd
C. 2nd
Answer =C
72. The human body is comfortable at normal temperatures. When the relative humidity is?
A. 60-80%
B. 40-60%
C. 20-30%
Answer =B
73. Which statement is correct about conditional waypoint?
A. they are event defined by geographically fix position, by radial and distance
B. there are four type passing through altitude radial DME dist intercept course
C. they can be entered manually by the flight crew
Answer =B
74. Roll out mode become armed
A. when the glide slope is captured
B. when the second auto pilot switch is pushed
C. when aircraft pass 1500ft radio altitude
Answer =B
75. Provisional or modified route are displayed as
A. a solid white line
B. a dashed white line
C. a dashed magenta line
Answer =B
76. the approach climb performance with the critical engine failed is?
380 | P a g e
A. 1.3VS and 2.1 % 2.3% and 2.4% for 2. 3 .and 4 engines
B. 1.2 VS and 2.1 % 2.3% and 2.4% for 2. 3 .and 4 engines
C. 1.5 VS and 2.1 % 2.3% and 2.4% for 2. 3 .and 4 engines
Answer =C
77. Under the Homes-ache scale, the most stressful life event is
A. death of spouse
B. pregnancy
C. jail term
Answer =A
78. A diffuser is
A. divergent dust and causes gas Expansion
B. Convergent dust and causes gas Expansion
C. Clivergtnt dust and causes gas compression
Answer =A
79．The use of a higher flap setting for take—off will
A. Lengthen both the take—off run and the second and third take—off climb segments.
B. Shorten the take—off run and the second the second but lengthen the third take—off
climb Segment.
C. Shorten the take—off run but lengthen the second and third take—off climb segments.
Answer =C
80. On approach to a long thin runway with rising terrain towards the threshold with provide
which of the following apparent visual effects
A. No effect a normal approach path will be experienced
B. Overshooting
C. Overshoot than undershoot when on short final
Answer =C
81. The ideal pilot is
381 | P a g e
A. More person directed than goal directed
B. More goals directed than person directed
C. Both person and goal directed
Answer =C
82.A strong wind shear can be expected
A. if the 50 is other are spaced 100Nm or closer together
B. where the horizontal windshear is 25kt in a distance equal to 2.50 lorgitade
[longitude]
C. A strong wind shear can be expected on the low pressure side of a 100 knots at
stream core
Answer =C
83.what is the normal procedure for IFR departures at locations with pre taxi clearance
program?
A. Pilots request IFR clearance when ready to taxi, pilots will receive taxi clearance, the
receive IFR clearance while taxiing or on the runway.
B. Pilots request IFR clearance 10’or less prior to taxi, then request taxi clearance from
ground control.
C. Pilots request IFR clearance when ready to taxi, the pilot will receive taxi instruction with
clearance.
Answer =B
84.avoiding smoking and alcohol and exercising regularly reduce the likelihood of
developing with disease?
A. Osteo-arthritis
B. Cardiac-vascular
C. Gout
Answer =B
85.perception involves creation of mental models of the outside world which are based
382 | P a g e
A. Entirely on experience and expectation
B. Mainly on sensory information but also on experience and expectation to some degree
C. Entirely on sensory information
Answer =B
86、A PROB4（PROB ability）HHhh group in an IAF indicates the probability of
A. Precipitation or low visibility
B. Ts or high wind
C. Ts or other precipitation
Answer =C
87.the approximate percentage of oxygen at ground level is
A. 20%
B. 15%
C. 41%
Answer =A
88.a rheostat is
A. A temperature indicator
B. A remote automatic manual switch
C. A temperature control device
Answer =B
89.V2 or initial climb speed must not be
A. More than the take off safety speed
B. Less than 1.2 Vs1
C. More than 1.1 Mac
Answer =B
90.isobars on a surface weather chart represent lines of equal pressure
A. At the surface
B. Reduced to sea level
383 | P a g e
C. At a given atmospheric pressure altitude
Answer =B
91.what is some characteristic of an airplane loaded with the CG at the aft limit?
A. Lowest stall speed, highest cruise speed and least stability
B. Highest stall speed, highest cruise speed and least stability
C. Lowest stall speed; lowest cruise speed and highest stability
Answer =A（组合拳）
92.TODA must exceed TODR in order to
A. Increase V2
B. Decrease Vr
C. Allow use of degrade thrust
Answer =C
93.micro switch is an assembly
A. Which has a very small movement to make or break a circuit
B. Used for instrument contact only
C. Used where one side of the structure is inaccessible
Answer =A(用过的不要)
94.a prognostic chart depicts the condition
A. Only when ATC deems it appropriate the 1000mb through the 100mb level
B. Forecast to exist at a specific time in the future
C. Existing at the surface during the past 6 hours
Answer =B
95.what minimum information does an abbreviated departure clearance “cleared as filed ”
include?
A. Clearance limit and en route altitude
B. Destination airport en route altitude and SID, if appropriate
C. Clearance limit en route altitude and SID, if appropriate
384 | P a g e
Answer =B(没有限制)
96.the effectiveness of the trim tab is
A. Proportional to the speed
B. Not proportional to the speed in any way
C. Proportional to the square of the speed
Answer =C
97.As large jet transport aircraft climbs above FL340 as fuel burns off, the IAS turbulence
penetration speed will
A. Increase
B. Decrease
C. Remain the same
Answer =B
98.as static temperature increases at the same altitude, which N1 held constant
A. TAS increase and SFC decrease
B. TAS and SFC both increase
C. TAS decrease and SFC increase
Answer =C
99.the physiological for respiration is
A. The already concentration of carbon dioxide
B. The arterial concentration of oxygen
C. The arterial concentration of carbon dioxide
Answer =B
100.when flying orientation is most reliably determined through information sensed
by the
A. Somatic sensory system
B. Visual system
C. Vestibule apparatus
385 | P a g e
Answer =B
101.sinus barotraumas(压耳朵) is most likely to occurred during
A. Descend
B. Takeoff from a high altitude
C. Level flight in turbulence
Answer =A
103 Under what condition may air carrier pilot continue an instrument approach to the DH,
after receiving a weather report indicating that less than minimum published landing
condition exist at the airport
A. If the instrument approach is conducted in a radar environment
B. When the weather report is received after the pilot has begun the final approach
segment of the instrument approach
C. When the weather report is received as the pilot passes the FAF
Answer =B
104． When recovering from a spin the pilot should first
A. Reduce the angle of attach
B. Increase the drag yawing moment
C. Oppose the auto rotation?
Answer =B
105. When may a pilot descend below 100 feet above the touchdown zone elevation during
a categoryII ILS instrument approach when only the approach lights are visible?
A. When the RVR is 550m on more
B. After passing the visual decent point
C. When the red terminal ban of the approach light system are in sight
Answer =C
106. Which statement below is incorrect regarding the auto throttle?
A. It can be engaged during VNAV operations
386 | P a g e
B. It can be engaged in N1 and SPD modes
C. A/T operates whenever a MCP FD mode is selected, irrespective of the A/T switch
position
Answer =C
107. 大气压改变由于雷暴，will be at the lowest value
A. During the downdraft and heavy rain showers
B. Immediately after the rain showers have dropped
C. When the thunderstorm is approaching
Answer =C
108. During multi auto pilot approaches, bus isolation occurs at:
A. 500 ft AGL
B. 1000 ft AGL
C. 1500 ft AGL
Answer =B
109. The following winds would result in the use of which approach speeds. 33o/20 G30
temp 37oand 270/10
A.VREF +20 and VREF +10
B.VREF +15 and VREF + 5
C.VREF +20 and VREF + 5
Answer =C
110. how does aroused affect performance
A.affected in overload but not underload
B affected in underload but not overload
C.both affected
Answer =C
111. A temperature of 45℃ is C----K. C+273 C----F. C*1.8+32
A. 57o F or 273o k
387 | P a g e
B. 113o F or 273o K
C. 57o F or 318o K
D. 113F or 318k
Answer =D
112.What will be the ratio between airspeed and lift if the angle of attack and other factors
remain constant and airspeed is doubled? lift will be
A. The same.
B. Two times greater.
C. Four times greater.
Answer =C
113. V2 or rotation speed must not be
A. Less than V1
B. More than Vmca
C. Less than VMCG +20 kits
Answer =A
114. when thrust reversers are not available ASDA must be increase by
A．a distance equal to half of the clearway
B.10%
C.200 meters
Answer =B
115.什么最V will dynamic hydroplanding begin if tire has pressure 70?
A. 75 knots
B. 85 knots
C.80 knots
Answer =A
116. “VERIFY 2700m” and 2400m
A. 报告保持2400m
388 | P a g e
B. 报告保持2700m
C. Limit climb to 2700
Answer =A
117. 关于对流层不正确
A. 太阳辐射readily 超过地面辐射
B. 水汽和二氧化碳是absorbers of 陆地的
C. 太阳能量地球表面
Answer =A
118．A pilot should not fly with a common cold. What drug cause side effects related to the
common cold?
A anti-histamines causing drowsiness
B tranquilizers increase pilot fatigued
C auribiotics causing diarrniea
Answer =A
119. Age-related hearing losses is called?
A. Presbycusis
B. Presbyopia
C. Presbyterianism
Answer =A
120. which statement is correct regarding holding pattern and procedure turns
that are displayed on the EHSI screen
A. active holding patterns and procedure turn are shown in magenta inactive in
blue and modified in white
B. active holding patterns and procedure turn are displayed in white in magenta and
modified in blue
C. active holding patterns and procedure turn are turn in blue inactive in magenta and
389 | P a g e
modified in white
Answer =A
121. when using the Earth’s horizon as a reference point to determine the result position
of other aircraft most concern would be for aircraft
A. On the horizon and increasing in size
B. On the horizon which little relative movement
C. Above the horizon and increase in size
Answer =A
122. The relative humidity will be 100% when
A. Dew point<dry bulb
B wet bulb and dry bulb equal
C. Dew point>dry bulb
Answer =B
123. While being vectored to the final app course of an IFR app when may the pilot
descend to published altitude?
A. When the flight is within the 10mile ring of a published app
B. Only when app control clears the flight for app
C. Anytime the flight as on a published leg of an app chart
Answer =B
124. A pilot engaged in a prolonged constant bank and in a balanced turn will perceive
himself to be flying?
A. at a constant angle of bank
B. in a turn in the apposite direction
C. straight and level
Answer =C
125. the water vapor held in unsaturated air is
A. Invisible always
390 | P a g e
B. Visible always
C. Visible only if temperature is low enough
Answer =A
126. 现代后掠翼飞机with large proportion of fuel store in two wings reducing fuel contents
in wing tanks will result in
A. A rearwar movement of CG as fuel is burning
B. A forward movement of CG as fuel is burning
C. 不变
Answer =B
127. pilots should notify controller on initial contact that they have received two ATIS
broadcast is
A. Repeating two alphabetical code word appended to broadcast
B. Stating “have number”
C. Stating “have weather”
Answer =A
128. which event usually occurs after an aircraft passes through a front into the
colder air
A. temperature dew point decrease
B. atmosphere pressure increase
Answer =B
129. The most common cause of in flight in expectation of flight crew is
A. Heart attack
B. Gastroenteritis
C. Fatigue
Answer =C
130. What is the primary purpose of STAR?
391 | P a g e
A. Simplify clearance delivery procedures
B. Provide separation between IFR and VFR traffic
C. Decrease traffic congestion at certain airports
Answer =A
131. How far from the threshold will you land if you are 100 high over the landing threshold?
A. 3000
B. 1000
C. 2000
Answer =C
133. The weather condition that meet minimum requirements for an air carrier to take off
from an alternate airport that is not listed in the operations specification are
A. 240-3200m 270-2400 300-1600
B. 240-2400m 270-2700 300-3000
C. 240-1600 270-2400 300-3200
Answer =A
*134. If during flight in one-time, you sense a descending turn to the left, the most important
action to take is to
A. Keep your heard stulto reduce any disorienting sensations
B. Hand over control of the aircraft go another crew member
C. Monitor the aircraft’s artificial attitude instruments
Answer =C
135. If whilst flying at 30000ft,the aircraft suddenly depressurize, the most common
symptom experienced by all persons on board would be
A. sudden inhalation
B. sudden exhalation(呼气)
C. Abdominal pain
392 | P a g e
Answer =B
136. The main function of hemoglobin is to
A. Carry carbon dioxide around to body
B. Carry oxygen around to body
C. Carry carbon dioxide around to body
Answer =B
137.Optic barotraumas means that gas is trapped in the
A. Gut
B. Sinuses
C. Middle ear
Answer =C
138. A pilot showing the symptoms of dizziness, tingling at the fingertips
A. Hypoxia
B. Hypertension
C. Hyperventilation
Answer =C
139. If a … completes similar difficulty few day later should experience
A. Greater stress
B. Less stress
C. About the same degree stress
Answer =B
140. Before plates in wing fuel cells prevent
A. Fuel coving frond our tank to another during turbulent flight
B. Over pressure in the fuel tank
C. movement of the fuel (cruising) in the tank during acceleration/deceleration and in 颠簸
情况
Answer =C
393 | P a g e
141 The part of the eye which bends in coming light the most is the
A. refractive disc
B. lens
C. cornea
Answer =B
142.The time of the day when the earth’s surface gives off the greatest amount of
terrestrial radiation is
A. A few hours before midnight
B. At sunset
C. Mid afternoon
Answer =C.
143. What factor is the demonstrated all engines take off distance increase to determine a
TODR
A. 1.15
B. 1.2
C. 2
Answer =A
144.the effect of clearway on take off performance is
A. Increases TODR
B. Increases TODA
C. Decreases ASDA
Answer =B
145.the net gradients required in the second segment are
A.1.6%, 1.8% and 2%
B.2.4%, 2.7% and 3%
C.2.1%, 2.2% and 2.3%
Answer =B
394 | P a g e
146.In two international Terminal Aero F (TAT)
A. VRB 00KT
B. 00000KT
C. 00003KT
Answer =B
147. With age, the lens of eye generally becomes.
A. Cracked
B. Too stiff
C. Too elastic
Answer =B
148.the purpose of dilating ethylene glycol deicing fluid with water in
non-precipitation condition is to
A. Varies the eutectic point
B. Increase the minimum freezing point (outset of on stallzation)
C. Decrease the freeze point
Answer =C
149.what is the result when water vapor changes of the liquid state while being lifted in a
thunderstorm?
.latent heat is released to the atmosphere
151.which is the correct symbol for design cruising speed
. Vc
152.what does the waste gate of a turbine-reciprocating engine control?
A supercharger gear ratio
B Exhaust gas discharge.
C Throttle opening
Answer =B
153.if visual reference is lost while circling to land from an instrument approach what
395 | P a g e
actions should the pilot take.make a climb turn toward the landing runway…..;
154. In the absence of visual cues, the resting focal length, of the eye is approximately?
C 1-2m
155.the vestibule apparatus of the body comprises
C. Otoliths and semicircular canals
157.气象报“INTSF”…加强 “WKN”… 减弱 “NOSIG”… 无重大变化
158.ATIS
. have temperature
159.where is the jet stream normally located?
A. In areas of strong low-pressure system in the troposphere
B. In a single condition.
C. At the tropopause intensified temperature gradients…located
Answer =C.
160.what is the minimum glycol content of type 2 deicing anti-icing fluid?
A. 80 percent
B. 50 percent
C. 30 percent
Answer =B
161.What action should be taken by a crew member following a sudden decompression at
35000 feet?
A. Deploy passenger oxygen mask
B. Don on an oxygen mask
C. Make immediate descent
Answer =B
162.Which af the following statements correctly describers the alleviation of the
effects of hypoxia at cabin altitudes about 10000ft without the use of supplemental
oxygen?
396 | P a g e
A. rapid shallow breathing
B. the effects cannot be alleviated
C. slow deep breathing
Answer =B
163. What percentage of aircraft accidents have been deemed to have been directly
attributed to human factors-rated related causes?
A. 80-90%
B. about 75%
C. 40-50%
Answer =B
164. how are haze layers cleared or dispersed?
A. by corvective mining in cool night air
B. by eveporation similer to the clearing of fog
C. by wind or the movement of air
Answer =C
165. A record of atmospheric temperature can be read for a
A. Barograph
B. Thermogram
C. Thermograph
Answer =B
166. What is the recommended technique to counter the loss of airspeed and resultant lift
from wind shear?
A. avoid overstressing the aircraft pitch to airspeed and apply Maximum power
B. lower the pitch attitude and regain lost airspeed
C. maintain or increase pitch attitude and accept the lower-than-normal airspeed indicatiors
Answer =C
167.How long is needed for full dark adaptation?
397 | P a g e
A. 10-20min
B. 35-45min
C. 20-30min
Answer =B
168.A good captain will encourage the copilot to use communication styles which are?
A. supportive and submissive
B. aggressive and supportive
C. assertive and supportive
Answer =B
169.A relay
A. is a form of electro temperture sensing device
B. is a form of electro magnetic switch
C. is a form of electro mechanical switch
Answer =B
171. CAT associated with a mountain wave may extend as far as
A. 1500m above the troposphere
B. 1000miles or more downstream of the moumtion
C. 100miles or more upwind
Answer =A
172. a smoker at 5000ft altitude experiences physiological effects requirement to being a
non smoker at ?
A.15000ft
B.10000ft
C.5000ft
Answer =B
173.The eye moves in what are termed “saccades” jerks and rests. In visual
searching a saccade/rest cycle tsuacly occupies roughly ?
398 | P a g e
A.0.3 s
B.1.0 s
C.3 s
Answer =C
174.Clear Air Turbulence can occur in windily different eirurmstunces, but there are some
features, which generally hold true, which of the following is generally true?
A. If CAT is encountering a 1000’ altitude change is likely to be sufficient to leave the CAT
area.
B. There will probably bca jet stream in the vicinity if CAT is encountered.
C.CAT occurs more frequently over the water than land.
Answer =B
175.where do the Maximum winds associated with the jet stream usually?
A. Below the jet core where a long straight stretch of the jet stream is located
B. In the vicinity of breaks in the troposphere on the polar side the jet cone.
C. on the equatorial side of the jet-stream where moisture has formed airriform clouds.
Answer =B
176. When holding at an NDB at what point should the timing begin for the second leg
contain
A.abeam the holding fix or when the wings are level after completing the turn to the
outbound heading whichever…(illus first).
B.At the end of al-minute standard rate turn after station passion
C.When abeam the holding fix
Answer =C
177.the high of the lowest cloud in the report was?(BKN080)
A. 1000FL Agl
B. 800FL Agl
C. 8000FL Agl
399 | P a g e
Answer =C
178. A pilot who was worried about the condition of the left engine in a twin-engine
airplane experienced an engine failure on take -off and feathered the left engine, only to
find that it was the right engine which failed. This pilot has been a victim of
B. expectancy producing a mental block
C. a motor program producing a false hypothesis
Answer =A(组合)
179.. Under which condition during the landing roll are the main wheel brakes at Maximum
effectiveness?
A. When wing lift has been reduced.
B. At high ground speeds.
C. When the wheels are locked and skidding.
Answer =A
180． A fuse may be replaced by the pilot:
A.never, it must always be replaced by an engineer
B.only after consulting an engineer
C.once, then the engineer must be consulted
Answer =C
181． The eye adapts to difference level by
A.the lens becoming progressively opaque
B.chemical change in the retina
C.chemical change in the cornea
Answer =A
182．在一个机场中，与关于天气情况的发布是：
A.签派
B.空管
400 | P a g e
C.机场当局
Answer =B.
183．国内航空器未经批准不能在多少高度以下，大于多少飞行
3000m 以下，250knot以上
184．在特忙的机场空域，按仪表飞行规则，须有正常接受机
A.VOR
B.NDB
C.ILS
Answer =A
185 . stop way 的要求
A.承受飞机的重量，无障碍物
B.承受飞机的重量，但可以不在跑道中线延长线上
C.承受飞机重量
Answer =A
186 .当远航高度降低时，起TAS应
A.大
B.小
C.不
Answer =.B.
最新60题部分：
187.a common symptom of carbon monoxide poisoning is
A.impairment of VIS
B.tingling hands and arms
C.decreased body temperature
Answer =A
188.a mismatch between the real world and the mental model is termed
401 | P a g e
A.an illusion
B.an hallucination
C.a dream
Answer =A
189. 温度高，在10800M，密度高度和压力高度
A.impossible to determine without information on possible inversion layers at
lower altitude
B.lower than 压力高
C.higher than 压力高
Answer =C
190 . generator voltage
A.is controlled by the voltage regulator
B.is controlled by the PRM of the engine
C.is controlled by number of magnetic poles
Answer =A
191.in relation to accelerate stop distance certification rules allow a period of time for
engine failure recognition and pilot reaction, how long is this period
A.V1 plus 2 second
B.2 sencond
C.Vef until V1 plus 2 second
Answer =B
192. an ATC ‘instruction’
A.is a directive issued by ATC for the purpose of requiring a pilot to take a specific
action providing the safety of the aircraft in not jeoparalized
B.is the same as an ATC clearance
C.must be read back in full to the controller and confirmed before becoming effective
Answer =A
402 | P a g e
193. the surface air temperature of a running will depend on all of the following
A.airfield elevation, runway length and slope, airfield latitude and wind
B.airfield elevation and latitude time of the year, time of day, runway surface prevailing
wind and cloud cover
C.airfield elevation runway length, prevailing wind and the time of day
Answer =B
194.the dew point temperature is higher when
A.air is very warm and dry
B.air is very cold and moist
C.air is very moist
Answer =B.
195．What altitude is a pilot authorized to fly when cleared for an ZLS approach
A.must maintain the last assigned altitude established on a published route or segment of
the approach with published altitudes
B.ma descend from the assigned altitude only when established on the final approach
course
C.may begin a descend to the procedure turn altitude
Answer =A
196.when making a landing over darkened or featureless terrain such as water or snow, a
pilot be aware of the possibility of illusion the approach may appear to be too
A.shallow
B.high
C.low
Answer =B
197.when must the pilot initiate a missed approach procedure from an ILS approach
A.when the time has expired after reaching the DH and the runway environment is not
clearly visible
403 | P a g e
B.at the DH, if the visual reference for the intended runway are not destinaty visible or
anytime thereafter that visual reference is lost
C.at the DH when the runway is not clearly visible
Answer =B
198. assurning that all ILS components are operating and the required visual reference
are not acquired the missed approach should be initiated upon
A.Expiration of the time listed on the approach chart for missed approach
B.arrival at the DH on the glide slope
C.arrival at the visual descent point
Answer =B
199.summer thunderstorm in the arctic region will generally move
A.southwest to northeast with the jetstream flow
B.directly north to south with the low level polar airflow
C.northeast to southwest in polar easterlies
Answer =C
200.dew point
A.the temperature to which dry air must be cooled in order to just reach saturation
B.the temperature at which a parcel at air reach super satruature point, irrespective of
pressure
C.the TEM to which saturated air must be cooled to produce condensation
Answer =A
201. when simultaneous ILS approach are in progress which of the following should
approach control be advised of immediately
a.if radar monitoring be desired to confirm lateral seporation
b.any inoperative of malfunction aircraft receivers
c.if a simultaneous ILS approach is desired
Answer =B
404 | P a g e
202. with increase altitude at a constant IAS, TEM and thrust respectively
A.decrease and decrease
B.increase and decrease
C.decrease and increase
Answer =C
203. engine bleed air is supplied to the air gap above the fuel in the tanks primarily to
A.warm the fuel
B.ensure an adequate supply of fuel pressure is maintained to the APU
C.prevent cavitation
Answer =C. X (发动机引气与APU没关系)
204. which type clouds maybe associated with the jetstream
A.cirrus clouds on the equatorial side of the jetstream
B.cumulonimbus cloud line where the jetstream crosses the cold front
C. cirostratus cloud bland on the polar side and under the jetstream
Answer =A.
205.when the forecast weather condition for destination and alternate airport are
considered marginal for a domestic air carrier’s operation, what specific action should
the dispatcher or pilot in command take
A.list at least are additional alternate airport
B.list an airport where the forecast weather is not marginal as the alternate
C.add additional hour of fuel based on cruise power settings for the airplane is use
Answer =A .
206．Which of the following statements correctly describes the effect resulting from
exposure over many years to aircraft engine noise
A.some loss of heaving may occur but total recovery will eventually take place
B.a permanent loss heaving may occur
C.some loss of heaving may occur but it will last for only a few minutes after each
405 | P a g e
exposure
Answer =C
207. when does min temperature normally occur during a 24 hours period
A.about 1 hour before sunrise
B.at midnight
C.after sunrise
Answer =C
208. what is the propose of the term “hold for release” when included in an IFR clearence
A.when an IFR cleance is received by telephone the pilot will have time to precpave for
take off prior to being release
B.a procedure for delaying departure for traffic volume weather or need to issue further
instructions
C.gate hold procedure are in effect and the pilot receives an estimate of the time the flight
will be released
B = ANSWER(抓着释放。听指挥)
209. what is max allowable weight that may be carried on a pallet which has the
dimension of 148*125.2 inches? Condition. floor load limit. 60. pound/sqft, pallet
weight:197 pounds, tiedown device. 66pounds
A.25, 984.9 pound
B.25, 987.9
C.25, 721.9
Answer =C = ANSWER
210. A cockpit voice recorder must be operated
A. from the start of the before starting engine checklist to completion of final checklist upon
termination of flight.
B. from the start of the before starting engine checklist to completion of checklist prior to
engine shutdown.
406 | P a g e
C. when starting to taxi for takeoff to the engine shutdown checklist after termination of
the flight.
Answer =A
211. A rise in carbon dioxide concentration in the blood cause
A. a reduction in respiration rate
B. an increase in respiration rate
C. an increase….
Answer =B
212. Doppler wind measurements indicate that the windspeed change a pilot may expect
when flying through the peak intensity of a microburst is approximately
A. 45 kts
B. 15 kts
C. 25 kts
Answer =A
213. Grey out generally occurs at
A. +3G
B. +2.5G
C. +4.5G
Answer =A
214. In a bypass engine ,the bypass exhaust is
A. Always exhausted separately
B. Always mixed with the normal exhaust gas in the jet pipe
C. Sometimes mixed with the normal exhaust gases in the jet pipe
Answer =C
215. In relation to take off performance V1 is the speed by which
A. a decision has been made
B. retardation action is taken
407 | P a g e
C. a margin of 10% exists over Vmcg
Answer =A
216. TODR takes into account the ground distance to lift off plus the air distance to
reference zero, what is reference zero?
A. the distance at which landing gear restriction is initiated
B. the departure end of the runway
C. a point 35 ft above the take off surface
Answer =C
217. Tropical TS occurring in the hours just before down are most likely to from
A. over coast waters with tendency…
B. inland in subcontinental area
C. over coastal land areas with…
Answer =A
218. Water is said to have a greater value of specific heat as compared with the land,
because
A. it’s able to absorb more heat than the land, but has no bearing on the rate of
change in the temperature
B. it requires less heat be taken into change it temperature as compared with the
land
C. it equires more heat to increase it temperature than land
Answer =C
219. Which organic of the body sense(s) acceleration?
A. the vestibular apparatus
B. the Eustachian tabe
C. the tympanic membrane
Answer =A
220. What is a feature of super cold water?
408 | P a g e
A. the unstable water drop freezes upon striking an exposed object
B. the temperature of the water drop remains at 0˚C until it impacts a part of airframe, then
cleat ice accumulates
C. the water drop sublimates to an ice partied upon impact
Answer =A
221. How can the stability of the atmosphere be determined?
C. Surface temperature/dew point spread.
Answer =A
222. Which place in the turbojet engine is subjected to the highest temperature?
C.Turbine inlet.
Answer =C
223.. Where will the highest temperature in a turbojet engine occur?
A. Turbine inlet.
B. Compressor discharge.
C. Fuel spray nozzles.
Answer =A
A. only commercial flying in any flight crewmember position in which CCAR 121 operations
are conducted.
B. all flight time, except military, in any flight crewmember position.
Answer =C (121 部说：不要所有的飞行时间)
225. "Do something quickly!", may be the expression of pilots who have the following
409 | P a g e
attitude?
A.Macho
B.Invulnerability:
C.Impulsively:
Answer =C
226. Some hazardous attitudes may affect pilot decision making. One of the characteristic
of "Anti-authority" is
A. refuses to listen to the advice or suggestions of others
B. adopt all rules, regulations, and procedures as far as possible
C. does the first thing that comes to mind.
Answer =A
227. Group II aircraft are
A.Propeller driven aircraft
B.Turbojet aircraft
C.3/4 engine aircraft
Answer =B
228. What are the line check requirements for the pilot in command for a domestic air carrier?
A. The line check is required every 12 calendar months in one of the types of airplanes to
be flown.
B. The line check is required only when the pilot is scheduled to fly into special areas and
airports.
C. The line check is required every 12 months in each type aircraft in which the pilot may fly.
Answer =A
229.. Which of the following differs most greatly at the two sides of the front?
A. wind speed
B. air temperature
C. air pressure
410 | P a g e
Answer =B
230.. If the estimated time of departure is 1400 Beijing Time, pilot should file flight plan at
least before
A1330 Beijing Time.
Answer =C
231.. What effect does an uphill runway slope have upon takeoff performance?
Answer =A
232.The Krueger flap extends from the leading edge of the wing, increasing its
A. angle of attack
B. camber
C. energy
Answer =B
233.．A pilot who was worried about the condition of the left engine in a twin-engine airplane
experienced an engine failure on take -off and feathered the left engine, only to find that it
was the right
A.(续正文，engine which failed. This pilot has been a victim of)expectancy producing a
false hypothesis
C. a motor program producing a false hypothesis
Answer =A
234.A Land and Hold Short Operations (LAHSO) clearance, that the pilot accepts:
411 | P a g e
Answer =B
235.For a given angle of bank, the load factor imposed on both the aircraft and pilot in a
coordinated constant-altitude turn
A. is directly related to the airplane's gross weight.
B. varies with the rate of turn.
C. is constant
Answer =C
236.The flight crew learn that there is a stationary front over their destination airport.
Therefore, they can conceive the present weather at the destination as.
B.stratus, light rain, poor visibility cause by low clouds or fog
Answer =B
237. The symbol for the speed at which the critical engine is assumed to fail during takeoff
is
A.V2.
B.V1.
C.VEF.
Answer =C
238. The Maximum speed during takeoff that the pilot may abort the takeoff and stop the
airplane within the accelerate-stop distance is
A.V2.
B.VEF.
C.V1.
Answer =C
412 | P a g e
239. Where are position reports required on an
A. Over all designated compulsory reporting prints.
B. Only request by ATC.
C. When change altitude or advise of weather conditions.
Answer =A
240. Which of the following is not correct?
A. Solar radiation penetrates the atmosphere more readily than terrestrial radiation6
B.The amount of solar radiation absorbed at the earth surface is independent of the type of
surface
C. Water vapour and carbon dioxide are important absorbers of terrestrial radiation
Answer =A
241. Haze can give the illusion that the aircraft is
A. Closer to the runway that is actuall
B. Farther to the runway that is actuall
C. The same distance from the runway as that is no restriction to visibility
Answer =B
242. The support struts of the cone in the exhaust system
A. Are sometimes used to straighten out the exhaust gases
B. Give the exhaust gases a swirl effect
C. Are fitted to support the cone only
Answer =A
(243-247为电报图题)
243. After 2100UTC the visibility is expected to reduce as result of
A. Windespread dust
B. Raised sand
C.HAZE
Answer =C
413 | P a g e
244. The Maximum wind speed expected
A.25
B.15
C.12
Answer =B
245. The wind forecast to changes at what time?
A.2030
B.1700
C.1830
Answer =A
246. The mean wind speed at the time of the report was
A.Calm
B.40KT
C.20KT
Answer =B
247. The tems “TEMPO” in this report apply to the occurrence
A. Low cloud
B. Thunderstorm with sand
C. Reduced visibility
Answer =B
248. As gross weight decreases during the cruise max range speed and specific air range
will respectively
A. Decreases and increase
B. Increase and decreases
C. Decreases and decreases
Answer =B
249. In a cla?? Shell door type thrust reversat system when reverse is select the exhaust
414 | P a g e
gases
A.90°
B.30°
C.45°
Answer =A
250. What is the max pemrsible variation between the twe bearing indictors on a dual VOR
system. When checking one VOR against the other?
A. 6° in flight and 4° on the ground
B. 4° on the ground and in flight
C. 6° on the ground and in flight
Answer =B
251. Assuring that appropriate Aero chart
A. Airplane dispatcher
B. Pilot in command
C. Flight navigator
Answer =B
252. Under what condition is the highest?
A. Gross weight is at Max allowable value
B. CG is at the most rearward
C. CG is at the most forward
Answer =C
253. A stopway most be
A. Of sufficient strength to support the airplane weight and be clear of obstacle
B. Of sufficient strength to support the airplane weight
C. ………however is not required to be centrally located about the extend centerline of
runway
Answer =A = ANSWER
415 | P a g e
254. Inversion illusion:
**An abrupt change from a climb to straight
255. Coriolis illusion:
**An abrupt head movement
256. 飞行从目的机场飞到备降场还能飞多长时间备份燃油？
A.30
B.45
C.40
Answer =B
257. 双发飞机一发停车，机长应采取哪些措施？
A.在最近能安全着陆机场的着陆。
B.宣布进入紧急情况，要求其他飞机避让。
C.降低高度飞行。
Answer =A
258. 特别繁忙的机场空域仪表飞行，必须要有接受机：
A.NDB
B.ILS
C.VOR
Answer =C
259. 机场区域内最低安全高度：
**平原＋（300米），丘陵、山区＋（600米）
260. 121部规定飞行员年飞行时间不超过1000小时。
261. 在无明确规定的机场起飞，双发飞机能见度不小于（ 1600）米，三发或以上飞机能见
度不小于（800）米。
262. 着陆外形失速速度VSO
263. 从一航空公司转到另一航空公司要进行：新雇员训练
416 | P a g e
264. 如果局方认为某人有可能违反本条(a)(3)项的规定，此人应当根据局方的要求，将其担
任或试图担任机组成员之后4小时内所做的每次体内药物测试的结果提供给局方。
265. 进入机场区域或加入起落航线高度不得低于离地高度1500英尺（450米）。
266. 飞行记录器拆下后，还可进行多少天的非商用取酬飞行？15天。
267. 高度表及高度报告交流应在几个月内进行测试和检查？24 个月。
268. 飞机类别昼间目视飞行到预定点着陆，按续航速度等待至少飞30分钟。
269.除直升机外，只有能见度不小于多少才能按VFR起飞着陆？1600米。
270.在私用大型航空器上，担任驾驶员至少取得商照。
PART 4
90 FAA Questions
1．If a SIGMET alert is announced, how can information contained in the SIGMET be
obtained?
A．ATC will announce the hazard and advise when information will be provided in the FSS
broadcast.
B．By contacting a weather watch station.
C．By contacting the nearest AFSS.
Answer =C
2. On the constant pressure analysis chart, aircraft and satellite observations are used in the
analysis over areas of sparse data. An aircraft observation is plotted using
A．a station circle at the aircraft location.
B．a square at the aircraft location.
C．a star at the aircraft location.
Answer =B
3. Freezing Point Depressant (FPD) fluids are highly soluble in water; however,
417 | P a g e
A．ice is slow to absorb it but fast to melt when in contact with FPD.
B．ice absorbs it very fast but is slow to melt when in contact with it.
C．ice is slow to absorb it, and to melt when in contact with it.
Answer =C
4. What information is provided by a Convective Outlook (AC)?
A．It describes areas of probable severe icing and severe or extreme turbulence during the
nearest 24 hours.
B．It provides prospects of both general and severe thunderstorm activity during the
following 24 hours.
C．It indicates areas of probable convective turbulence and the extent of instability in the
upper atmosphere (above 500 mb).
Answer =B
5．Freezing Point Depressant (FPD) fluid residue on engine fan or compressor blades
A．can increase performance and cause stalls or surges.
B．could cause FDP vapors to enter the aircraft but would have no affect on engine thrust
or power.
C．can reduce engine performance and cause surging and/or compressor stalls.
Answer =C
6．What is the single source reference that contains information regarding volcanic eruption,
turbulence, and icing conditions for a specific region?
A．Weather Depiction Chart.
B．In-Flight Weather Advisories.
C．Area Forecast.
Answer =B
7．Which procedure increases holding time when deicing/anti-icing an airplane using a
two-step process?
A．Heated Type 1 fluid followed by cold Type 2 fluid.
418 | P a g e
B．Cold Type 2 fluid followed by hot Type 2 fluid.
C．Heated Type 1 or 2 fluid followed by cold Type 1 fluid.
Answer =A
8．Weather conditions expected to occur in the vicinity of the airport, but not at the airport, are
denoted by the letters “V(C).?When V(C) appears in a Terminal Aerodrome Forecast, it covers
a geographical area of
A．a 5 to 10 statute mile radius from the airport.
B．a 5-mile radius of the center of a runway complex.
C．10 miles of the station originating the forecast.
Answer =A
9．Snow on top of deicing or anti-icing fluids
A．need not be considered as adhering to the aircraft.
B．must be considered as adhering to the aircraft.
C．must be considered as adhering to the aircraft, but a safe takeoff can be made as it will
blow off.
Answer =B
10．Where are jetstreams normally located?
A．In areas of strong low pressure systems in the stratosphere.
B．At the tropopause where intensified temperature gradients are located.
C．In a single continuous band, encircling the Earth, where there is a break between the
equatorial and polar tropopause.
Answer =B
11．A strong wind shear can be expected
A．on the low pressure side of a 100-knot jetstream core.
B．where the horizontal wind shear is 15 knots, in a distance equal to 2.5?longitude.
C．if the 5°C isotherms are spaced 100 NM or closer together.
Answer =A
419 | P a g e
12．What should the deice/anti-ice fluid temperature be during the last step of a two-phase
process?
A．Hot
B．Warm
C．Cold
Answer =C
13．Which type clouds may be associated with the jetstream?
A．Cumulonimbus cloud line where the jetstream crosses the cold front.
B．Cirrus clouds on the equatorial side of the jetstream.
C．Cirrostratus cloud band on the polar side and under the jetstream.
Answer =B
14．On the constant pressure analysis chart, satellite and aircraft observations are used in the
analysis, over areas of sparse data. A satellite observation plotted using
A．a station circle at the cloud top location.
B．a square at the cloud top location.
C．a star at the cloud top location.
Answer =C
15．When flying over the top of a severe thunderstorm, the cloud should be overflown by at
least
A．1,000 feet for each 10 knots windspeed.
B．2,500 feet.
C．500 feet above any moderate to severe turbulence layer.
Answer =A
16．At what time are current AIRMETs broadcast in their entirety by the Hazardous Inflight
Weather Advisory Service (HIWAS)?
A．15 and 45 minutes after the hour during the first hour after issuance, and upon receipt.
420 | P a g e
B．Every 15 minutes until the AIRMET is canceled.
C．There is a continuous broadcast over selected VORs of Inflight Weather Advisories.
Answer =C
17．Vertical wind shear can be determined directly from the dashed lines on the tropopause
data chart. The vertical wind shear that is critical for probability of turbulence is
A．4 knots or greater per 1,000 feet.
B．6 knots or more per 1,000 feet.
C．greater than 8 knots per 1,000 feet.
Answer =B
18．Which of the following will decrease the holding time during anti-icing using a two-step
process?
A．Apply heated Type 2 fluid.
B．Decrease the water content.
C．Increase the viscosity of Type 1 fluid.
Answer =A
19．What information from the control tower is indicated by the following transmission?
“SOUTH BOUNDARY WIND ONE SIX ZERO AT TWO FIVE, WEST BOUNDARY WIND TWO
FOUR ZERO AT THREE FIVE.
A．A downburst is located at the center of the airport.
B．Wake turbulence exists on the west side of the active runway.
C．There is a possibility of wind shear over or near the airport.
Answer =C
20．The TWEB Route Forecasts and Synopses are issued by the Weather Service Forecast
Offices (WSFOs) four times per day according to time zone. The TWEB forecast is valid for
a/an
A．8-hour period.
421 | P a g e
B．12-hour period.
C．15-hour period.
Answer =B
21．Which type of weather can only be directly observed during flight and then reported in a
PIREP?
A．Turbulence and structural icing.
B．Jetstream-type winds and icing.
C．Level of the tropopause and turbulence.
Answer =A
22．Which is a disadvantage of the one-step over the two-step process when deicing/anti-icing
an airplane?
A．It is more complicated.
B．The holding time is increased.
C．More fluid is used with the one-step method when large deposits of ice and snow must
be flushed off airplane surfaces.
Answer =C
23．Which atmospheric factor causes rapid movement of surface fronts?
A．Upper winds blowing across the front.
B．Upper low located directly over the surface low.
C．The cold front overtaking and lifting the warm front.
Answer =A
24．What is indicated about an air mass if the temperature remains unchanged or decreases
slightly as altitude is increased?
A．The air is unstable.
B．A temperature inversion exists.
C．The air is stable.
Answer =C
422 | P a g e
25．Constant Pressure Analysis Charts contain contours, isotherms and some contain isotachs.
The contours depict
A．ridges, lows, troughs and highs aloft.
B．highs, lows, troughs, and ridges on the surface.
C．highs, lows, troughs, and ridges corrected to MSL.
Answer =A
26．How will an area of thunderstorm activity, that may grow to severe intensity, be indicated
on the Severe Weather Outlook Chart?
A．SLGT within cross-hatched areas.
B．APCHG within any area.
C．SVR within any area.
Answer =B
27. What is the general direction of movement of a hurricane located in the Caribbean or Gulf
of Mexico region?
A．Northwesterly curving to northeasterly.
B．Westerly, until encountering land, then easterly.
C．Counterclockwise over open water, then dissipating outward over land.
Answer =A
28．Why are downdrafts in a mature thunderstorm hazardous?
A．Downdrafts are kept cool by cold rain which tends to accelerate the downward velocity.
B．Downdrafts converge toward a central location under the storm after striking the
surface.
C．Downdrafts become warmer than the surrounding air and reverse into an updraft
before reaching the surface.
Answer =A
29．Freezing Point Depressant (FPD) fluids used for deicing
A．provide ice protection during flight.
423 | P a g e
B．are intended to provide ice protection on the ground only.
C．on the ground, cause no performance degradation during takeoff.
Answer =B
30．What sources reflect the most accurate information on current and forecast icing
conditions?
A．Low-Level Sig Weather Prog Chart, RADATs, and the Area Forecast.
B．PIREPs, Area Forecast, and the Freezing Level Chart.
C．PIREPs, AIRMETs, and SIGMETs.
Answer =C
31．Anti-icing fluid should provide freezing point protection to
A．-20°F ambient temperature.
B．+32°F outside temperature or below.
C．a freezing point no greater than 20°F below the ambient or airplane surface
temperature.
Answer =C
32．What conditions are indicated on a Weather Depiction Chart?
A．Actual sky cover, visibility restrictions, and type of precipitation at reporting stations.
B．Forecast ceilings and visibilities over a large geographic area.
C．Actual en route weather conditions between reporting stations.
Answer =A
1．Assuring that appropriate aeronautical charts are aboard an aircraft is the responsibility of
the
A.aircraft dispatcher.
B. flight navigator.
C. pilot-in-command.
Answer =C.
2. The minimum weather conditions that must exist for a domestic air carrier flight to take off
424 | P a g e
from an airport that is not listed in the Air Carrier’s Operations Specifications (takeoff
minimums are not prescribed for that airport) is
A. 800-2, 1,100-1, or 900-1-1/2.
B. 1,000-1, 900-1-1/4, or 800-2.
C. 1,000-1, 900-1-1/2, or 800-2.
Answer =C.
3. Which in-flight conditions are required by a supplemental air carrier to conduct a day,
over-the-top flight below the specified IFR minimum en route altitude?
A.The flight must remain clear of clouds by at least 1,000 feet vertically and 1,000 feet
horizontally and have at least 3 miles flight visibility.
B.The flight must be conducted at least 1,000 feet above an overcast or broken cloud layer,
any higher broken/overcast cloud cover is a minimum of 1,000 feet above the IFR MEA, and
have at least 5 miles flight visibility.
C.The height of any higher overcast or broken layer must be at least 500 feet above the IFR
MEA.
Answer =B.
4.What is the Maximum number of degrees between the final approach course and the runway
centerline for a LORAN RNAV approach to be considered a straight-in approach?
A.5
B.10
C.30
Answer =C
5. What pilot certification and aircraft equipment are required for operating in Class C
airspace?
A.No specific certification but a two-way radio.
B.At least a Private Pilot Certificate and two-way radio.
C.At least a Private Pilot Certificate, two-way radio, and a TSO-C74b transponder.
425 | P a g e
Answer =A.
6.A minimum instrument altitude for enroute operations off of published airways which
provides obstruction clearance of 1,000 feet in nonmountainous terrain areas and 2,000 feet in
designated mountainous areas within the United States is called
A.Minimum Obstruction Clearance Altitude (MOCA).
B.Off-Route Obstruction Clearance Altitude (OROCA).
C.Minimum Safe/Sector Altitude (MSA).
Answer =B
7.When entering a holding pattern above 14,000 feet, the initial outbound leg should not
exceed
A.1 minute.
B.1-1/2 minutes.
C.1-1/2 minutes or 10 NM, whichever is less.
Answer =B
8. The minimum weather conditions that must exist for an airport to be listed as an alternate in
the dispatch release for a domestic air carrier flight are
A.those listed in the NOAA IAP charts for the alternate airport, at the time the flight is
expected to arrive.
B.those specified in the certificate holder’s Operations Specifications for that airport, when
the flight arrives.
C.those listed in the NOAA IAP charts for the alternate airport, from 1 hour before or after
the ETA for that flight.
Answer =B
9. What action should the pilot take when “gate hold?procedures are in effect?
A.Contact ground control prior to starting engines for sequencing.
B.Taxi into position and hold prior to requesting clearance.
C.Start engines, perform pretakeoff check, and request clearance prior to leaving the
parking area.
426 | P a g e
Answer =A
10. What is the pilot’s responsibility for clearance or instruction readback?
A.Except for SIDs, read back altitude assignments, altitude restrictions, and vectors.
B.If the clearance or instruction is understood, an acknowledgment is sufficient.
C.Read back the entire clearance or instruction to confirm the message is understood.
Answer =A
11.What cloud clearance must be complied with when authorized to maintain “VFR on Top?
A.May maintain VFR clearance above, below, or between layers.
B.Must maintain VFR clearance above or below.
C.May maintain VFR clearance above or below, but not between layers.
Answer =A
12. What special consideration is given for turbine-powered aircraft when “gate
hold?procedures are in effect?
A.They are given preference for departure over other aircraft.
B.They are expected to be ready for takeoff when they reach the runway or warmup block.
C.They are expected to be ready for takeoff prior to taxi and will receive takeoff clearance
prior to taxi.
Answer =B
13.When a composite flight plan indicates VFR for the first portion of the flight, what is the
procedure for the transition?
A．The VFR portion is automatically canceled and the IFR portion is automatically activated
when the pilot reports IFR conditions.
B．The pilot should advise ATC to cancel VFR and activate the IFR portion of the flight.
C．The pilot should close the VFR portion with the nearest FSS and request the IFR
clearance at least 5 minutes prior to IFR.
Answer =C
14.An alternate airport is not required to dispatch a flag air carrier airplane for a flight of less
than 6 hours when the visibility for at least 1 hour before and 1 hour after the ETA at the
427 | P a g e
destination airport is forecast to be
A.2 miles or greater.
B.at least 3 miles, or 2 miles more than the lowest applicable minimum.
C.3 miles.
Answer =B
15.While being vectored to the final approach course of an IFR approach, when may the pilot
descend to published altitudes?
A.Anytime the flight is on a published leg of an approach chart.
B.When the flight is within the 10-mile ring of a published approach.
C.Only when approach control clears the flight for the approach.
Answer =C
16. A pilot of a turbine-powered airplane should climb as rapidly as practicable after taking off
to what altitude?
A.1,000 feet AGL.
B.1,500 feet AGL.
C.5,000 feet AGL.
Answer =B
17.If being radar vectored to the final approach course of a published instrument approach that
specifies “NO PT,?the pilot should
A.advise ATC that a procedure turn will not be executed.
B.not execute the procedure turn unless specifically cleared to do so by ATC.
C.execute a holding-pattern type procedure turn.
Answer =B
18．At what minimum altitude is a turbine-engine-powered, or large airplane, required to enter
Class D airspace?
A.1,500 feet AGL.
B.2,000 feet AGL.
428 | P a g e
C.2,500 feet AGL.
Answer =A
19．When a composite flight plan indicates IFR for the first portion of the flight, what is the
procedure for the transition?
A．The IFR portion is automatically canceled and the VFR portion is automatically activated
when the pilot reports VFR conditions.
B．The pilot should advise ATC to cancel the IFR portion and contact the nearest FSS to
activate the VFR portion.
C．The pilot should advise ATC to cancel the IFR portion and activate the VFR portion.
Answer =B
20.What minimum aircraft equipment is required for operation within Class C airspace?
A.Two-way communications.
B.Two-way communications and transponder.
C.Transponder and DME.
Answer =B
21．When cleared to execute a published side-step maneuver, at what point is the pilot
expected to commence this maneuver?
A.At the published DH.
B.At the MDA published or a circling approach.
C.As soon as possible after the runway environment is in sight.
Answer =C
22．Under what conditions may an air carrier pilot continue an instrument approach to the DH,
after receiving a weather report indicating that less than minimum published landing conditions
exist at the airport?
A.If the instrument approach is conducted in a radar environment.
B.When the weather report is received as the pilot passes the FAF.
429 | P a g e
C.When the weather report is received after the pilot has begun the final approach segment
of the instrument approach.
Answer =C
23.When the forecast weather conditions for a destination and alternate airport are considered
marginal for a domestic air carrier’s operation, what specific action should the dispatcher or
pilot in command take?
A.List an airport where the forecast weather is not marginal as the alternate.
B.Add 1 additional hour of fuel based on cruise power settings for the airplane in use.
C.List at least one additional alternate airport.
Answer =C
24．Which aeronautical chart depicts Military Training Routes (MTR) above 1,500 feet?
A.IFR Low Altitude En Route Chart.
B.IFR High Altitude En Route Chart.
C.IFR Planning Chart.
Answer =A
25．Pilots should state their position on the airport when calling the tower for takeoff
A.from a runway intersection.
B.from a runway intersection, only at night.
C.from a runway intersection, only during instrument conditions.
Answer =A
26. What action should a pilot take if asked by ARTCC to “VERIFY 9,000?and the flight is
actually maintaining 8,000?
A.Immediately climb to 9,000.
B.Report climbing to 9,000.
C.Report maintaining 8,000.
Answer =C
27. If visual reference is lost while circling to land from an instrument approach, what action(s)
430 | P a g e
should the pilot take?
A.Make a climbing turn toward the landing runway until established on the missed
approach course.
B.Turn toward the landing runway maintaining MDA, and if visual reference is not regained,
perform missed approach.
C.Make a climbing turn toward the VOR/NDB, and request further instructions.
Answer =A
28. What minimum information does an abbreviated departure clearance “cleared
as filed?include?
A.Clearance limit and en route altitude.
B.Clearance limit, en route altitude, and SID, if appropriate.
C.Destination airport, en route altitude, and SID, if appropriate.
Answer =C
29.How should an off-airway direct flight be defined on an IFR flight plan?
A.The initial fix, the true course, and the final fix.
B.All radio fixes over which the flight will pass.
C.The initial fix, all radio fixes which the pilot wishes to be compulsory reporting points, and
the final fix.
Answer =B
30.To assure expedititious handling of a civilian air ambulance flight, the word
“LIFEGUARD?should be entered in which section of the flight plan?
A.Aircraft type/special equipment block.
B.Pilot’s name and address block.
C.Remarks block.
Answer =C
31．What is the purpose of the term “hold for release?when included in an IFR clearance?
A.A procedure for delaying departure for traffic volume, weather, or need to issue further
instructions.
431 | P a g e
B.When an IFR clearance is received by telephone, the pilot will have time to prepare for
takeoff prior to being released.
C.Gate hold procedures are in effect and the pilot receives an estimate of the time the flight
will be released.
Answer =A
32.How should the route of flight be defined on an IFR flight plan?
A.A simplified route via airways or jet routes with transitions.
B.A route via airways or jet routes with VORs and fixes used.
C.A route via airways or jet routes with only the compulsory reporting points.
Answer =A
33.In what altitude structure is a transponder required when operating in controlled airspace?
A.Above 12,500 feet MSL, excluding the airspace at and below 2,500 feet AGL.
B.Above 10,000 feet MSL, excluding the airspace at and below 2,500 feet AGL.
C.Above 14,500 feet MSL, excluding the airspace at and below 2,500 feet AGL.
Answer =B
34.What action(s) should a pilot take if vectored across the final approach course during an
IFR approach?
A.Continue on the last heading issued until otherwise instructed.
B.Contact approach control, and advise that the flight is crossing the final approach course.
C.Turn onto final, and broadcast in the blind that the flight has proceeded on final.
Answer =B
35．What is the normal procedure for IFR departures at locations with pretaxi clearance
programs?
A.Pilots request IFR clearance when ready to taxi. The pilot will receive taxi instruction with
clearance.
B.Pilots request IFR clearance when ready to taxi. Pilots will receive taxi clearance, then
receive IFR clearance while taxiing or on runup.
432 | P a g e
C.Pilots request IFR clearance 10 minutes or less prior to taxi, then request taxi clearance
from ground control.
Answer =C
36.When simultaneous ILS approaches are in progress, which of the following should
approach control be advised of immediately?
A.Any inoperative or malfunctioning aircraft receivers.
B.If a simultaneous ILS approach is desired.
C.If radar monitoring is desired to confirm lateral separation.
Answer =A
37.Under what condition may a pilot cancel an IFR flight plan prior to completing the flight?
A．Anytime it appears the clearance will cause a deviation from FARs.
B．Anytime within controlled airspace by contacting ARTCC.
C．Only if in VFR conditions in other than Class A airspace.
Answer =C
38．When must the pilot initiate a missed approach procedure from an ILS approach?
A.At the DH when the runway is not clearly visible.
B.When the time has expired after reaching the DH and the runway environment is not
clearly visible.
C.At the DH, if the visual references for the intended runway are not distinctly visible or
anytime thereafter that visual reference is lost.
Answer =C
39.What altitude is a pilot authorized to fly when cleared for an ILS approach? The pilot
A．may begin a descent to the procedure turn altitude.
B．must maintain the last assigned altitude until established on a published route or
segment of
the approach with published altitudes.
C．may descend from the assigned altitude only when established on the final approach
433 | P a g e
course.
Answer =B
40.When is radar service terminated while vectored for an IFR approach at an uncontrolled
airport?
A.Only upon landing or advised to change to advisory frequency.
B.When aligned on the final approach course.
C.When cleared for the approach.
Answer =A
41.When cleared to execute a published side-step maneuver for a specific approach and
landing on the parallel runway, at what point is the pilot expected to commence this
maneuver?
A.At the published minimum altitude for a circling approach.
B.As soon as possible after the runway or runway environment is in sight.
C.At the localizer MDA minimums and when the runway is in sight.
Answer =B
42.When using a flight director system, what rate of turn or bank angle should a pilot observe
during turns in a holding pattern?
A.3?per second or 25?bank, whichever is less.
B.3?per second or 30?bank, whichever is less.
C.1-1/2?per second or 25?bank, whichever is less.
Answer =A
43.What service is provided for aircraft operating within the outer area of Class C airspace?
A.The same as within Class C airspace when communications and radar contact is
established.
B.Radar vectors to and from secondary airports within the outer area.
C.Basic radar service only when communications and radar contact is established.
Answer =A
434 | P a g e
44Under what condition may a pilot file an IFR flight plan containing a special or privately
owned IAP?
A.Upon approval of ATC.
B.Upon approval of the owner.
C.Upon signing a waiver of responsibility.
Answer =B
45.Which reports are always required when on an IFR approach not in radar contact?
A.Leaving FAF inbound or outer marker inbound and missed approach.
B.Leaving FAF inbound, leaving outer marker inbound or outbound, and missed approach.
C.Leaving FAF inbound, leaving outer marker inbound or outbound, procedure turn
outbound and inbound, and visual contact with the runway.
Answer =A
46.What services are provided for aircraft operating within Class C airspace?
A.Sequencing of arriving aircraft, separation of aircraft (except between VFR aircraft), and
traffic advisories.
B.Sequencing of arriving aircraft (except VFR aircraft), separation between all aircraft, and
traffic advisories.
C.Sequencing of all arriving aircraft, separation between all aircraft, and traffic advisories.
Answer =A
47.What separation or service by ATC is afforded pilots authorized “VFR on Top?
A.The same afforded all IFR flights.
B.3 miles horizontally instead of 5.
C.Traffic advisories only.
Answer =C
48．What action should a pilot take if within 3 minutes of a clearance limit and further clearance
has not been received?
A.Assume lost communications and continue as planned.
435 | P a g e
B.Plan to hold at cruising speed until further clearance is received.
C.Start a speed reduction to holding speed in preparation for holding.
Answer =C
49.Under which condition, if any, may a pilot descend below DH or MDA when using the
ALSF-1 approach light system as the primary visual reference for the intended runway?
A.Under no condition can the approach light system serve as a necessary visual reference
for descent below DH or MDA.
B.Descent to the intended runway is authorized as long as any portion of the approach light
system can be seen.
C.The approach light system can be used as a visual reference, except that descent below
100 feet above TDZE requires that the red light bars be visible and identifiable.
Answer =C
50.When cleared for an IFR approach to an uncontrolled airport with no FSS, what precaution
should the pilot take after being advised to change to advisory frequency?
A．Monitor ATC for traffic advisories as well as UNICOM.
B．Broadcast position and intentions on the Common Traffic Advisory Frequency and
monitor the frequency.
C．Wait until visual contact is made with the airport and then broadcast position and
intentions to land on UNICOM.
Answer =B
51.Under what conditions may a pilot on an IFR flight plan comply with authorization to
maintain “VFR on Top?
A.Maintain IFR flight plan but comply with visual flight rules while in VFR conditions.
B.Maintain VFR altitudes, cloud clearances, and comply with applicable instrument flight
rules.
C.Maintain IFR altitudes, VFR cloud clearances, and comply with applicable instrument flight
rules.
Answer =B
436 | P a g e
52.Which IFR fix(es) should be entered on a composite flight plan?
A.All compulsory reporting points en route.
B.The VORs that define the IFR portion of the flight.
C.The fix where the IFR portion is to be terminated.
Answer =C
53.In what way are SIDs depicted in plan view?
A.“Vectors?provided for navigational guidance or “Pilot NAV?with courses the pilot is
responsible to follow.
B.“Vectors?and “Pilot NAV?for pilots to use at their discretion.
C.Combined textual and graphic form which are mandatory routes and instructions.
Answer =A
54. What restriction applies to a large, turbine-powered airplane operating to or from a primary
airport in Class B airspace?
A.Must not exceed 200 knots within Class B airspace.
B.Must operate above the floor when within lateral limits of Class B airspace.
C.Must operate in accordance with IFR procedures regardless of weather conditions.
Answer =B
55.At what Maximum indicated airspeed can a reciprocating-engine airplane operate in the
airspace underlying Class B airspace?
A.180 knots.
B.200 knots.
C.230 knots.
Answer =B
56. What is the Maximum holding speed for a civil turbojet holding at a civil airport at 15,000
feet MSL, unless a higher speed is required due to turbulence or icing and ATC is notified?
A.265 knots.
B.250 knots.
437 | P a g e
C.230knots.
Answer =A
57. At what Maximum indicated airspeed may a reciprocating-engine-powered airplane be
operated within Class D airspace?
A．156 knots.
B．180 knots.
C．200knots.
Answer =C
58.What is the Maximum indicated airspeed a turbine-powered aircraft may be operated below
10,000 feet MSL?
A.288 knots.
B.250knots.
C.230knots.
Answer =B
1,Which department is in charge of the flight
control of the country C
A State council
B CAAC
C The air control adminstration of the Central
Military Commission of State council
2,Who is in charge of that the flight crew
should obey the flight rules B
A The person in charge of the airlines
B Captain
C CAAC and the local adminstration
3, In special situation the captain should do
438 | P a g e
what in order to protect the safety of the
plane and person on board C
A He should announce the adminstration
ASAP and take measures correctly followed
the rules
B He should announce the dispatch and
leader ASAP and take measures correctly
followed the rules
C He is the leader then
4,The minimum distance between flight area
and air gallery and other area should over
what when Instrument flight B
A 5KM
B 10KM
C 15KM
5,The minimun distance between the lowest
height of waiting area and the highest
obstacle of the land should over what B
A 300m
B600m
C300m in flat land and 600m in hilly land
6,The width of the flight path is what B
A 10KM
B 20KM
C 25km
7,You can reduce the width of flight path
when restricted but the minimum width
439 | P a g e
should over what A
A 8KM
B 10KM
C 15KM
8 If the planes is allowed to enter the
dangerous area or temporary dangerous
area of the air C
A NO
B Yes but should be allowed first
C Yes but should not in the time of restriction
9 About the width of flight gallery which is
correct
A Normally is 8KM when restricted the width
should over 5KM B
B Normally is 10KM when restricted the
width should over 8KM
C Normally is 15KM when restricted the
width should over 10KM
10 The flight control in the China is A
A It should be managed by the air force of
China and flight control department related
provides air control service in their
responsibility
B It should be managed by the air control
adminstration of the Central Military
Commission of State council and flight
control department related provides air
440 | P a g e
control service in their responsibility
C It should be managed by the CAAC and
flight control department related provides air
control service in their responsibility
11,In China according to the responsibility
the flight area is divided to A
A Flight control area flight control area
branch and terminal area control
B Flight path control approch control and
terminal area control
C High space control middle and close
ground control approch control and terminal
area control
12,The area of flight path flight road and civil terminal is depand on
A High area control middle and close ground
control terminal control
B Flight path control approch control terminal
control
C High area control middle and close ground
control approch control terminal control
13,When the planes are allowed to flighted
cross the flight area of China it should be
A It should be allowed by the area control
related
B It should be allowed by the air force of
China
C It should be allowed by the air control
441 | P a g e
adminstration of the Central Military
Commission of State council
14,When ferry flight in terminal area should
be ahead or delayed schedule it should be
A It should be allowed by the senior flight
control department
B It should be allowed by the flight area
control department
C It should be allowed by the dispatch of the
local area control department
15,When ferry flight delayed () and not apply
delay the application the flight can’t be done
A Half an hour
B One hour
C Two hour
16,The flight application should include B
A The nature of flight style of plane load
details flight path beginning and end time
height and condition of flight
B The nature of flight style of plane flight path
beginning and end time height and condition
of flight
C The nature of flight style of plane load
details beginning and end time height and
condition of flight
17,When the plane without sign need flight in
special condition it should be B
442 | P a g e
A It should be allowed by the air control
related
B It should be allowed by the air force of
China
C It should be allowed by the air control of
CAAC
18,When the two airports are so closed they
can A
A They can be cosidered as one area of
terminal
B They can’t be cosidered as one area of
terminal
C It can’t be allowed to divide airspace over
the airports
19,The boundary of terminal is same as what
boundary
A Lower air control C
B Approch control
C Tower control
20,The airport which is allowed to landing of
ferry flight it should be get ready to prepare
the services before A
A 30 minutes
B 45 minutes
C 1 hour
21,When the visibility is lower than what the
terminal should open all the obstacled light
443 | P a g e
when flight in night B
A 1.5 km
B 2 km
C 3km
22,When visibility is lower than what taking
off should open the runway lights and landing
should open all the runway lights C
A 3 km
B 2km
C 1km
23,In which period the pilot should keep
contact with the controller by radio and obey
the flight rules B
A All the flight period
B From starting to turning off the engine
C From entering and exiting of the cockpit
24,When sliding near the obstacle the speed
of planes should not over A
A 15km/h
B 20km/h
C 50km/h
25,The helicopter can fly over which height to
instead of sliding B
A 1-5 meter
B 1-10 meter
C 1-15 meter
26,The flight path taking off and landing for
444 | P a g e
the airport commonly consider as what flight
path and the height of the flight path should
be
A Left flight path 300-600meter
B Right flight path 300-500meter
C Left flight path 300-500meter
27,When the plane enter or exit the flight
path of the airport it should be obey what
rules to climb and descend on the height of
related
A Follow the rule of the using for the airport
B Approach and taking off rules announced
C Follow the rule of the using for the airport
and approach and taking off rules announced
28,When planes enter the flight area it
should obey the fixed what and flight in the
fixed height B
A Flight path height order and enter exit point
B Flight path height order
C Flight path height
29,Besudes the waitting flight area one area
in one time only allows how many planes and
what is the minimum height the planes
should be kept A
A 1-3 2000m
B 1-2 2000m
C 1-2 1000m
445 | P a g e
30,When the controllers allow the planes
enter the area of the airport he should
announced the pilot what ASAP B
A Flight condition near the airport weather
condition
B The height of approach flight condition
near the airport weather condition
C The height of approach weather condition
31,When the planes need alternate airport
the controller and dispatcher should
announce the alternate airport receive the
planes ASAP and also announced pilot what
A The direction of the alternate airport and
weather condition of alternate airport
B The direction of the alternate airport height
of flight and weather condition of alternate
airport
C The direction of the alternate airport height
of flight quantity of fuel and weather condition
of alternate airport
32,When the planes using the flight path it
should be allowed by what A
A The flight department who is in charge of it
B The district control department belong to
the ATC
C The air force of China
33,Along what the flight path should have
446 | P a g e
alternate airport C
A Domestic and international flight and fixed
flight
B International flight and fixed flight
C Flight path and fixed flight
34,When fly cross the flight path you should
keep space to other planes also you should
know A
A The place crossed altitude and time
B The place crossed method altitude and
time
C The place crossed the point of get in and
out altitude and time
35. The flight task should be dispatched and
signed by what department B
A Airlines department in the airport or
dispatch department
B Airlines department in the airport or the
manger of airlines
C Airlines department in the airport or
control department of airlines
36 In the flight task you should know A
A Flight task time of taking off flight path
altitude lowest condition of weather for
captain and other things
B Flight task flight crew time of taking off
flight path altitude lowest condition of
447 | P a g e
weather for captain and other things
C Flight task time of taking off altitude lowest
condition of weather for captain and other
things
37 When fly according flight path or turn over
you should know C
A Flight crew and preparation of planes
condition of the airport for taking off landing
and alternating quantity of fuel and weather
B Preparation work of flight crew and
and alternating quantity of fuel and weather
C Flight crew and preparation of planes
and alternating and weather
38 You should cross followed the altitude
related when alternate flight path get
together the visibility should over what B
A 5km
B 8km
C 10km
39 When weather condition better than the
lowes flight condition of captain the captains
are allowed to VFR under what height and
the distance over the bottom of cloud should
over what height C
A 300m 30m
448 | P a g e
B 600m 30m
C 300m 50 m
40 The pilots should announce the airport
controller the time expected arrived when
planes fly followed the flight path.The
expected distance should over what A
A 100-50km
B 200-100km
C 150-100km
41 When pilot can’t contact with groung and
then fly to the alternated airport.When keep
the altitude used flying to the alternated
airport is not accorded RVSM you should do
A You should climb to the upper flight lever
B It should descend to the nearest flight level
and fly to the alternate airport if can’t allowed
it should climb to the upper flight level
C It can fly to the alternate airport followed
the former altitude due to the radio contact
failure and the controller order the other
planes avoided
42 When flight is over accord flight path or
turn over the captain should do what to the
ATC of the airport or airlines C
A Flight things flight path and weather
condition hand on flight task document and
dispatch paper
449 | P a g e
B Flight things flight path and weather
flight plane
C Flight things flight path and weather
weather condition document
43 True magnetic angle is in 0 degree to 179
degree
A Altitude from 900m-6600m ever 600m
distance consider as one flight level and
altitude over 6600m every 1200m consider
as one flight level
B Altitude from 900m-8100m ever 600m
as one flight level
C Altitude from 900m-8100m ever 600m
as one flight level
44 True magnetic angle is in 180 degree to
359 degree A
A Altitude from 600m-8400m ever 600m
as one flight level
B Altitude from 600m-6000m ever 600m
450 | P a g e
as one flight level
C Altitude from600m-9000m ever 600m
as one flight level
45 Flight lever should be calculated accord
what
A The average level of QNH
B The level supposed of QNH
C The level supposed of the true air pressure
46 Which is correct B
A Magnetic angle should measured from the
starting and turning point
B True magnetic angle should measured
from the starting and turning point
C Magnetic angle of the biggest circle of
flight should measured from the starting and
turning point
47 The safety flight altitude is what altitude to
avoid the planes collide to the obstacle C
A The lowest altitude on the flight map
B The lowest altitude of safety flight
C The lowest altitude of flight
48 The highest altitude can’t over ( ) near
25km of the center flight path and path when
451 | P a g e
planes fly in flight path and if the pressure is
not below 1000 hpa you are allowed to fly in
( ) altitude level A
A 150m 600m
B150m 600m
C200m 600m
49 The highest altitude over ( ) pressure
below ( ) when fly near 25km arround flight
path the lowest flight level should add to
make safety B
A 150m 1000hpa
B 100m 1000hpa
C 110m 1013hpa
50 The flight level should divided by ( ) C
A The direction of flight path the type of plane
flight area and condition of ground weather
and condition of flight
B The nature of flight degree of plane flight
area and condition of ground weather and
condition of flight
C The nature of flight nature of plane flight
area and condition of ground weather and
condition of flight
51 When fly cross flight path and alternate
flight in the unknowed transition flight level
the planes should A
452 | P a g e
A When climb to the 600m over the ground of
airport you should turn the QNH to the stable
number then climb to the flight level as ruled
B When climb to the 900m over the ground of
airport you should turn the QNH to the stable
number then climb to the flight level as ruled
C When climb to the 1200m over the ground
of airport you should turn the QNH to the
stable number then climb to the flight level as
ruled
52 When you need change the flight level if
the ATC want to allow your request he should
know the flight level changed and ( ) C
A The place and speed of the level changed
B The speed and time of the level changed
C The place and time of the level changed
53 When encounter danger the captain can
change the flight level former and the
changed method should be ( ) C
A Turn 90 degree from the right at the flight
direction then fly 20km then turn left climb or
descend to new level and then turn back to
the former level
B Turn 90 degree from the left at the flight
the former level
453 | P a g e
C Turn 30 degree from the right at the flight
the former level
54 When planes encounter emergency in
China it should use the signal contact
international.When encounter emergency in
sea should B
A Use frequency 121.5 MHZ to contact
B Use frequency 500 MHZ to contact
C Use frequency 900 MHZ to contact
55 When the instrument used for contacting
in flight path should be amended it should be
allowed by ( ) A
A The air force of China or department in
charge of it of civil aviation
B The air force of China and department in
charge of it of civil aviation
C The air force of China or ATC of civil
aviation
56 Who is in charge of the direct work for
foreigned planes flight in China A
A The air control adminstration of the
Commission of State council
B Air force of China
C ATC related
57 Before ( ) when the planes foreigned fly in
454 | P a g e
or out China the flight crew should announce
to the ATC and get permission
A 30 minutes
B 15-20 minutes
C 10-15 minutes
58 When pilots break rules he should be
punished.If the things is severe he should be
get ride of licence for ( ) or abandon flying for
()
A Half a year 1-3 monthes
B1-3 monthes Half a year
C1-6 monthes 1-3 monthes
59 The latest flight based rules should be
acted from ( )
A 8-1-2001
B 6-1-2001
C 10-1-2001
60 When the altitude is over ( ) at the hilly
airport the pilot should use oxygen mask at
taking off or landing B
A 2500m
B 3000m
C 3600m
61 When VFR two planes encounter on the
same level they should turn right and keep
sape ( )
A 300m
455 | P a g e
B500m
C 800m
same level pilot see the cokpit left and see
another plane.He should ( )
A Descend
B climb
C Turn left
same level pilot see the cokpit right and see
another plane.He should ( ) B
A Descend
B climb
C Turn left
64 When VFR the back planes want to get
beyond the front one.He should get beyond
from the right and keep sapce ( ) C
A Over 200M
B Over 300M
C Over 500M
65 When using the airport taking off as
alternate airport the fuel used for flight should
over( ) C
A 45 minutes
B 1hour
C 1and a half hour
66 When airport doesn’t have boundary
456 | P a g e
lights or the captains aren’t able to flight in
night the planes should landing the airport
before sundown ( ) A
A 10 minutes
B 15 minutes
C 20 minutes
67 The flight level from 600m to 6000m is
divided to mang levels with ( ) space
eachother B
A 150m
B 300m
C 450m
68 When radio contact failure the captain
should ( ) in VFR B
A Keep VFR and fly to the nearest airport
B Keep VFR and fly to the destination airport
C Keep VFR and fly to the taking off airport
69 If the planes have transponder when radio
contact failure the flight crew should turn the
transponder to ( ) B
A A7500
B A7600
C A7700
70 If the planes have transponder when the
planes hijacked the flight crew should turn
the transponder to ( ) A
A A7500
457 | P a g e
B A7600
C A7700
71 If the safety of flight attendence can’t be
protected the flight crew should sign SOS
signal and the transponder should be ( ) C
A A7500
B A7600
C A7700
72 The flight altitude can be divided as ( )
when fly in lowest area B
A 50m over ground or water
B 100m over ground or water
C 5-100m over ground or water
73 Middle sapce flight can be consider as ( )
A 100-4500m
B 1000-5400m
C 100-6000M
74 High sapce flight can be consider as ( )
A 4500-9000m
B 8000-12000m
C 6000-12000m
75 Fly in Stratospheric Aerosol means the
altitude ( )
A Over 12000m besides 12000m
B Over 9000m
C Over 12000m
76 The recorder for flight data and voice in
458 | P a g e
flight should be ( )
A Work together
B Work in turn
C Work undirect
77 Waiting flight level from 600-6000m is
divided ( ) as one level
A 150m
B 300m
C 450m
78 In the airport with transition and transition
level when the planes fly under the transition
altitude it should use
A QFE altitude or QNH altitude
B QNH altitude
C True altitude
79 The condition of VFR is ( ) when cruise
speed is slower than 250km/h
A VIS is over 3KM level distance form the
cloud over 300m vertical distance over 100m
B VIS is over 5KM level distance form the
C VIS is over 5KM level distance form the
80 The condition of VFR is ( ) when cruise
speed is faster than 250km/h C
A VIS is over 3KM level distance form the
cloud over 300m verticial distance over
459 | P a g e
100m
B VIS is over 5KM level distance form the
100m
C VIS is over 5KM level distance form the
150m
81 When the planes request to land the
aided contact signal is ( ) C
A Planes fly over the runway winding the
wing in day illuminate the landing lights
B Planes fly over the runway and shoot
green signal
C Planes fly over the runway and unfold the
landing gear in day turn on the landing lights
in night
82 When the planes request to land
immediately the aided contact signal is ( ) C
A Planes fly over the runway and unfold the
landing gear in day turn on the landing lights
in night
B Planes fly over the runway winding the
wing in day illuminate the landing lights
C Planes fly over the runway and shoot one
or more signals
83 When in flight after extinguishing the fire
from the engine if the engine can start again
460 | P a g e
A You should know why the fire fired and take
measures to start the engine again
B In any situation engine mustn’t be started
again
C Only after icing the engine it can be started
again
84 When the plane want to get ride off the
icing area altitude should be changed by
A The highest vertical speed
B The benefic speed to climb or descend
C The lowest vertical speed
85 When the plane need to land with ice the
speed should ( )faster than normal speed
A 5-10km/h
B 10-20km/h
C 10-30km/h
86 When flight for first aid and the weather
condition of the destination unknown how to
deal with
A Accord to the weather forecast
B Accord to the weather of the taking off
airport
C Accord to the flight task
87 When flight avoid the CB the distance
between the planes and CB should over ( ) in
night and day
A 5km
461 | P a g e
B 5-10km
C 15km
88 When the plane want to avoid the CB it
should
A Have weather radar to detect the position
of CB
B Keep more than 10km distance from the
CB
C The true altitude over 1000M
89 When the planes fly under the CB in day
the lowest distance of ( ) should be kept
between the plane and the bottom of the CB
A 200m
B 300m
C 400m
90 The altitude should not shorter than ( )
when flight of taking off and landing at the
beginning turning and the fourth turning
A 50m
B 100M
C 150m
91 The altitude should not shorter than ( )
when flight of taking off and landing at the
beginning turning and the fourth turning in
the severe weather condition or night
A 50m
B 100m
462 | P a g e
C150 m
92 The sapce between the planes of A type
should over ( ) in taking off and landing flight
A500m
B1000m
C1500m
93 The altitude should over ( ) when the
planes open the lights for landing at the night
A 30-10m
B 80-50m
C 100-70m
94 The altitude for flight attendant should use
oxygen is ( ) when planes have no
instrument to add pressure in night
A 3600m
B 4000m
C 4500m
95 The lowest altitude for VFR of the planes
with cruise speed over 251km/h is ( ) C
A The true altitude of the obstacle should
over 600m in the area of 5 km from the flight
B Follow the tule of VFR
C Follow the lowest altitude of instrument
flight
96 The true altitude of the highest point near
5 km area should over ( ) when flight level is
lower than the lowest flight level of the plane
463 | P a g e
with cruise speed lower than 250km/h B
A Flat land and hilly area is 50m mountain
area is 200m
B Flat land and hilly area is 100m mountain
area is 300m
C Flat land and hilly area is 150m mountain
area is 400m
97 The lowest space of ( ) should be kept
when flight in the same flight path and the
same altitude both of them cruise speed is
lower than 250km/h
A 1000m
B 1500m
C 2000m
98 The lowest space of ( ) should be kept
when flight in the same flight path and the
same altitude both of them cruise speed is
faster than 250km/h
A 2000m
B 3000m
C 5000m
99 If you want to fly forth of the forth plane
you should ( ) when flight in the same flight
path and the same altitude both of them
cruise speed is faster than 250km/h
A From the right and keep 300m distance
B From the right and keep 500m distance
464 | P a g e
C From the left and keep 300m distance
100 The altitude should over ( ) between the
planes when planes fly in different altitude in
VFR
A 100m
B 200m
C 300m
101.What is the correct definition of aviation?
A: adjust civil aviation and relative activities
of civil aviation
B: adjust all activities of civil aviation
C: Civil air law of China
D: Convention on International Civil Aviation
102.What is the International air law
phylogeny in embryo?
A: before Mengtegeerfei fire balloon invents
in France
B: before the Wright Brother invented the
plane in America
C: before the beginning of the World War
One
D: before the end of the World War Two
103.When did the Air Law begin to develop?
A: in 1783
B: in 1914
C: in 1929
D: in 1944
465 | P a g e
104.When did the Air law phylogeny begin to
be perfect?
A: the invention of the first fire balloon
B: Paris Convention is established
C: Warsaw Convention
D: Convention on International Civil Aviation
is established
105.Which plane was the first plane which
had engine which was heavier than air?
A: the plane which was invented by Mengte
Golf in 1783 in France
B: the plane which was invented by Wright
Brother in 1903 in France
C: the plane which was invented by Wright
Brother in 1903 in America
D: the plane which was invented by Wright
Brother in 1919 in America
106.Which is correct about the time
Convention is established?
A: Warsaw Convention is established
between unceasingly, mature and perfect a
period
B: Paris Convention is established in embryo
C: Convention establishes Chicago in
developing period
D: Convention establishes corporal
punishment between unceasingly, mature
466 | P a g e
and perfect a period
107.when was the International civil aviation
convention valid?
A: in 1855
B: in 1903 when The Wright brothers’ aircraft
comes out
C: after the World War One
D: after the World War Two
108.which convention was the earliest?
A: Warsaw Convention
B: Chicago convention
C: Tokyo convention
D: Paris Convention
109.which convention was the latest?
C: Tokyo convention
D: Paris Convention
110.which convention has the most countries?
C: Tokyo convention
D: Paris Convention
111.which was invalid? D
C: Tokyo convention
467 | P a g e
D: Paris Convention
112.which aviation activity was the earliest?
A: Mengte golf fire balloon in 1783
B: The first gliders in 1855
C: The plane was invented by Wright
brothers in 1903
D: Be open to air service in succession
among all the countries’capital in Europe in
1919
113.which is the correct about the Paris
Convention in 1919? C
A: Some regulation convention uniting
international air service
B: Establishing purpose is to stop committing
an aviation crime
C: The first internationals aviation code
D: Universal relevance international
convention now
114.when was the Warsaw Convention
established?
A: in 1914
B: in 1919
C: in 1929
D: in 1944
115. which convention is correct?
A: there are more than 800 pieces
conventions
468 | P a g e
B: China has joined the 5 convention of three
big series
C: China does not join the Montreal
convention
D: China does not join the Warsaw
Convention
116.what is the Aviation source of law A
A: Multilateral international convention
B: Bilateral agreement
C: Domestic law and court legal precedent
D: International common practice
117.which is wrong?
A: international
B: Belong to the public law character , do not
include the private law character
C: Can not restrain the country aircraft
D: Can not restrain the wartime civil aviation
activity
118.which is wrong?
A: Harmonize the legal norm between the
country
B: Relate to territorial sky sovereign right ,
territory , nationality , international relations
C: Chicago convention and aviation corporal
punishment belong to the public law
character
D: Possessions's convention about civil
469 | P a g e
aviation all is a public law character
119.what is the Country aircraft?
A: Homeland aircraft
B: Common air service enterprise aircraft
C: Point to a private plane only
D: Be used for military affairs , customhouse ,
the police and country special purpose
120.which is correct?
A: Be upper law of the country , go into effect
to all countries of world
B: The contracting party establishes a
reason , signatory state goes into effect only
to signing a treaty
C: Establish the queen being able to not
withdraw from
D: After governments of all countries in the
world delivers an instrument of ratification,
15th goes into effect
121. how many ranks does the Aviation law
and regulation system divide into in China?
A: One
B: Two
C: Three
D: Five
122. what is the air law effect?
1. Defend territorial sky sovereign right
2. Ensure air safety
470 | P a g e
3. Boost aviation working unimpeded
4. Protect respectively square lawful rights
and interests of civil aviation interested party
A: 1 2
B: 1 2 4
C: 2 3 4
D: 1 2 3 4
123.which is correct about Connection
between aviation law and regulation?
A: Civil air law of Chinese is two stage law
and regulation of CAAC
B: Administrative laws and regulations can
restrain the branch relevant to civil aviation
C: PRC flying basic rules can not restrain the
country aircraft
D: Civil aviation special field regulations is
two stage law and regulation of CAAC
124.which is correct about adjusting a
domestic law?
A: Adjusting corporal punishment and
Criminal Procedure Law is convention for
adapting to Warsaw Convention
B: Adjusting civil law is convention for the
corporal punishment adapting to aviation
C: Our country civil aviation special field
regulations is an international civil aviation
convention accessories middle version
471 | P a g e
D: International standard and suggestion
measure is to work out one of modification
civil aviation special field regulations main
technology basis
125.where is Flexible human being aviation
headstream?
A: Asia
B: South of America
C: Europe
D: America
126. which is The earliest international
aviation transports enterprise in the world?
A: K L M
B: S A S
C: U A L
D: A F R
127.which conventions China has
established are going into effect? D
1 Paris Convention and Havana convention
2 Warsaw Convention
3 Chicago convention
4 Tokyo convention , The Hague convention
and Montreal convention
A: 1 2 3 4
B: 2 3
C: 3 4
D: 2 3 4
472 | P a g e
128. what is the International Air Transport
Association's character
A: Have same International Civil Aviation
Organization-like government position
B: Airways room industry organization ,
dispute organize among the government
C: Be full name of council of International
Civil Aviation Organization
D: Be full name of secretariat of International
Civil Aviation Organization
129. which Aviation corporal punishment
international convention does our country
add?
1 Warsaw Convention
2 Chicago convention
3 Tokyo convention , The Hague convention
4 Montreal convention
A: 1 2 3 4
B: 2 3 4
C: 2 3
D: 3 4
130. That our country works out first air law
principle is
A: Safety first principle
B: Ordered unimpeded midair principle
C: Economic effect efficiency principle
D: Territorial sky sovereign right principle
473 | P a g e
101.Taxiing aircraft's ground speed may not
exceed general C
A ２０Km / h；
B ３０Km / h；
C ５０Km / h
102.Follow-up taxiing aircraft, not machines
after overtaking aircraft, the aircraft before
and after general shall not be less than the
distance
A ３０m；
B ５０m；
C ８０m
103.Two planes ,taxiing head encounter ,in
maintaining necessary of each interval,
should
A Active Avoidance；
B On the left side taxiway；
C The right-hand lane side taxiway
104.滑行中两机交叉相遇,飞行员
A Taxiing speed should be increased, the
rapid adoption of；
B From the left side of the cockpit to see
another plane, should stop taxiing, take the
initiative to Avoid Collision；
C From the right side of the cockpit to
see another plane, should stop taxiing, take
474 | P a g e
the initiative to Avoid Collision
105.For takeoffs and landings route, the flight
commander license, and high-speed aircraft
in the
Before turning beyond the three-speed
aircraft, should be beyond the lateral plane
from the front than at intervals of not less
than
A １００m；
B ２００m；
C ３００m
106.Take-off time (land) that is the meaning
of
A the wheels start turning moment when
the Aircraft take-off roll ；
B the wheels start turning moment when
Aircraft take-off roll ；
C the Aircraft line up moment on the
runway
107.Landing time meant that
A the aircraft touching ground ；
B the nose gear touching ground ；
C the Aircraft finish landing roll
108.Time-of-flight meant that A
A the time from the aircraft began to taxi
until the end of the flight arrival the unloading
locations to stop movement
475 | P a g e
Inter；
B the time from the aircraft began to take
off roll until landing roll termination ；
C the time from the aircraft enter the
runway until deviate from runway after
landing 从航空器起飞进入跑道至着陆脱离跑
道的时间
109.When landing airport, the weather
service weather less than the minimum
standards, captain should be B
A clear divide Members of the group
and do a good job for e = Answerigency；
B decide return to base or fly to alternate
aerodrome and inform the decision to air
traffic control and flight execution
Send institutions；
C Timely reports to the ground, follows
the ground command
110.Before the aircraft taxiing through
touching zone, the commanderr should be
A Enhance observation, the slow
adoption；
B Attention to the landing zone, the rapid
adoption ；
C passed after the tower controllers
clearance, and imposes no traffic take-off
476 | P a g e
and landed
111.Taxiing aircraft at night (traction), we
must
A Open navigation lights and taxiway
lights with slow slide；
B taxi follow the follow me car；
C taxi in idle speed
112.Mountain flying on the route when a
strong wind or rise-and-fall air, the distance
barriers
Of the minimum safe altitude shall not be
less than
A ６００m；
B ８００m；
C １０００m
113．Flight in the pre-flight must have
adequate rest, the general should not be less
than the number of hours, Can be part of the
flight ：
A 6 hours;
B 8 hours;
C 10 hours
114．Flight, including the organization and
implementation of ：
A Pre-flight preparations for the direct
flights, flight and flight evaluation of the
477 | P a g e
implementation of four stages.
B direct flight preparation, flight and flight
evaluation of the implementation of three
phases;
C pre-flight preparation, flight
preparation and implementation of the three
stages of flight
115．Individual outstanding implementation of
the mandate of the captain, for the flight plan
should normally even on the day before the
flight time to the airport air traffic services
report room applications, and notify the
relevant units:
A before 15 hours;
B before 16 hours
C before 17 hours
116. Group went to the implementation of the
mission should be expected to arrive what
time before take-off jobs, and fully Good
flight readiness:
A 40 minutes;
B one hour;
C 1 hour 30 minutes
117. Implementation radar guidance, and the
interval between aircraft who will be
responsible for:
A captain;
478 | P a g e
B radar control;
C process controllers
118. Control officers to approach the aircraft
can be released into the past of the licenses,
which instructions are still valid :
A Aircraft speed limit;
B aircraft height restrictions;
C aircraft landing sequence
119. Which of the following groups are at
high altitude Control Area Control Zone:
A Guiyang, Wuhan, Qingdao, Dalian;
B Nanchang, Urumqi, Changsha,
Hangzhou;
C Xi'an, Hefei, Zhanjiang, Zhuhai
120. Flight route, regional aircraft is
controlled by the low-altitude control room or
control room, deciding to aircraft : C
A type;
B cruising speed is the size;
C altitude
121. Aircraft on the plateau near the airport
into the process of decline, pressure
altimeter instructions ( ) altitude:
A true height;
B scenes pressure;
C amendment sea level pressure
122. Route of the flight, the flight altimeter
479 | P a g e
pressure datum is:
A QFE;
B QNH;
C QNE
123. Field when the pressure is 1010.2 Hpa,
and the captain mistakenly transferred to
1001.2 Hpa, the aircraft practical approach
altitude:
A High;
B low;
C not affected
124. Visual flight hours, the interval between
aircraft safety is the primary responsibility:
A captain;
B control;
C signed staff
125. Both by IFR and VFR flying aircraft, they
should be the interval between the ( ):
A VFR;
B IFR;
C IFR and VFR intermediate value
126. Takeoff aircraft landing on the main
runway used:
A surface wind velocity;
B models;
C approach track and extend the
runway centre line angle size
480 | P a g e
127. Shuangliu Airport runway, 02 - 20, when
a B737 is expected to arrive at the ground
with array of high winds, the wind reached
350 degrees Maximum wind speed 18 m /
sec, tower controllers should arrange for the
aircraft:
A to alternate aerodrome Beijiang;
B south landing, the captain reminded
side winds;
C north landing, the captain reminded
side winds
128. Surface navigation equipment in the
local working conditions, the control officers
on duty without permission:
A not shut down;
B not replace machinery;
C A and B
129. Aircraft entered secondary radar
coverage area before, had not been
assigned the code, the use of:
A 20 00;
B 3000;
C 4000
130. Secondary radar following which the
correct code:
A 1309;
B 2537;
481 | P a g e
C 8824
131. Control of China's civil aviation in the
low-altitude high of
A 6,000 meters (excluding) the following
space
B 6,000 meters (including) the following
space
C 6,600 meters (excluding) the
following space
132. Minimum refers to a lower altitude
A precise approach the limits of high
Approach
B non-precision approach the limits of a
high degree of approach
C above all
133. Air corridor in the height of the interval
A 300 meters;
B 600 meters;
C 150 meters
134. Landing or go around whom the final
decision, and accountable for their decisions
A captain;
B control tower;
C Approach Control Rapporteur
135. Flight plan of the airport from the airport
( ) prepared
A report room;
482 | P a g e
B the dispatch room of the Authority;
C scene command
136. Mission for the general aviation flight
forecast, the control room should be no later
than the flight
A 1 day 15:00;
B 1 day 12:00;
C 1 day 20:00
137. Aircraft to be released from () B
common decision
A signed captain and staff;
B signed and sent the commander or
his agent or agents
C duty heads and the captain or his
agent
138. Carried by aircraft navigation less than
the specified quantity of oil reserve, should
be
A prohibit release of aircraft;
B duty from the company heads agreed
that the aircraft can be released;
C route, the weather has grasped the
terminal landing, the aircraft can be released
139. Following statement in which the aircraft
is a "grade-level"
A transport, general, general, and
special;
483 | P a g e
B aircraft, rotary-wing aircraft, glider,
and lighter-than-air aircraft;
C single land, the more land, single
water, the more water
140. Following statement which refers to the
aircraft "category rating"
A transport, general, general and
special;
B aircraft, rotary-wing aircraft, glider,
and lighter-than-air aircraft;
C single land-based, multiple
land-based, single sea, the sea more
直升机
Helicopter part
1. According to the basic ＶＦＲ lowest
weather standard request, Be while control
cloud act inside the district carry on keep
Rise the visibility that the machine flight need
can not be small in the
A one kilometer;
B 2 kilometers;
C 3 kilometers
2. The voyage back up oil of the helicopter
quantity usually can not little in how much
time of oil quantity
A is 15 minutes;
B is 30 minutes;
484 | P a g e
C is 45 minutes
3. The helicopter carries on standard C of the
lowest weather that various fishery fly in the
vast water sky
A cloud is high and can not be low in 100
meters, the level visibility can not less than
one kilometer;
B cloud is high and can not be low in 150
meters, the level visibility can not be small in
1.5 kilometers;
C cloud is high and can not be low in 200
meters, the level visibility can not less than 2
kilometers
4. The helicopter carries a lotus to fly lowest
weather standard outside mound,the
mountain area machine: the helicopter be
apart from cloud bottom
The perpendicular distance is no less than,
the wind velocity restriction press that model
provision,the ability poise()
A 50 meters,2 kilometers;
B 100 meters,3 kilometers;
C 150 meters,4 kilometers
5. The helicopter carries a lotus to fly lowest
weather standard outside the region machine
of the plains: the helicopter be apart from
cloud bottom to hang
485 | P a g e
Keep the distance is no less than, the wind
velocity restriction press that model
provision,the ability poise()
A 50 meters,one kilometer;
B 50 meters,2 kilometers;
C 100 meters,2 kilometers
6. Helicopter at apron of airfield up take off
and land, be apart from other aircrafts
perhaps the water of the stumbling block
The even distance is no less than
A 10 meter;
B 20 meter;
C 25 meter
7. The helicopter flies time of the meaning
mean
A leaves the moment that the ground
arrives to land to connect ground from the
helicopter take-off;
B slips to run from the helicopter take-off
to land to slip to run to terminate of moment;
C starts turn to move the moment that
stops turn to move to the 旋 wing from the
helicopter 旋 wing
8. Helicopter can Be ising 10 meters apart
from the stumbling blocks outside, fly to
move on the height of 1-10 meters,
But fly to move speed and can not exceed
486 | P a g e
A 10 kilometers/hours;
B 15 kilometers/hours;
C 20 kilometers/hours
9. Allowed pilot B when machine carried the
lotus flight to meet a special circumstance
outside
A ascension height, listen to conductor to
the air traffic control room or the base report
circumstance;
B meets an emergency to throw in to hang
to hang a thing with choose a field to land at
the time;
C under urgent circumstance take to hang
to hang a thing to land
The profession fly
1. Carry out the 昼 the aircraft of the
professional mission, at the mountain area
carry on the homework flight, the departure
time is most
Early can not early in sunrise X-
A is 10 minutes;
B is 15 minutes;
C is 20 minutes
2. Carry out the aircraft of the professional
mission, at the mountain area carry on the
homework flight, land time most
Night can not night in sunset X-
487 | P a g e
A is 10 minutes;
B is 15 minutes;
C is 20 minutes
3. The lowest weather standard that the
agriculture homework fly, the plain region is a
A cloud is high to be no lower than 100
meters, the visibility is no smaller than 3
kilometers;
B cloud is high to be no lower than 150
kilometers;
C cloud is high to be no lower than 200
kilometers
4. In the mound,mountain area(plateau)
carry on the lowest weather standard that the
agriculture homework fly is a
A cloud is high to be apart from the
apogee of the homework area to be no lower
than 150 meters, the visibility is no smaller
than 3 kilometers;
B cloud is high to be apart from the
Apogee of the homework area to be no lower
than 5 kilometers;
C cloud is high to be apart from the
apogee of the homework area to be no lower
488 | P a g e
than 5 kilometers
5. Carries on standard C of the lowest
weather that various fishery fly in the vast
water sky
A cloud is high and can not be low in 100
kilometers;
B cloud is high and can not be low in 150
kilometers;
C cloud is high and can not be low in 200
kilometers
6. Carry out the aircraft of the professional
mission, at the plain,the mound region carry
on the homework flight,
The departure time is at the earliest stage
can not early in sunrise X-
A is 10 minutes;
B is 20 minutes;
C is 30 minutes
201.The convention that the our country
joined is:
Ａ 1944 Chicagos convention
Ｂ 1952 Romes convention
ＣThe aviation penal code convention
489 | P a g e
Ｄ 1929 Warsaw Pacts
202.The document that don't belong to
system in Chicago is:
Ａ《International public aviation convention 》
Ｂ《 Chicago Convention 》
Ｃ《The international aviation conveyance
pact 》
Ｄ 1955 The Hague protocol
203.The Warszawa system means:
Ａ Warsaw Pact
Ｂ Warsaw Pact and a series revise
complement a document
Ｃ Warsaw Pact and Genevan convention
Ｄ Warsaw Pact and Rome convention
204.How much dose The international
aviation penal code series includes law
documents:
Ａ Four conventions
Ｂ Three conventions
Ｃ Two conventions
Ｄ Three conventions and one protocol
205.As for Chicago convention, what is
correct :
Ａ signs in 1947
Ｂ《Unify the convention that the international
aviation transports some rules 》
490 | P a g e
Ｃ has 125 nations to join currently
Ｄ is the charter of international aviation
law
206.As for Chicago convention , what is
correct:
Ａ formally takes effect in 1944
Ｂ Full name is 《international public aviation
convention 》
Ｃ has 135 nations to join currently
Ｄ has to open a position in the international
aviation Law
207.The international public aviation
convention sign in:
Ａ December 07, 1944, Chicago
Ｂ December 07, 1944, Montreal
Ｃ April 04, 1947, Chicago
Ｄ April 04, 1947, Montreal
208.The convention which admitted territorial
air space sovereignty a principle at the
earliest stage is:
Ａ Parisian convention
Ｂ Warsaw Pact
Ｃ Chicago convention
Ｄ Tokyo convention
209.As for the description of territorial air
space scope,what is correct :
491 | P a g e
Ａ The territorial air space means to get six
on of air space
ＢThe perpendicular boundary for Be less
than 32 spaces apart from the ground(water)
noodles
Ｃ The perpendicular boundary for Be less
than 9000 spaces apart from the
ground(water) noodles
Ｄ The international aviation method exists a
different and academic group to the
perpendicular boundary of territorial air
space, still without hard conclusion
210.The our country possesses to the
territorial air space complete of with line up it
of sovereignty body now:
1 foreign aircrafts should obey to fly to go
into or fly the territorial air space is through
the our country of limit
2 outward the citizen use an aircraft close
domestic to carry power
3 foreign aircrafts in response to might as
well harm our country safety and obey our
country law
4 foreign aircrafts at our country territorial air
space crash the search rescue with the crash
investigate regard our country as principle
492 | P a g e
Ａ 1234
Ｂ 123
Ｃ 134
Ｄ 234
211.Which document call "two kinds of
aviation freedoms"s?
Ａ The international aviation conveyance
agreement
ＢThe Chicago convention
Ｃ The international scheduled flight
transition pact
Ｄ Warsaw Pact
212.Which document call "two kinds of
aviation freedoms"s?
Ａ The international aviation conveyance
agreement
ＢThe Chicago convention
Ｃ The international scheduled flight
transition pact
Ｄ Warsaw Pact
213.Two kinds of aviation freedoms means:
ＡThe unloads the traveller, goods, mail from
the aircraft nationality"s country territory
ＢThe lading goes to the traveller, goods,
mail of the aircraft nationality"s country
territory
493 | P a g e
Ｃ The packs to unload contacts any
traveller, goods, mail of other signatory state
territories
ＤThe doesn't decline to stop but fly more its
territorial air space and not the business
decline to stop benefit
214. "The indiscrimination treatment
principle" means:Each signatory state replies
condition or restriction of aircraft infliction
according to the sovereignty principle_____
given same treatment.
ＡThe native public aircraft and native
national aircraft
ＢThe native aircraft and aviation business
enterprise
ＣThe native and foreign aircraft, aviation
business enterprise
ＤThe foreign public aircraft and foreign
national aircraft
215.The foreign public aircrafts pass through
our country territorial air space ,the
conditions is:
ＡThe musts be an the signatory state of
international civil aviation the sail convention
ＢThe should sign with our country a
bilateral pact commutation right of passage
494 | P a g e
or through approval
Ｃ The musts be United Nations member's
country
Ｄ The musts be an ICAO director country
301. Witch is the correct interpretation On
the ICAO:
Ａ exist 85 Party members
Ｂ English acronym is ICAN
Ｃ Headquartered in Chicago
Ｄ Before April 4, 1947 it called the
International Civil Aviation Organization
temporary, only advisory powers
302. Witch is the correct interpretation On
the ICAO:
Ａ exist 33 Party members
Ｂ exist 33 members of council
ＣHeadquartered in Chicago
ＤHeadquartered in Paris
303. Where did ICAO headquarter :
Ａ Montreal
Ｂ Chicago
Ｃ Paris
Ｄ Hague
304. Witch is the correct interpretation of
ICAO council:
Ａ The first-class members of council are
495 | P a g e
the Regional Representative of ICAO
members.
Ｂ China is one of the third class members
Ｃ The second-class members of council
have vast territory with the provision of
international air navigation facilities for
outstanding contributions to the party
Ｄ The third members is in particularly
important status of the aviation field
305. Witch narrative is wrong about the
nature of ICAO:
Ａ one of the 15 specialized agencies Of the
United Nations system
Ｂ Is the inter-governmental organization
dealing with international civil aviation
matters
Ｃ Close business ties with the International
Telecommunication Union
Ｄ belongs to non-governmental
organizations as the "International Air
Transport Association,"
306. ICAO's three operating agencies means：
ＡThe General Assembly, the Governing
Council, regional offices
Ｂ The Governing Council, Navigation
Commission, the Secretariat
496 | P a g e
ＣThe General Assembly, Navigation Bureau,
the Secretariat
ＤThe General Assembly, the Council, the
Secretariat
307. ICAO's various special committees：
１is Governing Council's assistant and staff
agencies, the existing nine
２most of 18 annexes are token charge by
the Navigation Commission
３Navigation Commission from which 15
senior aviation experts
４for the technical issues of Navigation field,
the Navigation Commission may decide to
set up expert groups
Ａ１２３
Ｂ１２４
Ｃ２３４
Ｄ１２３４
308. ICAO Council has right of
１ Considered and adopted international
standards and recommended practices
２ Approval procedures and navigation
services in supplementary regulations
３Solicit, collect, review, the publication of
navigation development and international
flights operating data
497 | P a g e
４The arbitration between the parties as
institutions
Ａ１２３
Ｂ１３４
Ｃ２３４
Ｄ１２３４
309. point of difference between
“International standards" and "the proposed
measures" is that：
１International standards " is considered the
necessary on the international flight safety
２ State party's domestic law should be in
line with "international standards", unable to
meet, it must notify the difference to the
Board
３ consistent application "The proposed
measures," is considered normal or
beneficial on the international flight safety,
efficiency
４ State party's domestic law must be
consistent with "the proposed measures"
Ａ１３
Ｂ１２３
Ｃ１３４
Ｄ１２３４
310. the annex On the "Convention on
498 | P a g e
International Civil Aviation" the right is：
1 the ICAO Annex was adopted by The
General Assembly
2"Convention on International Civil Aviation"
existing 18 Annexes
3 Annex is that "international standards and
recommended practices"
4 Annex should be revised in accordance
with the development of aviation
Ａ123
Ｂ234
Ｃ134
Ｄ1234
311. The content of Annex I of "Convention
on International Civil Aviation" is:
ＡEnvironmental Protection
ＢStaff awarded licences
ＣRules of the Air
ＤOperation of Aircraft
Answer =Ｂ
312. the content of Annex of "Convention
on International Civil Aviation" is：
ＡAir traffic services
ＢOperation of Aircraft
ＣRules of the Air
499 | P a g e
ＤCharts
Answer =Ｃ
313. the content of Annex 12 of "Convention
ＡCharts
ＢAircraft crash investigation
ＣSearch and Rescue
ＤAircraft Airworthiness
Answer =Ｃ
314. the content of Annex VI of "Convention
ＢOperation of Aircraft
ＣRules of the Air
Answer =Ｂ
315. the content of Annex VIII of "Convention
ＡCharts
ＣAirport
Answer =Ｄ
500 | P a g e
ＣRules of the Air
Answer =Ａ
ＣAirport
Answer =Ｃ
318. The annex on the navigation
intelligence services of "Convention on
International Civil Aviation" is：
ＡAnnex 4
ＢAnnex 5
ＣAnnex 14
ＤAnnex 15
Answer =Ｄ
319. How many attachments are there in
"Convention on International Civil Aviation"?
Ａfourteen
Ｂsixteen
Ｃeighteen
Ｄtwenty
Answer =Ｃ
501 | P a g e
320. Which one is th e correct interpretation
of "Procedures for Air Navigation Services" ：
Ａ as not detailed as Annex, with poor
workable
Ｂin charged By the Law Commission
ＣIn the future all or part of its contents may
be ripe, then it will be increased legal and
included in Annex Level
Ｄhas the same legal effect as Annex, the
parties must implement
Answer =Ｃ
321. Which
does DOC4444
supplement? ：
ＡAnnex２
ＢAnnex１１
ＣAnnex６
ＤAnnex２and１１
Answer =Ｄ
322. The document DOC4444 is refer to ：
Ａ"Procedures for Air Navigation Services -
visual and instrument flight procedures
Design"
Ｂ"4th ground Code"
Ｃ"Procedures for Air Navigation Services -
the rules of air and air traffic services"
502 | P a g e
Ｄ"Procedures for Air Navigation Services -
A shorter English language"
Answer =Ｃ
323. Which annex does DOC8168
supplement?：
ＡAnnex２
ＢAnnex１１
ＣAnnex６
ＤAnnex２and１１
Answer =Ｃ
324. The document DOC8168 is refer to：
Ａ"Navigation Information Service Manual"
Ｂ"Procedures for Air Navigation Services -
the rules of air and air traffic services"
Ｃ"Local supplementary regulations"
Ｄ"Procedures for Air Navigation Services -
visual and instrument flight procedures
Design"
Answer =Ｄ
325. ICAO is the legal basis for the
establishment of：
Ａ"Warsaw Convention"
Ｂ"Paris Convention"
Ｃ"Chicago Convention"
Ｄ"Charter of the United Nations"
Answer =Ｃ
503 | P a g e
326. Where ICAO office in the Asia-Pacific
region located:
ＡTokyo
ＢBangkok
ＣBeijing
ＤDjakarta
Answer =Ｂ
327. How many regional offices dose ICAO
set up in the global :
Ａfive
Ｂsix
Ｃsever
Ｄeight
Answer =Ｃ
328. What position is China in of the
International Civil Aviation Organization
１Is one ofthe first member of the ICAO
２Never withdraw from the "Convention on
International Civil Aviation"
３After Interrupted 30years, on February 25,
1974 it approved again the "Convention on
International Civil Aviation"
４In 1977 resumed the second member of
the Class
Ａ１２４
Ｂ１３４
504 | P a g e
C １２
Ｄ３４
Answer =Ｂ
329. ICAO Council has "quasi-legislative
powers" means it has the right to enact,
amend and adopt：
Ａ "International standards and
recommended practices"
ＢProcedures for Air Navigation Services,
and as a "Convention on International Civil
Aviation" Annex
Ｃ"Convention on International Civil Aviation"
Ｄ In addition to the "Convention on
International Civil Aviation" other than the
Convention
Answer =Ａ
330. Which one is right On ICAO Council：
ＡICAO Council is the highest authority
ＢMembers divided into two categories
ＣAt this stage membership has grown to
over 180
ＤChina is a member of the second category
Answer =Ｄ
331. The Council has the power：
ＡLegislative and judicial powers, the right to
manage
505 | P a g e
ＢQuasi-legislative and quasi-judicial powers,
the right to manage
ＣOnly quasi-legislative powers and the right
to manage, do not have the right to
arbitration
ＤOnly advisory powers
Answer =Ｂ
332. ICAO is the predecessor of：
A The International Air Transport Association
B According to the Paris Convention for the
establishment of the International Air
Navigation Commission
C Air Traffic Control Association
D International Federation of Pilots
Association
Answer =B
401．On the "Warsaw System"，the correct
understanding is：D
A．The nature of public law
B ． Refers specifically to the "Warsaw
Convention
C．Concluded in 1944
D．"Warsaw Convention" and a series of
amendments to add documents
402．On the "Warsaw Convention" ，the
correct description is：
506 | P a g e
A．Concluded in 1944
B．The full name is "unified international air
transport some of the rules of the
Convention"
C．It is epoch-making status in the history
of international aviation.
D. The full name is "against the Safety of
Civil Aviation Suppression of Unlawful Acts
Convention"
403．"Warsaw Convention" mainly dealt with:
Answer =A
1．International Air Transport the contents of
documents, specifications
2．International Air Transport certificate in the
contract of the legal status
3．The process of international air transport
passengers Injuries Compensation
4．Domestic air transportation of baggage
and cargo damages
A．1 2 3 4
B.．1 2 3
C．2 3 4
D. 2 3
404. By the end of 1998, "Warsaw
Convention" and the amendment added a
total of document (including yet entered into
507 | P a g e
force):
A. 3
B. 5
C. 7
D. 9
405. On the Join "Warsaw System", the
correct description is:
A. If join the "Warsaw Convention" on the
amendment must be approved by all of its
supplementary documents
B. If you do not join the "Warsaw
Convention", it can not join any of its revised
supplementary document
C．Warsaw Convention" can not withdraw
from
D．Can join "Warsaw system," in one or more
files
406 ． On the "Warsaw system" on the
effectiveness of the existing parties is the
correct description:
A．"Warsaw Convention" has been repealed,
it was revised supplementary document
alternative
B．"Warsaw Convention" and Some of the
amendments are added parallel entry into
force
C ． "Warsaw Convention" and all its
508 | P a g e
amendments to the entry into force of
supplementary documents are parallel
D．The whole "Warsaw System" has been
abolished in 1999 Montreal Convention
407．International criminal justice system,
including the aviation documents：
1．1963 Tokyo Convention
2．1970 Hague Convention
3．1971 Montreal Convention
4．1988 Montreal Protocol
A．1234
B 。 123
C 。12
D 。23
408．About the "Tokyo Convention", the
correct understanding is：D
A. 1970 concluded in Tokyo
B．1971 concluded in Tokyo
C．China has yet to join
D．The full name is "on the aircraft and
certain criminal acts of the Convention".
409．On the "Hague Convention" is correct:：
A.1971 was concluded in The Hague
B.1970, concluded at the Hague
C. China has yet to join
D.stands for "endangering the safety of civil
509 | P a g e
aviation Suppression of Unlawful Acts
Convention"
410．1971 Montreal Convention on the right
is：
A .The full name is the "Convention on the
Suppression of Unlawful Seizure of Aircraft,"
B.The full name is the "against the Safety of
Civil Aviation Suppression of Unlawful Acts
Convention"
C.so far this Convention does not make any
supplementary
D. The full name is the "on the aircraft and
certain criminal acts of the Convention"
411．International Air penal provisions on the
high seas within the aircraft flying over the
crime:
A country can only aircraft registration
excercise jurisdiction
Only B and landing of aircraft registered in
the jurisdiction of the state
C has jurisdiction over any country
D aircraft jurisdiction of the State of
registration is one of the countries
412．Tokyo Convention on the contribution of
error is：
A .jurisdiction extended to the region
extraterritorial jurisdiction
510 | P a g e
B.compensate for the territorial jurisdiction
(within the jurisdiction) to the criminal
jurisdiction of air gap
C.captain air policing powers conferred
D .successfully solving the hijacking of the
sanctions and criminal trial
413．"Tokyo Convention" by the definition of
the crime is：
1. violation of the Criminal Code of crime
2 .may or may indeed endanger the aircraft
or the safety of persons or property
3 .airlines administrative rules violation
4 .endanger aircraft in the normal order and
discipline.
A1234
B12
C124
D234
414．Tokyo Convention of the powers of the
commander limited to：
1.30 minutes before take-off, landing and
after 30 minutes only
2. external loading finished cabin when the
doors closed, to open any door to unload a
plane when it
3. aircraft landing, the only competent
authority to take over when
511 | P a g e
4. pre-flight preparations, but by no later than
24 hours after landing only
A13
B23
C34
D124
415．Following those laws and regulations
relating to convergence with the international
aviation Penal Code provisions：
1. "Chinese Law on Civil Aviation"
2. "China's civil aviation rules"
3. "basic rules of the People's Republic of
flight"
4."People's Republic of China to defend the
safety of civil aviation"
A1234
B123
C234
D14
416."Tokyo Convention," the captain powers
provisions：
1 .policing powers
2. plane to the right of a person
3.The transfer of sentenced to
4.waiver of liability right
A1234
B123
512 | P a g e
C134
D234
417.Tokyo Convention gives the captain
"policing powers," the captain can：
1 .on the perpetrators to take the necessary
and reasonable measures
2. can be sentenced to custody
3 .requested or authorized to assist other
crew members
4. visitors must act in accordance with the
captain asked for assistance
A123
B134
C14
D34
418.Captain To what purpose, the aircraft
can be in criminal or disruptive to take
reasonable and necessary measures? ：
1. in the protection of aircraft or the safety of
persons or property
2 .aircraft maintenance in normal order and
discipline
3.Considering the economic interests of the
company
4. facilitate the transfer of this authority or to
the person under machine
A123
513 | P a g e
B12
C124
D1234
419.Tokyo Convention "waiver of liability
rights"：
1 .captain
2 .other crew
3 .visitors
4 .aircraft owners, operators or for the benefit
of those who carried out the flight
A123
B124
C24
D1234
420."Hague Convention" concluded
reasons：
1. at the end of the 1960S ，early 1970s "air
piracy" substantial increase in incidents
2. explosions, destruction of aircraft and
ground facilities in the growing incidents of
navigation
3 .Tokyo Convention does not sanction
hijackers legal provisions
4 .Tokyo Convention does not undermine
sanctions ground aircraft and air navigation
facilities for the legal provisions
514 | P a g e
A12
B13
C24
D1234
421."Hague Convention" in the definition of a
crime：
1. the use of violence or the threat of
violence, illegal or control of the hijacked
aircraft
2 .with mental stress, or control of the
Unlawful Seizure of Aircraft
3. including the above-mentioned acts of
attempted acts
4. including the above-mentioned acts of
complicity
A12
B134
C234
D1234
422.Earliest requirement "for the hijackers' or
extratradite or prosecute 'principle" of the
Convention are：
A. Tokyo Convention
B .Hague Convention
C. Montreal Convention
D .Chicago Convention
423."1971 Montreal Convention," the
515 | P a g e
conclusion of the root causes：
1. at the end of the 1960S ，early 1970s "air
piracy" substantial increase in incidents
2. explosions, attacks civilian aircraft and air
navigation facilities for the incident rampant
3 ."Tokyo Convention," no corresponding
sanctions against perpetrators of the legal
provisions
4. "Hague Convention" no corresponding
sanctions against the perpetrators of the
legal provisions
A1234
B134
C234
D24
424.Tokyo Convention, the Hague
Convention, the scope of application of the
Montreal Convention in common is：
A. apply only to civil aircraft
B .and are applicable only apply to aircraft in
flight
C. apply to the use of aircraft
D.does not apply to the high seas as well as
in the dispute over sovereignty.
501.The section that distributes domestic
three layer aviation lawses BE:
The 1 National Peoples Congress or
516 | P a g e
National Peoples Congresses are the
meetings often
2 State Department,Central Military
Commission
3 people sail bureaus
4 people the management bureau in the sail
region
Ａ 123
Ｂs 1234
Ｃs 234
Ｄs 34
502.The important characteristic of the our
country aviation law BE:The aviation law is
pass by the review to combine fish-eye
punish then.
Ａ People's sail bureau
Ｂ Central Military Commission
Ｃ State Department
The Ｄ National Peoples Congress or
person is greatly the 委 meeting often
503.The Class is the tallest in the following
aviation law laws BE:
Ａ《The People's Republic of China fly basic
rule 》
Ｂ《Chinese public aviation method 》
Ｃ《The Chinese public aviation fly rule 》
517 | P a g e
Ｄ《The People's Republic of China search
rescue the provision of the public aircraft 》
504.《Chinese publ ic aviation method 》of
promulgation purpose:
1 for the sake of maintenance nation of
territorial air space sovereignty and public
aviation right
2 guarantee the public aviation activity safety
with there is the order ground to carry on
3 protect the everyone's legal rights of the
public aviation movable the party concerned
4 promote the development of the public
aviation business
Ａ 12
Ｂs 123
Ｃs 234
Ｄs 1234
505.As for our country public aviation laws
what to describe exactitude BE:
1 《 Chinese public aviation method 》BE the
our country people's sail of first degree don't
laws
2 State Department concerning public
aviation of the administration laws can
control people's sail inner part
The profession regulation maneuverability
518 | P a g e
that 3 people's sail bureaus distribute is
strong
4 peoples sail the industry regulation usually
with "people the sail bureau bureau chief
ream" of the form distribute to combine at
《Air China report 》up publish
Ａ 1234
Ｂs 123
Ｃs 134
Ｄs 23
Answer =Ｃ
506. All belong to aircraft to have in the
following set:
Ａ Hot air ball, dirigible, airship, glider,
helicopter, airplane
Ｂ Space shuttle, glider, helicopter, airplane
The Ｃ is artificial satellite, cosmos airship,
space station, airplane
Ｄ Glider, helicopter, airplane, rocket, guided
missile
Answer =Ａ
507.Concerning the contact and
differentiation of the airplane and the aircraft,
the following description is right of have:
The 1 aircrafts are aero law technical terms,
equaling an airplane
519 | P a g e
2 airplanes are a kind of the aircrafts just
3 airplanes is have the motive device of
heavy in the air of aircraft
4 aircrafts include the glider,helicopter and
airplane
Ａ 13
Ｂs 23
Ｃs 24
Ｄs 234
Answer =Ｂ
508.Have as for "national aircraft" the right
parlance:
1 used for the aircraft of the military, maritime
customs, police force
2 aircraft of the national special uses, such
as special airplane
3 lease a people the aircraft of the sail
section to deliver the for use by the military
supplies, its property changes into national
aircraft
4 as long as the ownership belongs to
people's sail, ignoring to deliver HE2 WU4,
its property is an always public aircraft
Ａ 13
Ｂs 14
Ｃs 123
520 | P a g e
Ｄs 124
Answer =Ｃ
509.As for "public aircraf t nationality" right
BE:
Ａ The public aircraft can not carry on the
nationality register but the devotion
movement
Ｂ public aircraft can have one country
nationality
Ｃ Public aircraft nationality can't more than
two
Ｄ can't apply for the our country
nationality from the public aircraft of the
foreign leasing
Answer =Ｂ
510.As for "nationality marking and register
marking" right BE:
1 aircrafts' should carry to have nationality
and register marking then can be engaged in
international voyage
2 Chinese aircraft nationality markings is a
3 aircraft nationality markings can be a
numeral, letter of alphabet or both
combination
4 aircrafts register marking to must be letter
521 | P a g e
of alphabet, numeral perhaps both of
combination
Ａ 1234
Ｂs 124
Ｃs 34
Ｄs 12
Answer =Ｂ
511.The contents that the public aircraft right
register:
1 ownership
2 purchase to occupy power
3 more than six months lease to occupy
power
4 mortgage power
Ａ 1234
Ｂs 123
Ｃs 124
Ｄs 34
Answer =Ａ
512. As for the standpoint of "public aircraft
priority" mistake have:
Ａ means the creditor puts forward
indemnification a claim toward the public
aircraft owner, should compensate the public
aircraft of[with] claim to have right of be
subjected to the 偿 of have the initiative to
522 | P a g e
the creation
Ｂ rescues the essential expenses of
the guerdon and the preservation
maintenance that public aircraft of that public
aircraft to have priority
Ｃ The public aircraft mortgage power first to
be subjected to in the public aircraft priority
The expenses that the Ｄ produces during
the period of carrying out the court verdict
and forced sale, should from appropriate in
advance in the forced sale income payment
Answer =Ｃ
513. As for "public aircraft priority" mistake
have:
The Ａ rescues the essential expenses of
the guerdon and the preservation
maintenance that public aircraft of that public
aircraft to have priority
Ｂ Public aircraft priority first in mortgage
power to be subjected to
Ｃ Public aircraft after auctioning off
compulsory by law, its priority disappear
The Ｄ priority should carry on register
Answer =Ｃ
514.As for "the public aircraft margin leasing"
right standpoint BE:
523 | P a g e
The Ａ provides the goods the square to
possess the ownership of the public aircraft,
occupy power and use the power and the
income power by law
The leasehold of the Ｂ possesses the
ownership of the public aircraft, occupy
power and uses the power and income
power by law
The Ｃ renter possesses the ownership of
the public aircraft, occupy power and uses
the power and income power by law
The Ｄ provides the goods the square, not
same damage undertakes a responsibility to
the leasehold and the renter in the meantime
Answer =Ｄ
515. Aircraft the proper sail means the
aircraft is suitable for air to sail air to promise
also the flight safety should have:
The Ａ is the tallest to fly quality
characteristic
Ｂ The tallest weather standard
Ｃ Lowest weather standard
The Ｄ is lowest to fly quality characteristic
Answer =Ｄ
516.Public aviation the proper sail
management reply which does the link carry
524 | P a g e
on a management?
The Ａ use
The Ｂ design, manufacturing
The Ｃ usage with maintain
Ｄ Design, manufacturing, usage with
maintain
Answer =Ｄ
517.Public aircraft proper sail management
is to which the aspect carry on a
management:
Ａ Aircraft, launch the machine, propeller
and the equipments of the aircraft
Ｂ Aircraft, launch machine, propeller
Ｃ Aircraft, the hair motive
Ｄ Aircraft
Answer =Ａ
518.As for the right standpoint of "the
beginning start a proper sail management"
have:
Ａ Is to aircraft after consign usage carry on
of reviewing, evaluate, distribute a certificate
and inspect a check
Ｂ Is obtain a proper sail certificate to the
aircraft hereafter carry on of management
Ｃ Is design to the aircraft, the
manufacturing link carry on of management
525 | P a g e
Ｄ Is design, make, use and maintain four
links to the aircraft carry on of management
Answer =Ｃ
519.As for the right standpoint of "keep on
the proper sail management" have:
Ａ Is to carry on before aircraft consign
usage of reviewing, evaluate, distribute a
certificate and inspect a check
The Ｂ points aircraft to obtain a proper sail
certificate combine devotion operation later
the management carry on
Ｃ Is design to the aircraft, the
manufacturing link carry on of management
Ｄ Is design, make, use and maintain four
links to the aircraft carry on of management
Answer =Ｂ
520.《Transport a type of sail standard with
proper airplane 》 (the CCAR － 25)from
which section promulgation?
Ａ State Department
Ｂ People's sail bureau
Ｃ People the sail bureau proper sail
department
Ｄ Aircraft manufactory
Answer =Ｂ
521. People the sail bureau inferiority which
526 | P a g e
department (bureau) concretely be
responsible for the public aircraft proper sail
management work?
The Ａ policy laws take charge of
The Ｂ flies the mark department
Ｃ Proper sail department
Ｄ Empty tube bureau
Answer =Ｃ
522. Following "nationality and register
marking" is right with "appear on the our
country airplane plane wing of part" BE:
The last surface of the
Ａ left plane wing
descends surface with right plane wing,
B2518
The last surface of the Ｂ right plane wing
descends surface with left plane wing, B2518
The last surface of the Ｃ left plane wing
descends surface with right plane wing,
B-2518
The last surface of the Ｄ right plane wing
descends surface with left plane wing,
B-2518
Answer =Ｄ
523. following "nationality and register
marking"s are right with "appear on the our
527 | P a g e
country airplane plane wing of part" BE:
The last surface of the
Ａ left plane wing
descends surface B-2518 with right plane
wing
B The last surface of the right plane wing
descends surface b-2518 with left plane wing
C The last surface of the left plane wing
descends surface B2518 with right plane
wing
D The last surface of the right plane wing
descends surface B-2518 with left plane wing
Answer =Ｄ
524. CCARs-21s' going to CCAR-59 is
concerning which the management laws of
the aspect?
A an aircraft
B aviation personnel
C airport
D the air sail
Answer =A
525.The our country public aircraft nationality
marking BE:
Ａ CHINA
Ｂ P.R.C
ＣB
ＤC
528 | P a g e
Answer =Ｃ
526.The following concerning proper sail
management what to describe exactitude
BE:
1 take promising the safety of the public
aircraft as the technocracy of[with] target
2 include the design,manufacturing,usage of
the public aircraft and maintain four links
3 is divided into a beginning to start the
proper sail management with keep on a
proper sail to manage two stages
4 beginnings that involve aircraft start a
proper sail management
Ａ 123
Ｂ 234
Ｃ 134
Ｄ 1 234
Answer =Ａ
527.Our country people the sail region
management bureau job:
1 leads with the authorization under the
work in the bureau
2 The direct manages people's sail activity
of the native area
3 The an draw up the nativ e area
management provision
4 The examination and approval,distribute
529 | P a g e
the native area various management
certificates and license
Ａ①②③
Ｂ①②④
Ｃ②③④
Ｄ①②
Answer =Ａ
601.《Chinese public aviation method 》
medium"aviation personnel" mean to be
engaged in a public aviation activity:
Ａ flies a personnel
Ｂ Air crew
Ｃ flies personnel and ground personnel
Ｄ air crew and ground personnel
Answer =Ｄ
601.In<Chinese Civil Aviation Law>, the ‘air
staffs’ are the personnel who engaged in civil
aviation activity:
1.Pilot
2.Air crew
3.Pilot and Ground staffs
4.Air crew and Ground staffs
602. In<Chinese Civil Aviation Law, ‘the
pilots’ are :
the personnel who control the aircraft directly
and navigate the aircraft and the equipments
530 | P a g e
such as communication , etc when it is flying.
1.Air crew
2.The personnel who carry out the task in the
3.aircraft when it is flying.
4.Captain and copilot
603. The following, which belong to air crew:
1.pilot
2.Air security personnel
3.Attendant
4.Air photographer (carry out the task of photographing)
A.1 2 3
B.1 2 4
C.1 3 4
D. 1 2 3 4
604.Regarding to ‘air crew’, the correct
description is:
1.Air crew is made up of captain and other
aircrews
2.Air crew is led by captain
3.The composition of the aircrew and the
number of the personnel should accord with
the airworthiness cards, flight manuals and
the stipulated relevant documents.
4.The training personnel in the plane cruise
should be indicated in the task book of flight.
A1234
B123
531 | P a g e
C134
D234
605. Regarding to ‘the selection and the
power of the captain’, which one is correct:
1.Selecting in the chief pilots who have the
technology and experience of operating this
type of civil aviation independently.
2.If there are more than two chief pilots in the
air crew, their power is the same.
3.During carrying out the task of flight, the
captain is in charge of leading any activities
of the air crew.
4.While flying, if the captain can’t fulfill his
post for some reason, the pilot who is second
only to the captain acts for the captain.
A1234
B123
C.1 3 4
D234
606. Regarding to ‘the power and
responsibility of captain’, which one is wrong:
1.About to protecting the conditions lower than
the minimum safety standard or lacking of
confidence, the captain have the right to
refuse to fly.
2.Discovering the crewmember who is not
suitable for continuing flying and hinder the
532 | P a g e
safety of flight, the captain proposes
exchanging him.
3.When the particular situation happened, in
order to guarantee the safety of the aircraft
and the passengers, the captain make the
last decision to deal with the aircraft.
4.After a forced landing or getting into danger,
the captain leaved the aircraft firstly.
607. Receiving the SOS of ship and other
aircrafts or finding the ship, the aircraft and
the personnel in danger, the captain should
make the situation in danger:
1.reporting to the air traffic control unit nearby
in time and offering possible rational aid.
Reporting to dispatcher center of the
company in time and offering possible
rational aid.
2.Reporting to the air traffic control unit nearby
in time and continuing to fly in order to
guarantee the flight regularity.
3.Continuing to fly and reporting to CAAC as
soon as possible.
608. Which air staffs should be managed in
their health?
1.Pilot, dispatcher
2.Aircrew, controller
3.Pilot, controller, intelligencer, dispatcher
533 | P a g e
4.Aircrew, controller, intelligencer, dispatcher
609. In the organizations under CAAC, the
department that manages the technology of
the pilots is:
1.air safety office
2.people working and scientific teaching
department
3.air control department
4.flight standard department
610. The technological files of the pilots are
including:
the minute book of flight, the minute book of
flying experience, operating experience
turning the type of an airplane, being
promoted to chief pilot, turning to an
instructor, turning to another major, the report
list of examination of being promoted to air
from ground.
the record of any kinds of training situations
and the school report card of the examining
test, the certificate of graduation(or
completing the courses of study)
the certificate of rewards and punishments,
the conclusion of the accident (the symptom
of accident)
A. 1 2 3 4
B. 1 2 3
534 | P a g e
C. 1 2 4
D. 2 3 4
611. What should be tested before awarding
the license of aircrew:
age
the knowledge of theories
work experience and skills
the physical examination(aircrew, air
controller )
A. 1 2 3 4
B. 1 2 3
C. 1 3 4
D. 2 3 4
612. Which department awards the license of
aircrew in our country?
A.International Civil Aviation Organization
B. CAAC
C.Regional administration bureau
D. Province, city, district, bureau or flight academy
613. The following, which key elements form
the full definition of civil airport?
The delimited area is specialized in taking off,
landing, taxiing, stopping of the aircrafts and
is used to having other activities
Including temporary airports
Including the affiliated buildings, devices and
facilities
535 | P a g e
Including the shared airports of military and
civilian
A. 1 2 3 4
B. 1 2 3
C. 1 3
D. 1 4
614. Who examines and approves to setting
up the international airport? Who announces
the data of international airport to the public
unified?
A. The State Council, CAAC
B. CAAC, Regional administration bureau
C.Regional administration bureau, Province
(city, district) bureau
D.Province (city, district) bureau, the authority
of airport
615. Regarding to’ the license of airport
using’ and ‘opening and closing of the airport’,
the correct one is:
A The airport can open up after it was checked
to be qualified and got the license of airport
using.
B The license of airport using is awarded by
regional administration bureau.
C The closing of the airport within 3 days
should be approved by the management
organization of the navigational matters in
536 | P a g e
the location of the airport
D Forbidding the aircrafts to take off and
landing after the airport was closed
A. 1 2 3 4
B. 1 3 4
C. 2 3 4
D. 1 4
616. Building, planting or siting the buildings,
constructions, trees, lamplights and other
obstacles in the range of the civil airport
regulated by law and the protecting area of
the airport clearance should:
1. be removed within a definite time before
the announcement is released.
2. compensate for the loss caused by the
first item above mentioned
3. be ordered to remove by the local people’s
government above county level of the
location of the airport.
4. not compensate for the loss caused by the
third item above mentioned
A. 1 3
B. 1 2 3
C. 2 3 4
D. 1 2 3 4
617. The big buildings or facilities that
influence the flight safety possibly out of the
537 | P a g e
civil airport and the protecting area of the
airport clearance should:
A. be removed within a definite time and
compensate for the loss
B.be ordered to remove and not compensate
for the loss
B. be removed with a agreement and
compensate double.
C. set up the obstacle lamps and signs of flight
and keep them in the normal condition.
618. The minimum functioning standard of
the airport is:
1. The limitation of the type of the airplane
that can take off and landing at the airport.
2. indicated by big sized, middle sized and
small sized.
3. The minimum limitation of an airport which
can be used in taking off and landing.
4. indicated by the visibility(visual range of
the runway) and the height of cloud(the
minimum descending height/ decision
height).
A. 1 2
B. 3 4
C. 1 3
D. 2 4
619. Regarding to <the regulation of
538 | P a g e
establishing and practicing the minimum
operating standard of the airport>, the
correct one is:
A. awarded as the NO.98 director’s order of
CAAC
B. an appendix in <the technologic grade
requests of the flight area>
C. awarded as the NO.86 director’s order of
CAAC
D. an appendix X in <flight rules of Chinese civil
aviation >
620. The elements that should be considered
when establishing and practicing the
minimum operating standard is:
1. the performance of the aircraft
2. the precision and dependability of the
navigational equipment
3. clearance of the airport, the conditions of
the weather
4. the technological level of pilots
A. 1 2
B. 2 3
C. 1 2 3
D.1 2 3 4
621. When the weather information in
Guanghan airport is lower than the minimum
operating standard of the airport, taking off
539 | P a g e
and landing in Guanghan airport is ordered:
1. can take off at Guanghan airport
2. usually should make a return voyage or
preparation for landing
3. the aircraft is insufficient in fuel and can
land when it can not fly to any other airports
4. the serious malfunction of the machine
and can land when it can not fly to any other
airports
A. 1 2 3 4
B. 2 3 4
C. 1 3 4
D. 1 2 4
622. The basis of the regulation that is to
establish and practice the minimum
operating standard in our country is:
A.The regulation of establishing and
practicing the minimum operating standard of
the airport
B. the technologic grade requests of the flight
area
C. the regulation of air traffic control of
Chinese civil aviation
D. flight rules of Chinese civil aviation
623. The following, which is the false
narration about the captain:
A. The captain is responsible for the accuracy of
540 | P a g e
carrying out control order by the aircrew
B. The captain is responsible for the flight safety
and the controller should assign the control
order according to the captain’s request
C. The captain should carry out the order of the
air traffic controller and inquire immediately
when having questions
D. When the situation is very critical in the air,
the captain can change the course first then
report to the control department as soon as
possible
624. Which aspect is the management rule
about from CCAR-6 to CCAR-70?
A.aircraft
B. aircrew
C. airport
D. flying in the air
625. Which aspect is the management rule
about from CCAR-150 to CCAR-170?
A.aircraft
B.aircrew
C.airport
D.flying in the air
707.Our flight control situation is:
A unified leadership and the implementation
of the Air Force
B unified leadership and the implementation
541 | P a g e
of the civil iviation
C civil iviation unified
leadership,military,and the respective
implementation of the civil iviation
D ATC appointed unified
leadership,military,and the respective
implementation of the civil iviation
Answer =D
708. Flight control zone:
A equivalent to the flight information region
B equivalent in the region Authority
C equivalent to a height control zone
D according to the jurisdiction of the Military
District of
Answer =D
709. Flight control at this stage of the
drawbacks:
① Army aviation flight control region
designated not unified, cross-jurisdictional
② airspace structure is irrational
③ not unified command flight
④ Air Force equipment is outdated,
backward means
Ａ①②③④
Ｂ①②③
Ｃ①②④
542 | P a g e
Ｄ ②③④
Answer =Ａ
710. "China's civil aviation rules" (2 orders)
was enacted mainly based on:
① "China's civil aviation air traffic
management rules"
② "basic rules of the People's Republic of
42
flight"
③ "Chicago Convention. Annex II"
④ "China's Law on Civil Aviation"
Ａ①②④
Ｂ②③④
Ｃ①②③
Ｄ①③④
Answer =Ｂ
711. Belong to the following areas of general
aviation:
① engaged in the agriculture, forestry,
fisheries and construction flight operations
② hospital training, culture, sports
③ engaged in medical and health, search
and rescue, weather detection, ocean
monitoring, scientific experiments
④private plane
Ａ ①②③④
543 | P a g e
Ｂ ①②③
Ｃ ①②④
Ｄ③④
Answer =Ｂ
712. General aviation major features:
① low altitude and easy to hit obstacles
② navigation equipment less maneuvering
flight, easy Trek
③ specific operational tasks, the weather
demands
④ small aircraft, the adaptability of bad
weather
Ａ①②③
Ｂ①②④
Ｃ①③④
Ｄ①②③④
Answer =Ｄ
713. "Basic rules of the People's Republic of
flying" with "national air navigation law"
embodied in the status of:
① Where presiding over the aircraft sector,
and aviation-related personnel should abide
by all the rules
② is organized and implemented in our
country the fundamental basis for flight
③ professional development of civil aviation
544 | P a g e
laws and regulations, it can not violate the
basic provisions
④ not binding on the State Aircraft Aircraft
Ａ①②③
Ｂ②③④
Ｃ①③④
Ｄ ①②③④
Answer =Ａ
714. "Flight control" means:
A takeoff of the flight control tower
B air traffic control
C navigation or flight scheduling faction
signed
D interpretation of the above three are wrong
Answer =Ｄ
715. "China's civil aviation air traffic
management rules" main basis for the
formulation of:
① "China's civil aviation rules"
② "basic rules of the People's Republic of
flight"
③ "Convention on International Civil Aviation.
Annex VIII"
④ "China's Law on Civil Aviation"
Ａ①②④
Ｂ②③④
545 | P a g e
Ｃ①②③
Ｄ①③④
Answer =Ａ
716. The following does not belong air traffic
services and basic tasks:
A warning service
B Flight Information Services
C accident investigation
D air traffic control services
Answer =Ｃ
717. Formulated "China's civil aviation were
signed work rules" should be subject to
A "China's civil aviation rules"
B Procedures for Air Navigation Services
(DOC8168)
C "Chicago Convention. Annex XI"
D navigation services Procedure (DOC4444)
Answer =Ａ
718. Established "Chengdu - Nanchong"
(east), the route of the 10 km on both sides
of the centerline of the highest elevation of
899 meters barrier, 25 kilometres each side
of the centerline of the highest elevation of
1059 meters barrier, "Chengdu - - Chengdu
Nanchong" minimum height of the flight
instrument is :
A1500/1800 m
546 | P a g e
B1800/1500 m
C1800/2100 m
D2100/1800 m
Answer =D
719. "Chengdu - Shanghai - Chengdu" route,
from 6,000 meters (including) to 12,000
meters (inclusive) to / high return available
for the number of layers?)"
A7 / 8
B8 / 7
C8 / 8
D5 / 6
Answer =Ａ
720. Aviation safety Jinou Cup competitions
scope limited to:
A public air transport and general aviation
enterprises
B public air transport enterprise
C general aviation
D National Army, the Civil Aviation
Answer =C
801. (China) Search Rescue civilian aircraft
on the responsibility of the unit is correct:
A Civil Aviation Administration of China in
charge of the country
B provincial governments responsible for the
area
547 | P a g e
C State Maritime Search and Rescue
organizations nationwide
D township and town governments
responsible for the area
Answer =B
802 on the "distress phase" is the correct
qualitative description:
① show A7600 transponder code
② calculated in accordance with fuel oil has
been depleted to continue flying without
landing news
③ aircraft by issuing distress signals, landing,
crash
④ warning stage, and expand
communication with the search one hour
after the news
Ａ①④
Ｂ①③④
Ｃ②③④
Ｄ ①②③④
Answer =C
804. Lost communications aircraft, the
captain should:
A visual flight if, should maintain visual flight,
according to the original plan scheduled
airport landing
548 | P a g e
B instrument flight, the flight instrument
should be maintained, in the nearest airport
landing
C and instrument flight landing at the airport
weather airworthiness, the original flight plan
should be scheduled airport landing
D aircraft equipped with answering machines,
should be set to A7500
Answer =C
805. Accident investigation principles:
① independence
② objectivity
③ lucubrate
④ comprehensive
Ａ ①②③
Ｂ ②③④
Ｃ ①②④
Ｄ①②③④
Answer =D
806. Our "civilian aircraft flying accident."
Who unified the information released?
A aircraft operators
B Regional Authority
C Civil Aviation Administration of China
D captain or controllers
Answer =C
549 | P a g e
807. "People's Republic of China Search
Rescue civilian aircraft requirement" is the
level of:
A law
B administrative regulations
C industry regulations
D Technical Reference
Answer =B
6) ATPL FIGURE
METAR ZBAA 101000Z 36008G15MPS 0400 ＋ SS BKN030 05/M05 Q1008 ＝
METAR ZSSS 120500Z 32006MPS CAVOK 23/18 Q1003 =
METAR ZUUU 252200Z VRB02MPS 0100 FG +DZ VV005 04/04 Q998 =
SPECI ZWWW 240315Z 27014G20MPS 0300 BLSN =
SPECI ZGGG 180320Z 1000 +TSRA OVC040(CB) =
Figure 1 The METAR and SPECI Telegram
TAF ZSSS 0009 27004MPS 5000 BR BKN060 521003
FM 0500 32005MPS 3000 +SHRA SCT050 =
TAF ZHHH 0615 VRB02MPS 0800 FG SCT070 T23/08Z
BECMG 1015 32005MPS 3000 BR BKN040 =
TAF ZUUU 0312 VRB02MPS 9999 BKN120 641002
FM O800 24006MPS 4000 -SHRA OVC050 =
TAF ZBAA 0918 36008G17MPS 0800 SS SCT030
T16/12Z BECMG 1518 33006MPS 5000 SA =
Figure 2 The TAF Telegram
1. ZUUU SIGMET 8 VALID 220800/221400 ZULS ─
ZULS FIR SEV MTW EMBD TS GR FCST FL300 N OF
35 DEG N =
550 | P a g e
2. ZSSS AIRMET 6 VALID 110600/111200 ZSNJ ─
ZSNJ FIR OVC CLD 500M OBS AT 0810 32 DEG N
118 DEG E MOD ICE AT FL100 WKN =
3. WS WRNG SURFACE WIND 270/20KMH WIND AT
60M 300/50KMH IN APCH =
Figure 3 Aviation Weather Information
Figure 2-1
Figure 2-2
Figure 2-3
Figure 2-4
Figure 2-5
Figure 2-6
Figure 2-8
Figure 2-7A Figure 2-7B
Figure 2-10
Figure 2-11
Figure 2-12
Figure 2-13
Figure 4-22
Figure 4-23
Figure 4-24
Figure 4-25
Figure 4-26
Figure 4-27
Figure 4-28
551 | P a g e
Figure 4-29
Figure 4-30
Figure 4-34
Figure 4-32
Figure 4-36
Figure 4-35
Figure 4-45
Figure 4-39
Figure 4-37
Figure 4-41
Figure 4-43
Figure 4-46
Figure 4-47
Figure 4-48
Figure 4-49
Figure 4-50
Figure 4-51
Figure 4-52
Figure 4-53
Figure 4-54
Figure 6-1
Figure 6-2
Figure 6-3
Figure 6-4
Figure 6-5 (ATP Book – Page 186, Figure 6-17
Figure 6-6
Figure 6-7
552 | P a g e
7) ATPL POINTERS
1. ICAO founded in Chicago Convention on Dec 7, 1944
2. ICAO seat at Montreal, Canada
3. Study flight time limitations and flight duty limitations:2-man;3-man,3-man w/ rest;
4-man crew
4. Definitions of clearway, stopway
5. Vmu, Vso, Vs
6. Max permissible variation between the 2 bearing indicators on a DUAL VOR
system when CHECKING one VOR AGAINST THE OTHER? 4 deg on ground
and in flight
7. If AIRBORNE checkpoint is used to CHECK THE VOR system for IFR operations,
the max BEARING ERROR permissible is plus or minus 6 deg
8. What ACTION would be taken when a pilot is “CLEARED FOR THE
APPROACH” while being radar vectored on an UNPUBLISHED ROUTE? Must
maintain the last assigned altitude until established on a published route segment
of the approach with publish altitudes.
9. After experiencing a two-way RADIO COMMUNICATIONS FAILURE ENROUTE,
WHEN should a pilot BEGIN the DESCENT for the instrument approach? Upon
arrival at any INITIAL approach fix for the instrument approach procedure but
NOT BEFORE the flight plan ETA as amended by ATC.
10. What REQUIREMENT must be met regarding CARGO that is carried
ANYWHERE in the PASSENGER COMPARTMENT of an air carrier airplane?
The bin in which the cargo is carried may not be installed in a position that
restricts access to, or use of, any AISLE in the passenger compartment.
11. CREW OXYGEN – How long can a crew last without oxygen at 25000 ft?
12. What action should be taken by the pilot in command of a transport category
airplane if the airborne weather RADAR BECOMES INOPERATIVE EN ROUTE
553 | P a g e
on an IFR flight for which weather reports indicate possible thunderstorms?
Proceed in accordance with the approved instructions and procedures specified
in the OPERATIONS MANUAL for such an event.
13. Cockpit voice recorder maybe erased during maintenance servicing- last 60
minutes
14. If a FLAG air CARRIER flight lands at an immediate airport at 1845Z, and
experiences a delay, what is the LATEST TIME it may DEPART for the nearest
airport WITHOUT a REDISPATCH release? 0045Z
15. What EFFECT does an INCREASE AN AIRSPEED have ON a COORDINATED
TURN while maintaining a constant angle of bank and altitude? The rate of turn
will decrease resulting in NO CHANGES in load factor.
16. What is the relationship of the rate of turn with the radius of turn with constant
angle of bank but increasing airspeed? Rate will decrease and radius will
increase
17. What is the ratio between airspeed and lift if the angle of attack and other factors
remain constant and airspeed is doubled? Lift will be four times greater.
18. Identify the Type of stability if the aircraft ATTITUDE REMAINS in the NEW
POSITION after the CONTROLS have been NEUTRALIZED. Neutral
longitudinal static stability
19. Which direction from the primary control surface does an anti-servo tab move?
Same direction
20. What is the purpose of the leading-edge flaps? To increase the camber of the
wing
21. What effect does leading edge slot in the wing have on performance? Changes
the STALLING angle of attack to a higher angle
22. What should the pilot do to maintain “BEST RANGE” airplane performance when
TAILWIND is encountered? DECREASE speed
554 | P a g e
23. What is the highest speed possible WITHOUT SUPERSONIC flow over the
wing? CRITICAL MACH NUMBER
24. What is the free stream MACH NUMBER which produces FIRST EVIDENCE of a
local SONIC FLOW? CRITICAL MACH NUMBER
25. Distance of Runway Markings and lightings
26. When instructed by ATC to “ HOLD SHORT of a runway ILS critical area, etc.)”
The pilot should STOP so that no part of the aircraft extends beyond the hold line.
27. An aircraft that encounters a HEADWIND of 40 knots, within a MICROBURST,
may expect a TOTAL SHEAR cross the microburst of 80 knots.
28. Loss of cabin pressure may result in HYPOXIA because as cabin altitude
increases oxygen PARTIAL PRESSURE is decreased.
29. Result in HYPERVENTILATION – A STRESSFUL situation causing anxiety
30. Symptom of HYPERVENTILATION- TINGLING of the hands, legs and feet.
31. If both the RAM AIR INPUT and DRAIN HOLE of the PITOT system are
BLOCKED by ice what airspeed indication can be expected? NO VARIATION OF
INDICATED AIRSPEED IN LEVEL FLIGHT even if large power changes are
made.
32. Which term describes the hydroplaning which occurs when an airplane’s TIRE is
effectively HELD OFF a SMOOTH runway surface by STEAM GENERATED BY
FRICTION? REVERTED RUBBER hydroplaning.
33. En route at FL 270, the altimeter is set correctly. On descent, a pilot FAILS TO
SET the local altimeter setting of 30.57. If the elevation is 650 feet, and the
altimeter is functioning properly, what will it indicate upon landing? SEA LEVEL
34. What term describes an ELONGATED area of LOW PRESSURE? TROUGH
35. What is the approximate RATE UNSATURATED AIR will COLL FLOWING
UPSLOPE? 3 deg C per 1000 feet
36. Which type icing is associated with the smallest size of water droplet similar to
555 | P a g e
that found in LOW-LEVEL STRATUS clouds? RIME ICE
37. When advection fog developed, what may TEND TO DISSIPATE or lift the fog
INTO LOW STRATUS clouds? WINDS STRONGER THAN 15 KNOTS.
38. CLEAR AIR TURBULENCE associated with a MOUNTAIN WAVE may extend as
far as 5,000 FEET ABOVE THE TROPOPAUSE.
39. Which artic flying hazard is caused when a CLOUD LAYER of uniform thickness
OVERLIES a SNOW OR ICE covered surface? WHITEOUT.
40. Thrust is being managed to maintain desired indicated airspeed and the glide
slope is being flown. Which CHARACTERISTICS should be observed when a
TAILWIND SHEARS to a constant HEADWIND? PITCH ATTITUDE: Increase,
VERTICAL SPEED: decreases, INDICATED AIRSPEED INCREASES THEN
DECREASES
41. A PROGNOSTIC CHART depicts the conditions forecast exist at a SPECIFIC
time in the future.
42. When will the FLARE ARM annunciated? At the engagement of the second
autopilot.
FIGURES and charts
a. Fuel dumping time
b. Weight and balance for B737 and A320
c. Trip time
d. Ground distance
e. Go-around EPR
f. Landing Weight
g. En route climb
h. Flight planning B737
i. Max Climb and Max continuous EPR
j. Fuel Dumping
556 | P a g e
k. Go-around EPR
l. HSI presentation
m. OBS, ILS and GS displacement
n. Aircraft position and direction of flight
o. Entry to HOLDINGS
p. WEATHER
8) QUESTIONS FOR CAAC REGULATIONS
1. If a pilot license was suspended, in how many months can the pilot apply for a new
license?
A: 12 months
B: 24 months
C: 36 Months
Answer =A
2. What is the lowest pass rate for a written test?
A: 60%
B: 80%
C: 3 out of 5
Answer =B
3. During a flight-test when each maneuver was graded, what is the lowest score to
pass
A: 80%
B: 3 out of 5
C: 4 out of 5
Answer =C
4. Which of the following flight-time cannot be logged as solo time?
A: sole occupant of the a/c which he was rated in.
B: the aircraft requires more than 1 pilot to operate and he is PIC.
557 | P a g e
C: A cadet pilot acting as PIC in an aircraft that requires more than 1 pilot to operate.
Answer =B
5. Which of the following flight-time cannot be logged as PIC-time?
A: Under the supervision of a check-pilot, flying as PIC of the left seat.
B: Flying as the sole occupant of an aircraft for which the pilot is type-rated.
C: Being the sole occupant of the aircraft.
Answer =A
6. Which of the following is the correct way of renewing a pilot-certificate?
A: Simulator flying and actual flying
B: Simulator flying and actual flying with recording analysis.
C: Written test and a flying test.
Answer =C
7. What is the Maximum age for a student pilot-license application?
A: 45 years
B: 55 years
C: 60 years
Answer =B
8. Which of the following is incorrect?
A: a student pilot can not act as PIC.
B: a student pilot can not act as PIC transporting passengers.
C: a student pilot can not act as PIC other than VFR flights.
Answer =B
9. The applicant applying for a commercial license must have a minimum of how
many PIC hours?
A: 10
B: 50
C: 100
558 | P a g e
Answer =C
10. Unless otherwise authorized, when is a type rating required?
A: Any aircraft required by CAAC to be type-rated for.
B: Max weight more than 6000kg
C: Multi engine a/c max weight more than 2700kg
Answer =A
11. When aircrew is flying they must carry which of the following documents:
A: Pilot logbook(s).
B: Airworthiness certificate.
C: Pilot certificate and current medical.
Answer =C
12. During an emergency evacuation, who should be the last person to vacate the
aircraft:
A: Flight attendant
B: Captain
C: Passengers.
Answer =B
13. During an emergency evacuation, in order for the flight-crew to evacuate the
aircraft, they must do so:
A: After all passengers have been evacuated.
B: After the captain has left the aircraft.
C: With permission of the captain.
Answer =C
14. Civil airport operating permits should be issued by:
A: National Assembly
B: Civil Aviation governing department under the Assembly.
C: Local Civil Aviation Bureau.
559 | P a g e
Answer =B
15. To operate an International Airport, it must be approved by:
A: National Assembly and Central Military Committee.
B: National Assembly
C: CAAC
Answer =B
16. Civil Aviation Environmental protection should be the responsibility of:
A: Local government of the area on which the airport is built on.
B: Civil Aviation governing department under the national assembly
C: Civil Airport governing organization.
Answer =C
17. Airspace regulation is written by:
A: CAAC
B: Central military committee.
C: National assembly and central military committee.
Answer =C
18. Who should be responsible for the ATC for a particular airspace?
A: Military or civil ATC.
B: Military and Civil ATC.
C: Military ATC.
Answer =A
19. In order to fly in controlled airspace, a civil aircraft:
A: Can fly freely.
B: Can fly freely under VFR.
C: Must obtain ATC clearance.
Answer =C
20. During flight, a civil aircraft is deliberately deviated off course / altitude, the first
560 | P a g e
thing to do is:
A: Request permission of the PIC.
B: On agreement of the crew.
C: Request permission of ATC.
Answer =C
21. Aircraft flying in PRC airspace should all follow the flight rules put out by:
A: CAAC and central military committee.
B: Central military committee.
C: National assembly and central military committee.
Answer =C
22. Regarding aircraft flying into prohibited airspace:
A: Is prohibited at all times.
B: Under certain meteorological conditions.
C: With authorization, following the regulations.
Answer =C
23. Under which of the following conditions can an aircraft fly over a city.
A: Over an airway that crosses over the city.
B: When under VFR.
C: During night flight.
Answer =A
24. Is dropping of an object of an aircraft allowed?
A: No.
B: Yes, when it is concerning flight safety.
C: Yes on a mountainous area.
Answer =B
25. Which of the following is contained in ATC services provided to aircraft in flight:
A: FIS.
561 | P a g e
B: Airport supporting service.
C: Navigational service.
Answer =A
26. Natural obstructions that may affect aircraft during flight should:
A: Be marked on a chart.
B: As a light marking.
C: Should be cleared.
Answer =A
27. Which of the following should be onboard the airplane during flight:
A: Registration and Airworthiness certificate.
B: Aircrew certificates and pilot logbooks.
C: Aircraft logbook and airport permit.
Answer =A
28. In order to conduct dangerous goods transport, these goods should be placed:
A: with the passengers.
B: To be checked in checked baggage.
C: To be placed in the proper baggage compartment.
Answer =C
29. An Air-ticket should have at least which of the following:
A: Passengers name and ID number.
B: Departure-point a destination point.
C: Date and place the ticket was issued at.
Answer =B
30. If an Air-ticket was lost then:
A: It does not affect the validity of the ticket.
B: Effects somewhat.
C: It renders it invalid.
562 | P a g e
Answer =A
31. When a passenger was killed due to an aircraft accident it is the responsibility of:
A: Passenger.
B: Operator.
C: Airport.
Answer =B
32. When you want to sue the airlines, for how long after the incident/accident can
you sue:
A: 6 months from which the aircraft reaches destination.
B: 1 Year from which the aircraft reaches destination
C: 2 Years from which the aircraft reaches destination.
Answer =C
33. The PRC civil aviation regulation was issued on:
A: 1996, Jan 1st
B: 1996, March 1st
C: 1997, Jan 1st
34. PRC civil aircraft airworthiness regulation was issued by:
A: Peoples council.
B: CAAC.
C: National assembly.
Answer =C
35. Civil aircraft airworthiness is the responsibility of:
A: CAAC
B: National assembly
C: Central Military committee
Answer =A
563 | P a g e
36 Any organization or person designing an aircraft should request from the CAAC:
A: Airworthiness cert.
B: Production Permit.
C: Type certificate.
Answer =C
37. Any organization or person can not produce any civil aircraft should request:
A: Airworthiness certificate.
B: Production Permit.
C: Type certificate.
Answer =B
38. Civil aircraft must have issued what by the CAAC:
A: Airworthiness Certificate.
B: Operating Permit.
C: Airport Permit.
Answer =A
39. All Chinese registered civil aircraft should have country register marking and:
A: Company marking.
B: Registry marking.
C: Model marking.
Answer =B
40. A foreign aircraft which has not been deregistered, can not apply for:
A: Chinese register.
B: Airworthiness.
C: Operating permit.
Answer =A
41. In order to conduct maintenance work on a Chinese registered aircraft outside of
china you:
564 | P a g e
A: Must obtain a maintenance license from a local government
B: Need not apply for a maintenance permit
C: Must obtain a CAAC Maintenance permit.
Answer =C
42. When conducting a SAR mission when you drop medics and emergency kits the
color should be
A: Red.
B: Blue.
C: Yellow.
Answer =A
43. When conducting a SAR mission when you drop food and water, the color should
be:
A: Red.
B: Blue.
C: Yellow.
Answer =B
44. If an aircraft is overdue, no other information has been obtained, which phase will
be initiated:
A: Unknown.
B: Warning.
C: Emergency.
Answer =B
45. When an aircraft’s flying ability has been affected, but did not lead to an
emergency landing this phase is:
A: Unknown.
B: Warning.
C: Emergency.
565 | P a g e
Answer =A
46. If an aircraft has done an emergency landing, this phase is called:
A: Unknown.
B: Warning.
C: Emergency.
Answer =C
47. When the aircrafts flying ability is severely affected and an emergency landing is
needed, this phase is called:
A: Unknown
B: Warning
C: Emergency
Answer =C
48. During an emergency situation, the ground to air signal “V” represents:
A: Help.
B: Medical Help needed.
C: Do not need help.
Answer =A
49. During an emergency situation, the ground to air signal “ X” represents:
A: Help.
B: Require Medical Assistance.
C: Do not need help.
Answer =B
50. During an emergency situation, the ground to air signal “N” represents:
A: Help.
B: Require Medical Assistance.
C: no
Answer =C
566 | P a g e
51. When taking off and landing in a high elevation airport oxygen is needed:
A: 2500m MSL
B: 3000m MSL
C: 3600m MSL
Answer =B
52. During VFR flights 2 aircraft have converged head to head at the same altitude,
how many meters of spacing is required between the passing aircraft:
A: 300m
B: 500m
C: 800m
Answer =B
53. 2 aircraft are converging at the same altitude and are crossing each others
flight-path, the PIC of the airplane that has the other airplane on his left-hand side
should:
A: Descent.
B: Climb.
C: Turn left.
Answer =A
54. 2 aircraft are converging at the same altitude and are crossing each others
flight-path, the PIC of the airplane that has the other airplane on right-hand side
should:
A: Descent.
B: Climb.
C: Turn left.
Answer =B
55. 2 aircraft are at the same altitude, and one is overtaking the other at the right hand
side, the spacing between the aircraft should be:
567 | P a g e
A: 200m.
B: 300m.
C: 500m.
Answer =C
56. Only when the weather is not below the pilot’s personal weather minima a pilot
can conduct VFR flight below what altitude:
A: 100m.
B: 200m.
C: 300m.
Answer =C
57. Only when the weather is not below the pilot’s personal weather minima, the
lowest distance below the ceiling to fly VFR is:
A: 30m.
B: 50m.
C: 80m.
Answer =B
58. After a pilot has obtained his certificate, at which interval does he need to have a
flight-review?
A: 1 year.
B: 2 year.
C: 3 year.
Answer =A
59. The definition of day-time flying is:
A: Sunrise to sunset.
B: Sky gets light to sun gets dark..
C: Sun gets light to sky gets dark.
Answer =A
568 | P a g e
60 The definition of night time is:
A: Sky gets dark to sky gets light.
B: Sun goes black to sky gets light.
C: Sunset to sunrise.
Answer =C
61. What is low level flying:
A: 50m or lower above the ground or water surface.
B: 100m or lower AGL.
C: 5 to 500m AGL.
Answer =B
62. Mid-altitude flying is:
A: 100m up to and including 4500m.
B: 1000m up to and including 5400m.
C: 1000m up to, but not including 6000m.
Answer =C
63. Hi- altitude flying is:
A: 4500m up to and including 9000m.
B: 8000m up to and including 12000m.
C: 6000m up to and including 12000m.
Answer =C
64. Stratosphere flying is:
A: 12000m not including and above.
B: 9000m including and above.
C: 12000m including and above.
Answer =A
65. During flight the FDR and CVR should:
A: Be turned on simultaneously.
569 | P a g e
B: Be turned on independently of each other.
C: Be turned on intermittently.
Answer =A
66. To use the departing airport as an alternate how much fuel reserve is needed:
A: 45 min.
B: 1 hour.
C: 1 hour and 30 minutes.
Answer =C
67. When the landing airport does not have runway-edge-lights, or the airport does
not have a night flight weather minimum, aircraft should arrive at the airport how
many minutes prior to sunset (non mountainous):
A: 10 min.
B: 15 min.
C: 20 min.
Answer =A
68. For holding altitudes from 600m to 6000m, how are the altitudes divided:
A: 150m.
B: 300m.
C: 450m.
Answer =B
69. Airports having a transition altitude and level, aircraft flying below the transition
altitude should set:
A: QFE.
B: QNH.
C: Actual altitude.
Answer =A
70. Cruising altitudes from 0 – 179 deg. true course are:
570 | P a g e
A: 600m to 6000m, 600m spacing and from 6000m to 12000m, 1200m spacing.
B: 900m to 5700m, 600m spacing and from 6600m to 11400m, 1200m spacing.
C: 900m to 6000m, 300m spacing and from 6000m to 12000m, 600m spacing.
Answer =B
71. Cruising altitudes from 180 – 359 deg. true course are:
A: 600m to 6000m, 600m spacing and from 6000m to 12000m, 1200m spacing.
B: 900m to 5700m, 600m spacing and from 6600m to 11400m, 1200m spacing.
C: 900m to 6000m, 300m spacing and from 6000m to 12000m, 600m spacing.
Answer =A
72. Aircraft with a cruising speed of less than 250km/h the VFR weather minimum is:
A: Visibility no less than 3km, horizontal distance from clouds no less than 300m and
vertical no less than 100m.
B: Visibility no less than 5km, horizontal distance from clouds no less than 300m and
C: Visibility no less than 5km, horizontal distance from clouds no less than 500m and
Answer =C
73. Aircraft with a cruising speed of 251km/h and above the VFR weather minimum is:
A: Visibility no less than 3km, horizontal distance from clouds no less than 300m and
B: Visibility no less than 5km, horizontal distance from clouds no less than 500m and
C: Visibility no less than 5km, horizontal distance from clouds no less than 1000m and
Answer =C
74. Signals for “do not take-off” or “do not taxi” are:
A: Daytime white flag pointing up, night time use white light signal or shoot a white
571 | P a g e
flare in front of the aircraft.
B: Daytime use flag, night time use “light-sticks” forming an “ X”.
C: Daytime using a red flag pointing upward and night time use a red signal gun or fire
a red flare in front of the aircraft.
Answer =C
75. Aircraft requesting to land is:
A: Aircraft over-fly the runway, daytime rock the wings, night time flash your nav-lights
or turn on the landing light.
B: Over-fly the runway and fire a green flare.
C: Over-fly and put down the landing gear and at night time, turn on the landing light.
Answer =A
76. Permit an aircraft to land, the signal is:
A: During daytime on land put out a “T”, at night turn on a “T” light or fire a green flare.
B: During day on land put on a “+”, at night turn on the “+” signal or fire a white flare.
C: During daytime give a flag-signal, at night-time turn on a light signal.
Answer =A
77. Do not land signal is:
A: During daytime put out a “T”, at night turn on a “T” light.
B: During daytime put out a “-”, at night turn on a “-” light.
C: During daytime put out a “+”, at night turn on a “+” light.
Answer =C
78. Aircraft requesting a immediate emergency landing:
A: Over-fly the runway, put down the landing gear, at night, turn on the landing light.
B: Over-fly the runway, rock the wings during daytime and turn on the landing light at
night.
C: Over-fly the runway, fire one or multiple flares at day and night.
Answer =C
572 | P a g e
79. When two way radio-communications are lost during VFR flight, the PIC should:
A: Maintain VFR go to the nearest airport and land.
B: Maintain VFR and fly to the destination and land.
C: Maintain VFR and return to the departure airport and land.
Answer =A
80. With an aircraft equipped with a transponder and 2-way com is lost, the code
should be:
A: A7500.
B: A7600.
C: A7700.
Answer =B
81. Highjack:
A: A7500.
B: A7600.
C: A7700.
Answer =A
82. Encounter serious threat to aircraft and occupants, squawk:
A: A7500.
B: A7600.
C: A7700.
Answer =C
83. During flight when fire has been extinguished, on the engine, can you restart?
A: If you have determined the cause of the fire and proper action has been taken you
can restart.
B: Under any circumstances you can not restart.
C: Only after the engine has cooled down, you can restart.
Answer =B
573 | P a g e
84. Pilot requesting take-off should signal:
A: During daytime pilot should stick his hand out the window, pointing forward.
B: During day, point hand upward, nighttime flash your navigation lights.
C: Daytime, wave your arm forward, night time, fire a white flare into the desired
takeoff direction.
Answer =B
85. Granting take-off signal from the tower:
A: Use a white flag pointing upward, than pointed into the takeoff direction, at night
time fire a green light-gun signal.
B: During daytime, waving a green flag into the direction of take-off, at night fire a
green flare upward.
C: daytime, raise a signal flag, night time turn on a signal light.
Answer =A
86. When changing altitude in order for an aircraft to get out of icing conditions it
should:
A: Use the Maximum permissible vertical speed.
B: Use the standard vertical speed.
C: Use the minimum vertical speed.
Answer =A
87. When an aircraft with icing on it, the moment of touchdown should be faster than
normal speed, how much faster?
A: 5 – 10km/h.
B: 10 – 20km/h.
C: 10 - 30km/h.
Answer =C
88. When flying over water, when must you have a life-raft / rescue equipment:
A: 15km.
574 | P a g e
B: 20km.
C: 25km.
Answer =C
89. Single engine airplanes flying over water, what are the regulations:
A: Do not exceed 5km off shore.
B: Do not exceed 10km off shore.
C: As long as the airplane can glide to shore in case of an engine failure.
Answer =C
90. During a SAR flight if unable to obtain destination W X conditions, how do you
dispatch an aircraft?
A: Use a W X forecast to release the aircraft.
B: Use the W X report at the departure airport to release the aircraft.
C: It depends on the nature of the mission to release the airplane.
Answer =A
91. When flying in the proximity of a thunderstorm during daytime, how far away
should the airplane stay away of the CB:
A: 5km.
B: 10km.
C: 15km.
Answer =A
92. When flying in the proximity of a thunderstorm during nighttime, how far away
should the airplane stay away of the CB:
A: 5km.
B: 10km.
C: 15km.
Answer =B
93. In order to fly in the proximity of a thunderstorm, the airplane must have:
575 | P a g e
A: Radar vectors and knowing the exact position of the thunderstorm.
B: The distance from the thunderstorm must be greater than 10km.
C: Aircraft flying at a true altitude of more than 1000m.
Answer =A
94. When aircraft flying above MSA during daytime when flying under a cloud in the
proximity of the thunderstorm, what is the minimum vertical distance you must be
below the cloud:
A: 200m.
B: 300m.
C: 400m.
Answer =C
95. When conducting specialized missions during day in mountainous areas the
earliest departure time cannot be how many minutes before sunrise?
A: 10min.
B: 15min.
C: 20min.
Answer =C
96. Conducting specialized missions during day in mountainous areas the latest
arrival time cannot be how many minutes before sunset?
A: 10min.
B: 15min.
C: 20min.
Answer =B
97. Agricultural flying, the lowest W X minimum for non-mountainous terrain is:
A: Ceiling no less than 100m, visibility no less than 3km.
B: Ceiling no less than 150m, visibility no less than 5km.
C: Ceiling no less than 200m, visibility no less than 5km.
576 | P a g e
Answer =B
98. Agricultural flying, the lowest W X minimum for mountainous terrain / high altitude
is:
A: Distance between ceiling and highest point of the working area no less than 150m
and visibility no less than 3km.
B: Distance between ceiling and highest point of the working area no less than 200m
C: Distance between ceiling and highest point of the working area no less than 300m
Answer =C
99. When conducting fish-spotting operations the W X minimum is:
A: Ceiling no less 100m, visibility no less than 2km.
B: Ceiling no less than 150m, visibility no less 3km.
C: Ceiling no less than 200m, visibility no less than 5km.
Answer =C
100. When conducting touch-and-go the beginning of the X-wind turn (1 st turn) and
the turn to final (5th turn) should be no lower than:
A: 50m
B: 100m
C: 150m
Answer =B
101. When conducting night touch and go or flying under complex w X conditions, the
beginning of the X-wind turn (1st turn) and the turn to final (5th turn) should be no lower
than:
A: 50m
B: 100m
C: 150m
577 | P a g e
Answer =C
102. During touch and go category “A” airplanes should be no less than:
A: 500m
B: 1000m
C: 1500m
Answer =C
103. During night-landing, aircraft should turn on their landing lights at which altitude?
A: 30 – 10m
B: 80 – 50m
C: 100 – 70m
Answer =C
104. During daytime, in an unpressurized aircraft, aircrew must use oxygen at what
altitude:
A: 3600m
B: 4000m
C: 4500m
Answer =B
105. During a special mission at daytime in non-mountainous areas the earliest
departure time cannot be how many minutes before sunrise?
A: 10min
B: 20min
C: 30min
Answer =C
106. Take-off time (land) definition is:
A: The moment the aircraft starts rolling on the take-off roll.
B: At the moment the front wheel is lifted.
C: At the moment the aircraft is lined up with the runway.
578 | P a g e
Answer =A
107. Landing time definition is:
A: At the moment of aircraft touchdown.
B: At the moment of the front wheel touching the ground
C: When the aircraft has come to a stop after the landing roll.
Answer =C
108. Flight time definition:
A: When an aircraft starts taxing at the departure point until the aircraft has reached
it’s destination and stopped moving.
B: From time an aircraft has started the take-off roll until it has ended the landing roll.
C: From the time the aircraft has lined-up with the runway until the aircraft has cleared
the runway.
Answer =A
109. When at the destination airport the W X is lower than the lowest W X minima, the
captain should:
A: Distribute tasks amongst the aircrew and prepare for special circumstances.
B: Fly to the alternate airport and notify ATC and dispatch department or return to the
point of departure.
C: Notify ground immediately and follow their commands.
Answer =B
110. During taxi, when an aircraft has to cross an active runway the captain should:
A: Observe and pass slowly.
B: Observe and pass quickly.
C: With permission of the controller and make sure no departing or landing aircraft will
pass.
Answer =C
111. During night taxi with “follow-me cars” you must
579 | P a g e
A: Turn on your navigation lights and taxi-light and taxi slowly.
B: Follow the “follow-me” car.
C: Taxi slowly
Answer =A
112. When flying in mountainous terrain and having a stong up or downdraft or it is
very windy, the minimum safe altitude from an obstacle should be no lower than:
A: 600m
B: 800m
C: 1000m
Answer =C
113. Flight personnel should have sufficient rest before flight, being no less than:
A: 6 hours
B: 8 hours
C: 10 hours
Answer =B
114. Flight planning and conducting a flight includes:
A: Flight planning, pre-flight, conducting the flight and post-flight briefing.
B: Pre flight, actual flight and post-flight briefing.
C: Flight planning, pre flight and flight.
Answer =A
115. When a pilot is conducting a solo operation other than at its home base, the
flight-plan should be submitted what time the day prior to the actual flight:
A: 15:00 hours.
B: 16:00 hours.
C: 17:00 hours.
Answer =A
116. Flight crew conducting flight operations should arrive how many hours prior the
580 | P a g e
flight:
A: 40min.
B: 1 hour.
C: 1 hour 30 min.
Answer =B
117. How many minutes prior to departure should the flight-crew request the
departure clearance:
A: 20
B: 30
C: 40
Answer =B
118. During the radar vectors, spacing between aircraft is whose responsibility?
A: Captain.
B: ATC.
C: Program Controller.
Answer =B
119. Approach radar control minimum spacing standard is:
A: 10km.
B: 20km.
C: 30km.
Answer =A
120. When controller has given an airplane on approach permission to conduct the
approach, which of the following clearances are still applicable:
A: Aircraft speed.
B: Aircraft altitude.
C: Aircraft landing procedure.
Answer =C
581 | P a g e
121. AFTN format telegrams the destination is represented in how many letters?
A: 2
B: 3
C: 4
Answer = C
122. With a cruising speed of 250km/h and above, the MSA for VFR flight on a
published airway is:
A: 5km on either side of the airway, no lower than 600m above the highest obstacle.
B: Use the VFR MSA published for the Airway.
C: Use the IFR MSA published for the Airway.
Answer =C
123. For an aircraft having a cruising speed of 250km/h or lower and you are cruising
lower than the lowest cruising altitude, within 5km of either side of the airway, what is
the MSA?
A: non-mountainous terrain, 50m and for mountainous terrain 200m.
B: 100 – 300m
C: 150 – 400m
Answer =B
124.For a VFR aircraft having a cruising speed below 250km/h and having traffic at
the same direction, same altitude on the same airway, what is the minimum spacing?
A: 1000m
B: 1500m
C: 2000m
Answer =C
125. A VFR aircraft having a cruising speed over 250km/h and having traffic at the
same direction, same altitude on the same airway, what is the minimum spacing?
A: 2000m
582 | P a g e
B: 3000m
C: 5000m
Answer =C
126. A VFR aircraft having a cruising speed over 250km/h and having traffic at the
same direction, same altitude on the same airway, what is the minimum spacing to
overtake the other aircraft?
A: On the right-hand side and maintain 300m spacing.
B: On the right-hand side and maintain 500m spacing.
C: On the left-hand side and maintain 500m spacing.
Answer =B
127. For different altitudes VFR traffic, what is the minimum vertical spacing that has
to be maintained?
A: 100m
B: 200m
C: 300m
Answer =C
128. Taxi speed should not exceed:
A: 20km/h
B: 30km/h
C: 50km/h
Answer =C
129. When aircraft are taxing behind each other, what is the minimum spacing that
has to be kept:
A: 30m
B: 50m
C: 80m
Answer =B
583 | P a g e
130. During taxi, two aircraft meet head on, what is the proper action to take:
A: Yield.
B: Taxi to the left.
C: Taxi to the right.
Answer =C
131. During taxi, two aircraft converge at a 90 deg. Angle:
A: Increase taxi speed, try to pass quickly.
B: If the traffic is from the left, give way.
C: If the traffic is from the right, give way.
Answer =B
132. During a close traffic pattern, with the permission of ATC, the faster airplane can
overtake a slower airplane prior to base. When overtaking, pass on the outside with a
spacing of no less than:
A: 100m
B: 200m
C: 300m
Answer =B
133. Which of the following ATC districts is for high altitude traffic:
A: Guiyang, Wuhan, Qingdao, Dalian
B: Nanchang, Wulumuqi, Changsha, Hangzhou
C: Xian, Hefei, Zhangjiang, Zhuhai.
Answer =A
134. When on an airway, whether an aircraft is controlled by a low-altitude ATC unit or
a high-altitude ATC unit, depends on:
A: Type.
B: Cruising speed.
C: Altitude.
584 | P a g e
Answer =C
135. During an approach at a high altitude airport, the altimeter can not show ………
altitude.
A: “0”
B: Field Pressure Altitude.
C: QNH.
Answer =B
136. During flight on an airway, altimeter standard pressure datum is:
A: QFE
B: QNH
C: QNE
Answer =C
137. During flight on an airway from 5100m including to 7800m including has how
many cruising levels?
A: 4
B: 3
C: 7
Answer =C
138. During flight, if you want to change altitude, the captain should:
A: Change immediately after the decision.
B: Contact the Air Force and change after a clearance has been obtained.
C: Contact the appropriate ATC unit and change after a clearance has been obtained.
Answer =C
139. When the airport field pressure is 1010.2Hpa and the altimeter is incorrectly set
to 1001.2Hpa, at the DA the airplane will be:
A: High.
B: Low.
585 | P a g e
C: No effect.
Answer =A
140. During VFR Flights, maintaining proper spacing between aircrafts is the
responsibility of who?
A: Captain.
B: ATC.
C: Dispatcher.
Answer =A
141. When you have IFR and VFR traffic I the same area, the spacing rules you
should use………?
A: VFR
B: IFR
C: Between VFR and IFR
Answer =B
142. When aircraft are taking-off and landing the direction of the runway depends on
A: Terrain, wind speed and wind direction.
B: Type of aircraft.
C: Arrival course and runway-center extension line.
Answer =A
143. Shuanjliu airport has runway 02-20. A B737 at the moment of ETA it has a strong
gust from 350/18mps the ATC should have the airplane:
A: Go to the alternate.
B: Take the South runway and advice the captain of crosswind.
C: Take the North runway and advice the captain of the crosswind.
Answer =C
144. When the ground-navigation aid is working and without the permission of the
staff.
586 | P a g e
A: You can not turn it off.
B: You can not switch navigation aids.
C: A + B.
145. In controlled airspace and having radar vectors, what is the radar spacing
between aircraft:
A: 10km
B: 20km.
C: 5km.
Answer =B
146. When the pilot has changed his address without notifying CAAC, for how many
days can he excercise the privileges of his pilot certificate?
A: 30 days
B: 60 days.
C: 90 days.
Answer =A
147. When an aircraft is penetrating an airway and there is no navigation aid at the
point of penetration, than the spacing between aircraft should be:
A: 10 min.
B: 20 min.
C: 15 min.
Answer =C
148. Aircraft entering a secondary radar area, not having received a transponder
code:
A: 2000.
B: 3000.
C: 4000.
587 | P a g e
Answer =A
149. Prior to providing a radar service, an identification turn has to be made, what is
angle of bank to use:
A: 10 deg
B: 20 deg
C: more than 30 deg.
Answer =C
150. Which of the following secondary radar codes are correct:
A: 1309
B: 2537
C: 8824
Answer =B
151. In China Medium and Low altitude ACT sector ranges from:
A: 6000m excluding and below.
B: 6000m including and below.
C: 6600m excluding and below.
Answer =C
152. MDA is:
A: During a precision approach the lowest altitude you can descent to.
B: During a non-precision approach, the lowest altitude you can decent to without the
required visual reference.
C: A and B.
Answer =B
153. On an airway, the spacing between different flight levels is:
A: 300m.
B: 600m.
C: 150m.
588 | P a g e
Answer =A
154. Who has the final decision on either landing or conducting the missed approach:
A: PIC.
B: Tower controller.
C: ATC.
Answer =A
155. Which of the following information will be used for the minimums for a
non-precision approach:
A: Visibility and ceiling.
B: RVR, DH and ceiling.
C: Visibility, MDH and ceiling.
Answer =C
156. Each airport’s flight planning is done by……..?
A: Dispatch department.
B: Coordination department.
C: On-site command department.
Answer =A
157. Regarding GA flights, all flight plans should be approved or disapproved before:
A: 15:00 hours the day before.
B: 12:00 hours the day before.
C: 20:00 hours the day before.
Answer =B
158. Which of the following methods do airlines use to dispatch flights:
A: Issue a flight mission booklet.
B: Sign off a flight release form.
C: Choice of the captain.
Answer =B
589 | P a g e
159. To release an aircraft you must have the permission of……….?
A: Dispatcher and captain.
B: Dispatcher or representative and Captain or representative.
C: Manager on duty and Captain or his representative.
Answer =B
160. When aircraft fuel is less than what is required for reserve, the aircraft should:
A: Be restricted from being released.
B: With the permission of the manager on duty, the aircraft can be released.
C: If the weather permits, the aircraft can be released.
Answer =A
161. When the airlines dispatcher and the captain have a disagreement on the
release of the aircraft, they should:
A: Listen to the dispatcher.
B: Listen to the captain.
C: Report to the manager on duty.
Answer =C
162. AFTN is what kind of telegram:
A: ICAO fixed telegram / communication network..
B: International flight communication association communication network. telegram.
C: World ATC specialized telegram.
Answer =A
163. SITA telegram is:
A: ICAO fixed telegram / communication network..
B: International flight communication association communication network. telegram.
C: International flight carrier association telegram.
Answer =B
164. Which of the following is a class with regard to aircraft:
590 | P a g e
A: Transportation, Normal, General and Special.
B: Aircraft, Rotorcraft, Glider Lighter than Air.
C: Single Engine Land, Multi Engine Land, Single Engine Sea and Multi Engine Sea.
Answer =C
165. Which of the following is a category with regard to aircraft:
A: Transportation, Normal, General and Special.
B: Airplane, Rotorcraft, Glider Lighter than Air.
C: Single Engine Land, Multi Engine Land, Single Engine Sea and Multi Engine Sea.
Answer =B
166. Does the commercial pilot license have a specific Expiration date?
A: No, it is issued without an Expiration date.
B: Yes, every 24 calendar months.
C: No, but if you don’t do a flight-renewal within 12 months, you can not excercise the
privileges of a commercial pilot.
Answer =C
167. How often do you have to do a flight review for a commercial pilot:
A: 6 months.
B: 12 months.
C: 24 months.
Answer =B
168. When is it required for the captain to have the appropriate class and type rating.
A: When flying solo.
B: When conducting a CAAC flight test.
C: Transporting passengers for compensation.
Answer =C
169. When an aircraft and a helicopter are converging in flight at a 90 deg. Angle and
the helicopter is on the right hand side of the airplane who has the right of way?
591 | P a g e
A: Helicopter, because it is on the right side of the airplane.
B: Helicopter, because the airplane is more maneuverable.
C: Airplane, because the helicopter is more maneuverable.
Answer =C
END.
EXTRA QUESTIONS
1) +ATPL CHAPTER 1-4
Chapter 1. Regulations 法规121
1.(1-1) Determine the CCAR Part 121 landing
minimums for the VOR/DME RWY 02
approach at Chengdu Inti Airport.PIC time 94
hours.
A.( 续考题正文， Airplane Vso Maximum
certificated weight 105knots,VREF approach
speed 140knots) __ MDH150m, VIS2400m.
B.MDH120m,VIS1600m.
C.MDH100m,VIS1600m.
Answer =A
2.(1-1) The PIC of PIL 10 has 87.5 hours and
26 landings as PIC in the B-767, while
operating under Part 121. The PIC has 1,876
hours and 298 landings, as PIC in the L-1011
under Part 121.
A.(续考题正文，What are the minimums for the
VOR/DME RWY 02 approach at Chengdu Inti
Airport for the PIC?)__MDH150m,VIS2400m.
B.MDH120m,VIS1600m.
592 | P a g e
C.MDH100m,VIS1600m.
Answer =B
3.(Refer to Figure 1-2) The PIC of PTL 55 has
75 hours and 30 landings as PIC in the B-747,
while operating under Part 121. The PIC has
759 hours and 312 landings, as PIC, in the
B-777 while operating under Part 121.
A.(续考题正文 What are the minimums for the
ILS RWY 02 approach at ZUCK, for the
PIC?)_DH95m，VIS1600
B.DH65m，RVR600
C.DH65m，RVR550
Answer =B
4.(Refer to Figures 1-3) The PIC of TNA 90
has 49 hours and 102 landings as PIC in the
MD90 while operating under Part 121. The
PIC also has 959 hours and 246 landings, as
PIC, in the B-737 while operating under Part
A.(续考题正文 What are the minimums for the
ILS/DME RWY 18 approach at ZSSS, for this
PIC?)_DA63m,RVR550m.
B.DA93m,VIS1600m.
C.DA110m,VIS1600m
Answer =B
5.(Refer to Figures 1-4) The PIC on TNA 90
(CAT C aircraft operated under CCAR Part
121) has not flown 100 hours as PIC in the
593 | P a g e
MD90. What are the minimums while flying
the ILS RWY 36R to land at ZBAA?
A.DH20',VIS800m.
B.DH200',RVR550m.
C.DH300',VIS1600m.
Answer =C
6.(Refer to Figures 1-4) The weather at ZBTJ
goes below the PICs minimums and TNA 90
(a CAT C aircraft operating under FAR Part
121 ) diverts to the alternate ZBAA. Upon
arrival at ZBAA, TNA 90 is cleared for
A.(续考题正文an ILS/DME RWY 36R approach.
The PIC has less than 100 hours of PIC time in
the MD 90. What are the landing
minimums?)_DH20',VIS800m.
B.DH200',RVR550m.
C.DH300',VIS1600m.
Answer =C
7.A Category II ILS pilot authorization, when
originally issued, is normally limited to
A.Category II operations not less than 1600 RVR
and a 150-foot DH.
B.pilots who have completed an FAA-approved
Category II training program.
C.Category II operations not less than 1200 RVR
and a 100-foot DH.
Answer =A
594 | P a g e
8.A commercial pilot has a type rating in a
B-727 and B-737. A flight test is completed in
a B-747 for the Airline Transport Pilot
Certificate. What pilot privileges may be
exercised regarding these airplanes?
A.Commercial - B-737; ATP - B-727 and B-747.
B.ATP - B-747; Commercial - B-727 and B-737.
C.ATP - B-747, B-727, and B-737.
Answer =C
9.A commercial pilot has DC-3 and DC-9 type
ratings. A flight test is completed for an
Airline Transport Pilot Certificate in a B-727.
What pilot privileges may be exercised?
B.ATP - B-727 only; Commercial - DC-9 and DC
Answer =C
10.A crewmember who has served as
second-in-command on a particular type
airplane (e.g., B737-300), may serve as
pilot-in-command upon completing which
training program?
A.Upgrade training.
C.Initial training.
Answer =A
11.A dispatch release for a flag or domestic
595 | P a g e
air carrier must contain or have attached to it
A.minimum fuel supply and weather information
for the complete flight.
B.trip number and weight and balance data.
C.weather information for the complete flight and
a crew list.
Answer = A
12.A domestic air carrier airplane lands at an
intermediate airport at 1815Z. The latest time
it may depart without a specific authorization
from an aircraft dispatcher is
A.1945Z.
B.1915Z.
C.1845Z.
Answer =B
13.A domestic air carrier flight has a delay
while on the ground, at an intermediate
airport. How long before a redispatch release
is required?
A.Not more than 1 hour.
B.Not more than 2 hours.
C.More than 6 hours.
Answer = A
14.A domestic or flag air carrier shall keep
copies of the flight plans, dispatch releases,
and load manifests for at least
A.3 months.
596 | P a g e
B.6 months.
C.30 days.
Answer =A
15.A flag air carrier flight lands at an
intermediate airport at 1805Z. The latest time
that it may depart without being redispatched
is
A.2005Z.
B.1905Z.
C.0005Z.
Answer =C
16.A passenger briefing by a crewmember
shall be given, instructing passengers on the
necessity of using oxygen in the event of
cabin depressurization, prior to flight
conducted above
A. FL200
B. FL240
C. FL250
Answer =C
17.A person whose duties include the
handing or carriage of dangerous articles
and/or magnetized materials must have
satisfactorily completed an established and
approved training program within the
preceding
597 | P a g e
Answer =B
18.A pilot flight crewmember, other than pilot
in command, must have received a
proficiency check or line-oriented simulator
training within the preceding
Answer =C
19.A pilot in command must complete a
proficiency check or simulator training within
the preceding
Answer =A
20.A pilot, acting as second-in-command,
successfully completes the instrument
competency check. How long does this pilot
remain current if no further IFR flights are
made?
A.12 months
B.90 days.
C.6 months.
Answer =C
598 | P a g e
21.A turbojet-powered flag air carrier airplane
is released to an airport which has no
available alternate. What is the required fuel
reserve?
A. 2 hours at normal cruise speed in a no wind
condition fuel consumption.
C. 30 minutes, plus 10 percent of the total flight
time.
Answer = B
22.An air carrier may schedule a pilot to fly in
an airplane, in any calendar month, for no
more than
A.80hours
B.90 hours
C.100hours
Answer =B ( 正答C)
23.An air carrier may schedule a pilot to fly in
an airplane, in any calendar year, for no more
than
A.800hours
B.900 hours
C.1000hours
Answer =C
24.An air carrier may schedule a pilot, on a
four-pilot crew (including a
second-in-commander pilot), for flight deck
599 | P a g e
duty during any 24 consecutive-hour period
for not more than
A.17 hours
B.24 hours
C.25 hours
Answer =A
25.An air carrier may schedule a pilot, on a
three-pilot crew (including a
second-in-commander pilot), for flight deck
duty during any 24 consecutive-hour period
for not more than
A.10 hours
B.14 hours
C.16 hours
Answer =A
26.An air carrier uses an airplane that is
certified for operation with a flightcrew of two
pilots and one flight engineer. In case the
flight engineer becomes incapacitated
A.at least one other flight crewmember must be
qualified to perform the flight engineer duties.
B.one crewmember must be qualified to perform
the duties of the flight engineer.
C.one pilot must be qualified and have a flight
engineer certificate to perform the flight engineer
duties.
Answer = A
600 | P a g e
27.An aircraft dispatcher shall receive at least
24 consecutive hours of rest during
A.every 7 consecutive days
B.any 7 consecutive days or the equivalent
thereof within any calendar month
C.each calendar week
Answer =B
28.An airplane has seats for 149 passengers
and eight crewmembers. What is the number
of flight attendants required with 97
passengers aboard?
A.Four
B.Three
C.Two
Answer = B
29.An airplane has seats for 49 passengers
and two crewmembers. What is the number
of flight attendants required with only 1
passenger aboard?
A.Two
B.One
C.Zero
Answer =B
30.An applicant who is scheduled for a
practical test for an airline transport pilot
certificate, in an approved flight simulator, is
A.required to have at least a current third-class
601 | P a g e
medical certificate.
B.not required to have a medical certificate.
C.required to have a first-class medical
certificate.
Answer =B
31.第一次An applicant who is taking a
practical test for a type rating to be added to
a commercial pilot certificate, in an approved
simulator, is
A.required to have a first-class medical
certificate.
B.required to have a second-class medical
certificate.
C.not required to have a medical certificate.
Answer =C
32.By regulation, who shall provide the pilot
in command of a domestic or flag air carrier
airplane information concerning weather, and
irregularities of facilities and services?
A.The aircraft dispatcher.
B.Air route traffic control center.
Answer = A
33.Category II ILS operations below 1600
RVR and a 150-foot DH may be approved
after the pilot in command has
A.10 takeoffs and landings in make and model
602 | P a g e
and three Category II ILS approaches in actual
or simulated IFR conditions with 150-foot DH
since the beginning of preceding month, under
14 CFR parts 91 and 121.
B. at least six Category II approaches in IFR
conditions with 100-foot DH within the preceding
12 calendar months.
C.log 100 hours' in make and model airplane
under 14 CFR part 121 and three Category II ILS
approaches in actual or simulated IFR with
150-foot DH since the beginning of the sixth
preceding month.
Answer =C
34.During a supplemental air carrier flight,
who is responsible for obtaining information
on meteorological conditions?
B.Pilot in command.
C.Director of operations or flight follower.
Answer =B
35.During emergency, can a pilot expect
landing priority?
A.. yes. delay all aircraft in the air and give this
emergency aircraft landing priority.
B. yes. Give the priority to this emergency
aircraft only when have conflict with other aircraft
or proximate the same expect landing time.
603 | P a g e
C. no. because the landing priority of aircraft
arriving at a tower-controlled airport is on
"first-come, first-served" basis.
Answer =B
36.Duty and rest period rules require that a
flight crewmember
A.not be assigned to any duty with the air carrier
during any required rest period.
B.not be on duty aloft for more than 100 hours in
any 30-day period.
C.be relieved of all duty for at least 24 hours
during any 7 consecutive days.
Answer =A
37.Each crewmember shall have readily
available for individual use on each flight a
Answer =C
38.Except during an emergency, when can a
pilot expect landing priority?
C. In turn, on a first-come, first-serve basis.
Answer =C
39.For a flag air carrier flight to be released to
an island airport for which an alternate
604 | P a g e
airport is not available, a turbojet-powered
airplane must have enough fuel to fly to that
airport and thereafter to fly
A. at least 2 hours at normal cruising fuel
consumption.
B. for 3 hours at normal cruising fuel
consumption.
Answer =A
40.For an airport with only one set of VOR
approach, if the applicable instrument
visibility minimum is 2,000 meters, it may be
listed as an alternate airport only when the
visibility is forecast to be at least
A.3000m.
B.3,600m.
C.2,800m.
Answer =B
41.For an airport with only one set of VOR
approach, if the authorized MDH is 100
meters, it may be listed as an alternate
airport only when the ceiling is forecast to be
at least
A.220m.
B.150m.
C.160m.
Answer =A
605 | P a g e
42.For an airport without air corridor, the
approach controlled airspace may extends
laterally from the edge of Class D airspace to
radius of
A. 40 kilometers.
B. 50 kilometers.
C.46 kilometers.
Answer = B
43.For scheduled airline, pilots should fill in
the box of TYPE OF FLIGHT with letter
A.G.
B.S.
C.R.
Answer =B
44.Group II aircraft are
B.Turbojet aircraft
Answer =B
45.How dose deadhead transportation, going
to or from a duty, affect the computation of
flight time limits for air carrier flight
crewmember? It is
A.considered part of the rest period if the flight
crew includes more than two pilots.
B.considered part of the rest period for the flight
engineers and navigators.
606 | P a g e
C.not considered to be part of a rest period.
Answer =C
46.How long shall a supplemental air carrier
or commercial operator retain a record of the
load manifest, airworthiness release, pilot
route certification, flight release, and flight
plan?
A.1 month.
B.3 months.
C.12 months.
Answer =B
47.How often must a crewmember actually
operate the airplane emergency equipment,
after initial training?
Answer =C
48.If a B-747(400) airplane is dispatched from
an airport that is below landing minimums,
what is the Maximum distance that a
departure alternate airport may be located
from the departure airport?
A.Not more than 2 hours at normal cruising
speed with one engine inoperative.
B.Not more than 2 hours at normal cruising
speed with one engine operating.
607 | P a g e
C.Not more than 2 hours at normal cruising
speed in still air with one engine inoperative.
Answer =C
49.If a flag air carrier flight lands at an
intermediate airport at 1845Z, and
experiences a delay, what is the latest time it
may depart for the nearest airport without a
redispatch release?
A.1945Z.
B.2015Z.
C.0045Z.
Answer =C
50.If a flight crewmember completes a
required annual flight check in December
1987 and the required annual recurrent flight
check in January 1989, the latter check is
considered to have been taken in
A.November 1988.
B.December 1988.
C.January 1989
Answer =B
51.If a flight engineer becomes incapacitated
during flight, who may perform the flight
engineer's duties?
A.The second in command only.
B.Any flight crewmember, if qualified.
C.Either pilot, if they have a flight engineer
608 | P a g e
certificate.
Answer =B
52.If an air carrier schedules a dispatcher for
12 hours of duty in a 24-consecutive-hour
period, what action is required?
A.The dispatcher should be given a rest period
of 24 hours at the end of the 13 hours
B.The dispatcher should be given a rest period
of at least 8 hours at or before the completion of
10 hours of duty
C.The dispatcher should refuse to be on duty
13hours as the CCAR part 121 limits the duty
period to 10 consecutive hours
Answer =B
53.If an intoxicated person creates a
disturbance aboard and air carrier aircraft,
the certificate holder must submit a report,
concerning the incident, to the Administrator
within
A. 10 days.
B. 24 hours.
C. 5 days.
Answer =C
54.If it becomes necessary to shut down one
engine on a domestic air carrier three-engine
turbojet airplane, the pilot in command
A. must land at the nearest suitable airport, in
609 | P a g e
point of time, at which a safe landing can be
made.
B. may continue to the planned destination if
approved by the company aircraft dispatcher.
C. may continue to the planned destination if this
is considered as safe as landing at the nearest
suitable airport.
Answer =C
55.In a 24-hour consecutive period, what is
the Maximum time, excluding briefing and
debriefing, that an airline transport pilot may
instruct other pilots in air transportation
service?
A.6 hours.
B.8 hours
C.10 hours.
Answer = B
56.It is the responsibility of the pilot and crew
to report a near midair collision as a result of
proximity of at least
Answer =B
57.第二次/No one may operate in Class A
airspace unless he has filed an IFR flight plan
and
610 | P a g e
A.reached the cruising IAS.
B.entered VFR weather conditions.
C.received an ATC clearance.
Answer =C
58.person may not act as a crewmember of a
civil aircraft if alcoholic beverages have been
consumed by that person within the
preceding
A.8 hours.
B.12 hours.
C.24 hours.
Answer =A
59.The "age 60 rule" of CCAR Part 121
applies to
C.the pilot in command only.
Answer =A
60.The certificated air carrier and operators
who must attach to, or include on, the flight
release form the name of each flight
crewmember, flight attendant, and
designated pilot in command are
A.supplemental and commercial.
B.supplemental and domestic.
C.flag and commercial.
Answer =A
611 | P a g e
61.The flight time limitations established for
flight crewmembers include
A. only commercial flying in any flight
crewmember position in which CCAR 121
B. all flight time, except military, in any flight
crewmember position.
C. all commercial flying in any flight crewmember
position.
Answer =C
62.The flight time limitations established for
flight crewmembers include
A.only pilots
B.pilots, navigators, flight engineers and batmen,
but do not include flight attendants.
C.all commercial flying in any flight crewmember
position.
Answer =C
63.The information required in the flight
release for supplemental air carriers and
commercial operators that is not required in
the dispatch release for flag and domestic air
carriers is the
A.weather reports and forecasts.
B.names of all crewmembers.
C.minimum fuel supply.
Answer =B
612 | P a g e
64.The kinds of operation that a certificate
holder is authorized to conduct are specified
in the
A.certificate holder's operations specifications.
B.application submitted for an Air Carrier or
Operating Certificate, by the applicant.
C.Air Carrier Certificate or Operating Certificate.
Answer =A
65.The Maximum duty time in 24 consecutive
hours that a carrier may schedule a pilot in a
four pilot crew (including a
second-in-commander pilot) without a rest
period is
A.19hours
B.20 hours
C.21hours
Answer =B
three pilot crew (including a
second-in-commander pilot) without a rest
period is
A.16hours
B.17 hours
C.18 hours
Answer =A
613 | P a g e
two pilot crew without a rest period is
A.12hours
B.13 hours
C.14 hours
Answer = C
68.The Maximum flight time in 24
consecutive hours that a carrier may
schedule a pilot in a two pilot crew without a
rest period is
A.8 hours
B.10 hours
C.12 hours
Answer =A
69.The Maximum number of consecutive
hours of duty that an aircraft dispatcher may
be scheduled is
A.12hours
B.10hours
C.8hours
Answer = B
70.The Maximum number of hours a pilot
may fly in 7 consecutive days without any
rest is
A.35 hours
B.32 hours
C.30 hours
614 | P a g e
Answer = A
71.The required crewmember functions that
are to be performed in the event of an
emergency shall be assigned by the
Answer =C
72.The training required by flight
crewmembers who have not qualified and
served in the same capacity on another
airplane of the same group (e.g., turbojet
powered) is
A.upgrade training.
B.transition training.
C.initial training.
C = ANSWER
73.The training required for crewmembers or
dispatchers who have been qualified and
served in the same capacity on other
airplanes of the same group is
A.difference training
B.transition training.
C.upgrade training
B = ANSWER
74.To be eligible for the practical test for the
renewal of a Category II authorization, what
615 | P a g e
recent instrument approach experience is
required?
A.Within the previous 6 months, six ILS
approaches, three of which may be flown to the
Category I DH by use of an approach coupler.
B.Within the previous 6 months, six ILS
approaches flown by use of an approach coupler
to the Category I DH.
C.Within the previous 12 calendar months, three
ILS approaches flown by use of an approach
coupler to the Category II DH.
A = ANSWER
75.To excercise ATP privileges a pilot must
hold
A.a third-class medical certificate.
B.a second-class medical certificate.
C.a first-class medical certificate.
C = ANSWER
76.To satisfy the minimum required
instrument experience for IFR operations, a
pilot must accomplish during the past 6
months at least
A.six instrument approaches, holding,
intercepting and tracking courses through the
use of navigation systems in an approved flight
training device/simulator or in the category of
aircraft to be flown.
616 | P a g e
B.six instrument approaches, three of which
must be in the same category and class of
aircraft to be flown, plus holding, intercepting and
tracking courses in any aircraft.
C.six instrument approaches and 6 hours of
instrument time, three of which may be in a
glider.
A = ANSWER
77.Under which condition is a flight engineer
required as a flight crewmember in CCAR
Part 121 operations?
A.If the airplane is being flown on proving flights,
with revenue cargo aboard.
B.If the airplane is powered by more than two
turbine engines.
C.If required by the airplane's type certificate.
C = ANSWER
78.What information must be contained in, or
attached to, the dispatch release for a
domestic air carrier flight?
A.Departure airport, intermediate stops,
destinations, alternate airports, and trip number.
B.Names of all passengers on board and
minimum fuel supply.
C.Cargo load, weight and balance data, and
identification number of the aircraft.
A = ANSWER
617 | P a g e
79.What information must be included on a
domestic air carrier dispatch release?
A.Evidence that the airplane is loaded according
to schedule, and a statement of the type of
operation.
B.Minimum fuel supply and trip number.
C.Company or organization name and
identification number of the aircraft.
B = ANSWER
80.What information must the pilot in
command of a supplemental air carrier flight
or commercial operator carry to the
destination airport?
A.Cargo and passenger distribution information.
B.Copy of the flight plan.
C.Names of all crewmembers and designated
pilot in command.
B = ANSWER
81.What instrument flight time may be logged
by a second-in-command of an aircraft
requiring two pilots?
A.All of the time the second-in-command is
controlling the airplane solely by reference to
flight instruments.
B.One-half the time the flight is on an IFR flight
plan.
C.One-half the time the airplane is in actual IFR
618 | P a g e
conditions.
A = ANSWER
82.What is one of the requirements that must
be met by an airline pilot to re-establish
recency of experience?
A.At least one landing must be made from a
circling approach.
B.At least one full stop landing must be made.
C.At least one precision approach must be made
to the lowest minimums authorized for the
certificate holder.
B = ANSWER
83.What is the minimum number of flight
attendants required on an airplane having a
passenger seating capacity of 238 with only
200 passengers aboard?
A.Five
B.Four
C.Two
A = ANSWER
attendants required on an airplane having a
passenger seating capacity of 238 with only
40 passengers aboard?
A.Six
B.Five
C.Two
619 | P a g e
B = ANSWER
attendants required on an airplane with a
passenger seating capacity of 333 when 296
passengers are aboard?
A.Seven
B.Six
C.Five
A = ANSWER
86. What minimum condition is suggested for
declaring an emergency?
A. Anytime the pilot is doubtful of a condition that
could adversely affect flight safety.
B. When fuel endurance or weather will require
an en route or landing priority.
C. When distress conditions such as fire,
mechanical failure, or structural damage occurs.
A = ANSWER
87.What recent experience is required to be
eligible for the practical test for the original
issue of a Category II authorization?
A.Within the previous 6 months, six ILS
approaches flown manually to the Category I
DH.
B.Within the previous 12 calendar months, six
ILS approaches flown by use of an approach
coupler to the Category I or Category II DH.
620 | P a g e
C.Within the previous 6 months, six ILS
approaches, three of which may be flown to the
Category I DH by use of an approach coupler.
C = ANSWER
88.What requirement must be met regarding
cargo that is carried anywhere in the
passenger compartment of an air carrier
airplane?
A. The bin in which the cargo is carried may not
be installed in a position that restricts access to,
or use of, any exit.
B. The bin in which the cargo is carried may not
be installed in a position that restricts access to,
or use of, any aisle in the passenger
compartment.
C. The container or bin in which the cargo is
carried must be made of material which is at
least flash resistant.
B = ANSWER
89.When a flag air carrier airplane lands at an
intermediate airport at 1822Z, what is the
latest time it may continue a flight without
receiving a redispatch authorization?
A.1922Z.
B.1952Z.
C.0022Z.
C = ANSWER
621 | P a g e
90.When a flight engineer is a required
crewmember on a flight, it is necessary for
A.one pilot to hold a flight engineer certificate
and be qualified to perform the flight engineer
duties in an emergency.
B.the flight engineer to be properly certificated
and qualified, but also at least one other flight
crewmember must be qualified and certified to
perform flight engineer duties.
C.at least one other flight crewmember to be
qualified to perform flight engineer duties, but a
certificate is not required.
C = ANSWER
91.When a pilot's flight time consists of 80
hours' pilot in command in a particular type
airplane, how does this affect the minimums
for the destination airport?
A.Has no effect on destination but alternate
minimums are no less than 100m(MDH/DH) and
VIS1600m.
B.Minimums are decreased by 30m(MDH/DH)
and 800m(VIS).
C.Minimums are increased by 30m(MDH/DH)
and 800m(VIS).
C = ANSWER
92.When a speed adjustment is necessary to
maintain separation, what minimum speed
622 | P a g e
may ATC request of a arrival aircraft
operating below 3,000 meters?
A. Turbojet aircraft, a speed not less than 230
knots. Piton engine and turboprop aircraft, a
speed not less than 150 knots.
B. a speed not less than 210 knots; except 20
miles from threshold, not less than 170 knots.
Piston and turboprop aircraft. not less than 200
knots; except 20 flying miles from threshold, not
less than 150 knots.
B = ANSWER
93.When a temporary replacement is
received for an airman's certificate, for what
Maximum time is this document valid?
A.60 days.
B.90 days.
C.120 days.
94.When a turbine-engine-powered airplane
is to be ferried to another base for repair of
an inoperative engine, which operational
requirement must be observed?
A.Only the required flight crewmembers may be
on board the airplane.
B.The existing and forecast weather for
departure, en route, and approach must be VFR.
623 | P a g e
C.No passengers except authorized
maintenance personnel may be carried.
A = ANSWER
95.When a type rating is to be added to an
airline transport pilot certificate, and the
practical test is scheduled in an approved
flight training device and/or approved flight
simulator, the applicant is
A.required to have at least a third-class medical
certificate.
C.required to have a first-class medical
certificate.
B = ANSWER
96.When an air carrier airplane with a seating
capacity of 187 has 67 passengers on board,
what is the minimum number of flight
attendants required?
A.Four
B.Three
C.Two
A = ANSWER
97. 第四次When may a Category II ILS
limitation be removed?
A.When three Cat II ILS approaches have been
completed to a 150-foot decision height and
landing.
624 | P a g e
B.When six ILS approaches to Category II
minimums and landing have been completed in
the past 6 months.
C.120 days after issue or renewal.
A = ANSWER
98.When may a pilot descend below 100 feet
above the touchdown zone elevation during a
Category II ILS instrument approach when
only the approach lights are visible?
A.After passing the visual descent point (VDP).
B.When the RVR is 1,600 feet or more.
C.When the red terminal bar of the approach
light systems are in sight.
C = ANSWER
99.Where are the routes listed that require
special navigation equipment?
A.Certificate holder's Operations Specifications
B.International Aeronautical Information Manual
C.International Notices To Airmen
A = ANSWER
100.Which dispatch requirement applies to
an international air carrier that is scheduled
for a 10 hours IFR flight?
A.No alternate airport is required if the visibility at
the destination airport is desired to be at least
4,800m.
B.An alternate airport is required.
625 | P a g e
C.An alternate airport is not required if the ceiling
at the destination airport is at least 600m AGL.
B = ANSWER
101.Which document includes descriptions
of the required crewmember functions to be
performed in the event of an emergency?
B = ANSWER
102.Which document specifically authorizes
a person to operate an aircraft in a particular
geographic area?
A.Operations Specifications.
B.Operating Certificate.
C.Dispatch Release.
A = ANSWER
103.Which documents are required to be
carried aboard each domestic air carrier
flight?
A.Load manifest (or information from it) and flight
release.
B.Dispatch release and weight and balance
release.
C.Dispatch release, load manifest (or information
from it), and flight plan.
C = ANSWER
626 | P a g e
104.Which documents are required to be
carried aboard each flag air carrier flight?
A.Dispatch release, flight plan, and weight and
balance release.
C.Dispatch release, load manifest, and flight
plan.
C = ANSWER
105.Which ground components are required
to be operative for a Category II approach in
addition to LOC glide slope, marker beacons,
and approach lights?
A.Radar and RVR.
B.RCLS and REIL
C.HIRL, TDZL, RCLS, and RVR.
C = ANSWER
106.Which information must be contained in,
or attached to, the dispatch release for a flag
air carrier flight?
A.Type of operation (e.g., IFR, VFR), trip
number.
B. Total fuel supply and minimum fuel required
on board the airplane.
C.Passenger manifest, company organization
name, and cargo weight.
A = ANSWER
107.Which is a definition of the term
627 | P a g e
"crewmember"?
A.Only a pilot, flight engineer, or flight navigator
assigned to duty in an aircraft during flight time.
B.A person assigned to perform duty in an
aircraft during flight time.
C.Any person assigned to duty in an aircraft
during flight except a pilot or flight engineer.
B = ANSWER
108.Which is a definition of the term "flight
crewmember"?
A.a pilot, flight engineer, or flight navigator
assigned to duty in the aircraft during flight time.
B.Any person assigned to perform duty in an
aircraft during flight time.
C.Any person assigned to duty in an aircraft
during flight except a pilot or flight engineer.
A = ANSWER
109.Which is one of the requirements that
must be met by a required pilot flight
crewmember in re-establishing recency of
experience?
A.At least one landing must be made with a
simulated failure of the most critical engine.
B.At least one ILS approach to the lowest ILS
minimums authorized for the certificate holder
and a landing from that approach.
C.At least three landings must be made to a
628 | P a g e
complete stop.
B = ANSWER
110.Which operational requirement must be
observed by a commercial operator when
ferrying a large, three-engine,
turbojet-powered airplane from one facility to
another to repair an inoperative engine?
A.The Airplane Flight Manual must include
procedures and performance data which allow
for the safe operation of such a flight.
B.The existing and forecast weather for
A = ANSWER
111.Which operational requirement must be
observed by a commercial operator when
ferrying a large, three-engine,
turbojet-powered airplane from one facility to
another to repair an inoperative engine?
A.The computed takeoff distance to reach V1
must not exceed 70 percent of the effective
runway length.
B.The initial climb cannot be over
thickly-populated areas.
C.The existing and forecast weather for
B = ANSWER
629 | P a g e
112.Which passenger announcement(s) must
be made after each takeoff?
A. Keep satety belts fastened while seated and
no smoking in the aircraft lavatories.
B. Passengers should keep seat belts fastened
while seated.
C. How to use the passenger oxygen system and
that there is a $1,000 fine for tampering with a
smoke detector.
B = ANSWER
113.Who is responsible, by regulation, for
briefing a domestic or flag air carrier pilot in
command on all available weather
information?
A.Company meteorologist.
B.Aircraft dispatcher.
B = ANSWER
114.Who must the crew of a domestic or flag
air carrier airplane be able to communicate
with, under normal conditions, along the
entire route (in either direction) of flight?
A.ARINC
B.Any FSS
C = ANSWER
115.With regard to flight crewmembers duties,
630 | P a g e
which of the following operations are
considered to be in the "critical phases of
flight"?
A. taxi, takeoff, landing, and all other operations
conducted below 3,000 meters MSL, including
cruise flight.
B. descent, approach, landing, and taxi
operations, irrespective of altitudes MSL.
C. taxi, takeoff, landing, and all other operations
conducted below 3,000 meters, excluding cruise
flight.
C = ANSWER
Chapter2.Equipment,Navigation& Facilities
机载设备，领航和地面设施
1. TCAS I provides 第一代交通报警及避撞系统
提供
B.Proximity warning
C.Recommended maneuvers to avoid conflicting
traffic
B = ANSWER
2. Which range of codes should a pilot avoid
switching through when changing
transponder codes? 切换应答机编码时要避免
穿越哪些编码
A. 0000 through 1000.
631 | P a g e
B. 7200 and 7500 series.
C. 7500, 7600, and 7700 series.
C = ANSWER
3. Without Receiver Autonomous Integrity
Monitoring (RAIM) capability, the accuracy of
the GPS derived 没有接收机自主监控能力对
GPS信息的精确度的影响是
A. Altitude information should not be relied upon
to determine aircraft altitude.
C. Velocity information should be relied upon to
determine aircraft groundspeed
A = ANSWER
4. What functions are provided by ILS?仪表着
陆系统的功能是
A. Azimuth, distance, and vertical angle.
B. Azimuth, range, and vertical angle.
C. Guidance, range, and visual information.
C = ANSWER
5. To make all the route aircraft have the
same zero altitude, the altimeter should set
on. 为使所有航路飞机有相同的零高度基准，高
度表拨正值应设定为
A.the standard air pressure of the mean sea
level
632 | P a g e
C.the standard air pressure of the calibrated sea
level
A = ANSWER
6. What are the indications of Precision
Approach Path Indicator (PAPI)?精密进近下滑
指引灯光的指示是
A.High-white, on glidepath-red and white;
low-red.
B.High-white, on glidepath-green; low-red.
C.High-white and green, on glidepath-green;
low-red.
A = ANSWER
7. What are the indications of the pulsating
VASI?闪动目视进近坡度指示灯的指示是
A.High-pulsing white, on glidepath-green,
low-pulsing red.
B.High-pulsing white, on glidepath-steady white,
slightly below glide slope steady red, low-pulsing
red.
C.High-pulsing white, on course and on
glidepath-steady white, off course but on
glidepath-pulsing white and red; low-pulsing red.
8. What are the line check requirements for
the pilot in command for a domestic air
carrier?国内航线飞行的机长的航线检查要求是
A.The line check is required every 12 calendar
633 | P a g e
months in one of the types of airplanes to be
flown.
B.The line check is required only when the pilot
is scheduled to fly into special areas and
airports.
C.The line check is required every 12 months in
each type aircraft in which the pilot may fly.
A = ANSWER
9. What are the lowest Category IIIA minimum?
盲降IIIA的最低标准是
B.RVR 1,000 feet
C.RVR 700 feet.
C = ANSWER
10. What aural and visual indications should
be observed over an ILS inner marker?飞越盲
降系统内指点标时，机上的听觉和视觉指示是
B. Continuous dashes at the rate of two per
second.
C. Alternate dots and dashes at the rate of two
per second.
A = ANSWER
11. What can a pilot expect if the pitot system
ram air input and drain hole are blocked by
ice?全静压系统冲压口和排水孔结冰堵塞，飞行
634 | P a g e
员可以看到
B.The airspeed indicator will show a decrease
with an increase in altitude
C.No airspeed indicator change will occur during
climbs or descents
A = ANSWER
12. What does the tri-color VASI consist of?三
色目视进近坡度指示灯的组成是
B.One light projector with three colors;
green,amber,(red)
C.Three glide slopes, each a different color; red,
green, and amber.
B = ANSWER
13. What facilities may be substituted for an
inoperative middle marker during a Category
I ILS approach?一类盲降时，失效的中指点标可
以替换为
A.ASR and PAR.
B.The middle marker has no effect on straight-in
minimums.
B = ANSWER
14. What does the blue radial line on the
airspeed indicator of a light, twin-engine
635 | P a g e
airplane represent?轻型双发飞机的空速表上的
蓝色标线代表
C.Minimum controllable airspeed for
single-engine operation.
A = ANSWER
15. What does the precision Approach Path
Indicator (PAPI) consist of? 精密进近下滑道指
示灯的组成是
A.Row of four lights parallel to the runway; red,
white, and green.
B.Row of four lights perpendicular to the runway;
red and white.
C.One light projector with two colors; red and
white.
B = ANSWER
16. What does the pulsating VASI consist of?
闪动目视坡度指示灯的组成是
A.Three-light system, two pulsing and one
steady.
B.Two-light projectors, one pulsing and one
steady.
C.One –light project, pulsing white when above
glide slope or red when more than slightly below
glide slope, steady white when on glide slope,
steady red for slightly below glide path.
636 | P a g e
C = ANSWER
17. What is corrected altitude (approximate
true altitude)?修正高度（约为真高）是
A.Pressure altitude corrected for instrument
error.
B.Indicated altitude corrected for temperature
variation from standard.
C.Density altitude corrected for temperature
variation from standard.
B = ANSWER
18. What is the advantage of a three-bar VASI?
三排目视进近坡度指示灯的优点是
B.A normal glide angle is afforded both high and
low cockpit aircraft.
C.The three-bar VASI is mush more visible and
can be used at a greater height.
B = ANSWER
19. What is the advantage of HIRL or MIRL on
an IFR runway as compared to a VFR runway?
与目视跑道相比，仪表等级跑道的高强度跑道灯
和中强度跑道灯的优点是
A.Lights are closer together and easily
distinguished from surrounding lights
B.Amber lights replace white on the last 2,000
feet of runway for a caution zone
637 | P a g e
C.Alternate red and white lights replace the white
on the last 3,000 feet of runway for caution zone
B = ANSWER
20. What is the purpose of Runway End
Identifier Lights (REIL)?跑道端指示灯的用途是
A.Identification of a runway surrounded by a
preponderance of other lighting.
B.Identification of the touchdown zone to prevent
landing short.
C.Establish visual descent guidance information
during an approach.
A = ANSWER
21. What type navigation system is inertial
Navigation System (INS)? A navigation
computer which provides position惯性导航系
统是何种导航系统？一台导航计算机通过____提
供位置信息
A.From information by compass, airspeed, and
an input of wind and variation data.
B.From radar-type sensors that measure ground
speed and drift angles.
C.By signals fro, self-contained gyros and
accelerometers.
C = ANSWER
22. What type service should normally be
expected from an En Route Flight Advisory
Service?航路飞行咨询服务通常提供何种服务
638 | P a g e
A. Weather advisories pertinent to the type of
flight, intended route of flight, and altitude
B. Severe weather information ,changes in flight
plans, and receipt of position reports.
C. Radar vectors for traffic separation, route
weather advisories, and altimeter settings.
A = ANSWER
23. When is DME required for an instrument
flight?仪表飞行何时需要DME
A.At or above 24000 feet MSL if VOR
navigational equipment is required
A = ANSWER
24.When is the course deviation indicator
(CDI) considered to have a full-scale
deflection?何时认为航道偏离指示器达到最大偏
A.When the CDI deflects from full-scale left to
full-scale tight, or vice versa.
B.When the CDI deflects from the center of the
scale to full-scale left or right.
C.When the CDI deflects from half-scale left to
half-scale right, or vice versa.
B = ANSWER
25. When making an approach to a
narrower-than-usual runway, without VASI
639 | P a g e
assistant, the pilot should be aware that the
approach向窄跑道进近时，没有VASI辅助，飞
行员应小心
C.may result in leveling off too high and landing
hard.
B = ANSWER
26. When making an approach to a
wider-than-usual runway, without VASI
assistant, there is a tendency 向宽跑道进近，
没有VASI辅助，会出现什么趋势
B.to fly a higher-than -normal approach.
B = ANSWER
27. When must an air carrier airplane be DME
equipped?航线飞机何时必须装配DME
A. In class e airspace for all IFR or VFR on top
operations.
B.Whenever VOR navigational receivers are
required
C.For flights at or above FL 180
B = ANSWER
28. When using cabin heat in light
single-engined aircraft it should be
640 | P a g e
remembered that 轻型单发飞机上使用座舱加温
要切记
A.the use of full cabin heat during take-off can
degrade the aircrafts take-off performance
B.there is a possibility that carbon monoxide can
be introduced directly into the cockpit through
exhaust leaks in the heart exchanger
C.cabin heat should be used in cruising flight
only, and never in climbs or descents
B = ANSWER
29. Which color on a tri-color VASI is a "high"
indication?三色VASI 的“偏高”位置的指示颜色
A.Red
B.Amber
C.Green.
B = ANSWER
30. Which color on a tri-color VASI is an "on
course" indication?三色VASI 的“在下滑道上”
的指示颜色是
A.Red
B.Amber
C.Green
C = ANSWER
31. Which component associated with the ILS
is identified by the first two letters of the
641 | P a g e
localizer identification group? 下列哪个盲降设
备可以通过航向台标识的前两个字母识别
A.Inner marker.
B.Middle compass locator.
C.Outer compass locator.
C = ANSWER
32. When provided, an automatic terminal
information service (ATIS) will assist
operations prior to__. 配备后，通播可以在什么
之前协助运行
A. the commencement of final approach
B. enter TMA
A = ANSWER
33. Which "rule-of-thumb" may be used to
approximate the rate of descent required for
a 3 glide path? 粗略计算3度下滑道所需的下降
率的一般规律的
A.5times groundspeed in knots.
B. 8times groundspeed in knots.
C.10 times groundspeed in knots.
A = ANSWER
34. Which airplanes are required to be
equipped with a ground proximity warning
glide slope deviation alerting system? 哪些飞
机需要装备近地警告下滑道偏离报警系统
642 | P a g e
A.All turbine powered airplanes
B.Passenger -carrying turbine-powered
airplanes only
C.Large turbine-powered airplanes only
A = ANSWER
35. Which equipment requirement must be
met by an air carrier that elects to use a dual
inertial Navigation System (INS) on a
proposed flight? 航线飞行中使用两套惯导系统
导航必须满足什么设备要求
A.The dual system must consist of two operative
INS units.
B.A dual VORTAC/ILS system may be
substituted for an inoperative INS.
C.Only one INDS is required to be operative, if a
Doppler Radar is substituted for the other INS.
C = ANSWER
36. Which facility may be substituted for the
middle marker during a Category I ILS
approach?一类盲降进近哪个设备可以代替中指
点标
A.VOR/DME FIX
B.Surveillance radar
C.Compass locator
C = ANSWER
37. which rule applies to the use of the
643 | P a g e
cockpit voice recorder erasure feature? 驾驶
舱话音记录器的可擦除特性的规则是
A.All recorded information may be erased,
except for the last 30 minutes prior to landing.
B.Any information more than 30 minutes old may
be erased
C.All recorded information may be erased,
unless the NTSB needs to be notified of an
occurrence.
B = ANSWER
38. Which pressure is defined as station
pressure?下列哪个可定义为场压
A.Altimeter setting.
B.Actual pressure at field elevation.
C.Station barometric pressure reduced to sea
level.
B = ANSWER
39. Within what frequency range does the
localizer transmitter of the ILS operate? 盲降
系统航向台发射频率
A.108.10 to 118.10 MHZ
B.108.10 to 111.95 MHZ
C.108.10 to 117.95 MHZ.
B = ANSWER
40. (Refer to Figure 2-10) This is an example
of 这是个
644 | P a g e
A.An ILS Critical Area Holding Position Sign
C.An ILS Critical Area Boundary Sign
C = ANSWER
41. (Refer to Figure 2-11) What is the runway
distance remaining at "A" for a daytime
takeoff in runway 9?昼间9号跑道起飞在A位置
时剩余跑道距离为
A.1,000 feet
B.1,500 feet
C.2,000 feet
A = ANSWER
42. (Refer to Figure 2-12) what is the runway
distance remaining at "A" for a nighttime
takeoff on runway 9?夜间9号跑道起飞在A 处
剩余跑道距离为
A.1,000 feet
B.2,000 feet
C.2,500 feet
B = ANSWER
distance remaining at "B" for a daytime
takeoff on runway 9?昼间9号跑道起飞在B 处
A.2,000 feet
B.2,500 feet
645 | P a g e
C.3,000 feet
C = ANSWER
distance remaining at "D" for a daytime
takeoff on runway 9?昼间9号跑道起飞在D 处
A.500 feet
B.1,000feet
C.1,500 feet
B = ANSWER
distance remaining at "A" for a nighttime
takeoff on runway 9?夜间9号跑道起飞在A 处
跑道剩余距离为
A.2,000 feet
B.3,000 feet
C.3,500 feet.
B = ANSWER
distance remaining at "B" for a nighttime
takeoff on runway 9?夜间9号跑道起飞在B 处
A.1,000 feet
B.2,000 feet
C.2,500 feet.
B = ANSWER
646 | P a g e
distance remaining at "C" for a nighttime
takeoff on runway 9?夜间9号跑道起飞在C 处
A.1,000 feet
B.1,500 feet
C.1,800 feet.
A = ANSWER
distance remaining at "E" for a daytime
takeoff on runway 9? 昼间9号跑道起飞在E 处
A.1,500 feet
B.2,000 feet
C.2,500 feet
B = ANSWER
50. (Refer to Figure 2-1and 2-2) To which
aircraft position does HSI presentation "A"
respond?图A的HSI指示对应下列哪个飞机的位
A.1
B.8
C.11
A = ANSWER
aircraft position does HSI presentation "C"
647 | P a g e
respond?图C的HSI的指示对应下列哪个飞机的
位置
A.6
B.7
C.12
C = ANSWER
aircraft position does HSI presentation "D"
correspond?图D的HIS 指示对应下列哪个飞机
的位置
A.4
B.15
C.17
C = ANSWER
aircraft position does HSI presentation "E "or
respond?图E的HIS指示对应下列哪个飞机的位
A.5
B.5 (6)
C.15
B = ANSWER
54. (Refer to Figure 2-3) On which radial is the
aircraft as indicated by the NO.1 NAV? 1 号
NAV中指示飞机在哪条径向线上
A.R-175
648 | P a g e
B.R-165
C.R-345
C = ANSWER
55. (Refer to Figure 2-3) What is the lateral
displacement in degrees from the desired
radial on the NO.2 NAV? 2 号NAV指示飞机偏
离预选航道多少度
A.1
B.-2
C.-4
C = ANSWER
56. (Refer to Figure 2-3) What is the lateral
displacement of the aircraft in nautical miles
from the radial selected on the No.1 NAV? 1
号NAV指示飞机偏离预选航道的横向偏离距离是
A.5.0NM
B.7.5NM
C.10.0NM
A = ANSWER
57. (Refer to Figure 2-3) Which OBS selection
on the No.2 NAV would center the CDI and
change the ambiguity indication to a TO? 2号
NAV 的OBS 调整到多少可以使CDI 回中并指示
TO
A.166
B.346
649 | P a g e
C.354
C = ANSWER
58. (Refer to Figure 2-6) What is the magnetic
bearing TO the station as indicated by
illustration 4?图4指示电台方位角为
A.285
B.055
C.235
B = ANSWER
59. (Refer to Figure 2-6) Which RMI
illustration indicates the aircraft is southwest
of the station and moving closer TO the
station?下列哪个RMI 指示飞机在电台西南并在
靠近导航台
A.1
B.2
C.3
A = ANSWER
60. (Refer to Figure 2-6) Which RMI
illustration indicates the aircraft to be flying
outbound on the magnetic bearing of 235
FROM the station ?(wind050 at 20 knots)下列
哪个RMI 指示飞机在磁方位角235 上背台飞行
（风向050风速20节）
A.2
B.3
650 | P a g e
C.4
B = ANSWER
61. (Refer to Figure 2-9) This sign, which
faces the runways and is visible to the pilot,
indicates该标志牌面向跑道，可以让飞行员看到，
表示
A.A point at which the pilot should contact
ground control without being instructed by tower
B.A point at which the aircraft will be clear of
runway
C.The point at which the emergency arresting
gear is stretched across the runway.
B = ANSWER
62. (Refer to Figures 2-4 and 2-5) To which
aircraft position does HSI presentation "B"
correspond?图B的HSI指示对应下列哪个飞机
的位置
A.11
B.5 and 13
C.7and 11
B = ANSWER
aircraft position does HSI presentation "H"
correspond? 图H的HSI指示对应下列哪个飞机
的位置
A.8
651 | P a g e
B.1
C.2
B = ANSWER
aircraft position does HSI presentation "I"
correspond? 图I的HSI指示对应下列哪个飞机
的位置
A.4
B.12
C.11
C = ANSWER
65. (Refer to Figures 2-4 and 2-5)To which
aircraft position does HSI presentation "A"
correspond? 图A的HSI指示对应下列哪个飞机
的位置
A.9and6
B.9 only
C.6 only
A = ANSWER
66. (Refer to Figures 2-7a and 2-8) Which
displacement from the localizer and glide
slope at the 1.9 NM point is indicated?图中1.9
海里处飞机偏离航向道和下滑道多少
A710 feet to the left of the localizer centerline
and 140 feet below the glide slope.
B.710 fee to the right of the localizer centerline
652 | P a g e
and 140 feet above the glide slope.
C.430 feet to the right of the localizer centerline
A nd 28 feet above the glide slope.
B = ANSWER
67. (Refer to Figures 2-7b and 2-8) Which
displacement from the localizer centerline
and glide slope at the 1,3000-foot point from
the runway is indicated? 图中1300英尺处飞
机偏离航向道和下滑道多少
A.21 feet below the glide slope and
approximately 320 feet to the right of the runway
centerline.
B.28 feet above the glide slope and
approximately 250 feet to the left of the runway
centerline.
C.21 feet above the glide slope and
approximately 320 feet to the left of the runway
centerline.
C = ANSWER
68.A function of the Minimum Equipment List
is to indicate required items which最低设备清
单的一个功能是指明______所需的项目
A.Are required to operative for overwater
passenger air carrier flights.
B.May be inoperative for a one-time ferry flight of
a large airplane to a maintenance base.
C.May be inoperative prior to beginning a flight in
653 | P a g e
an aircraft.
C = ANSWER
69. A Land and Hold Short Operations
(LAHSO) clearance, that the pilot accepts: 飞
行员接受后，着陆和跑道外等待指令
A.Must be adhered to.
B.Does not preclude rejected landing.
C.Precludes a rejected landing.
B = ANSWER
70. A pilot approaching to land a
turbine-powered aircraft on a runway served
by a VASI shall 涡轮发动机飞机在有VASI的跑
道上着陆，进近时，飞行员应该
A.Not use the VASI unless a clearance for a
VASI approach is received.
B.Use the VASI only when weather conditions
are below basic VFR.
C.Maintain an altitude at or above the glide slope
until a lower altitude is necessary for a safe
landing.
C = ANSWER
71. A pilot of a high-performance airplane
should be aware that flying a
steeper-than-normal VASI glide slope angle
may result in高性能飞机飞行员应该注意：VASI
辅助下大坡度进近会导致
654 | P a g e
A. A hard landing.
B = ANSWER
72. Airport information signs, used to provide
destination or information, have 机场信息标牌
用来提供目的地等信息，它有
A.Yellow inscriptions on a black background
B.White inscriptions on a black background
C.Black inscriptions on a yellow background
C = ANSWER
73. An air carrier airplane's airborne radar
must be in satisfactory operating condition
prior to dispatch, if the flight will be 如果飞行
______，航线飞机的机载雷达在飞行前必须工作
良好
A.Conducted under VFR conditions at night with
scattered thunderstorms reported en route
B.Carrying passengers, but not if it is "all cargo"
C.Conducted IFR, and ATC is able to radar
vector the flight around areas of weather
A = ANSWER
74. An air carrier operates a flight in VFR
over-the-top conditions. What radio
navigation equipment is required to be a dual
installation?执行云上目视飞行。什么无线电导航
655 | P a g e
设备需要安装两套
A.VOR
B.VOR and ILS
C.VOR and DME
A = ANSWER
75. Below FL180, en route weather advisories
should be obtained from an FSS on 飞行高度
层180以下，航路气象情报应该从FSS上获得，
其频率为
A.122.1MHz
B.122.0MHZ
C.123.6MHz
B = ANSWER
76. During an en route descent in a
fixed-thrust and fixed-pitch attitude
configuration, both the ram air input and
drain hole of the pitot system become
completely blocked by ice. What airspeed
indication can be expected?固定推力和固定飞
机仰角执行航路下降，全静压系统冲压口和排水
孔完全冰封，则空速指示会
C.Indicated airspeed remains at the value prior
to icing
B = ANSWER
656 | P a g e
77. En route at FL270, the altimeter is set
correctly. On descent, a pilot fails to set the
local altimeter setting of 30.57.If the field
elevation is 650feet,and the altimeter is
functioning properly, what will it indicate
upon landing?航路飞行高度层270，高度表设定
正确。下降中飞行员没有将高度表拨正为场压
30.57。如果机场标高650英尺，高度表工作正常，
着落时高度指示为
A.585feet
B.1.300feet
C.Sea level
C = ANSWER
78. For the purpose of testing the flight
recorder system.测试飞行数据记录系统
A.A minimum of 1 hour of the oldest recorded
data must be erased to get a valid test
B.A total of 1 hour of the oldest recorded data
accumulated at the time of testing may be
erased
C.A total of no more than 1 hour of recorded data
may be erased
B = ANSWER
79. GPS instrument approach operations,
outside the United States, must be authorized
by 美国境外使用GPS 进行仪表进近，必须获得
657 | P a g e
谁的批准
A. The FAA-approved aircraft flight manual (AFM)
or flight manual supplement
B = ANSWER
80. Holding line markings at the intersection
of taxiways and runways consist of four lines
(two solid and two dashed) that extend
across the width of taxiway, These lines are
交叉滑行道和跑道上的等待位置标志由四条线构
成(两实线和两虚线)，长度等于滑行道宽度。这些
标志
A.White in color and the dashed lines are
nearest the runway
B.Yellow in color and the dashed lines are
nearest the runway
C.Yellow in color and the solid lines are nearest
the runway
B = ANSWER
81. Holding position signs have 等待位置标牌
A = ANSWER
658 | P a g e
82. How can a pilot identify a lighted heliport
at night?飞行员夜间如何识别有灯标的直升机场
B.White and red beacon light with dual flash of
the white
C.Green and white beacon light with dual flash of
the white
A = ANSWER
83. How long is cockpit voice recorder and
flight recorder data kept, in the event of
accident or occurrence resulting in
terminating the flight?出现导致中止飞行的事故
或事件时，驾驶舱语音记录器和飞行数据记录仪
的数据需要保存多久
A.60days
B.90days
C.30days
A = ANSWER
84. Identify REIL. 识别跑道端识别灯
B.Green lights at the threshold and red lights at
far end of runway.
C.Synchronized flashing lights laterally at each
side of the runway threshold.
C = ANSWER
85. Identify runway remaining lighting on
659 | P a g e
centerline lighting systems 识别跑道中线灯指
示的跑道剩余距离
A.Amber lights from 3000 feet to 1,000 feet, then
alternate red and white lights to the end
B.Alternate red and white lights from 3,000 feet
to 1,000 feet, then red lights to the end
C.Alternate red and white lights from3,000 feet to
the end of the runway
B = ANSWER
86. Identify touchdown zone lighting (TDZL)
识别接地区灯光
A.Two rows of transverse light bars disposed
symmetrically about the runway centerline
B.Flush centerline lights spaced at 50-foot
intervals extending through the touchdown zone
C.Alternate white and green centerline lights
extending from 75 feet from the threshold
through the touchdown zone
A = ANSWER
87. Identify the runway distance remaining
markers 识别跑道剩余距离标志
A.Signs with increments of 1,000 feet distance
remaining
B.Red markers laterally placed across the
runway at 3.000 feet from the end
C.Yellow marker laterally placed across the
runway with signs on the side denoting distance
660 | P a g e
to end
A = ANSWER
88. If a required instrument on a multiengine
airplane becomes inoperative, which
document dictates whether the flight may
continue en route? 多发飞机上所需的仪表航路
飞行中失效后，哪个文件决定是否可以继续飞行
A. An approved Minimum Equipment list for the
airplane.
C = ANSWER
89. If an air carrier airplane is flying IFR using
a single ADF navigation receiver and the ADF
equipment fails, the flight must be able to 如
果航线飞机使用单套ADF 设备执行仪表飞行，且
设备失效，则飞行必须能够
A.Proceed safely to a suitable airport using VOR
aids and complete an instrument approach by
use of the remaining airplane system.
B.Continue to the destination airport by means of
dead reckoning navigation
C.Proceed to a suitable airport using VOR aids
complete an instrument approach and land.
A = ANSWER
90. If an air carrier airplane's airborne radar is
inoperative and thunderstorms are forecast
661 | P a g e
along the proposed route of flight, an
airplane may be dispatched only如果航线飞机
机载雷达故障且航路预报有雷暴，则签派放行必
须满足：
A.When able to climb and descend VFR and
maintain VFR/OT en route
B.In VFR conditions
C = ANSWER
91. If an airborne checkpoint is used to check
the VOR system for IFR operations, the
Maximum bearing error permissible is 用空中
检查点检查VOR，则最大容许误差
A.Plus or minus 6
B.Plus 6 or minus 4
C.Plus or minus4?
A = ANSWER
92. If both the ram air input and drain hole of
the pitot system are blocked by ice, what
airspeed indication can be expected? 全静压
系统的冲压空气入口和排水孔都被并堵塞，空速
指示会有什么变化
A.No variation of indicated airspeed in level flight
if large power changes are made
662 | P a g e
A = ANSWER
93. If Receiver Autonomous Integrity
Monitoring (RAIM) is not available when
setting up for GPS approach , the pilot
should 进行GPS进近时无RAIM，飞行员应该
A. Continue to the MAP and hold until the
satellites are recaptured .
B. Proceed as to cleared to the IAF and hold until
satellite reception is satisfactory ,
C. Select another type of navigation aid.
C = ANSWER
94. In conducting Land and Hold Short
Operations (LAHSO), the pilot should have
readily available: 执行LAHSO 程序时，飞行员
应该已经获得下列情报
A.The published Available Landing Distance
(ALD), landing performance of the aircraft, and
slope of all LAHSO combinations at the
destination airport.
B.The published runway length and slope for all
LAHSO combinations at the airport of intended
landing.
C.The landing performance of the aircraft,
published Available Landing Distance (ALD) for
all LAHSO combinations at the airport of
intended landing, plus the forecast winds.
A = ANSWER
663 | P a g e
95. An air carrier that elects to use an Inertial
Navigation System (INS) must meet with
which equipment requirement prior to takeoff
on a proposed flight? 选择使用惯导系统的飞机
在起飞前必须满足什么设备要求
A. The INS system must consist of two operative
INS unit
B. Only one INS is required to be operative, if a
Doppler Radar is substituted for other INS.
C. A dual VORTAC/ ILS system may be
substituted for an inoperative INS.
B = ANSWER
Chapter 3. Aerodynamics 空气动力学
1. One purpose of high-lift devices is to
增升装置的作用之一
B.delay stall.
B = ANSWER
2.What is a feature of air movement in a high
pressure area?高压区空气流动的特点
A. Ascending from the surface high to lower
pressure at higher altitudes.
C. Moving outward from the center at high
altitudes and into the center at the surface.
664 | P a g e
B = ANSWER
3.The Krueger flap extends from the leading
edge of the wing, increasing its 克鲁格襟翼从
机翼前缘伸出,增加翼
A.angle of attack
B.camber
C.energy
B = ANSWER
4.The leading edge of an advancing cold air
mass is .
前进冷气团的前端叫做
A. warm front.
C. cold
front.
C = ANSWER
5.The primary purpose of high-lift devices is
to increase the增升装置的主要作用是增加
A.-L/Dmax.
B = ANSWER
6.To avoid the wingtip vortices of a departing
jet airplane during takeoff, the pilot should 起
飞时为避开前面离场喷气机的翼尖涡，飞行员应
665 | P a g e
A. Lift off at a point well past the jet airplane's
flight path.
B. Climb above and stay upwind of the jet
airplane's flight path.
C. Remain below the flight path of the jet
airplane.
B = ANSWER
7.Upon which factor does wing loading
during a level coordinated turn in smooth air
depend?平稳空气中水平协调转弯，翼载荷取决
A.Rate of turn
B.Angle of bank
C.True airspeed
B = ANSWER
8.What action is expected of an aircraft upon
landing at a controlled airport? 管制机场着陆
时，飞机应该
A. continue taxiing in the landing direction until
advised by the tower to switch to ground control
frequency.
B. exit the runway at the nearest suitable taxiway
and remain on tower frequency until instructed
otherwise
C. exit the runway at the nearest suitable taxiway
and switch to ground control upon crossing the
taxiway holding lines.
666 | P a g e
B = ANSWER
9.What action is required prior to takeoff if
snow is adhering to the wings of an air
carrier airplane?起飞前机翼积雪，应该采取什么
措施
A. sweep off as much snow as possible and the
residue must be polished smooth.
B. Assure that the snow is removed from the
airplane.
C. Add 15 knots to the normal VR speed as the
snow will blow off.
B = ANSWER
10.What action shall the pilot in command
take if it becomes necessary to shut down
one of the two engines on an air carrier
airplane?航线飞机关闭双发中的一发后，机长必
须采取什么行动
A. Land at the airport which the pilot considers to
be as safe as the nearest suitable airport in point
of time.
B. Land at the nearest suitable airport in point of
time at which a safe landing can be made.
C. Land at the nearest airport, including military
what has a crash an rescue unit.
B = ANSWER
11.What action should a pilot take when a
clearance appears to be contrary to a
667 | P a g e
regulation?管制许可与法规抵触时，飞行员应该
A = ANSWER
12.What action should a pilot take when he is
uncertain of the meaning of an ATC clearance?
不明白管制指令时，飞行员应该
B.Request a clarification from the ATC.
C.Read the clearance back entirely.
B = ANSWER
13.What action should be taken by the pilot in
command of a transport category airplane if
the airborne weather radar becomes
inoperative en route on an IFR flight for
which weather reports indicate possible
thunderstorms?
航路仪表飞行中机载雷达失效，且预报航路有雷
暴，则运输类飞机的机长应该
A.Request radar vector from ATC to the nearest
suitable airport and land
B.Proceed in accordance with the approved
instructions and procedures specified in the
operationsmanual for such an event
C.Return to the departure airport if the
thunderstorms have not been encountered. and
668 | P a g e
there is enough fuel remaining
B = ANSWER
14.What action should be taken if one of the
two VHF radios fail while IFR in controlled
airspace?管制空域仪表飞行,两套甚高频无线电
中一套失效，则应该
B. Squawk 7600.
A = ANSWER
15.What affects indicated stall speed?_影响指
示失速速度
A = ANSWER
16.What effect does the leading edge slot in
the wing have on performance? 前缘缝翼对机
翼气动性能的影响是
B. Changes the stalling angle of attack to a
higher angle.
C. Decelerates the upper surface boundary layer
air.
B = ANSWER
17.What effect would a light crosswind have
669 | P a g e
on the wingtip vortices generated by a large
airplane that has just taken off? 小侧风对刚起
飞大型机产生的翼尖涡作用:
A. The upwind vortex will tend to remain on the
runway longer than the downwind vortex.
B. A crosswind will rapidly dissipate the strength
of both vortices.
C. The downwind vortex will tend to remain on
the runway longer than the upwind vortex.
A = ANSWER
18.What flight condition should be expected
when an aircraft leaves ground effect?飞机离
开地面效应需要
A.An increase in induced drag requiring a higher
angle of attack.
B.A decrease in parasite drag permitting a lower
angle of attack.
A = ANSWER
19.What is a characteristic of longitudinal
instability?
俯仰不稳定性的特点是
A.Pitch oscillations becoming progressively
greater.
B.Bank oscillations becoming progressively
greater.
670 | P a g e
A = ANSWER
20.What is a purpose of flight spoilers?飞行扰
流板作用：
C.-Direct airflow over the top of the wing at high
angles of attack.
B = ANSWER
21.What is load factor?载荷因数是
C = ANSWER
22.What is movement of the center pressure
when the wingtips of a swept wing airplane
are stalled first?后掠翼飞机翼尖先失速，压力中
心的移动
A.inward and aft
B = ANSWER
23.What is one disadvantage of a swept wing
design?
后掠翼的缺点之一是
A.The wing root stalls prior to the wingtip section.
671 | P a g e
B.The wingtip section stalls prior to the wing root.
C.Severe pitch down moment when the center of
pressure shifts forward.
B = ANSWER
24.What is the condition known as when
gusts cause a swept wing-type airplane to
roll in one direction while yawing in the other?
突风使后掠翼飞机向一个方向滚转，同时向另一
方向偏航的情况称为
A.Porpoise.
B.Wingover.
C.Dutch roll
C = ANSWER
25.What is the effect on total drag of an
aircraft if the airspeed decreases in level
flight below that speed for Maximum L/D? 低
于最大升阻比速度平飞，空速减小，总阻力
A.Drag increases because of increased induced
drag.
B.Drag increases because of increased parasite
drag.
C.Drag decreases because of lower induced
drag.
A = ANSWER
26.What is the primary function of the leading
edge flaps in landing configuration during
672 | P a g e
the flare before touchdown?着陆构型中前缘襟
翼在接地前拉平阶段主要起作用
A = ANSWER
27.What is the principal advantage of a
sweepback design wing over a straight wing
design?后掠翼相比平直翼的主要优点是
A.The critical Mach number will increase
significantly.
B.Sweepback will increase changes in the
magnitude of force coefficients due to
compressibility.
C.Sweepback will accelerate the onset of
Compressibility effect.
A = ANSWER
28.What is the purpose of a control tab? 控制
片的作用
A.Move the flight controls in the event of manual
reversion.
B.Reduce control forces by deflecting in the
proper direction to move a primary flight control.
C.Prevent a control surface from moving to a
full-deflection position due to aerodynamic
forces.
673 | P a g e
A = ANSWER
29.What is the purpose of a servo tab?伺服片
的作用
A.Move the flight controls in the event of manual
reversion.
B. Reduce control forces by deflecting in the
proper direction to move a primary flight control.
C. Prevent a control surface from moving to a
full-deflection position due to aerodynamic
forces.
B = ANSWER
30.What is the purpose of an elevator trim tab?
升降舵配平片的作用
A.Provide horizontal balance as airspeed is
increased to allow hands-off flight.
B.Adjust the speed tail load for different
airspeeds in flight allowing neutral control forces.
C.Modify the downward tail load for various
airspeeds in flight eliminating flight-control
pressures.
C = ANSWER
31.What is the reason for variations in
geometric pitch along a propeller or rotor
blade?螺旋桨或旋翼桨叶(从桨尖到桨根)的几何
桨叶角变化的原意是
A.It permits a relatively constant angle of attack
along its length when in cruising flight.
674 | P a g e
B.It prevents the portion of the blade near the
hub or root from stalling during cruising flight.
C.It permits a relatively constant angle of
incidence along its length when in cruising flight.
A = ANSWER
32.what is the relationship between induced
and parasite drag when the gross weight is
increased?全重增加，诱导阻力和废阻力的变化
关系是
A.parasite drag increases more than induced
drag
B. induced drag increases more than parasite
drag
C. both parasite and induced drag are equally
increased.
B = ANSWER
33.What is the relationship of the rate of turn
with the radius of turn with a constant angle
of bank but increasing airspeed? 坡度恒定、
空速增加，转弯率和转弯半径的变化关系是
A.-rate will decrease and radius will increase.
B.Rate will decrease and radius will decrease.
C.Rate and radius will increase.
A = ANSWER
34.What is the result of a shock-induced
separation of airflow occurring near the wing
675 | P a g e
root of a swept wing aircraft? 后掠翼翼根处由
激波引起的气流分离的后果是
B = ANSWER
35.What taxi action is expected of an aircraft
upon landing at a controlled airport?管制机场
着陆时滑行需要
B. exit the runway at the any suitable taxiway, or
make a 180 degrees turn on the runway if
overshot a expect taxiway.
C. exit the runway at the nearest suitable taxiway
without delay.
C = ANSWER
36.What true airspeed and angle of attack
should be used to generate the same amount
of lift as altitude is increased?高度升高，要产
生相同升力，真空速和迎角应
A. The same true airspeed and angle of attack
B. A higher true airspeed for any given angle of
attack
C. A lower true airspeed and higher angle of
attack
B = ANSWER
676 | P a g e
37.What will be the ratio between airspeed
and lift if the angle of attack and other factors
remain constant and airspeed is doubled? lift
will be 如果迎角和其他参数恒定、空速加一倍，
升力增大几倍
A.The same.
B.Two times greater.
C.Four
times greater.
C = ANSWER
通常何时使用内侧副翼
C = ANSWER
39.Which condition would INITIALLY cause
the indicated airspeed and pitch to increase
and sink rate to decrease?下列哪个条件可以在
刚开始使得空速、仰角增大，而下沉率减小
A = ANSWER
40.Which direction from the primary control
surface does a servo tab move? 伺服片与主操
677 | P a g e
纵面偏转方向
A.Some direction.
B = ANSWER
surface does an anti-servo tab move? 反伺服
片与主操纵面偏转__
A.Same direction.
A = ANSWER
surface does an elevator adjustable trim tab
move when the control surface is moved? 当
升降舵偏转后，升降舵配平片偏转方向与升降舵
偏转方向
A.Same direction.
C = ANSWER
43.Which flight conditions of a large jet
airplane create the most severe flight hazard
by generating wingtip vortices of the greatest
strength? 什么状态的大型喷气机会产生最大强
度的翼尖涡并造成最严重的飞行危险条件
678 | P a g e
A. Heavy, slow, gear and flaps up.
B. Heavy, slow, gear and flaps down.
C. Heavy, fast, gear and flaps down.
A = ANSWER
44.Which is a purpose of ground spoilers? 地
面扰流板作用
C. Increase the rate of descent with out gaining
airspeed.
A = ANSWER
45.Which is a purpose of leading-edge slats
on high-performance wings? 高性能机翼前缘
缝翼的作用
B.-Improve aileron control during low angles of
attack.
C.-Direct air from the high pressure area under
the leading edge along the top of the wing.
C = ANSWER
46.Which is a purpose of the leading-edge
flaps?前缘襟翼的作用是
C.Direct airflow over the top of the wing at high
angles of attack.
679 | P a g e
A = ANSWER
47.Which is a purpose of wing-mounted
vortex generators? 机翼安装的涡流发生器的作
用是
A. Reduce the drag caused by supersonic flow
over portions of the wing
B. Increase the onset of drag divergence and aid
in aileron effectiveness at high speed
C. Break the airflow over the wing so the stall will
progress from the root out to the tip of the wing
A = ANSWER
48.Which is true regarding the forces acting
on an aircraft in a steady-state descent? The
sum of all稳定下降的飞机上作用力的总和为
A.-upward forces is less than the sum of all
downward forces.
B.-rearward forces is greater than the sum of all
forces.
C.-forward forces is equal to the sum of all
rearward forces.
C = ANSWER
49.Which of the following are considered
primary flight controls? 下列哪个是主飞行操纵
A.Tabs.
B.Flaps.
680 | P a g e
C.Outboard ailerons.
C = ANSWER
50.Which of the following is not the way of
increasing MCRIT in jet transport designs 下
列不是喷气运输机设计中增大临界马赫数的方式
的是
C.add slats
C = ANSWER
51.Which statement is true concerning the
wake turbulence produced by a large
transport aircraft? 下列关于大型运输机产生的
尾流的陈述，哪个正确
A. Vortices can be avoided by flying 300 feet
below and behind the flight path of the
generating aircraft.
B. The vortex characteristics of any given aircraft
may be altered by extending the flaps or
changing the speed.
C. Wake turbulence behind a propeller-driven
aircraft is negligible because jet engine thrust is
a necessary factor in the formation of vortices.
B = ANSWER
52.while maintaining a constant angle of
bank and altitude in a coordinated turn, an
681 | P a g e
increase in airspeed will 协调转弯中保持恒定
坡度和高度，空速增大会
A.decrease the rate of turn resulting in a
decreased load factor.
B.decrease the rate of turn resulting in no
change in load factor
C.increase the rate of turn resulting in no change
in load factor
B = ANSWER
53.While making prolonged constant rate
turns under IFR conditions, an abrupt head
movement can create the illusion of rotation
on an entirely different axis. This is known as
仪表飞行中保持恒定转弯率转弯，头部的突然转
动会使人产生天旋地转的错觉，这种错觉称为
A. Autokinesis.
C.the leans.
B = ANSWER
54.Wingtip vortices created by large aircraft
tend to 大型机产生的翼尖涡倾向于
A. Sink below the aircraft generating the
turbulence.
C. Accumulate and remain for a period of time at
the point where the takeoff roll began.
A = ANSWER
682 | P a g e
55.Why do some airplanes equipped with
inboard/outboard ailerons use the outboards
for slow flight only? 为什么有些装配内/外侧副
翼的飞机仅在低速时使用外侧副翼
A.-Increased surface area provides greater
controllability with flap extension.
B.-Aerodynamic loads on the outboard ailerons
tend to twist the wingtips at high speeds.
C.-Locking out the outboard ailerons in
high-speed flight provides variable flight control
feel.
B = ANSWER
56.Why is it necessary to increase back
elevator pressure to maintain altitude during
a turn? To compensate for the为什么需要在转
弯时增加拉杆力控制升降舵来保持高度？是为了
补偿
B.loss of the horizontal component of lift and the
increase in centrifugal force
C.rudder deflection and slight opposite aileron
throughout the turn
A = ANSWER
57.Why must the angle of attack be increased
during a turn to maintain altitude? 为何转弯时
需增大迎角保持高度
683 | P a g e
A.Compensate for loss of vertical component of
lift
B.Increase the horizontal component of lift equal
to the vertical component
A = ANSWER
58Within what mach range does transonic
fight regimes usually occur? 跨音速飞行通常
在马赫数多大范围内
A.-.50 to .75 mach
B.-.75 to .1.20 mach
C.-1.20 to 2.50 mach
B = ANSWER
59.Airflow separation over the wing can be
delayed by using vortex generators. 使用涡流
发生器延缓上翼面气流分离的原因是其
A.Directing high pressure air over the top of the
wing or flap through slots and making the wing
surface smooth.
B.Directing a suction over the top of the wing or
flap through slots and making the wing surface
smooth.
C. Making the wing surface rough and/or
directing high pressure air over the top of the
wing or flap through slots.
C = ANSWER
60.At what Mach range does de subsonic
684 | P a g e
flight range normally occur?超音速飞行马赫数
范围是
A.Below.75 Mach.
A = ANSWER
61.At which speed will increasing the pitch
attitude cause an airplane to climb? 什么速度
下增加迎角会使飞机爬升
A.Low speed.
B.High speed.
C.Any speed.
B = ANSWER
62.By changing the angle of attack of a wing,
the pilot can control the airplane's 改变机翼迎
角,飞行员可控制飞机的
B = ANSWER
63.Describe dynamic longitudinal stability 描
述俯仰动稳定性
A.Motion about the longitudinal.
B.Motion about the lateral axis.
C.Motion about the vertical axis.
B = ANSWER
685 | P a g e
64. For a given angle of bank, the load factor
imposed on both the aircraft and pilot in a
coordinated constant-altitude turn 坡度不变，
协调水平转弯中施加在飞机和飞行员身上的载荷
因数
A.is directly related to the airplane's gross
weight.
B.varies with the rate of turn.
C.is constant
C = ANSWER
65.For which purpose may flight spoilers be
used?飞行扰流板的作用
B.Increase the rate of descent without increasing
aerodynamic drag.
C.Aid in longitudinal balance when rolling an
airplane into a turn.
A = ANSWER
66.How can an airplane produce the same lift
in ground effect as when out of ground effect?
飞机如何在地面效应中产生与地面效应外相同的
升力
B = ANSWER
67.How can the pilot increase the rate of turn
686 | P a g e
and decrease the radius at the same time? 如
何在增大转弯率的同时减小转弯半径
B = ANSWER
68.How does the wake turbulence vortex
circulate around each wingtip? 尾流如何绕翼
尖运动
B. Counterclockwise when viewed from behind
the aircraft.
C = ANSWER
69.Identify the type stability if the aircraft
attitude remains in new position after the
controls have been neutralized. 飞机姿态在操
纵回中后保持在新位置，稳定性为
C = ANSWER
attitude tends to move farther from its
original position after the controls have been
neutralized操纵回中后，飞机倾向于离原位置越
687 | P a g e
来越远，则飞机的稳定性为
A = ANSWER
attitude tends to return to its original after the
controls have been neutralized. 操纵回中后,飞
机姿态倾向于回到原位,则稳定性为
A.Positive dynamic stability.
B.Positive static stability.
C.Neutral dynamic stability.
B = ANSWER
72.If an aircraft level turns at an angle of bank
of 30 degree , the load factor is 水平转弯坡度
30度,载荷因数为
A.1Gs.
B.2Gs.
C.1.4Gs (1.14G)
C = ANSWER
73.If an aircraft with a gross weight of 2000
pounds were subjected to a total load of 6000
pounds in flight the load factor would be飞行
中全重2000磅的飞机承受6000 磅的载荷，则载
荷因数为
A.2Gs.
688 | P a g e
B.3Gs.
C.9Gs
B = ANSWER
74.If no corrective action is taken by the pilot
as angle of bank is increased, how is the
vertical component of lift and sink rate
affected?坡度增大,升力垂直分量和下沉率
C = ANSWER
75.If severe turbulence is encountered, which
procedure is recommended?遭遇严重颠簸，推
荐使用什么程序
B.Maintain a constant attitude.
B = ANSWER
76.If the airplane attitude remains in a new
position after the elevator control is pressed
forward and released, the airplane displays升
降舵控制前推后松开，飞机姿态保持在新位置，
则飞机具有
689 | P a g e
A = ANSWER
77.If you take off behind a heavy jet that has
just landed, you should plan to lift off 在刚刚
着陆的重型喷气机后面起飞，需要注意离地点
A. Prior to the point where the jet touched down.
B. Beyond the point where the jet touched down.
C. At the point where the jet touched down and
on the upwind edge of the runway.
B = ANSWER
78. which of the following is consideired as a
primary flight control? 下列哪个是主飞行操纵
A. Slats
B. Elevator
C. Dorsal fin
B = ANSWER
79. which of the following is considered an
au xiliary flight control? 下列哪个是辅助飞行操
纵面
A. Ruddervator
B. Upper rudder
C = ANSWER
Chapter 4.Performance 性能
1.Maximum range performance of a turbojet
aircraft is obtained by which procedure as
690 | P a g e
aircraft weight reduces? 全重减小,喷气机如何
获得远航性能
B = ANSWER
2.Which of the following phraseology is
suitable for a pilot reporting a braking action
on well condition to ATC?飞行员使用哪个术语
报告道面刹车效应好
B. braking action is "good"
B = ANSWER
to ATC, when there is almost no the braking
action?飞行员用哪个术语向管制报告道面刹车
效应几乎为零
C = ANSWER
to ATC?飞行员可以用下列哪个术语向管制报告
691 | P a g e
道面刹车效应
A = ANSWER
5.The critical altitude of a supercharged
reciprocating engine is 增压活塞发动机的临界
高度是
A.The highest altitude where the mixture can be
leaned to best power ratio.
B.The highest altitude at which a desired
manifold pressure can be obtained.
C.The altitude at which Maximum allowable
BMEP can be obtained.
B = ANSWER
6.The Maximum speed during takeoff that the
pilot may abort the takeoff and stop the
airplane within the accelerate-stop distance
is 起飞时,飞行员可以中断起飞并在加速-停止距
离内停止的最大速度是
A.V2.
B.VEF.
C.V1.
C = ANSWER
7.The minimum speed during takeoff,
following a failure of the critical engine at
692 | P a g e
VEF, at which the pilot may continue the
takeoff and achieve the required height
above the takeoff surface within the takeoff
distance, is indicated by symbol 起飞中,在
VEF时关键发失效后,飞行员可以继续起飞并在起
飞距离内到达指定高度的最小速度符号为
A.V2min .
B.V1.
C.VLOF.
B = ANSWER
8.The most important restriction to the
operation of turbojet or turboprop engines is
涡喷或涡桨发动机运转时的最重要的限制参数是
C.Limiting torque.
B = ANSWER
9.The symbol for the speed at which the
critical engine is assumed to fail during
takeoff is起飞中假设关键发动机失效的速度符号
A.V2.
B.V1.
C.VEF.
C = ANSWER
10.The symptoms of hyperventilation are换气
693 | P a g e
过度症状
A.quite different to those of hypoxia
B.quite similar to those of hypoxia
C.profuse sweating
B = ANSWER
11.Under normal operating conditions, which
combination of MAP and RPM most likely
lead to detonation in high performance
reciprocating engines? 正确运转时,进气压和
转速如何变化使得活塞发动机爆震
B = ANSWER
12.Under what condition is VMC the highest?
什么情况下Vmc速度最大
A.Gross weight is at the Maximum allowable
value.
B = ANSWER
13.Under which condition during the landing
roll are the main wheel brakes at Maximum
effectiveness?什么情况下着陆滑跑中主轮刹车
效率最高
A.When wing lift has been reduced.
694 | P a g e
B.At high ground speeds.
C.When the wheels are locked and skidding.
A = ANSWER
14.What characterizes a transient
compressor stall?短时压气机失速的特点是
A.Loud, steady roar accompanied by heavy
shuddering.
B.Sudden loss of thrust accompanied by a loud
whine.
C.Intermittent "bang," as backfires and flow
reversals take place.
C = ANSWER
15.What effect will an increase in altitude
have upon the available equivalent shaft
horsepower (ESHP) of a turboprop engine?高
度增加使涡桨发动机的等效轴马力
A.Lower air density and engine mass flow will
cause a decrease in power.
B.Higher propeller efficiency will cause an
increase in usable power (ESHP) and thrust.
C.Power will remain the same but propeller
efficiency will decrease.
A = ANSWER
16.What effect would a change in air density
have on gas-turbine-engine performance? 空
气密度变化对燃气涡轮发动机的性能的影响是
695 | P a g e
B = ANSWER
17.What effect would a change in altitude
have on the thrust output of
gas-turbine-engine? 高度变化对燃气涡轮发动
机推力输出的影响是
A = ANSWER
18.What effect would a change in ambient
temperature have on gas-turbine-engine
performance?外界气温变化对燃气涡轮发动机
性能的影响是
A.As temperature increases, thrust decreases.
C.As temperature decreases, thrust decreases.
A = ANSWER
19.What effect would a change in ambient
temperature or air density have on
gas-turbine-engine performance? 外界气温和
空气密度变化对燃气涡轮发动机性能的影响
696 | P a g e
C = ANSWER
20.What effect does an increase in airspeed
have on a coordinated turn while maintaining
a constant angle of bank and altitude? 保持恒
定坡度和高度协调转弯，空速增加，则
A.The rate of turn will decrease resulting in a
decreased load factor.
B.The rate of turn will increase resulting in an
increased load factor.
C.-The rate of turn will decrease resulting in no
changes in load factor.
C = ANSWER
21.What effect does an uphill runway slope
have upon takeoff performance?跑到上坡对起
飞性能的影响
A = ANSWER
22.What effect does high relative humidity
have upon the Maximum power output of
modern aircraft engines? 相对湿度大对现代航
空发动机最大功率输出的影响是
A.Neither turbojet nor reciprocating engines are
affected.
697 | P a g e
B.Reciprocating engines will experience a
Significant loss of BHP.
C.Turbojet engines will experience a significant
loss of thrust.
B = ANSWER
23.What effect does landing at high elevation
airports have on ground speed with
comparable conditions relative to
temperature, wind, and airplane weight? 温
度、风况、全重相同，高原机场着陆的地速会
A = ANSWER
24.What effect does landing at high
temperature have on ground speed with
comparable conditions relative to airport
elevation, wind, and airport elevation? 机场
标高、风况相同，热天着陆的地速会
A = ANSWER
25.What effect does landing with increased
weight have on ground speed with
comparable conditions relative to
temperature, wind, and airport elevation? 温
698 | P a g e
度、风况、机场标高相同，全重增加着陆时的地
速会
A = ANSWER
26.What does the term of Equivalent shaft
horsepower (ESHP) of a turboprop engine
describe?术语-涡桨发动的等效轴马力描述的是
B.jet thrust only.
A = ANSWER
27.What does the throttle opening of a
turbo-charged-reciprocating engine control?
涡轮增压发动机的节气门控制的是
C = ANSWER
28.What effect, if any, does high ambient
temperature have upon the thrust output of a
turbine engine?外界气温高对涡轮发动机推力输
出的影响是
A.Thrust will be reduced due to the decrease in
air density.
699 | P a g e
B.Thrust will remain the same, but turbine
temperature will be higher.
C.Thrust will be higher because more heat
energy is extracted from the hotter air.
A = ANSWER
29.What effective runway length is required
for a turbojet-powered airplane at the
destination airport if the runways are
forecast to be wet or slippery at the ETA?预报
目的机场在预达时刻道面湿滑，则其有效跑道长
度为多少时，涡喷动力的飞机才可着陆
A.70 percent of the actual runway available, from
a height of 50 feet over the threshold.
B.115 percent of the runway length required for a
dry runway.
C.115 percent of the runway length required for a
wet runway.
B = ANSWER
30.What indicates that a compressor stall has
developed and become steady? 什么表明压气
机失速发展为稳定失速
C.Complete loss of power with severe reduction
in airspeed.
A = ANSWER
700 | P a g e
31.What is an area identified by the term
"clearway"?术语-净空道所指区域为
A.centrally located about the extended centerline
and under airport authorities, which does not
contain obstructions and can be considered
when calculating takeoff performance.
B.An area, at least the same width as the runway,
capable of supporting an airplane during a
normal takeoff.
C.An area beyond the takeoff runway, which is
able to support the airplane, for use in
decelerating the airplane during an aborted
takeoff.
A = ANSWER
32.What is an area identified by the term
"stopway"? 术语-停止道所指的区域为
A.An area, at least the same width as the runway,
capable of supporting an airplane during a
normal takeoff.
B.An area designated for use in decelerating an
aborted takeoff.
C.An area, not as wide as the runway, capable of
supporting an airplane during a normal takeoff.
B = ANSWER
33.What is the best method of speed
reduction if hydroplaning is experienced on
landing?着陆过程中飞机滑水，则最佳减速方法
701 | P a g e
为
B.Apply nosewheel and main wheel braking
alternately and abruptly.
C.Apply aerodynamic braking to the fullest
advantage.
C = ANSWER
34.What is the correct symbol for minimum
unstick speed?最小离地速度的正确符号是
A.VMU.
B.VMD.
C.VFC.
A = ANSWER
35.What is the correct symbol for takeoff
decision speed?起飞决断速度的正确符号是
A.V2.
B.V1.
C.VLOF.
B = ANSWER
36.What is the correct symbol for the
Minimum Control Speed, Ground? 地面最小可
控速度的正确符号是
A.VMC.
B.VMCG.
C.VMCA.
B = ANSWER
37.What is the definition of the critical
702 | P a g e
altitude of a supercharged-reciprocating
engine?增压活塞发动机的临界高度的定义是
A.Highest altitude where the mixture can be
B.The highest altitude at which a desired
B = ANSWER
38.what is the free stream mach number
which produce first of local sonic flow? 开始
产生局部音速气流时，自由空气流速的马赫数称
C = ANSWER
39.What is the highest speed possible
without supersonic flow over the wing? 上翼
面不产生超音速气流的最高飞机速度
C.Transonic index.
B = ANSWER
40.What is the name of a plane beyond the
end of a runway which does not contain
703 | P a g e
obstructions and can be considered when
calculating takeoff performance of
turbine-powered aircraft? 跑道尽头外不含障
碍物，可用以计算涡轮发动机飞机起飞性能的平
面为
A.Clearway.
B.Stop way.
A = ANSWER
41.What is the resulting performance loss
when one engine on a twin-engine airplane
fails?双发飞机单发失效，飞机性能的下降为
A.Reduction of cruise airspeed by 50 percent.
B.Reduction of climb by 50 percent or more.
C.Reduction of all performance by 50 percent.
B = ANSWER
42.What performance is characteristic of
flight at Maximum L/D in a propeller-driven
airplane?螺旋桨飞机保持最大升阻比速度飞行的
性能特点是
A = ANSWER
43.What performance should a pilot of a light,
twin-engine airplane be able to maintain at
704 | P a g e
Vmc?轻型双发飞机在最小可控速度时可以保持
的性能为
A.Heading.
A = ANSWER
44.What should a pilot do to maintain "best
range" airplane performance when a
headwind is encountered?遭遇逆风，如何保持
飞机的远航性能
A.Increase speed.
B.Maintain speed.
C.Decrease speed.
A = ANSWER
45.Where is the critical altitude of a
supercharged-reciprocating engine? 哪个是
增压活塞发动机的临界高度
A.The highest altitude at which a desired
B.Highest altitude where the mixture can be
A = ANSWER
46.Which parameter is used to measure the
power output of a reciprocating engine? 哪个
705 | P a g e
参数测量活塞发动机功率
A.RPM.
C = ANSWER
47.Which performance factor decreases as
airplane gross weight increases, for a given
runway?同一条跑道，全重增加，下列哪个性能
参数下降
B.Rotation speed.
A = ANSWER
48.Which place in the turbojet engine is
subjected to the highest temperature? 涡喷发
动机哪个部分承受温度最高
C.Turbine inlet.
C = ANSWER
49.Which condition reduces the required
runway for takeoff?哪个条件减小起飞所需跑道
距离
A.Higher-than-recommended airspeed before
rotation.
706 | P a g e
C = ANSWER
50.Which condition has the effect of reducing
critical engine failure speed? 哪个条件降低关
键发失效速度
B.Low gross weight.
A = ANSWER
51.Where will the highest temperature in a
turbojet engine occur? 涡喷发动机的最高温度
出现在哪个部分
A.Turbine inlet.
B.Compressor discharge.
C.Fuel spray nozzles.
A = ANSWER
52.Which airplane performance
characteristics should be recognized during
takeoff when encountering a tailwind shear
that increases in intensity? 遭遇持续增强的顺
风切变时，可以看到飞机性能如何变化
C. increased climb performance immediately
after takeoff
A = ANSWER
707 | P a g e
53.Which is a definition of V2 speed? 定义V2
速度
A.Takeoff decision speed.
B = ANSWER
54.Which is the correct symbol for the
minimum steady-flight speed or stalling
speed in a specific configuration? 最小稳定飞
行速度或特定构型失速速度的正确符号表示是
A.VS.
B.VS1.
C.VSO.
B = ANSWER
55.Which is the correct symbol for the
stalling speed or the minimum steady flight
speed at which the airplane is controllable?
失速速度或飞机可控时最小飞行速度符号
A.VSO.
B.VS.
C.VS1.
B = ANSWER
56.Which Maximum range factor increases as
weight decreases?重量减小，哪个远航性能参数
增大
A.Angle of attack.
708 | P a g e
B.Altitude.
C.Airspeed.
B = ANSWER
57.Which speed symbol indicates the
Maximum speed for operating the landing
gear of an airplane?操作起落架最大允许速度的
速度符号是
A.VLE.
B.VMO/MMO.
C.VLO/MLO.
C = ANSWER
58.Which type of compressor stall has the
greatest potential for severe engine damage?
哪种压气机失速最有可能造成发动机严重损伤
C = ANSWER
59.Which term describes the hydroplaning,
which occurs when an airplane's tire is
effectively held off a smooth runway surface
by steam generated by friction? 哪个术语描述
飞机轮胎被摩擦产生的蒸汽抬离光滑道面而滑水
A.Reverted rubber hydroplaning.
B.Dynamic hydroplaning.
C.Viscous hydroplaning.
709 | P a g e
A = ANSWER
60.With the increase of temperature, the
airplane's rolling distance will ____when
takeoff and landing.气温增加，飞机起飞、着陆
时的滑跑距离将会
A. remain unchanged
B. increase
C. reduce
B = ANSWER
61.[Refer to Figure 4-25.] How many feet will
remain after landing on a 6,000-foot dry
runway with reversers inoperative at 120,000
pounds gross weight? 在6000 尺干跑道着陆,
反推不工作,飞机全重120千磅，剩余跑道距离
A.3,500 feet.
B.2,750 feet.
C.2,150 feet.
A = ANSWER
remain after landing on a 7,200-foot dry
runway with spoilers inoperative at 118,000
pounds gross weight? 在7200 尺干跑道着陆,
扰流板失效,飞机全重118千磅,剩余跑道距离
A.4,200 feet.
B.4,500 feet.
C.4,750 feet.
710 | P a g e
B = ANSWER
63.[Refer to Figure 4-25.] How much longer is
the dry runway landing distance using brakes
only compared to using brakes and reversers
at 110,000 pounds gross weight? 干跑道着陆,
飞机全重110千磅,只用轮刹比轮刹、扰流板同时
使用的着陆距离长
A.1,000 feet.
B.500 feet.
C.300 feet.
C = ANSWER
the dry runway landing distance using brakes
only compared to using brakes and reversers
at 114,000 pounds gross weight? 干跑道着陆,
飞机全重114千磅,只用轮刹比同时使用轮刹和反
推的着陆距离长
A.1,150 feet.
B.500 feet.
C.300 feet.
C = ANSWER
65.[Refer to Figure 4-25.] What is the
Maximum landing weight which will permit
stopping 1,500 feet short of the end of a
4,950-foot dry runway with reversers and
spoilers inoperative? 要使飞机在反推和扰流板
711 | P a g e
失效的情况下，在4950尺干跑道上着陆停在距离
尽头1500尺处，则可能的飞机最大重量为
A.119,000 pounds.
B.136,000 pounds.
C.139,000 pounds.
C = ANSWER
5,400-foot dry runway with reversers and
spoilers inoperative? 反推和扰流板失效,使飞
机在5400尺干跑道上着陆停在距离尽头2000尺
处,最大飞机重量
A.117,500 pounds.
B.136,500 pounds.
C.140,500 pounds
B = ANSWER
transition distance when landing on a dry
飞机全重125千磅,干跑道着陆过渡距离
A.1,200 feet.
B.850 feet.
C.400 feet.
C = ANSWER
68.[Refer to Figure 4-25.] Which of the
712 | P a g e
following configurations will result in the
shortest landing distance over a 50-foot
obstacle to a dry runway?下列哪种构型可以使
飞机在干跑道上飞越50尺障碍的着陆距离最短
A.Brakes and spoilers at 120,000 pounds gross
weight.
B.Brakes and reversers at 115,000 pounds gross
weight.
C.Brakes, spoilers, and reversers at 125,000
pounds gross weight.
C = ANSWER
obstacle to a dry runway? 下列哪种构型可以
使飞机在干跑道上飞越50尺障碍的着陆距离最短
weight.
B.Brakes and reversers at 115,000 pounds gross
weight.
C = ANSWER
remain after landing on a 6,000-foot wet
713 | P a g e
pounds gross weight? 全重110千磅的飞机在
6000尺湿跑道上着陆,反推失效,可剩余距离
A.2,100 feet.
B.2,650 feet.
C.3,000 feet.
C = ANSWER
remain after landing on a 7,000-foot wet
pounds gross weight? 全重110千磅的飞机在
7000尺湿跑道上着陆,反推失效,可剩余距离
A.4,000 feet.
B.4,300 feet.
C.4,500 feet.
A = ANSWER
the wet runway landing distance using
brakes only compared to using brakes,
spoilers and reversers at 130,000 pounds
gross weight? 飞机全重130千磅,只用轮刹在湿
跑道上着陆相比使用轮刹、扰流板和反推的着陆
距离长
A.1,000 feet.
B.500 feet.
C.300 feet.
A = ANSWER
714 | P a g e
the wet runway landing distance using
brakes only compared to using brakes,
spoilers and reversers at 140,000 pounds
gross weight? 飞机全重140千磅,只用轮刹在湿
跑道上着陆相比使用轮刹、扰流板和反推的着陆
距离长
A.650 feet.
B.1,300 feet.
C.1,050 feet.
C = ANSWER
4,900-foot wet runway with reversers and
spoilers inoperative? 反推和扰流板失效,使飞
机在4900尺湿跑道上着陆停在距离尽头1000尺
处,最大飞机重量
A.124,000 pounds.
B.129,500 pounds.
C.134,500 pounds
A = ANSWER
transition distance when landing on a wet
全重135千磅湿跑道着陆过渡距离为
715 | P a g e
A.100 feet.
B.300 feet.
C.750 feet.
B = ANSWER
obstacle to a wet runway? 下列哪种构型可以
使飞机在湿跑道上飞越50尺障碍的着陆距离最短
weight.
B.Brakes and reversers at 125,000 pounds
gross weight.
C = ANSWER
stopping 600 feet short of the end of a
4,600-foot icy runway?在4900尺积冰跑道上着
陆停在距离尽头600尺处,可能的最大飞机重量
A.128,000 pounds.
B.124,000 pounds.
C.120,000 pounds
C = ANSWER
716 | P a g e
stopping 700 feet short of the end of a
5,200-foot icy runway? 在5200 尺积冰跑道上
着陆停在距离尽头700尺处,可能的最大飞机重量
A.124,000 pounds.
B.137,000 pounds.
C.108,000 pounds
B = ANSWER
transition distance when landing on an icy
全重134千磅积冰跑道着陆过渡距离为
A.400 feet.
B.950 feet.
C.1,350 feet.
A = ANSWER
80.[Refer to Figure 4-27.] Which configuration
will result in a landing distance of 5,000 feet
over a 50 foot obstacle to an icy runway? 下
列哪种构型可以使飞机在积冰跑道上飞越50尺障
碍的着陆距离为5000尺
A.Use of three reversers at 113,000 pounds
gross weight.
B.Use of brakes and spoilers at 105,000 pounds
gross weight.
C.Use of three reversers at 115,000 pounds
gross weight.
717 | P a g e
A = ANSWER
gross weight.
gross weight.
gross weight.
A = ANSWER
gross weight.
gross weight.
gross weight.
C = ANSWER
83.[Refer to Figure 4-28 and 4-29.] What
718 | P a g e
approach speed and landing distance will be
needed when landing at a weight of 140,000
pounds with 15o of flaps? 飞机全重140千磅
15度襟翼的进近速度和着陆距离分别为
B = ANSWER
84.[Refer to Figure 4-28.] How much will
landing distance be reduced by using 15o of
flaps rather than 0o flaps at a landing weight
of 105,000 pounds?全重105千磅,使用15度襟
翼比0度襟翼的着陆距离缩短
A.800 feet.
B.300 feet.
C.1,300 feet.
A = ANSWER
of 115,000 pounds? 全重115千磅，使用15度
襟翼比0 度襟翼的着陆距离缩短
A.500 feet.
B.800 feet.
C.2,700 feet.
B = ANSWER
719 | P a g e
of 143,000 pounds? 全重143 千磅，使用15度
襟翼比0 度襟翼的着陆距离缩短
A.100 feet.
B.400 feet.
C.850 feet.
C = ANSWER
87.[Refer to Figure 4-28.] What is the ground
roll when landing with 15o of flaps at a
landing weight of 122,000 pounds?全重122千
磅襟翼15度的着陆滑跑距离为
A.1,750 feet.
B.2,200 feet.
C.2,750 feet.
A = ANSWER
roll when landing with 5o of flaps at a landing
weight of 107,500 pounds? 全重107.5千磅襟
翼5 度的着陆滑跑距离为
A.1,750 feet.
B.2,000 feet.
C.2,350 feet.
B = ANSWER
720 | P a g e
roll when landing with 5o of flaps at a landing
weight of 142,500 pounds? 全重142.5千磅襟
翼5 度的着陆滑跑距离为
A.1,750 feet.
B.2,100 feet.
C.2,500 feet.
C = ANSWER
90.[Refer to Figure 4-29.] What is the change
of total drag for a 140,000-pound airplane
when configuration is changed from flaps
25o, gear down, to flaps 0o, gear up, at a
constant airspeed of 165 knots?保持165节空
速，全重140千磅的飞机由襟翼25起落架放下改
变构型为襟翼0 起落架收上，则总阻力的变化量
A.9,500 pounds.
B.10,400 pounds.
C.11,300
pounds.
B = ANSWER
91.[Refer to Figure 4-29.] What is the change
of total drag for a 140,000-pound airplane
when configuration is changed from flaps
30o, gear down, to flaps 0o, gear up, at a
constant airspeed of 160 knots? 保持160节
空速，全重140千磅的飞机由襟翼30起落架放下
721 | P a g e
改变构型为襟翼0 起落架收上，则总阻力的变化
量为
A.13,500 pounds.
B.13,300 pounds.
C.15,300 pounds.
A = ANSWER
Maximum charted indicated airspeed while
maintaining a 3o glide slope at a weight of
140,000 pounds? 全重140 千磅保持3 度下滑
角，图表中标注的最大速度是
A.127 knots.
B.149 knots.
C.156 knots.
C = ANSWER
93.[Refer to Figure 4-29.] What is the thrust
required to maintain a 3o glide slope at
140,000 pounds, with gear down, flaps 30o,
and an airspeed of VREF + 30 knots? 全重
140 千磅,保持3 度下滑,起落架放下,襟翼30,空速
Vref+30节,则所需拉力为
A.13,700 pounds.
B.16,200 pounds.
C.17,700 pounds.
B = ANSWER
94.[Refer to Figure 4-29.] What thrust is
722 | P a g e
required to maintain level flight at 140,000
pounds, with gear up, flaps 25o, and an
airspeed of 172 knots?全重140千磅,起落架收
上,襟翼25,恒速172节保持平飞所需推力大小为
A.13,700 pounds.
B.18,600 pounds.
C.22,000 pounds.
B = ANSWER
Maximum charted indicated airspeed while
maintaining a 3o glide slope at a weight of
110,000 pounds?全重110千磅保持3 度下滑的
最大图表标注速度为
A.136 knots.
B.132 knots.
C.139 knots.
A = ANSWER
required to maintain a 3o glide slope at
110,000 pounds, with gear down, flaps 30o,
and an airspeed of VREF + 20 knots? 全重
110千磅,起落架放下,襟翼30,空速VREF+20节保
持3 度下滑的所需推力大小为
A.9,800 pounds.
B.11,200 pounds.
C.17,000
723 | P a g e
pounds.
B = ANSWER
required to maintain level flight at 110,000
pounds, with gear down, flaps 40o, and an
airspeed of 118 knots? 全重110千磅,起落架放
下,襟翼40,空速118节保持平飞所需推力为
A.17,000 pounds.
B.20,800 pounds.
C.22,300 pounds.
B = ANSWER
turbulent air penetration N1 power setting for
Operating Conditions below? WEIGHT
(*1000): 100,PRESSURE ALTITUDE:
35,000,TOTAL AIR TEMP (TAT): -11oC重量100
千磅,压力高度35千尺,总温(TAT) -11℃的颠簸空
气穿越N1设定为
A.83.4 percent.
B.86.0 percent.
C.87.4
percent.
C = ANSWER
724 | P a g e
25,000,TOTAL AIR TEMP (TAT): -28oC 重量80
千磅,压力高度25千尺,总温(TAT) -28℃的颠簸空
A.77.5 percent.
B.75.3 percent.
C.79.4 percent.
B = ANSWER
15,000,TOTAL AIR TEMP (TAT): 11oC, 重量90
千磅,压力高度15 千尺,总温(TAT) 11℃的颠簸空
A.75.4 percent.
B.74.2 percent.
C.72.9 percent.
A = ANSWER
101.[Refer to Figure 4-34.] What are the
recommended IAS and EPR settings for
holding under Operating Conditions
below? ,ALTITUDE: 30,000,WEIGHT (*1000):
92.5,ENGINES OPERATING: 2,HOLDING TIME
(MIN): 10 高度30千尺,重量92.5千磅,双发,等待
时间10分钟的推荐等待程序指示空速和发动机压
725 | P a g e
气比为
B = ANSWER
holding under Operating Conditions below?
ALTITUDE: 25,000,WEIGHT (*1000):
102.5,ENGINES OPERATING: 2,HOLDING
TIME (MIN): 40 高度25 千尺,重量102.5千磅,双
发,等待时间40 分钟的推荐等待程序指示空速和
发动机压气比为
A = ANSWER
holding under Operating Conditions below?
100,ENGINES OPERATING: 2,HOLDING TIME
(MIN): 30 高度35 千尺,重量100 千磅,双发,等待
时间30分钟的推荐等待程序指示空速和发动机压
气比为
726 | P a g e
C = ANSWER
approximate fuel consumed when holding
under Operating Conditions
below? ,ALTITUDE: 35,000,WEIGHT (*1000):
100,ENGINES OPERATING: 2,HOLDING TIME
(MIN): 30 高度35 千尺,重量100 千磅,双发,等待
时间30分钟的等待程序耗油量大致为
A.1,625 pounds.
B.1,950 pounds.
C.2,460 pounds.
C = ANSWER
under Operating Conditions below?
102.5,ENGINES OPERATING: 2,HOLDING
TIME (MIN): 40 高度25 千尺,重量102.5千磅,双
发,等待时间40分钟的等待程序耗油量大致为
A.3,625 pounds.
B.3,240 pounds.
C.2,980 pounds.
B = ANSWER
727 | P a g e
under Operating Conditions below?
92.5,ENGINES OPERATING: 2,HOLDING TIME
(MIN): 10 高度30千尺,重量92.5千磅,双发,等待
时间10分钟的等待程序耗油量大致为
A.732 pounds.
B.1,023 pounds.
C.1,440 pounds.
A = ANSWER
107.[Refer to Figure 4-37.] How many minutes
of dump time is required to reach a weight of
144,500 pounds? Initial weight: 180,500
lb,Zero fuel weight: 125,500 lb 放油起始飞机重
量180500 磅,零燃油重量125500 磅,需要多少分
钟放油达到飞机重量144500磅
A.13 minutes.
B.15 minutes.
C.16 minutes.
B = ANSWER
A.15 minutes.
728 | P a g e
B.14 minutes.
C.13 minutes.
C = ANSWER
A.14 minutes.
B.16 minutes.
C.17 minutes.
C = ANSWER
of dump time is required to reduce fuel load
to 18,000 pounds? Initial weight: 162,500
A.10 minutes.
B.9 minutes.
C.8 minutes.
A = ANSWER
approximate level-off pressure altitude after
drift-down under Operating Conditions below?
729 | P a g e
WT AT ENG FAIL (*1000): 100,ENGINE
ANTI-ICE: ON,WING ANTI-ICE: ON,ISA
TEMPERATURE: +10oC,AIR CONDITIONING:
ON 发动机失效时全重100千磅,发动机防冰开,机
翼防冰开,温度ISA+10,空调开,飘降改平高度大约
A.16,400 feet.
B.19,600 feet.
C.18,700 feet.
A = ANSWER
drift-down under Operating Conditions below?
WT AT ENG FAIL (*1000): 80,ENGINE
ANTI-ICE: ON,WING ANTI-ICE: OFF,ISA
TEMPERATURE: ISA,AIR CONDITIONING:
OFF 发动机失效时全重100 千磅,发动机防冰开,
机翼防冰开,温度ISA+10,空调开,飘降改平的压力
高度大约为
A.24,600 feet.
B.23,400 feet.
C.20,000 feet.
A = ANSWER
drift-down under Operating Conditions
730 | P a g e
below?WT AT ENG FAIL (*1000): 90,ENGINE
ANTI-ICE: OFF,WING ANTI-ICE: OFF, ISA
TEMPERATURE:+20oC, AIR CONDITIONING:
OFF 发动机失效时全重90 千磅,发动机防冰关,机
翼防冰关,温度ISA+20,空调关,飘降改平的压力高
度大约为
A.19,400 feet.
B.20,000 feet.
C.23,800 feet.
B = ANSWER
approximate landing weight for Operating
Conditions below? WEIGHT (START TO ALT):
77,000,DISTANCE (NM): 70,WIND
COMPONENT: 25TW,HOLDING TIME AT ALT
(MIN): 15 改航备降时全重77 千磅,距离70 海
里,25节顺风,备降场等待时间15分钟,则着陆重量
大约为
A.74,000 pounds.
B.74,180 pounds.
C.73,400 pounds.
A = ANSWER
approximate landing weight for Operating
731 | P a g e
COMPONENT: 60HW,HOLDING TIME AT ALT
里,60节逆风,备降场等待时间15分钟,则着陆重量
大约为
A.80,850 pounds.
B.85,700 pounds.
C.77,600 pounds.
A = ANSWER
116.[Refer to Figure 4-41.] What is the total
time from starting to the alternate through
completing the approach for Operating
COMPONENT: 30TW,HOLDING TIME AT ALT
里,30节顺风,备降场等待时间15分钟,则从改航到
完成进近总耗时约为
A.34 minutes.
B.55 minutes.
C.57 minutes.
C = ANSWER
117.[Refer to Figure 4-41.] What is the total
time from starting to the alternate through
completing the approach for Operating
732 | P a g e
COMPONENT: 20HW,HOLDING TIME AT ALT
里,20节逆风,备降场等待时间15分钟,则从改航到
完成进近总耗时约为
A.30 minutes.
B.45 minutes.
C.29 minutes.
B = ANSWER
118.[Refer to Figure 4-43.] What is the trip
fuel for Operating Conditions below?
DISTANCE (NM): 2200,WIND COMPONENT
(KTS): 50HW,CRUISE PRESS ALTITUDE:
37,000,ISA TEMPERATURE: +10oC,LANDING
WEIGHT (*1000): 75 距离2200海里,50节逆风,
巡航压力高度37 千尺,温度ISA+10,着陆重量75
千磅,则航路耗油量为
A.34,000 pounds.
B.28,000 pounds.
C.32,600 pounds.
C = ANSWER
fuel for Operating Conditions below?
(KTS): 50TW,CRUISE PRESS ALTITUDE:
27,000,ISA TEMPERATURE: ISA,LANDING
WEIGHT (*1000): 70 距离2500海里,50节顺风,
733 | P a g e
巡航压力高度27千尺,温度ISA,着陆重量70千磅,
则航路耗油量为
A.35,000 pounds.
B.32,600 pounds.
C.30,200 pounds.
B = ANSWER
time for Operating Conditions below?
(KTS): 50HW,CRUISE PRESS ALTITUDE:
37,000,ISA TEMPERATURE: +10oC,LANDING
WEIGHT (*1000): 75 距离2200海里,50节逆风,
巡航压力高度37 千尺,温度ISA+10,着陆重量75
千磅,则航路巡航时间为
B = ANSWER
time for Operating Conditions below?
(KTS): 50TW,CRUISE PRESS ALTITUDE:
27,000,ISA TEMPERATURE: ISA,LANDING
WEIGHT (*1000): 70 距离2500海里,50节顺风,
巡航压力高度27千尺,温度ISA,着陆重量70千磅,
则航路巡航时间为
734 | P a g e
A = ANSWER
estimated fuel consumption for Operating
Conditions below? DISTANCE (NM): 600,AVG
WIND COMP (KTS): 40HW 距离600海里,40节
逆风,预计耗油量为
A.9,926 pounds.
B.9,680 pounds.
C.9,504 pounds.
C = ANSWER
estimated fuel consumption for Operating
WIND COMP (KTS): 30HW 距离750海里,30节
逆风,预计耗油量为
A.11,227 pounds.
B.11,503 pounds.
C.11,754 pounds.
A = ANSWER
time corrected for wind under Operating
WIND COMP (KTS): 15TW, 距离400海里,15节
735 | P a g e
顺风,风修正后的航路时间为
A.58.1 minutes.
B.59.9 minutes.
C.54.7 minutes.
B = ANSWER
time corrected for wind under Operating
WIND COMP (KTS): 65TW, 距离850海里,65节
顺风,风修正后的航路时间为
A.97.2 minutes.
B.99.8 minutes.
C.103.7 minutes.
C = ANSWER
126.[Refer to Figures 4-22 and 4-24.] What is
the go-around EPR for Operating Conditions
L-1? 运行条件L-1 时复飞EPR为
A.2.01 EPR.
B.2.03 EPR.
C.2.04 EPR.
B = ANSWER
127.[Refer to Figures 4-22 and 4-24.] What is
L-2? 运行条件L-2 时复飞EPR为
A.2.115 EPR.
B.2.10 EPR.
736 | P a g e
C.2.06 EPR.
C = ANSWER
128.[Refer to Figures 4-22, 4-23 and 4-24.]
What is the maneuvering speed for Operating
Conditions L-5? 运行条件L-5 时机动速度为
A.124 knots.
B.137 knots.
C.130 knots.
C = ANSWER
What is the reference speed for Operating
Conditions L-2? 运行条件L-2 时参考速度为
A.140 knots.
B.145 knots.
C.148 knots.
B = ANSWER
What is VREF for Operating Conditions L-1?
运行条件L-1时VREF 为
A.143 knots.
B.144 knots.
C.145 knots.
A = ANSWER
131.[Refer to Figures 4-22, and 4-24.] What is
L-3? 运行条件L-3 时的复飞EPR为
A.2.06 EPR.
737 | P a g e
B.2.07 EPR.
C.2.09 EPR.
A = ANSWER
132.[Refer to Figures 4-25 and 4-26.] Which
conditions will result in the shortest landing
distance at a weight of 132,500 pounds? 总重
132500磅哪个条件使着陆距离最短
C.Wet runway using brakes, spoilers and
reversers.
B = ANSWER
133.[Refer to Figures 4-28 and 4-29.] What
approach speed and ground roll will be
pounds if flaps are not used? 总重140千磅不
放襟翼的进近速度和地面滑跑距离为
C = ANSWER
134.[Refer to Figures 4-35 and 4-36.] What are
descent fuel and distance under Operating
Conditions S-4? 运行条件S-4 的下降燃油和下
降距离为
738 | P a g e
C = ANSWER
descent fuel and distance under Operating
Conditions S-5? 运行条件S-5 的下降燃油和下
降距离为
A = ANSWER
descent time and distance under Operating
Conditions S-1? 运行条件S-1 的下降时间和下
降距离为
B = ANSWER
descent time and distance under Operating
Conditions S-2? 运行条件S-2 的下降时间和下
降距离为
739 | P a g e
C = ANSWER
What are the fuel requirements from Chicago
Midway Airport to Greater Buffalo Intl? 从芝
加哥米德维机场到大布法罗国际机场的燃油要求
A.2,224 pounds.
B.1,987 pounds.
C.1,454 pounds.
A = ANSWER
139.[Refer to Figures 4-49, 4-50,4-51,4-52,4-53,
and 4-54.] What is the ETE at .78 Mach? 马
赫.78时预计航路时间为
A = ANSWER
140.[Refer to Figures 4-49, 4-50,4-51,4-52,4-53,
and 4-54.] What is the ETE at .80 Mach? 马
赫.80时预计航路时间为
C = ANSWER
141.[Refer to Figures 4-50,4-51,4-52,4-53, and
4-54.] What is the total fuel required at .78
740 | P a g e
Mach?马赫.78 时燃油总量要求为
A.22,140 pounds.
B.22,556 pounds.
C.22,972 pounds.
B = ANSWER
142.[Refer to Figures 4-50,4-51,4-52,4-53, and
4-54.] What is the total fuel required at .80
Mach? 马赫.80时燃油总量要求为
A.22,836 pounds.
B.22,420 pounds.
C.22,556 pounds.
B = ANSWER
143.A commercial operator plans to ferry a
large, four-engine,
reciprocating-engine-powered airplane from
one facility to another to repair an inoperative
engine. Which is an operational requirement
for the three-engine flight? 商业承运人计划大
型四发活塞飞机从某机场调机到另一机场维修故
障发动机。只有三发工作的运行要求是
A.The gross weight at takeoff may not exceed 75
percent of the Maximum certificated gross
weight.
B.Weather conditions at the takeoff and
destination airports must be VFR.
C.The computed takeoff distance to reach V1
741 | P a g e
must not exceed 70 percent of the effective
runway length.
B = ANSWER
144.A definition of the term "viscous
hydroplaning" is where 术语粘性滑水的定义
为：在_____发生的滑水
B.a film of moisture covers the painted or
rubber-coated portion of the runway.
C.the tires of the airplane are actually riding on a
mixture of steam and melted rubber.
B = ANSWER
145.An outside air pressure decreases, thrust
output will 外界气压下降，推力输出将会
A.increase due to greater efficiency of jet aircraft
in thin air.
B.remain the same since compression of inlet air
will compensate for any decrease in air pressure.
C = ANSWER
146.At what minimum speed (rounded off)
could dynamic hydroplaning occur on main
tires having a pressure of 100PSI? 主胎压
100psi,动态滑水的最小速度(四舍五入)为
A.90 knots.
B.96 knots.
742 | P a g e
C.110 knots.
A = ANSWER
tires having a pressure of 110 PSI? 主胎压
A.90 knots.
B.95 knots.
C.100 knots.
B = ANSWER
tires having a pressure of 121 PSI? 主胎压
A.90 knots.
B.96 knots.
C.110 knots.
B = ANSWER
149.At what speed, with reference to L/DMAX,
does Maximum range for a jet airplane occur?
参考最大升阻比,喷气飞机的远航性能何时出现
A.A speed less than that for L/DMAX.
C.A speed greater than that for L/DMAX.
C = ANSWER
150.At what speed, with reference to L/DMAX,
743 | P a g e
does Maximum rate-of-climb for a jet airplane
occur? 参考最大升阻比,喷气飞机的最大爬升率
性能何时出现
A.A speed greater than that for L/DMAX.
C.A speed less than that for L/DMAX.
B = ANSWER ( 正答A)
151.Compared to dynamic hydroplaning, at
what speed does viscous hydroplaning occur
when landing on a smooth, wet runway? 比较
动态滑水,平滑湿跑道上粘性滑水发生的速度为
A.At approximately 2.0 times the speed that
dynamic hydroplaning occurs.
B.At a lower speed than dynamic hydroplaning.
C.At the same speed as dynamic hydroplaning.
B = ANSWER
152.Equivalent shaft horsepower (ESHP) of a
turboprop engine is a measure of 涡桨发动机
的等效轴马力计量
A.turbine inlet temperature.
B.shaft horsepower and jet thrust.
B = ANSWER
153.How should reverse thrust propellers be
used during landing for Maximum
effectiveness in stopping? 着陆减速停止中如
744 | P a g e
何获得反桨的最大效率
A.Gradually increase reverse power to Maximum
as rollout speed decreases.
B.Use Maximum reverse power as soon as
possible after touchdown.
C.Select reverse-pitch after landing and use idle
power setting of the engines.
B = ANSWER
154.How should thrust reversers be applied
to reduce landing distance for trubojet
aircraft? 涡喷发动机飞机如何使用反推来缩短着
陆距离
A.Immediately after ground contact.
B.Immediately prior to touchdown.
C.After applying Maximum wheel braking.
A = ANSWER
155.If an engine failure occurs at an altitude
above single-engine ceiling, what airspeed
should be maintained? 单发升限之上单发失
效，应保持什么速度
A.VMC.
B.VYSE.
C.V XSE.
B = ANSWER
156.In a light ,twin-engine airplane with one
engine inoperative, when is it acceptable to
allow the ball of a slip-skid indicator to be
745 | P a g e
deflected outside the reference lines? 轻型双
发飞机单发失效，什么情况下可以接受侧滑指示
器的小球偏离到参考线以外
A.-While maneuvering at minimum controllable
air-speed to avoid over banking.
B.-When operating at any airspeed greater than
Vmc.
C.-When practicing imminent stalls in a banked
attitude.
B = ANSWER
2) +ATPL CHAPTER 5-8
Chapter 5. Weight and Balance 重量与平衡
1. What are some characteristics of an
airplane loaded with the CG at the aft limit?重
心在后极限,飞机的性能特性是
A.Lowest stall speed, highest cruise speed, and
least stability
B.Highest stall speed, highest cruise speed, and
least stability.
C.Lowest stall speed, lowest cruise speed, and
highest stability.
A = ANSWER
2.What characteristic should exist if an
airplane is loaded to the rear of its CG range?
重心在后极限,存在的飞行特性是
746 | P a g e
C = ANSWER
3.As the CG is moved forward, the stability
随着重心前移，飞机稳定性
A.Improves
B.Decrease
C.dose not change
A = ANSWER
4.In flight ,as the time goes on , the CG will
飞行中随着时间推移，重心会
A.change
B.not change
A = ANSWER
5.In small airplanes, normal recovery form
spins may become difficult if the小飞机的螺旋
改出可能变得困难，如果
A.-CG is too far rearward and rotation is around
the longitudinal axis.
B.-CG is too far rearward and rotation is around
the CG.
C.-spin is entered before the stall is fully
developed.
C = ANSWER
Chapter 6. Flight Operations 航班运行
747 | P a g e
1.Information recorded during normal
operation of a cockpit voice recorder in a
large pressurized airplane with four
reciprocating engines 四发活塞大型增压座舱
飞机的驾驶舱话音记录器正常工作时记录的信息
A.May all be erased or otherwise obliterated
except for the last 30 minutes
B.May be erased or otherwise obliterated except
for the last 30 minutes prior to landing
C.May all be erased, as the voice recorder is not
required on an aircraft with reciprocating
engines.
A = ANSWER
2.Information obtained from flight data and
cockpit voice recorders shall be used only
for determining飞行数据记录器和驾驶舱话音记
录器的记录数据仅用于
A.Who was responsible for any accident or
incident
B.Evidence for use in civil penalty or certificate
action
C = ANSWER
3.Land and Hold Short Operations (LAHSO)
include landing and holding short:交叉跑道着
陆短时等待操作包括着陆并在_______等待
748 | P a g e
B = ANSWER
4.Normally, a dispatcher should be scheduled
for no more than通常签派员值班不超过______
C = ANSWER
5.Northwest wind can be presented as 西北风
可表示为
A. 200°or NW
B. 315°or NW
C. 135°or SE
B = ANSWER
6.Prior to listing an aircraft as an alternate
airport in the dispatch release, weather
reports must indicate that weather conditions
will be at or above authorized minimums at
that airport在签派放行单中将某机场列为备降场
之前，气象报必须表明该机场的天气在_____时不
低于批准的最低标准
B.for the period of 1 hour before to 1 hour after
the ETA.
749 | P a g e
C = ANSWER
7.Regulations concerning the operational
control of a flight refer to 与航班运行控制相关
的法规指的是
A.the specific duties of any required
crewmember.
B.exercising authority over initiating, conducting,
or terminating a flight.
C.exercising the privileges of pilot-in-command
of an aircraft.
B = ANSWER
8.Route that require a flight navigator are
listed in the 要求飞行领航员的航路列在
A.Airplane Flight Manual
B.International Flight Information Manual
C.Air Carrier's Operations Specifications
C = ANSWER
9.Series A NOTAMs is mainly released to 系
列A 航行通告主要发布给
B = ANSWER
10.Series C NOTAMs of Class 2 must be
disseminated to domestic area flight
750 | P a g e
2 级系列C 航行通告必须提前几天发布给国内地
区飞行情报中心航行通告室
A.25 days ago.
B.15 days ago.
C.7 days ago.
B = ANSWER
11.The "runway hold position" sign denotes
跑道等待位标牌表示
A.An area protected for an aircraft approaching a
runway
C = ANSWER
12.The ATS unit must ensure that pilots are
kept informed of any change in the status of
airport facilities _____. 空中交通服务单位必须
确保飞行员持续获得____机场设施状态改变的情
C. A and B
C = ANSWER
13.What terms could a ATC furnishes pilots'
braking action reports using? 管制员用哪些术
语提供刹车效应
751 | P a g e
A. "good", "fair", "poor" and "nil" or a combination
of these terms.
B. the percentage of the proximate braking
action.
C. only use "good", "fair", "poor" and "nil" with no
combination of these terms.
A = ANSWER
may ATC request of an aircraft operating
above 3,000 meters, which normal cruising
speed is 150 knots?调速保持间隔时，管制可以
要求3000米以上正常巡航速度150节的飞机最低
速度多大
A. 150 knots
B. 250 knots
C. 330 knots
A = ANSWER
15.when a speed adjustment is necessary to
may ATC request of a piston aircraft
departing an airport? 调速保持间隔，管制可以
要求离场活塞飞机最低调速多大
A. 170 knots
B. 150 knots
C. 130 knots
752 | P a g e
B = ANSWER
may ATC request of a piston arrival aircraft
operating except 20 miles from threshold? 调
速保持间隔时，管制可以要求距离跑道入口20海
里的进场活塞飞机最低调速多少
A. 200 knots
B. 170 knots
C. 150 knots
C = ANSWER
may ATC request of a turbojet arrival aircraft
operating except 20 miles from threshold? 调
速保持间隔时，管制可以要求距离跑道入口20海
里的进场喷气飞机最低调速多少
A. 200 knots
B. 170 knots
C. 150 knots
B = ANSWER
may ATC request of a turboprop arrival
aircraft operating except 20 miles from
threshold? 调速保持间隔时，管制可以要求距离
753 | P a g e
跑道入口20海里的进场涡桨飞机最低调速多少
A. 200 knots
B. 170 knots
C. 150 knots
C = ANSWER
may ATC request of a piston arrival aircraft
operating below 3,000 meters? 调速保持间隔
时，管制可以要求3000米以下的进场活塞飞机最
低调速多少
A. 210 knots
B. 200 knots
C. 150 knots
B = ANSWER
may ATC request of a turboprop arrival
aircraft operating below 3,000 meters? 调速
保持间隔时，管制可以要求3000米以下的进场涡
桨飞机最低调速多少
A. 210 knots
B. 200 knots
C. 170 knots
B = ANSWER
21.when a speed adjustment is necessary to
754 | P a g e
may ATC request of a turbojet aircraft
departing an airport? 调速保持间隔时，管制可
以要求离场活塞飞机最低调速多少
A. 250 knots
B. 230 knots
C. 210 knots
B = ANSWER
22.What is the hijack code?劫机代码为
A. 7200. B. 7500. C. 7777.
B = ANSWER
23.The fuel reserve required for a
reciprocating-engine-powered supplemental
air carrier airplane upon arrival at the most
distant alternate airport during a flight in the
contiguous China is 在中国境内执行非定期航
班的活塞发动机飞机到达最远备降场要求的备用
油量为
A. 45 minutes at normal cruising fuel
consumption.
B. The fuel required to fly to the alternate, plus
10 percent.
A = ANSWER
24.The minimum amount (planned) of fuel to
be aboard a flag carrier turbojet airplane on a
755 | P a g e
flight within the contiguous China , after
reaching the most distant alternate airport,
should be 在中国境内执行国际定期航班的涡喷
发动机飞机到达最远备降场后,机载最低油量为
A. 45 minutes at normal cruising fuel
consumption.
C. enough fuel to return to the destination airport
or to fly for 90 minutes at normal cruising fuel
consumption, whichever is less.
A = ANSWER
25.Upon arriving at the most distant airport,
what is the fuel reserve requirement for a
turbopropeller flag air carrier airplane?涡桨飞
机执行国际定期航班到达最远备降场后,备用油量
的要求是
A. 90 minutes at holding altitude and speed fuel
consumption or 30 minutes plus 15 percent of
cruise fuel consumption, whichever is less.
C. 30 minutes plus 15 percent of the total time
required, or 90 minutes at normal cruise,
whichever is less.
C = ANSWER
26.What phases is the Critical Flight Phases?
关键飞行阶段是指
756 | P a g e
A. climb and descent when below 3,000 meters,
taxi, takeoff, and landing.
A = ANSWER
27.What action is necessary when a partial
loss of ILS receiver capability occurs while
operating in controlled airspace under IFR?
管制空域仪表飞行,盲降接收机部分功能失效，应
该采取什么措施
A. Continue as cleared and file a written report to
the Administrator if requested.
B. If the aircraft is equipped with other radios
suitable for executing an instrument approach,
no further action is necessary
C = ANSWER
28.What altitude and route should be used if
the pilot is flying in IFR weather conditions
and has two-way radio communications
failure?航路仪表飞行中双向无线电失效,应按照
什么高度和航路继续飞行
A. Continue on the route specified in the
clearance and fly the highest of the following: the
last assigned altitude, altitude ATC has informed
the pilot to expect, or to the MEA.
B. Descend to MEA and, if clear of clouds,
757 | P a g e
proceed to the nearest appropriate airport. If not
clear of clouds, maintain the highest of the MEAs
along the clearance route.
C. Fly the most direct route to the destination,
maintaining the last assigned altitude or MEA,
whichever is higher.
A = ANSWER
29.Instructions are directives issued by ATC
for the purpose of(ATC发布指令的目的是？）
A.requiring a pilot to read back.
B.keeping flight status.
C.requiring a pilot to take specific action.
C = ANSWER
30.It should be reported without ATC request
that 无需管制要求就需要自动报告的是
A. When unable to climb at a rate of at least 500
feet per minute.
B. When unable to descend at a rate of at least
1000 feet per minute.
C. When unable to climb or descend at a rate of
at least 600 feet per minute.
A = ANSWER
31.The bottom of the Class B airspace is
appropriate to
B类空域的底界是
A.FL 6,300m.
B.FL 6,000m.
758 | P a g e
C.FL 600m.
C = ANSWER
32.The cruising speed of an aircraft is 800
kilometers, what should be entered in the
CRUISING SPEED section of the flight plan?
飞机巡航高度800 千米/小时，则飞行计划中
CRUISEING SPEED一栏应填写
A.850.
B.K0850. ( 在表中的表示方法)
C.0850K.
B = ANSWER
33.The lowest ILS Category II minimums are
二类盲降的最低着陆标准是
B = ANSWER
34.The propose of the speed adjustment
issued by ATC to the radar-controlled aircraft
are?管制给雷达管制飞机下达调速指令的目的是
C. both A and B
C = ANSWER
The top of Class D airspace corresponds to
D类空域的顶界高度为
759 | P a g e
A.600m AGL.
C = ANSWER
Under what condition does ATC issue safety
alerts?管制何时发布安全告警
A. When collision with another aircraft is
imminent.
B. If the aircraft altitude is noted to be in close
proximity to the surface or an obstacle.
C. When weather conditions are extreme and
wind shear or large hail is in the vicinity.
B = ANSWER
Under what condition should a pilot on IFR
advise ATC of minimum fuel status? 仪表飞行
员何时向管制报告最低油量状态
A. When the fuel supply becomes less than that
required for IFR.
B. If the remaining fuel suggests a need for traffic
or landing priority.
C. If the remaining fuel precludes any undue
delay.
C = ANSWER
What does the term "minimum fuel" imply to
ATC?术语最低油量对于管制员意味着
A. Traffic priority is needed to the destination
airport.
760 | P a g e
B. Emergency handling is required to the nearest
suitable airport.
C. Advisory that indicates an emergency
situation is possible should an undue delay
occur.
C = ANSWER
What is the lowest HAT for which a Category
II applicant can be certified during the
original issuance of the authorization?初次获
得二类盲降等级，最低可以下降到跑道接地区以
上高度多少
A.100 feet AGL.
B.150 feet AGL
. C.200 feet
AGL.
B = ANSWER
What is the Maximum distance that a
departure alternate airport may be from the
departure airport for a two-engine airplane?
双发飞机起飞备降场最远距离机场
A.2 hours at normal cruising speed in still air with
one engine operating.
B.1 hour at normal cruising speed in still air with
one engine inoperative.
C.1 hour at normal cruising speed in still air with
both engines operating.
B = ANSWER
761 | P a g e
What is the purpose of a prohibited airspace?
禁飞区目的
A = ANSWER
35.What is the purpose of an ATC instruction?
管制指令的目的是
A = ANSWER
36.What is the purpose of danger airspace?危
险区目的
A.To warn nonparticipating aircrafts of the
potential danger.
A = ANSWER
37.What is the time interval for filing flight
plan?填报飞行计划的提前时间为
C.At least one hour and a half prior to the
departure time.
C = ANSWER
38.What is the time limitation for filing flight
762 | P a g e
application?填报飞行申请的时间限制是
A.At least before 1500 Beijing Time prior to the
departure date.
B.At least before 1700 Beijing Time prior to the
departure date.
C.At least before 1200 Beijing Time prior to the
departure date.
A = ANSWER
39.What report should the pilot make at a
clearance limit?在许可界限处，飞行员需要做什
么报告
A. time and altitude/flight level arriving or leaving.
B. time, altitude/flight level, and expected holding
speed.
C. time, altitude/flight level, expected holding
speed, and inbound leg length.
A = ANSWER
40.When a flight plan indicates IFR for the
entire route, pilot should fill the FLIGHT
RULES box with letter飞行计划中表示整个航路
都是仪表飞行，则FLIGHT RULES一栏应该填写
字母
A.Y. B.I. C.Z.
B = ANSWER
41.When a pilot plans a flight using NDB
NAVAIDS. Which rule applies?飞行员计划使用
763 | P a g e
NDB导航，则法规要求
A.The airplane must have sufficient fuel to
proceed. by means of VOR NAVIDS, to a
suitable airport and land.
B.The pilot must be able to return to the
departure airport using other navigation radios.
C.The airplane must have sufficient fuel to
proceed, by means of VOR NAVAIDS, to a
suitable airport and complete an instrument
approach by use of the remaining airplane radio
system.
C = ANSWER
42.When an air carrier flight is operated
under IFR or over-the-top on "victor
airways," which navigation equipment is
required to be installed in duplicate?航线运输
机在VOR航线上执行仪表或云上目视飞行，则哪
个设备要求配备双套系统
A.VOR
B.ADF
C.VOR AND DME
A = ANSWER
43.When an ATC controller assigns a too low
speed for the aircraft's operating limitation
under the existing circumstance, what
should the pilot do?管制员指定速度超出当前情
764 | P a g e
况下飞机的运行极限，则飞行员应该
B. reduce speed to the minimum speed at that
circumstance.
C = ANSWER
44.When can a pilot expect landing priority?
何时飞行员请求着陆优先权
A. on a first-come, first serve basis, because the
Air Traffic Control towers handle all aircraft
regardless of the type of flight plan.
B. during emergency
C. both A and B
C = ANSWER
45.When can an aircraft be expected of
changing frequency from tower to ground
control after landing?着陆后,飞行员何时可以切
换塔台频率到地面管制频率
A. just after landing and stop taxiing on the
runway.
B. remain on the tower frequency until instructed
to do otherwise.
B = ANSWER
46.When carrying a passenger aboard an
all-cargo aircraft, which of the following
765 | P a g e
applies?全货机载客，法规要求
A. The passenger must have access to a seat in
the pilot compartment.
B. The pilot in command may authorize the
passenger to be admitted to the crew
compartment.
C. Crew-type oxygen must be provided for the
passenger.
B = ANSWER
47.When proceeding to the alternate airport,
which minimums apply?飞往备降场，哪些最低
标准适用
A.The alternate minimums calculated from the
IAP chart.
B = ANSWER
48.When the pilot in command is responsible
for a deviation during an emergency, the pilot
should submit a written report机长负责应急时
的偏离，之后何时提交书面报告
C = ANSWER
49.When the tower controller instructs the
766 | P a g e
taxiway to the aircraft during landing taxi,
which taxi way can an aircraft use?塔台给飞机
指定着陆后的滑行道，则飞机可以使用哪条滑行
道脱离跑道
A. exit the runway at the nearest suitable taxiway
without delay.
B. exit the runway at the taxiway given by the
tower controller.
C. exit the runway at the suitable taxiway on the
pilot's determination.
B = ANSWER
50.When vectoring to intercept the ILS
localizer course or MLS final approach track,
the final vector shall be such as to enable the
aircraft to intercept the ILS localizer course
or MLS final approach track at an angle not
greater than __and to provide at least
__straight and level flight prior to ILS
localizer course or MLS final approach track
intercept.引导飞机切入ILS航向道或微波着陆系
统最后进近航迹时，最后进近引导必须满足：切
入角度不大于___,切入点保证进入下滑道前有至
少____直线平飞距离
A.30degrees,2km
B.40 degrees,2km
C.30degrees,1.5km
767 | P a g e
A = ANSWER
51.Where does a danger airspace may be
located?危险区设立地点
A.Over the territory only.
B.Over the territory or open sea abut to China.
C.Over the open sea only.
B = ANSWER
52.Where does a prohibited airspace be set
up?禁飞区设立地点
B.Over open sea.
C.Over domestic or open sea.
A = ANSWER
53.Where does a restricted airspace be set up?
限飞区设立地点
A.Over open sea.
B.Over domestic only.
C.Over domestic and open sea.
B = ANSWER
54.Which altitude is appropriate for the
ceiling of Class C airspace?(600--6000)C 类空
域的顶界高度
A.FL 6,000m.
B.FL 6,300m.
C.FL 6,600m.
A = ANSWER
768 | P a g e
55.Which altitude is appropriate for the floor
of Class A airspace? A类空域的底界高度
A.FL 6,000m.
B.FL 6,300m. 6600m
B = ANSWER
56.Which altitude is appropriate to the top of
Class B airspace?(600--6000) B 类空域的顶界
高度
A.FL 6,300m.
B.FL 6,000m.
C.FL 600m.
B = ANSWER
57.Which letter do you select to fill in the
TYPE OF FLIGHT box during IFR flight
training?仪表飞行训练的飞行计划中TYPE OF
FLIGHT 应填
A.N.
B.S.
C.G.
C = ANSWER
58.Which of following might not normally
need be reported without ATC request? 下列
哪个一般无需自动报告
B. vacating a previously assigned altitude for a
769 | P a g e
newly assigned one.
C. when unable to climb or descend at a rate of
at least 500 feet per minute.
A = ANSWER
59.Which of following should be reported
without ATC request as a compulsory report?
下列哪个无需管制要求就要作为强制报告自动报
C = ANSWER
60.Which points should be reported to ATC
without request?哪个点需要向管制自动报告
C. when leaving the final approach fix outbound,
or when leaving an assigned holding fix.
C = ANSWER
61.Which procedure produces the minimum
fuel consumption for a given leg of the cruise
flight? 哪个程序可以使同一巡航航段的油耗最
A.Increase speed for a headwind.
B.Increase speed for a tailwind.
C.Increase altitude for a headwind, decrease
altitude for a tailwind.
770 | P a g e
A = ANSWER
62.Which regulation does the pilot must
comply with during operation within Class A
airspace?在A类空域运行时必须遵守什么规则
C = ANSWER
63.Which reports are required when
operating IFR in radar environment? 雷达引导
下仪表飞行需要报告
A. Position reports, vacating an altitude, unable
to climb 500 ft/min, and time and altitude
reaching a holding fix or point to which cleared.
B. Position reports, vacating an altitude, unable
to climb 500 ft/min, and time and altitude
reaching a holding fix or point to which cleared,
and a change in average true airspeed
exceeding 5 percent or 10 knots.
C. Vacating an altitude, unable to climb 500
ft/min, reaching a holding fix or point to which
cleared, a change in average true airspeed
exceeding 5 percent or 10 knots, and leaving
any assigned holding fix or point.
C = ANSWER
64.While flying IFR in controlled airspace, if
one of the two VOR receivers fails, which
771 | P a g e
course of action should the
pilot-in-command follow?管制空域仪表飞行,如
果两个VOR 接收机中的一个失效,机长应遵循什
么程序
A. No call is required if one of the two VOR
receivers is operating properly.
B = ANSWER
65.While in IFR conditions, a pilot
experiences two-way radio communications
failure. Which route should be flown in the
absence of an ATC assigned route or a route
ATC has advised to expect in a further
clearance?仪表飞行中遭遇双向无线电失效,在
没有ATC 指定航路或ATC 预计指令航路的情况
下，应飞什么航路
A. The most direct route to the filed alternate
airport.
C = ANSWER
66.Who is responsible for the issue of Class
2 NOTAMs?谁负责2 级航行通告的发布
ADomestic flight information center NOTAMs
office.
772 | P a g e
C.International NOTAMs office of CAAC flight
Information center.
C = ANSWER
67.Who is responsible for the issue of Series
D NOTAMs?谁负责发布D 系列航行通告
A.CCAFC.
C = ANSWER
68.Who is responsible for the issue of
SNOWTAM?谁负责发布雪情通告
C = ANSWER
69.Who is responsible of arranging the
separation of the aircrafts within Class A
airspace? 在A类空域内,谁负责安排飞机之间的
间隔
A.Air Traffic Controller. (ATC)
B.Pilot-in-command.
C.Dispatcher.
A = ANSWER
70.Why the ATC ask the aircraft for speed
adjustment?为何管制要求飞机调速
773 | P a g e
B. because ATC do think high speed is not good
for safety;
C = ANSWER
71.You can't enter tower controlled airspace
under IFR weather conditions unless you
have filed an IFR flight plan and 仪表气象条件
下,不可进入塔台管制空域，除非填报了仪表飞行
计划并且
B = ANSWER
72.You have just landed at JFK and the tower
tells you to call ground control when clear of
the runway. You are considered clear of
runway when 在JKF 机场着陆后,塔台告诉你脱
离跑道后呼叫地面管制。在何时认为飞机已经脱
离跑道
A.The aft end of the aircraft is even with the
taxiway location sign
B.The flight deck area of the aircraft is even with
the hold line
C.All parts of aircraft have crossed the hold line.
C = ANSWER
73.You should advise ATC of minimum fuel
774 | P a g e
status when your fuel supply has reached a
state where, upon reaching your destination,
you cannot accept any undue delay. 当油量达
到飞机抵达目的机场不可接受无故延误的状态
时，需报告管制-最低油量状态
B. ATC will consider this action as if you had
declared an emergency.
C. If your remaining usable fuel supply suggests
the need for traffic priority to ensure a safe
landing, declare an emergency due to low fuel
and report fuel remaining in minutes.
C = ANSWER
74.Who is required to submit a written report
on a deviation that occurs during an
emergency?应急状态发生偏离，谁要提交书面报
C = ANSWER
75.Who is responsible for obtaining
information on all current airport conditions,
weather, and irregularities of navigation
facilities for a supplemental air carrier flight?
执行非定期航班,谁负责获取所有关于机场条件、
775 | P a g e
气象以及导航设施变更的情报
C.Pilot in command.
C = ANSWER
76.While on an IFR flight in controlled
airspace, the failure of which unit will
precipitate an immediate report to ATC? 管制
空域仪表飞行,哪个设备失效需要立即报告管制
B.Airborne radar
C.DME
C = ANSWER
77.(1-1) At a waypoint , PTL 130 is notified
that the Chongqing Airport is closed. PTL 130
is told to proceed to Chengdu Inti Airport.PTL
130 is operating under CCAR Part 121. The
PIC on PTL 130 has less than 100 hours as
PIC in the B-727. What are PICs minimums
for the VOR/DME RWY 02 approach?（新机长
备降）
A. MDH150m,VIS2400m.
B.MDH120m,VIS1600m.
C.MDH100m,VIS1600m.
B = ANSWER
78.(Refer to Figure 6-1) At what point must
776 | P a g e
the missed approach be initiated on the
VOR/DME Rwy 36R at CAPITAL, if still IMC?仪
表气象条件下,首都机场36R 跑道VOR/DME 进
近，复飞点是
A.D0.3 PEK.
B.Above PEK VOR.
C.D0.2
PEK.
B = ANSWER
79.(Refer to Figure 6-1) During final approach,
the altitude of LOM is 1,360 feet, the height of
LOM to the touchdown zone is 最后进近中,远
台处高度应为1360尺,其应高于接地区多少
A.1,360 feet.
B.1,245 feet.
C.1,262 feet.
C = ANSWER
80.(Refer to Figure 6-1) During the VOR/DME
Rwy 36R approach while maintaining an on
glide slope indication with a groundspeed of
140 knots, what was the appropriate rate of
descent?在36R跑道VOR/DME进近时保持下滑
道,地速140节时下降率大约为
777 | P a g e
C = ANSWER
81.(Refer to Figure 6-1) How can the FAF on
the VOR/DME Rwy 36R of CAPITAL be
identified?首都机场36R跑道VOR/DME进近的
最后进近定位点如何识别
A.11.7NM from PEK.
B.11.7KM from PEK.
C.11.7SM from PEK.
A = ANSWER
82.(Refer to Figure 6-1) If the pilot has
identified PEK on the VOR/DME Rwy 36R
straight-in land at CAPITAL, what height
above the touchdown zone does a Category
C aircraft descend to in IMC? 首都机场36R跑
道VOR/DME直接进近识别PEK后,C类飞机在仪
表气象条件下能下降到高于接地区以上多大高度
A.372 feet.
B.470 feet.
C.525 feet.
A = ANSWER
83.(Refer to Figure 6-1) The ATIS of CAPITAL
airport is broadcast on the frequency of 首都
机场通播频率
A.127.6MHz.
B.127.6KHz.
C.114.7MHz.
778 | P a g e
A = ANSWER
84.(Refer to Figure 6-1) The FAF is indicated
with a cross in the profile view of the chart.
To what height does the aircraft descend
when it intercepts the final approach
segment?最后进近定位点在航图剖面图中用交
叉号表示。飞机切入
A.1360 feet.
B.3940 feet.
C.3842 feet.
C = ANSWER
85.(Refer to Figure 6-1) The highest terrain
shown in the plan view section of the
VOR/DME Rwy 36R approach chart is 跑道
36R VOR/DME进近平面图中的最高地形标高为
A.1,496 feet.
B.900 feet.
C.1,244 feet.
A = ANSWER
VOR/DME Rwy 36R approach chart is 1,496
feet MSL, what is the height above the airport
of this obstruction then? 跑道36R VOR/DME
进近平面图中的最高地形标高为海拔1496 尺,其
高于机场平面多高
779 | P a g e
A.1,398 feet.
B.1,026 feet.
C.1,381 feet.
C = ANSWER
87.(Refer to Figure 6-1) What are the landing
minimums for B737 with ALS out?波音737在
ALS 不工作时最低着陆标准为
A.MDA 470 feet and RVR 1,600m.
B.MDA 470 feet and VIS 1,500m.
C.MDA 470 feet and RVR 1,500m.
C = ANSWER
88.(Refer to Figure 6-1) What is the frequency
of the primary navaid facility on the
VOR/DME Rwy 36R approach at CAPITAL? 首
都机场36R跑道VOR/DME 进近主要设施频率为
A.308KHz.
B.114.7MHz.
C.240KHz.
B = ANSWER
89.(Refer to Figure 6-1) When the aircraft is
intercepting R-188 HUR with an intercept
angle of 45o during go-around, how much is
the intercept heading?复飞时45度切入角切入
HUR188径向线的切入航向为
A.143o.
B.233o.
780 | P a g e
C.53o.
A = ANSWER
90.(Refer to Figure 6-1) Which approach
lighting is available for VOR/DME Rwy 36R?
跑道36R作VOR/DME 进近的进近灯光为
A.HIALS.
B.HIALS with PAPI.
C.PAPI.
B = ANSWER
91.(Refer to Figure 6-1) While being turning
from D34.0 HUR to D16.0 PEK for the
VOR/DME Rwy 36R, Beijing Approach control
tells pilot to contact the Tower, what
frequency should be tuned? 跑道36R 作
VOR/DME进近前,从D34.0HUR转向D16.0PEK,
进近管制告诉飞行员联系塔台,塔台频率应为
A.118.1KHz.
B.118.5KHz.
C.118.1MHz.
C = ANSWER
92.(Refer to Figure 6-2) During the ILS/DME
Rwy 36L approach while maintaining an on
glide slope indication with a groundspeed of
150 knots, what was the approximate rate of
descent?跑道36L 作ILS/DME 进近保持下滑道,
地速150节,则下降率大约为
781 | P a g e
B = ANSWER
93.(Refer to Figure 6-2) How can the FAF on
the ILS/DME Rwy 36L of CAPITAL be
identified?首都机场36L跑道ILS/DME进近的最
后进近定位点如何识别
A.16.5KM from ILG.
B.16.5NM from ILG.
C.16.5SM from ILG.
B = ANSWER
94.(Refer to Figure 6-2) How much is the
height from LOM to the touchdown zone
while executing ILS/DME approach? 执行
ILS/DME进近时,远台与接地区的高度差
A.762 feet.
B.870 feet.
C.755 feet.
A = ANSWER
95.(Refer to Figure 6-2) If an aircraft is cleared
to circle-to-land on Rwy 36L at CAPITAL, and
its Maximum speed is approximately 180
knots, what height above the airport could it
descend to?如果许可飞机在首都机场36L 跑道
盘旋着陆，飞机最大速度180 节,则其可以下降到
782 | P a g e
机场平面以上高度多少
A.870 feet.
B.762 feet
. C.755 feet.
C = ANSWER
96.(Refer to Figure 6-2) If the pilot has
identified IDK on the ILS/DME Rwy 36L
straight-in land at CAPITAL, what height
above the airport does a Category B aircraft
descend to in IMC?首都机场36L跑道ILS/DME
直接进近,识别IDK后,B类飞机在仪表气象条件下
可以下降到机场平面以上高度
A.308 feet.
B.193 feet.
C.200 feet.
B = ANSWER
97.(Refer to Figure 6-2) The aircraft has
landed at 1100, pilot should contact with
Ground Control on the frequency of 飞机
1100时着陆,飞行员应联系地面频率
A.121.7MHz.
B.121.9MHz.
C.121.7KHz.
B = ANSWER
98.(Refer to Figure 6-2) The glide slope angle
of ILS/DME Rwy 36L at CAPITAL is 3o, what is
783 | P a g e
the corresponding rate of descent? 首都机场
36L跑道ILS/DME进近下滑角为3度,则其对应多
大下降梯度
A.5.2%.
B.4.8%.
C.5.5%.
A = ANSWER
ILS/DME Rwy 36L approach chart is 跑道36L
进行ILS/DME进近图平面图中最高地形为
A.1,496 feet.
B.1,244 feet.
C.900 feet.
B = ANSWER
100.(Refer to Figure 6-2) What is the
frequency of the primary navaid facility on
the ILS/DME Rwy 36L approach at CAPITAL?
首都机场36L跑道ILS/DME进近主要设施的频率
A.110.3MHz.
B.114.7MHz.
C.111.7MHz.
C = ANSWER
101.(Refer to Figure 6-2) What is the identifier
of HUAIROU VOR/DME?怀柔VOR/DME的识别
784 | P a g e
码为
A.HUR.
B.PEK.
C.IDK.
A = ANSWER
procedure for initiating the missed approach
on the ILS/DME Rwy 36L at CAPITAL? 首都机
场36L跑道ILS/DME 进近的复飞程序为
A.Climb straight ahead to L NDB, right turn, then
select HUR VOR.
B.Climb straight ahead to 990 feet.
C.Climb straight ahead to LG NDB, right turn,
then select HUR VOR.
C = ANSWER
103.(Refer to Figure 6-2) Which approach
lighting is available for ILS/DME Rwy 36L? 跑
道36L的ILS/DME 进近灯光为
A.HIALS with PAPI.
B.HIALS.
C.PAPI.
A = ANSWER
104.(Refer to Figure 6-3) If an aircraft has
been aligned with the center line of Rwy 35 at
PUDONG, the heading indicator should
indicate 如果飞机对准了浦东机场35 号跑道,其
785 | P a g e
航向指示器应指
A.342o.
B.347o.
C.352o.
B = ANSWER
105.(Refer to Figure 6-3) The magnetic
direction of Rwy 17 at PUDONG is浦东机场17
号跑道磁航向为
A.162o.
B.172o.
C.167o.
C = ANSWER
106.(Refer to Figure 6-3) The true direction of
Rwy 35 at PUDONG is 浦东机场35号跑道真航
向为
A.342o.
B.347o.
C.352o.
A = ANSWER
107.(Refer to Figure 6-3) What is the elevation
of PUDONG airport?浦东机场的机场标高为
A.8 feet.
B.10 feet.
C.12 feet.
B = ANSWER
786 | P a g e
of Rwy 17 at PUDONG?浦东机场17号跑道的跑
道标高为
A.8 feet.
B.12 feet.
C.10 feet.
C = ANSWER
of Rwy 35 at PUDONG?浦东机场35号跑道的跑
道标高为
A.10 feet.
B.8 feet.
C.12 feet.
A = ANSWER
110.(Refer to Figure 6-3) Which frequency
should be checked first while asking for
takeoff clearance at PUDONG airport? 浦东机
场请求起飞首先联系的频率为
A.124.35MHz.
B.127.85MHz.
C.118.8MHz.
C = ANSWER
111.(Refer to Figure 6-3) Which frequency
should be selected to check the airport and
weather conditions prior to departure from
PUDONG?浦东机场起飞前检查机场条件、气象
情报,要调到频率
787 | P a g e
A.127.85MHz
. B.124.35MHz.
C.121.65MHz.
A = ANSWER
112.(Refer to Figure 6-3) While requesting the
start-up time at PUDONG airport, pilot should
tune at first on the frequency of 浦东机场请求
开车时间,飞行员首先调到
A.124.35MHz.
B.121.65MHz.
C.127.85MHz.
B = ANSWER
113.(Refer to Figure 6-3, 6-4) What distance is
available for landing beyond on Rwy 35 at
PUDONG?浦东机场35号跑道下滑道外着陆可用
距离为
A.12,097 feet.
B.12,093 feet.
C.13,123 feet.
A = ANSWER
114.(Refer to Figure 6-3, 6-4) What distance is
available for takeoff on Rwy 17 at PUDONG?
浦东机场17号跑道起飞可用距离为
A.12,093 feet.
B.12,097 feet.
C.13,123 feet.
788 | P a g e
C = ANSWER
115.(Refer to Figure 6-4) For an aircraft of
Category D with 4 turbo-powered engines,
what is the takeoff minimum for Rwy 17 at
PUDONG with HIRL and CL operating?4 台涡
轮发动机D类飞机在浦东机场17号跑道上有高强
度跑道边灯和中线灯时的起飞最低标准为
A.RVR 300m.
B.RVR 400m.
C.RVR 250m.
C = ANSWER
116.(Refer to Figure 6-4) For an aircraft with 2
turbo-powered engines, what is the takeoff
minimum for Rwy 35 at PUDONG with only
RL operating?浦东机场35 号跑道仅有跑道边灯
工作时起飞最低标准为
A.RVR 250m.
B.RVR 400m.
C.RVR 200m.
B = ANSWER
117.(Refer to Figure 6-4) The color of Rwy 17
HIALS is 跑道17 的高强度进近灯光系统的颜色
A.blue.
B.white.
C.green.
789 | P a g e
B = ANSWER
118.(Refer to Figure 6-4) What is the takeoff
minimum for Rwy 17 at PUDONG that applies
to an aircraft with 2 propelled engines?双发螺
旋桨飞机在浦东机场17号跑道的起飞最低标准
A.VIS 1,600m.
B.RVR 200m.
C.RVR 250m.
A = ANSWER
119.(Refer to Figure 6-5) At the bottom of this
enroute chart excerpt, ZHENGZHOU ACC's
information is enclosed in a rectangle, what
is the meaning of the asterisk symbol
preceding 122.20?此航路图底部,郑州空管中心
的信息写在方框中,在数字122.20 前面的星号表
B.It means VHF communication is available on a
part-time basis.
C.It means 122.20 MHz is the major
communication frequency.
B = ANSWER
120.(Refer to Figure 6-5) If an aircraft is
estimated to arrive WEI XIAN at 1300z, pilot
should contact ZHENGZHOU CONTROL on
the frequency of 飞机预达卫县1300z,飞行员联
790 | P a g e
系郑州区调的频率应为
A.122.20MHz.
B.8897KHz.
C.3016KHz.
C = ANSWER
announced FL on the airway B215 between
TAIYUAN and DAWANGZHUANG? 太原和大王
庄间航线B215的公布高度层为
A.9,000m. B.12,000m. C.3,100m.
A = ANSWER
122.(Refer to Figure 6-5) What is the MAA on
the airway A461 between ZHOUKOU and
WEI XIAN?周口到卫县之间航线A461 的最大许
可高度为
A.FL 29,500 feet.
B.FL 8,100 feet.
C.FL
39,400 feet.
C = ANSWER
123.(Refer to Figure 6-5) What is the MSA on
the airway B215 between TAIYUAN and
DAWANGZHUANG?太原到大王庄之间航线
B215的最低安全高度为
A.FL 10,100 feet.
B.FL 8,100 feet.
791 | P a g e
C.FL
39,400 feet.
B = ANSWER
124.(Refer to Figure 6-6) After takeoff from
Rwy 36L at CAPITAL, if the flight is cleared to
depart via YV 4D, pilot must tune VHF NAV on
the frequency of 首都机场36L 跑道起飞后,如果
许可执行YV4D 离场程序,则飞行员必须将甚高频
导航频率调到
A.114.7MHz.
B.514MHz.
C.113.6MHz.
C = ANSWER
125.(Refer to Figure 6-6) Determine the VHF
NAV frequency for the YV 14D after takeoff
from Rwy 36R at CAPITAL on 首都机场36R跑
道起飞后执行YV14D离场程序的甚高频导航频率
应为
A.113.6KHz.
B.113.6MHz.
C.114.7MHz.
B = ANSWER
126.(Refer to Figure 6-6) Using an average
ground speed of 140 knots, what minimum
indicated rate of climb must be maintained to
meet the required climb gradient of 4.6% to
792 | P a g e
4,930 as specified on the SID?平均地速140节,
最低指示爬升率为多少才能保证标准仪表离场程
序中规定的4.6%的爬升梯度达到4930尺
A.690 feet/minute.
B.644 feet/minute.
C.600
feet/minute
B = ANSWER
ground speed of 150 knots, what minimum
indicated rate of climb must be maintained to
meet the required climb gradient of 5% to
4,930 as specified on the SID? 平均地速150
节,最低指示爬升率为多少才能保证标准仪表离场
程序中规定的5%的爬升梯度达到4930尺
A.760 feet/minute.
B.851 feet/minute.
C.699 feet/minute
A = ANSWER
ground speed of 220 knots to depart along
VY2D, what minimum indicated rate of climb
must be maintained to meet the required
climb gradient of 6.2% to FL148? 平均地速
220 节沿VY2D 离场,最低指示爬升率为多少才能
保证规定的6.2%的爬升梯度达到高度层148
793 | P a g e
A.1,320 feet/minute
B.1,400 feet/minute
C = ANSWER
129.(Refer to Figure 6-6) What is the identifier
of TANGHEKOU NDB?唐河口NDB的识别码为
A.YV.
B.WF.
C.DK.
A = ANSWER
130.(Refer to Figure 6-7) For a CAT D aircraft
arriving along 007o, the pilot-in-command
could descend it to沿007径向线进场的D类飞
机可以下降到高度层
A.FL138.
B.FL128.
C.FL158.
C = ANSWER
131.(Refer to Figure 6-7) How should the pilot
identify the position to leave the area control
for the LR 2A? 飞行员如何判断离开区调进入
LR2A进场程序
A.GUBEIKOU NDB.
B.HUAIROU VOR/DME.
C.The descent moment on the course of 227o.
A = ANSWER
794 | P a g e
132.(Refer to Figure 6-7) If an aircraft belongs
to CAT B and is descending along the course
of 227o, which altitude could it descend to? B
类飞机沿227径向线下降,其可以下降到
A.FL158.
B.FL148.
C.FL168.
B = ANSWER
133.(Refer to Figure 6-7) If the en route
altitude of an aircraft is FL118, what is the
altitude when the aircraft operates to
DAWANGZHUANG along 007o如果飞机航路高
度为FL118,那么沿007径向线达到大王庄时飞机
的高度应该为
A.FL118.
B.FL128.
C.FL138.
A = ANSWER
134.(Refer to Figure 6-7) The initial point of
KM 2A is at进场程序KM2A 的起始点为
B.D38 to HUAIROU.
C.HUAILAI.
C = ANSWER
135.(Refer to Figure 6-7) The initial point of
VYK 2A is at进场程序VYK2A 的起始点为
795 | P a g e
B.DAWANGZHUANG.
B = ANSWER
136.A pilot is flying in IFR weather conditions
and has two-way radio communications
failure. What altitude should be used? 仪表气
象条件下双线无线电失效后,应飞高度为
A. Last assigned altitude, altitude ATC has
advised to expect, or the MEA, whichever is
highest.
B. An altitude that is at least 1,000 feet above the
highest obstacle along the route.
C. A VFR altitude that is above the MEA for each
leg.
A = ANSWER
137.A pilot is holding at an initial approach fix
after having experienced two-way radio
communications failure. When should that
pilot begin descent for the instrument
approach?双向无线电失效后,飞行员在初始进近
定位点等待。何时飞行员可以开始下降作仪表进
A. At the EFC time, if this is within plus or minus
3 minutes of the flight plan ETA as amended by
ATC.
796 | P a g e
B. At flight plan ETA as amended by ATC.
C. At the EFC time as amended by ATC.
C = ANSWER
138.A pilot is operating in Class G airspace. If
existing weather conditions are below those
for VFR flight, an IFR flight plan must be filed
and an ATC clearance received prior to在G类
空域飞行,天气低于目视标准，则在___之前必须填
报仪表飞行计划并且接到管制许可
C.takeoff if weather conditions are below IFR
minimums.
A = ANSWER
139.A plane, MH 160°, receive this ATC
clearance: "... HOLD EAST OF THE ABC
VORTAC ON THE ZERO NINER ZERO
RADIAL...",What is the recommended
procedure to enter the holding pattern? 一架
飞机航向160,接到管制指令”在ABC VORTAC以
东090 径向线上等待”,则推荐的等待航线加入程
序是
A.Teardrop only
B.Direct only
C.Parallel only
C = ANSWER
797 | P a g e
clearance: "...CLEARED TO THE ABC
VORTAC HOLD SOUNTH ON THE ONE EIGHT
ZERO RADIAL, LEFT TURNS...",What is the
recommended procedure to enter the holding
pattern? 一架飞机航向160,接到管制指令”在
ABC VORTAC 以南180 径向线上等待,左转”,则
推荐的等待航线加入程序是
A.Teardrop only
B.Direct only
C.Parallel only
C = ANSWER
clearance: "... HOLD WEST OF THE ABC
VORTAC ON THE TWO SEVEN ZERO
西270 径向线上等待”,则推荐的等待航线加入程
序是
A.Teardrop only
B.Direct only
C.Parallel only
A = ANSWER
clearance: "... HOLD WEST OF THE ABC
798 | P a g e
VORTAC ON THE TWO SEVEN ZERO
西270 径向线上等待”,则推荐的等待航线加入程
序是
A.Teardrop only
B.Direct only
C.Parallel only
C = ANSWER
clearance: "... HOLD EAST OF THE ABC
VORTAC ON THE ZERO NINER ZERO
飞机航向60,接到管制指令”在ABC VORTAC 以
东090 径向线上等待”,则推荐的等待航线加入程
序是
A.Teardrop only
B.Direct only
C.Parallel only
A = ANSWER
144.A provisional airport is an airport
approved by the Administrator for use by an
air carrier certificate holder for the purpose
of 临时机场是局方批准给合格证持有人用来
799 | P a g e
A.obtaining provisions and fuel when unable,
due to winds, to proceed direct to the regular
airport.
B.having the aircraft catered (foods, beverages,
or supplies).
C.providing service to a community when the
regular airport is unavailable.
C = ANSWER
145.Activities, which are prohibited during
critical phases of flight, include that 在飞行关
键阶段禁止的活动包括
A. filling out logs
B. making passenger announcements
C. both a and b
C = ANSWER
146.After experiencing two-way radio
communications failure en route, when
should a pilot begin the descent for the
instrument approach? 航路上双向无线电失效
后,飞行员应何时开始下降进行仪表进近
A. Upon arrival at any initial approach fix for the
instrument approach procedure but not before
the flight plan ETA as amended by ATC.
B. Upon arrival at the holding fix depicted on the
instrument approach procedure at the corrected
ETA, plus or minus 3minutes.
C. At the primary initial approach fix for the
800 | P a g e
instrument approach procedure at the ETA
shown on the flight plan or the EFC time,
whichever is later.
A = ANSWER
147.An airport approved by the Administrator
for use by an air carrier certificate holder for
the purpose of providing service to a
community when the regular airport is not
available is a/an: 局方批准给合格证持有人,用以
在正规机场无法使用时,给社区提供服务的
A.destination airport.
B.provisional airport.
C.alternate airport.
B = ANSWER
148.An alternate airport for departure is
required何时必须指定起飞备降场
A.if weather conditions are below authorized
landing minimums at the departure airport.
B.when the weather forecast at the estimated
time of departure is for landing minimums only.
A = ANSWER
149.An alternate airport is not required for a
supplemental or commercial air carrier,
turbojet-powered airplane on an IFR outside
the contiguous China, if enough fuel非定期航
801 | P a g e
班涡喷飞机在中国境外作仪表飞行，如果燃油
____，则无需备降场
A. is aboard to fly to the destination at normal
cruise speed and thereafter at least 2 hours at
normal holding speed.
B. is aboard the airplane to fly to the destination
and then to fly for at least 2 more hours at normal
cruising fuel consumption.
C. to fly over the destination for 30 minutes at
holding airspeed at 1,500 feet AGL is carried
aboard the airplane.
B = ANSWER
150.An alternate airport must be listed in the
dispatch and flight release for all
international operation air carrier flights
longer than 所有航时超过____的国际航班签派
放行单/飞机放行单都要列出一个备降场
A.7 hours.
B.8 hours.
C.6 hours.
C = ANSWER
An ATC "instruction"管制指令
A.must be read back in full to the controller and
confirmed before becoming effective.
B.is a directive issued by ATC for the purpose of
requiring a pilot to take specific action.
802 | P a g e
B = ANSWER
151.Below that altitude, except when in
cruise flight, are non-safety related cockpit
activities by flight crew members prohibited?
在___以下除非巡航，否则一切与安全无关的机组
活动都要禁止
A. 3,000 meters.
B. 3,600 meters.
C. 6,000 meters.
A = ANSWER
152.Class 2 NOTAMs could be divided into 2
级航行通告可分为
A = ANSWER
153.During the period of Spring Festival, if
you are assigned to an additional flight, you
should fill in the TYPE OF FLIGHT box with
letter 春节期间被指派加班飞行,TYPE OF
FLIGHT 框中应填
A.N.
B.M.
C. X.
A = ANSWER
803 | P a g e
154.Each pilot who deviates from an ATC
clearance in response to a TCAS advisory is
expected to notify ATC and 由于TCAS 建议而
偏离了管制许可,飞行员须报告管制并且
A.Maintain the course and altitude resulting from
the deviation, as ATS has radar contact
C.Expeditiously return to the ATC clearance in
effect prior to the advisory , after the conflict is
resolved
C = ANSWER
155.How many days ago does a Class 1
NOTAM must be disseminated before it
becomes effective?1 级航行通告须在生效日期
前几天发布
A.7 days ago.
B.15 days ago.
C.28 days ago.
A = ANSWER
156.How often is SNOWTAM broadcast to
distant centers?雪情通告发布的周期是
A.Hourly.
A = ANSWER
157.If a flight has not been cleared for
804 | P a g e
approach while on a radar vector and it
becomes apparent that the current vector will
take it across the final approach course 雷达
引导时未许可进近,但显然当前引导航迹会穿越最
后进近航道，则
A. the pilot should advise ATC of the situation.
Do not turn to intercept the approach course
unless cleared to do so.
B. after advising ATC of the situation, the pilot
may turn to intercept the approach course.
C. the pilot may make a chance between A and B
A = ANSWER
158.If a pilot is being radar vectored in IFR
conditions and loses radio communications
with ATC, what action should be taken? 仪表
条件下接受雷达引导并且与管制失去联系，则应
A. Fly directly to the nearest point shown on the IFR
flight plan and continue the flight.
C. Fly direct to a fix, route, or airway specified in
the vector clearance.
C = ANSWER
159.If a pilot suspects that he/she is suffering
the effects of hypoxia, the most appropriate
remedy would be 飞行员怀疑自己缺氧，最佳补
救方法是
805 | P a g e
A.use supplement oxygen or descend
immediately to a low level
B.voluntarily increase the depth of breathing to
induce more oxygen into the lungs
C.voluntarily increase the breathing rate to
increase the oxygen uptake
A = ANSWER
160.If a received ATC clearance seems to be
conflict to a regulation, the pilot should 若管
制许可似乎与法规抵触，飞行员应该
C.Request a clarification from the ATC
immediately.
C = ANSWER
161.If an aircraft is operating within Class B
airspace at an indicated airspeed greater
than 250 knots, the elevation of the highest
mountain from left 25 kilometers to right 25
kilometers along the route is 2,650 meters,
the minimum safe altitude is飞机在B类空域高
于250 节指示速度飞行,航线两侧25 千米以内的
最高山脉标高2650米,则最低安全高度为
A.3,250m. (+600m)
B.3,050m.
C.2,950m.
806 | P a g e
A = ANSWER
162.If an aircraft requests to land on a closed
or unsafe runway, can the pilot received
landing clearance from ATC? 飞机请求在关闭
或不安全跑道上着陆,可以接收到管制的着陆许可
A. yes. At this time it is the pilot's responsibility
for the landing safety if the pilot decide to land.
B. no. At this time it is the pilot's responsibility for
the landing safety if the pilot decide to land.
C. no. the aircraft is prohibit for landing by the
ATC.
B = ANSWER
163.If an aircraft requests to land on a closed
or unsafe runway, the pilot will be informed
by ATC as 飞机请求在关闭或不安全跑道上着陆,
管制会告知飞行员
A. no aircraft are allowed to land.
B. clear to land with caution.
C. runway is closed or unsafe runway.
C = ANSWER
164.If an ATC controller assigns a speed,
which is too fast for the aircraft's operating
limitation under the existing circumstance,
what should the pilot do? 管制指定速度超出当
前情况下飞机操作极限,则飞行员应
807 | P a g e
B. increase speed to the Maximum speed at that
circumstance.
C. advise ATC of the speed that will be used and
expect the controller issue new speed.
C = ANSWER
165.If the cruising speed of an aircraft is 0.70
Marh, pilot may enter the CRUISING SPEED
box with 飞机巡航速度0.70 马赫,CRUISING
SPEED框中应填
A.M070.
B.070M.
C.M0070.
A = ANSWER
166.If the cruising speed of an aircraft is 0.70
Marh, pilot may enter the CRUISING SPEED
box with 飞机巡航速度0.70 马赫,CRUISING
SPEED框中应填
A.M070. B.070M. C.M0070.
A = ANSWER
167.If the cruising speed of an aircraft is 420
nautical miles, pilot should fill in the
CRUISING SPEED block with 飞机巡航速度
420节,CRUISING SPEED框中应填
A.420N.
B.N420.
808 | P a g e
C.N0420.
C = ANSWER
168.If the earliest takeoff time is 0800z, the
first SNOWTAM must be sent out prior to最早
起飞时刻0800z,则第一条雪情通告应早于___发
A.0600z.
B.0630z
. C.0700z.
B = ANSWER
169.If the estimated time of departure is 1400
Beijing Time, pilot should file flight plan at
least before预计离场时间北京时1400,则飞行计
划至少早于__填报
A.1330 Beijing Time.
C = ANSWER
170.If the first portion of the flight is under
IFR and the latter portion is under VFR, pilot
should fill the FLIGHT RULES box with letter
飞行先飞仪表后飞目视,FLIGHT RULES 框中应
A.Y.
B.I.
C.Z.
809 | P a g e
C = ANSWER ( 正答A)
171.If the flight level of an aircraft is desired
to be 10,200 meters, pilot should fill in the
LEVEL block of the flight plan with 预计飞行
高度层10200米,LEVEL框中应填
A.F1020.
B.S1020.
C.L1020.
B = ANSWER
to be 25,600 feet, pilot should fill in the
LEVEL block of the flight plan with预计飞行高
度层25600尺,LEVEL框中应填
A.F256.
B.F0256.
C.M256.
A = ANSWER
to be 9,000 meters, pilot should fill in the
LEVEL block of the flight plan with预计飞行高
度层9000米,LEVEL框中应填
A.M9000.
B.S9000.
C.M0900.
C = ANSWER
174.If the landing minimums for a NDB
810 | P a g e
approach shown on the IAP chart are
visibility 2,000m and MDA 120m, which
minimums apply when you actually divert to
this airport?仪表进近程序图表中NDB进近的着
陆最低标准为能见度2000 米/最低下降高度120
米,当备降飞到该机场时,适用的最低标准为
C = ANSWER
175.If the landing minimums for an ILS
approach shown on the IAP chart are RVR
550m and DH 60m, which minimums apply
when you actually divert to this airport? 仪表
进近程序图表中ILS 进近的着陆最低标准为跑道
视程550 米/决断高120 米,当备降飞到该机场时,
适用的最低标准为
B = ANSWER
176.If the pilot decided to land on a closed or
unsafe runway in emergency, who is
responsible for the safety in controlled
airport?应急状态下,飞行员决定在关闭的或不安
全跑道着陆,谁对管制机场的安全负责
811 | P a g e
A. it is the pilot's responsibility for the operating
of the aircraft and the separations between other
aircraft.
B. it is the pilot's responsibility for the operating
of the aircraft and it is the ATC's responsibility for
the separations between other aircraft.
C. no one have the responsibility during
emergency situation.
B = ANSWER
177.If the wind direction measured by the
weather station is 180°,the optimum takeoff
and landing direction is . 气象站测得风向180,
则最佳起飞、着陆方向为
B.from west to east
C = ANSWER
178.If the wind direction measured by the
weather station is 270°,the optimum takeoff
and landing direction is . 气象站测得风向270,
则最佳起飞、着陆方向为
A.from east to west
B.from west to east
A = ANSWER
Chapter 7. Emergency, Phisiology and CRM
紧急情况，生理学和驾驶舱资源管理
812 | P a g e
1.Night vision is enhanced by 夜视力通过___
提高
A.looking slightly to one side of the object you
wish to view
B.fixing your gaze director on the object you wish
to view.
C.ensuring that the cockpit remains brightly
illuminated
A = ANSWER
2.One of the effects of hypoxia is a
degradation of night vision. This effect
begins at about 缺氧作用之一就是夜视力下降,
此作用开始于大约
A.5000 feet
B.10000 feet
C.8000 feet
A = ANSWER
3.Relying on the instruments and believing
what they tell you, are the keys to avoid
vestibular illusion. The statement is 依靠仪表
并相信其指示是避免前庭错觉的关键.说法是
A.right
B.wrong
A = ANSWER
4.Scanning procedures for effective collision
avoidance should constitute 有效避撞的空中
813 | P a g e
搜索技巧应该是
A.looking outside for 15 seconds, then inside for
5 seconds, then repeat.
B.1 minute inside scanning, then 1 minute
outside scanning, then repeat.
C.looking outside every 30 seconds except in
radar contact when outside scanning is
unnecessary.
A = ANSWER
5.Some hazardous attitudes may affect pilot
decision making. One of the characteristic of
"Anti-authority" is 某些危险态度可能影响飞行
员决断.其中’反权威’特点是
A.refuses to listen to the advice or suggestions
of others
B.adopt all rules, regulations, and procedures as
far as possible
C.does the first thing that comes to mind.
A = ANSWER
6.The air carrier must give instruction on
such subjects as respiration, hypoxia, and
decompression to crewmember serving on
pressurized airplanes operated above 在____
以上运行,航空公司必须向客舱增压飞机机组培训
呼吸作用、缺氧和高空释压的知识。
A. FL 180.
814 | P a g e
B. FL 200.
C. FL 250.
C = ANSWER
7.The fuel reserve required, for a
turbopropeller supplemental air carrier
airplane upon the arrival at a destination
airport for which an alternate airport is not
specified, is 非定期涡桨飞机在到达无备降场的
目的机场后, 备用油
A. 3 hours at normal consumption no wind
condition.
B = ANSWER
8.The fuel reserve required for a
turbine-engine-powered (other than
turbopropeller) supplemental air carrier
airplane upon arrival over the most distant
alternate airport outside the contiguous
China is 非定期涡喷飞机在中国境外抵达最远备
降场后，备用油
A. 30 minutes at holding speed, at 1,500 feet
over the airport.
B. 30 minutes, over the airport, at 1,500 feet, at
cruising speed.
C. 2 hours at the normal cruising fuel
consumption rate.
815 | P a g e
A = ANSWER
9.The reserve fuel supply for a domestic air
carrier flight is国内定期航班备用油要求为
A. 30 minutes plus 15 percent at normal fuel
consumption in addition to the fuel required to
the alternate airport.
B. 45 minutes at normal fuel consumption in
addition to the fuel required to fly to and land at
the most distant alternate airport.
C. 45 minutes at normal fuel consumption in
addition to the fuel required to the alternate
airport.
B = ANSWER
10.What is the fuel reserve requirement for a
commercially operated
reciprocating-engine-powered airplane flying
within contiguous China upon arrival at the
most distant alternate airport specified in the
flight release? Enough fuel to fly非定期活塞飞
机在中国境内抵达飞行放行单中指定的最远备降
场后,必须有足够备用油
A. 30 minutes plus 15 percent of total time
required to fly at normal cruising consumption to
to the alternate.
B. to fly for 90 minutes at normal cruising fuel
consumption.
C. 45 minutes at normal cruising fuel
816 | P a g e
consumption.
C = ANSWER
may ATC request of an aircraft operating
above 3,000 meters, which normal cruising
speed is 350 knots? 调速保持间隔,管制可以要
求3000米以上正常巡航速度350节的飞机最低调
速多少
A. 350 knots
B. 330 knots
C. 250 knots （死
记）
C = ANSWER
12.The average time of useful consciousness
when engaged in moderate activity following
a rapid decompression at 30,000 feet is
closest to 在3 万尺高空快速释压,中度活动水平
的有用意识时间为
A.25 seconds
B.45 seconds
C.1 minute
B = ANSWER
13.The blind spot is生理盲点是指
A.the area of the lens which is screened by the
iris.
817 | P a g e
C.an area on the cornea which does not respond
to light.
B = ANSWER
14.The brain perceives the body's orientation
in space by 大脑通过___感知身体在空间中的位
A.processing information from the eyes.
B.processing information from the inner ear.
C.by combining and comparing visual, vestibular
and postural cues.
C = ANSWER
15.The captain of a multi-crew aircraft rarely
consults other members of the crew and
discourages any verbal input from them in
the course of a flight. This situation could be
described as 多人制机组的机长很少询问机组其
他成员,而且不喜欢飞行中其他人讲话,这种情况
可以称为
A.a shallow authority gradient
C.strong leadership
B = ANSWER
16.The component of blood which is most
directly involved in the transport of oxygen
throughout the body is 血液成分中与体内氧气
818 | P a g e
运输最直接相关的是
B.the plasma
C.hemoglobin
C = ANSWER
17.The Coriolis illusion can produce an
unpleasant tumbling sensation. It is most
likely to occur when 科里奥利错觉可以产生令
人难受的颠倒感,其最常发生在
A.the head is turned rapidly from left to right
during visual flight
B.the head is bowed forward rapidly during
instrument flight
C.an aircraft which has been in a shallow turn for
some time rolls back to level flight
B = ANSWER
18.The decision-making process is quite
complex; however, it can be condensed into
six elements, using the acronym DECIDE.
The first D is决断过程非常复杂;但是可以用缩略
词DECIDE概括为六个要素,第一个D 代表
A.Detect the fact that a change has occurred
B.Do the necessary action to adapt to the
change
A = ANSWER
819 | P a g e
six elements, using the acronym DECIDE.
The first E is决断过程非常复杂;但是可以用缩略
词DECIDE概括为六个要素,第一个E 代表
A.Estimate the other pilots' ability of dealing with
this problem
C.Estimate the need to counter or react to the
change
C = ANSWER
the following six elements, 决断过程非常复杂;
但是可以用缩略词概括为以下六个要素,
A.DICIDE
B.DECIDE
C.DECIED
B = ANSWER
21.The function of the ciliary muscles in the
eyes is to 眼睛的睫状肌作用是
A.move the eyes from left to right in the socket
B.change the size of the pupil to vary the amount
of light entering the eye.
C.alter the shape of the lens to allow the eye to
focus on objects at various distances.（改变镜头
820 | P a g e
外型《焦距》使视线集中在各种距离的物体上）
C = ANSWER
22.The illusion of being in a noseup attitude
which may occur during a rapid acceleration
take off is known as急剧加速时产生的抬机头错
觉被称为
A.inversion illusion.
B.autokinesis.
C.somatogravic illusion.
C = ANSWER
23.The most effective way to deal with an
episode of disorientation in flight is to 应对飞
行中空间失定向的最有效方法是
A.keep a constant look-out for glimpses of the
natural horizon outside
C.keep the control column central and maintain a
constant power
B = ANSWER
24.The most effective way to scan the sky for
other aircraft during level flight is to 平飞中搜
索天空中其他飞机的最有效方式是
A.move the head in a continuous arc from side to
side.
B.do not look anywhere but straight ahead
unless you detect movement.
821 | P a g e
C.move the head about 20° or 30° at a time,
pausing after each movement to allow the
peripheral vision to detect any movement.
C = ANSWER
25.The perception of color is a function of the
感知颜色是____的功能
A.cones on the retina and is diminished in dim
ambient lighting.
B.rods on the retina and is diminished in dim
ambient lighting.
C.cones on the retina and is diminished in bright
lighting conditions.
A = ANSWER
26.The persons jointly responsible for the
initiation, continuation, diversion, and
termination of a supplemental air carrier or
commercial operator flight are the 对非定期航
班的开始、持续、备降和结束共同负责的是
B = ANSWER
27.The pilot in command has emergency
authority to exclude any and all persons from
admittance to the flight deck 机长有应急特权
将任何和所有人逐出驾驶舱
822 | P a g e
C. except persons who have authorization from
the certificate holder and the CAAC.
B = ANSWER
28.The position of leader and the follower
may be changed in some special conditions.
While remaining overall leader of the flight
crew, the captain might not be the leader in a
specific 某些特殊情形下,领导者和被领导者的
角色可能互换。在保持领导整个机组的基础上，
机长可以在某个机组成员某些能力突出时不是领
导者
A.( 续正文， circumstance in which another
member of the team has great knowledge. The
statement is)right
B.wrong
A = ANSWER
29.The proprioceptive system generates
sensation from本体感觉系统通过____产生感觉
C.the otolith
B = ANSWER
30.The somatogravic illusion (falsly
identifying a level acceleration as a steep
823 | P a g e
climb), is most likely to be encountered 躯体
旋动错觉(错误的感知加速为陡升)最常发生在
A.during a go-around in a high performance
aircraft when flying visually
B.during and just after take-off in a high
performance aircraft on a dark night
C.during an approach to a poorly lit runway on a
dark night
B = ANSWER
31.The static organ is responsible for the
perception of linear acceleration. The
statement is 耳石器负责感知线性加速，该表述
A.right
B.wrong.
A = ANSWER
32.The time of useful consciousness (TUC) is
the Maximum time that pilot has to make a
rational, lifesaving decision and carry it out
following 有用意识时间(TUC)是飞行员在某高
度缺氧时作出理性、救生的决断并执行决断的最
大时间，该表述是
A.(续正文，a lack of oxygen at a given altitude.
The statement is )right
B.wrong
A = ANSWER
824 | P a g e
33.The time of useful consciousness while
cruising at an altitude of 30,000 feet and
sitting quietly would be about 在3万尺静坐时
的有用意识时间为
A.40 seconds
B.3 minutes
C.1 minute and 15
seconds
C = ANSWER
34.The time of useful consciousness(TUC) is
affected by many factors, such as flight
altitude, climbing rate, pilot's activity level,
pilot's 有用意识时间受许多因素影响,比如飞行
高度、爬升率、飞行员活动水平和健康水平、是
否吸烟等。该表述是
A.(续正文，health, and whether the pilot smoking
or not. The statement is )right
B.wrong
A = ANSWER
35.The two different types of light sensitive
elements on the retina are classified as 视网
膜上的两类感光细胞分为
A.rods which are sensitive to color and cones
which work best in dim light.
B.cones which are sensitive to color and rods
which work best in dim light.
825 | P a g e
C.rods and cones both of which are responsible
for color vision.
B = ANSWER
36.What cause hypoxia?什么引起缺氧
B.An increase in nitrogen content of the air at
high altitudes.
C = ANSWER
37.What is the most effective way to use the
eyes during night flight? 夜航时最有效的用眼
方式是
C.Concentrate directly on each object for a few
seconds.
B = ANSWER
38.What is the most effective way to use the
eyes during night flight? 夜航时最有效的用眼
方式是
A.Scan slowly to permit off-center viewing.
B.Scan fast to permit off-center viewing.
C.Concentrate directly on each object for a few
seconds.
A = ANSWER
39.What illusion, if any, can rain on the
826 | P a g e
windscreen create?风挡玻璃上的雨如果引起错
觉，那会是什么错觉
C = ANSWER
40.What is a symptom of carbon monoxide
poisoning?一氧化碳中毒的症状是
C.Dizziness.
C = ANSWER
41.What is the effect of alcohol consumption
on functions of the body? 体内吸收酒精的影响
A.Alcohol has an adverse effect, especially as
altitude increases.
B.Small amounts of alcohol in the human system
increase judgment and decision-making abilities.
C.Alcohol has little effect if followed by equal
quantities of black coffee.
A = ANSWER
42.What type turbulence should be reported
when it momentarily causes slight, erratic
changes in altitude and/or attitude, one-third
to two-thirds of the time?遇到引起高度和/或姿
827 | P a g e
态轻微无规则变化，发生频度在总时间的1/3 至
2/3的颠簸，应该报告其为
B. Moderate chop.
A = ANSWER ( 正答C)
43.When light passes through the lens it is
brought to focus at the back of the eyeball on
the 光线穿过晶状体聚焦在眼球后部的____上
A.retina
B.cornea
C.iris
A = ANSWER
44.Which of the following is considered a
primary flight control ? 下列哪个是主飞行操纵
A. Slats B. Elevator C. Dorsal fin
B = ANSWER
45.Which of the following is considered an
au xiliary flight control? 下列哪个是辅助飞行操
纵面
A. Ruddervator
B. Upper rudder
C = ANSWER
46.Which of the following is not a symptom
828 | P a g e
of carbon monoxide poisoning? 以下哪个不是
一氧化碳中毒症状
A.headache and fatigue
B.a feeling of euphoria
C.impairment of vision and mental confusion
B = ANSWER
47.Which of the following is not normally a
symptom of hypoxia?下列哪个通常不是缺氧的
症状
A = ANSWER
48.Which of the following is not normally a
symptom of hypoxia? 下列哪个通常不是缺氧
的症状
A.several headache
A = ANSWER
49.Which of the following is not the clue of
SA weaken or loss during the flight？下列哪个
不是飞行中情景意识减弱或缺失的表现
A.Fixation-focusing on any one thing to the
exclusion of everything else.
829 | P a g e
C.Failure to meet expected checkpoint on flight
plan or profile-ETA, fuel burn, etC ．as far as
possible.
B = ANSWER
50.Which of the following is not the right
description about CRM?下列哪个驾驶舱资源管
理的表述正确
B.CRM embraces some of operational personnel
only.
C.CRM concentrates on crew members'
attitudes and behaviors and their impact on
safety.
B = ANSWER
51.Which of the following is not the tip for
good SA management during the flight？下列
哪个不是飞行中好的情景意识的表现
A.Resolve discrepancies- contradictory data or
personal conflicts.
B.Fixation-focusing on any one thing to the
C.Monitor and evaluate current status relative to
our plan.
B = ANSWER
52.Which of the following is the clue of SA
weaken or loss during the flight ？下列哪个说
830 | P a g e
明情景意识减弱或缺失
A.Fixation-focusing on any one thing to the
C.Meet expected checkpoint on flight plan or
profile-ETA, fuel burn, etC．as far as possible.
A = ANSWER
53.Which of the following is the most likely
cause of disorientation?下列哪个最有可能引起
空间失定向(错觉)
A.a change in the information coming from the
inner ear.
B.a conflict or ambiguity in the information
coming from visual, vestibular and postural cues.
C.poor lighting reducing the amount of visual
information received.
B = ANSWER
54.Which of the following is the right
description about CRM?下列哪个关于驾驶舱资
源管理的表述正确
A.CRM is a comprehensive system of applying
human factors concepts to improve crew
performance.
B.CRM is a comprehensive system of applying
human factors concepts to improve the captain's
performance.
831 | P a g e
C.CRM is a comprehensive system of applying
human factors concepts to improve the pilots'
performance.
A = ANSWER
description about feedback in the
communication process?交流中的反馈的描述
哪个正确
A.Feedback is the check on how successful we
have been in transferring our message as
ordinary intended.
B.We can use feedback to put the message back
into the system as a check against
misunderstanding.
C.A and B
C = ANSWER
description about the effect of alcohol
consumption on functions of the body ? 吸收
酒精对身体影响的描述哪个正确
A.An individual can speed up the rate at which
alcohol leaves the body.
B.Alcohol can affect the semi-circular canals,
which leads to an increase in susceptibility to
disorientation and motion sickness.
C.Small amounts of alcohol in the human system
increase judgment and decision-making abilities.
832 | P a g e
B = ANSWER
57.Which of the following is the tip for good
SA management during the flight ？下列哪个
是飞行中好的情景意识的表现
B.Solicit input from all crew members including
cabin, ATC, maintenance, dispatch, etC．
C.A and B
C = ANSWER
58.Which of the following organs mediates
the sense of balance?下列哪个器官感受平衡
A.Eustachian tube B.the cochlea C.the
semicircular canals
C = ANSWER
59.Which of the following will increase
susceptibility to hypoxia 下列哪个将增加缺氧
的易患性
A.smoking and alcohol
B.fatigue
C.both A and B
C X
60.Which of the following would be suitable
treatment for a person suffering from carbon
monoxide poisoning?一氧化碳中毒者的合适的
救疗方法是
A.administer oxygen
833 | P a g e
B.have them re-breathe their exhaled breath
from a bag placed over the nose and mouth
A = ANSWER
61.Which of the following would most likely
lead to carbon monoxide contamination of
the cockpit atmosphere? 下列哪个最可能导致
驾驶舱内一氧化碳污染
C = ANSWER
62.Which is a common symptom of
hyperventilation?换气过度的一般症状为
A.Tingling of the hands, legs, and feet.
B.Increased vision keenness.
C.Decreased breathing rate.
A = ANSWER
63.Which of the following techniques would
contribute most to good team problem
solving performance?下列哪个技巧最有助于提
升团队解决问题的能力
A.stands steadfastly by your own aims and
opinions and don't be swayed by others
B.don't say nothing just to "keep the peace"
when you are genuinely unhappy about a
planned course of action
834 | P a g e
C.trust you personal opinion, at the same time,
adopt the other flight crews' ideas partially
B = ANSWER
64.Which procedural is recommended to
prevent or overcome spatial disorientation?
推荐什么程序来防止或克服空间失定向
A.Reduce head and eye movement to the
greatest possible extent.
C.Rely entirely on the indications of the flight
instruments.
C = ANSWER
65.Which would most likely result in
hyperventilation?哪个最有可能导致换气过度
C.An extremely slow rate of breathing and
insufficient oxygen.
A = ANSWER
66.who is exposed to a high glare
environment while on the ground (beach
sand or snow), which would help to enhance
night vision? 地面上暴露在强光环境中(沙滩或
雪)的人如何增强夜视力
835 | P a g e
B = ANSWER
67."Authority gradient" is an important factor
that can have an effect on communication in
a multi-crew environment. In a flight crew, an
apt arranging is 职权梯度是多机组环境中影响
交流的重要因素之一,其最好的安排是
A.the caption's power, ability, longevity and
status are higher much more than the other
B.the caption's power, ability, longevity and
status are equal to the other members of the
flight crew.
C.the caption's power, ability, longevity and
status is higher than the other members of the
flight crew in some short.
C = ANSWER
68."Do something quickly!", may be the
expression of pilots who have the following
attitude?“快行动！”是有哪种态度飞行员的想法
A.Macho
B.Invulnerability
C.Impulsivity
C = ANSWER
69."The leans " is a state of disorientation
which often occurs when倾斜错觉通常发生在
A.an abrupt change from a climb to straight and
836 | P a g e
level flight
B.an aircraft which has been in a shallow turn for
some time rolls back to level flight
C.an abrupt recovery or a rapid correction is
made.
C = ANSWER
70.A common source of human error is the
false hypothesis. Under certain conditions
this is more or less likely than at other times.
From the following list, select the situation
least likely to 人的错误常见原因之一是虚无假
设。特定情形下发生机率很高。下列表中最不易
发生虚无假设的情景是
A.(续正文， result in a person arriving at a false
hypothesis)when expectancy of an event is high
C = ANSWER
71.A good leader also has the ability to act as
a good follower. The statement is 好领导同样
有能力做好被领导者。该表述是
A.right
B.wrong
A = ANSWER
72.A good team member will not agree with a
plan of action just to "keep the peace" if
837 | P a g e
he/she is feeling uneasy about it. The
statement is 一个好的团队成员在对行动计划不
满时是不会为了保持一团和气而同意执行的。该
表述是
A.right
B.wrong
A = ANSWER
73.A pilot is more subject to spatial
disorientation when 何时飞行员更易患空间失
定向
A.ignoring or overcoming the sensations of
muscles and inner ear.
B.eyes are moved often in the process of
cross-checking the flight instruments.
C.body sensations are used to interpret flight
attitudes.
C = ANSWER
74.A pilot who was worried about the
condition of the left engine in a twin-engine
airplane experienced an engine failure on
take -off and feathered the left engine, only to
find that it was the right 双发飞机起飞时单发
失效,一直担忧左发有问题的飞行员直接将左发顺
桨,结果发现是右发失效,原因是
A.(续正文，engine which failed. This pilot has
been a victim of)expectancy producing a false
838 | P a g e
hypothesis
B.expectancy producing a mental block
C.a motor program producing a false hypothesis
A = ANSWER
75.After been in exposed to normal lighting,
dark adaptation(night vision)returns after a
recovery period of about暴露在正常光线下，多
长时间恢复暗适应(夜视力)
A.30 minutes
B.1 hours
C.5 minutes.
A = ANSWER
76.An absence of visible ground feature,
such as when landing over water, darkened
areas or terrain made featureless by snow ，
缺乏可见地表参照,比如水上着陆,暗光区或雪地,
会让飞行员产生一种错觉
A.(续正文，can create the illusion that)the aircraft
is at a lower altitude than is the case, which may
lead descends too low on approach.
B.the aircraft is at a higher altitude than is the
case, , which may lead a pilot descends too low
on approach.
C.the aircraft is at a higher altitude than is the
case, , which may lead a pilot descends too high
on approach.
839 | P a g e
B = ANSWER
77.An authoritative leader 权威型领导者
A.tends to make final decisions in an emergency,
but seldom in other situations
B.tends to make all team decisions and controls
all resources
C.may ultimately decide the team's actions, but
seldom takes into consideration the team
members' experience, knowledge, and
preferences.
B = ANSWER
78.As a general rule, supplement oxygen
should be provided and used by the pilot in
the day if the flight is above 一般高于___白天
就要提供给飞行员使用氧气
A.15000 feet
B.10000 feet
C.8000 feet
B = ANSWER
79.Carbon monoxide is dangerous because
一氧化碳危险的原因是
B.it is highly acidic and attacks the lining of the
lungs
C.it displaces oxygen from the lungs causing
suffocation
A = ANSWER
840 | P a g e
80.Crew resource management is a process
using all available information and resources,
i.e. equipment, procedures and people, to
achieve a safe and 驾驶舱资源管理就是利用所
有关于设备、程序和人的可用信息和资源达到安
全有效的飞行运行的过程。该表述是
A.( 续正文， efficient flight operation. The
statement is)right
B.wrong
A = ANSWER
81.Deference is one of the "hazardous
thoughts" which affect human behavior and
decision making. It refer to 屈从是影响人类行
为和决断的危险态度之一,指的是
A.the tendency to resist authority and object to
regulation
B.the tendency to believe that "it can not happen
to me"
C.the tendency to blame another person or
circumstance for whatever goes wrong
C = ANSWER
82.During the flight, a good leader should not
飞行中好的领导者不应该
A.communicate with the team and keep them
informed of intentions before acting on those
decisions
841 | P a g e
B.can not recognize different behavioral styles
and balance concern for people with concern for
performance.
C.involve the team in most decision making
processes.
A = ANSWER
83.During the flight, the position of leader
and the follower may be changed in some
special conditions. The statement is飞行中,领
导者和被领导者的角色在特定情形下可互换，该
表述是
A.right
B.wrong
A = ANSWER
84.Effective CRM has some characteristics,
which of the following is right description
about it?有效的驾驶舱资源管理有些特点,下列哪
个描述正确
A.CRM is a process using all available
information and resources, i.e. equipment,
procedures and people, to achieve a safe and
efficient flight operation.
B.CRM can be blended into all forms of aircrew
training
C.A and B
C = ANSWER
85.Empty Field Myopia is the tendency of the
842 | P a g e
ciliary muscle to relax when there are no
close objects in the field of view. 空虚视野近
视是在视线内没有物体观察,睫状肌易松弛而导致
目光聚焦在前方
A.(续正文，This causes the eye to take up a focal
length of approximately)one to two meters.
B.five meters.
C.infinity.
A = ANSWER
86.Factors that can inhibit effective
communication can be external or internal.
External factors include妨碍有效沟通的因素既
有外在也有内在因素.外在因素有
A.high environmental noise levels
B.a busy work environment or mental discomfort
C.the receiver's expectancy
A = ANSWER
87.Good leadership in a group is
characterized by优秀领导力的特点是
A. high personal attention and high task
orientation
B.medium personal attention and high task
orientation
C.medium personal attention and medium task
orientation
A = ANSWER
843 | P a g e
88.Hazardous vortex turbulence that might
be encountered behind large aircraft is
created only when that aircraft is 只有何时在
大型机后方才可遇到危险的尾流
A. Developing lift.
A = ANSWER
89.Heavy coffee or tea, can stimulate the
central nervous system and produce an
increase in alertness and activity, produce
anxiety and 浓咖啡或茶会刺激中枢神经系统并
产生神经紧张、活动增加、焦躁和喜怒无常的复
合作用。该表述是
A.(续正文，drastic mood swings at one time.. The
statement is)right
B.wrong
A = ANSWER
91.Hypoxia is always accompanied by 缺氧总
是伴随
A. dizziness
C.vomiting
B = ANSWER
92.Hypoxia is the result of which of these
conditions?缺氧是哪些条件的结果
844 | P a g e
A = ANSWER
93.Hypoxia may be caused by 什么可引起缺氧
A.fly with a head cold
B.breathing too quickly and/or too deeply for the
requirements of the body
C.flying at an altitude where the partial pressure
of oxygen is too low
C = ANSWER
94.If a pilot whose eyes have fully adapted to
darkness is exposed to a bright flash of light,
the time required for dark adaptation to be
re-established is most likely to be 完全暗适应
后的眼睛暴露在强闪光后,需多久重新暗适应
A.3 minutes.
B.15 minutes.
C.30 minutes.
C = ANSWER
95.If the authority gradient is too steep, 若职
权梯度过陡,
A.the first officer may be unlikely to contribute
anything to the decision making process—even
when he is sure that the captain has made a
mistake!
845 | P a g e
B.The first officer respects the captain's
command status but feels free to contribute.
C.the first officer may be likely to contribute
anything to the decision making process
A = ANSWER
96.In a communication process, some
characteristics of the sender may affect the
encode message. These conditions include
交流过程中,发送者的某些特点可能影响发送的信
息,包括
A.the sender's knowledge, personality, and the
ability of he/she make use of the language
B.the sender's skill, attitudes, knowledge, and
the social culture system
C.the sender and the receiver's skill, attitudes,
knowledge, and the workload
B = ANSWER
97.In a decision-making process , a
participatory leader 决断过程中,民主参与型领
导者
A.allows each team member to have a say and
to participate in team processes.
B.tends to make all team decisions and controls
all resources
C.may ultimately decide the team's actions, but
seldom takes into consideration the team
members' experience, knowledge, and
846 | P a g e
preferences.
A = ANSWER
98.In a highly successful effort to better
analyze SA incidents, Mica Endsley
developed a 3-level taxonomy in 1995. Using
the taxonomy, ASRS reviewed 113 SA 在非常
成功的优化分析情景意识事故过程中,Mica
Endsley在1995年提出了3 个层次的分类法。使
用该分类法ASRS 发现报告的169 起情景意识事
故中113起属于
A.(续正文，incidents that were reported it and
found 169 SA errors. Most Of them were
classified as)Level 1 — Failure to correctly
perceive the situation
C.Level 3— Failure to comprehend the situation
into the future
A = ANSWER
99.In flight, a good leader should 飞行中好的
领导者应该
A.set high standards of performance by
demonstrating a high level of personal
performance
B.involve the team in most decision making
processes
C.A and B
847 | P a g e
C = ANSWER
100.In order to make an effective
communication, what type leader the captain
should be? 为达到有效交流,机长应该是什么类
型的
A.a participatory leader
B.an authoritative leader
C.a leader can balance act between the two
types management style, authoritative and
participatory.
C = ANSWER
101.In sensing the orientation of the body in
space, the brain assigns the highest priority
to information coming from 感知身体空间位置
时,大脑最优先接收__传来的信号
A.the eyes
B.the inner
A = ANSWER
Chapter 8. Meteorology 气象
1.In the SIGMET 8 of the Figure 3, which
weather phenomenon that influence fly be
described. 图3 中的SIGMET8 描述了何种影响
飞行的天气现象
A. Severe mountain wave, obscured
thunderstorm with hail
848 | P a g e
B. Severe turbulence, embedded thunderstorms
C. Severe mountain wave, embedded
thunderstorm with hail
C = ANSWER
2.In which condition is possible to present
very serious icing conditions for protracted
flight?远程航行时,哪个条件可能带来严重积冰
A. associated with the smallest size of water
droplet similar to that found in low-level stratus
clouds.
B. associated with thick extensive stratified
clouds that produce continuous rain such as
altostratus and nimbostratus.
C. a cold-soaked aircraft descends into warm,
moist air.
B = ANSWER
3.Just prior to takeoff, the captain learns that
an unstable fast cold front is passing his
destination airport, and he can realize that
the current weather may be 起飞前机长获悉目
的机场正有不稳定快行冷锋通过,那么当时天气为
A = ANSWER
4.On the weather chart of ground, the area
which has great difference in temperature
849 | P a g e
between cold and warm air mass is. 地面天气
图上冷热气团间温度差别最大的地区是
A.front
C.shear line
A = ANSWER
5.Radiation fog usually appears in . 辐射雾通
常出现在
B = ANSWER
6.Sudden penetration of fog can create the
illusion of 突然穿雾会产生何种错觉
A.pitching up.
B.pitching down.
C.leveling off.
A = ANSWER
7.The abbreviated plain language " WS
WRNG " expressing缩写WS WRNG表示
A = ANSWER
8.The adverse effects of ice, snow, or frost on
aircraft performance and flight
850 | P a g e
characteristics include decreased lift and冰、
雪或霜对于飞机性能和飞行特性的影响包括卸升
C = ANSWER
9.What is the approximate rate unsaturated
air will cool flowing upslope? 不饱和空气上坡
的冷却率为
A. 3℃ per 1,000 feet.
B. 2℃ per 1,000 feet.
C. 4℃ per 1,000 feet.
A = ANSWER
10.The tropopause at middle latitude area
usually reaches. 中纬度地区的对流层顶通常达
A. 8 to 9 km
B.10 to 12 km
C.15 to 17 km
B = ANSWER
11.What feature is associated with a
temperature inversion?逆温层相关的特点是
A. A stable layer of air.
B. An unstable layer of air.
C. Air mass thunderstorms.
851 | P a g e
A = ANSWER
12.Which are the only cloud types forecast in
the Terminal Aerodrome Forecast 终端机场预
报仅预报的云的种类是
A. Altocumulus
B. Cumulonimbus
C. Stratocumulus
B = ANSWER
13.Which INITIAL cockpit indications should
a pilot be aware of when a constant tailwind
shears to a calm wind?恒定顺风切变为静风,飞
行员应注意什么驾驶舱初始指示
A. Altitude increase; pitch and indicated airspeed
decrease.
B. Altitude, pitch, and indicated airspeed
Decrease.
C. Altitude, pitch, and indicated airspeed
increase.
C = ANSWER
14.What are basic conditions to form a
thunderstorm?形成雷暴的基本条件是
B. an unstable lapse rate, an initial lifting force,
and sufficient water vapor.
B = ANSWER
15.What feature is normally associated with
852 | P a g e
the cumulus stage of a thunderstorm? 雷暴的
积云阶段的一般特点是
C = ANSWER
16.To allow pilots of in-trail lighter aircraft to
make flight path adjustments to avoid wake
turbulence, pilots of heavy and large jet
aircraft should fly为了让后面跟进的轻型飞机调
整航迹躲避尾流，重型大飞机应飞
A. Below the established glide path and slightly
to either side of the on-course centerline.
B. On the established glide path and on the
approach course centerline or runway centerline
extended.
C. Above the established glide path and slightly
downwind of the on-course centerline.
B = ANSWER
17.Which type of icing is associated with the
smallest size of water droplet similar to that
found in low-level stratus clouds? 和低空层云
中类似的最小水滴与哪种积冰相联系
A. clear ice.
B. Frost ice.
C. Rime ice.
853 | P a g e
B = ANSWER （正答C）
18.The blowing dust or sand usually appear
in 扬尘或扬沙通常出现在
A. summer in northern areas.
B. spring in northern areas.
C. spring in southern areas.
B = ANSWER
19.The Federal Aviation Administration's
Flight Information Service Data Link (FISDL)
provides the following products:联邦航空局的
飞行情报服务数据链接提供以下产品
B.SPECIS, SIGMETS, NOTAM'S, and
AIRMETS.
C.Convective SIGMETS, PIREPS, AWW's, and
adverse conditions.
A = ANSWER
20.The flight crew learn that there is a
stationary front over their destination airport.
Therefore, they can conceive the present
weather at the destination as. 获悉目的机场上
空有静止锋,因此飞行机组可以想到其当前天气条
件为
B.stratus, light rain, poor visibility cause by low
clouds or fog
854 | P a g e
B = ANSWER
21.The heat of the stratophere air is chiefly
from .平流层空气的热量主要来自
A.the absorption of sun radiation by the water
vapor
B.the absorption of sun ultraviolet ray radiation
by the ozone
B = ANSWER
22.The heaviest icing that easy to accumulate
in flight is associated with 飞行中，_____中积
冰最严重
A.in cumliform clouds
B.in high clouds, such as cirrus.
C.In altocumulus cloud.
A = ANSWER
23.The clouds which can produce
thunderstorm and hail are . 会产生雷暴和冰雹
的云是
A.nimbostratus
B.cumulonimbus
C.altostratus.
B = ANSWER
24.The property change of the airmass is
chiefly due to.气团性质改变主要是由于
855 | P a g e
A.the change of sun radiation
B.the property change of the underlying cushion
C.the movement of the weather system
B = ANSWER
25.There is ribbon like precipitation under the
clouds but it evaporated before reaching the
ground. This phenomenon is referred to as .
云下丝带状降水在到达地面前就汽化,这种现象称
A.plume
B.virga
C. dowdraft
B = ANSWER
26.Turbulence encountered above 15,000 feet
AGL, not associated with cloud formations,
should be reported as 在离地15000尺以上无
云时遭遇的颠簸应报告为
C = ANSWER
27.What action is appropriate when
encountering the first ripple of reported clear
air turbulence (CAT)? 遭遇报告的第一波晴空
颠簸时应采取什么措施
856 | P a g e
B.Extend gear to provide more drag and
increase stability.
C.Adjust airspeed to that recommended for
rough air.
C = ANSWER
28.What airport condition is reported by the
tower when more than one wind condition at
different positions on the airport is reported?
当机场不同位置出现不同风况时塔台会通报
B. Wind shear.
C. Frontal
passage.
B = ANSWER
29.What characterizes a ground-based
inversion?地表逆温层的特点是
C. Poor visibility.
C = ANSWER
30.What condition is necessary for the
formation of structural icing in flight? 飞行中
结构积冰的必要条件是
B. Flying in rain.
C. the temperature of the aircraft surface is 0oC
or colder and supercooled water drops.
857 | P a g e
C = ANSWER
31.What condition produces the most
frequent type of ground-or surface-based
temperature inversion? 何种条件最频繁的造成
地表逆温层
A. The movement of colder air under warm air or
the movement of warm air over cold air.
B. Widespread sinking of air within a thick layer
aloft resulting in heating by compression.
C. Terrestrial radiation on a clear, relatively calm
night.
C = ANSWER
32.What is a characteristic of the troposphere?
顶流层顶的特点是
B. There is an overall decrease of temperature
with an increase of altitude.
C. The average altitude of the top of the
troposphere is about 6 miles.
B = ANSWER
33.What is a feature of supercooled water?
过冷水的特点是
A. the water drop sublimates to an ice particle
upon impact.
B. The unstable water drop freezes upon striking
an exposed object.
C. The temperature of the water drop remains at
858 | P a g e
0 until it impacts a part of ℃ the airframe, then
clear ice accumulates.
B = ANSWER
34.What is a likely location of clear air
turbulences? 可能出现晴空颠簸的地点是
A. in an upper trough on the polar side of a
jetstream.
B. Near a ridge aloft on the equatorial side of a
high pressure flow.
C. Downstream of the equatorial side of a
jetstream.
A = ANSWER
35.What is an important characteristic of
wind shear?风切变的一个重要特征是
A. it is primarily associated with the lateral
vortices generated by thunderstorms.
B. it usually exists only in the vicinity of
thunderstorms, but may be found near a strong
temperature inversion.
C. it may be associated with either a wind shift or
a wind speed gradient at any level in the
atmosphere.
C = ANSWER
36.What is the expected duration of an
individual microburst? 单个微下击暴流一般持
续时间为
A. two minutes with Maximum winds lasting
859 | P a g e
approximately 1 minute.
B. one microburst may continue for as long as
2to 4 hours.
C. seldom longer than 15 minutes from the time
the burst strikes the ground until dissipation.
C = ANSWER
37.What is the lowest cloud in the stationary
group associated with a mountain wave?山岳
波中最低的静止云组为
A. rotor cloud.
C. Low stratus.
B = ANSWER
38.What temperature condition is indicated if
precipitation in the form of wet snow occurs
during flight?飞行中出现湿雪形式的降水说明有
何种气温条件
A. the temperature is above freezing at flight
altitude.
B. The temperature is above freezing at higher
altitudes.
A = ANSWER
39.What wind condition prolongs the hazards
of wake turbulence on a landing runway for
the longest period of time? 何种风条件使着陆
860 | P a g e
跑道上的尾流危害持续时间最长
A. Direct tailwind.
B. Light quartering tailwind.
C. Light quartering headwind.
B = ANSWER
40.When advection fog has developed, what
may tend to dissipate or lift the fog into low
stratus clouds? 平流雾形成后,什么会使其消散
或将其抬升形成低层云
B = ANSWER
41.When flying over the nimbostratus clouds,
the pilot finds that there are uptowering
clouds on the thick layer. Top of the towering
clouds extends to 9000 meters high and are
blown to one side by the strong wind like
horse's mane.雨层云上方飞过，飞行员发现厚云
层上方出现高塔状云，其顶端延伸至9000米高空
并被强风吹向一侧，像马鬃一般，如此，可判断
层云中必定存在
A.(接正文 Based on this situation, he predicts
that there must be__in the sheet clouds.)
cumulonimbus clouds
861 | P a g e
A = ANSWER
42.When takeoff or landing at the airport on
the edge of thunderstorm region, which of
the following descriptive weather should be
watchouted particularly? 雷暴边界地区的机场
起飞或着陆,要特别注意何种天气
B = ANSWER
43.When warm wet airflow flows to the cold
ground, it will usually produce . 暖湿气流吹过
冷地表,通常产生
A. layer clouds
B. smooth airflow and advection fog
C. warm front clouds
B = ANSWER
44.Where can the Maximum hazard zone
caused by wind shear associated with a
thunderstorm be found? 雷暴风切变造成的高
危险区通常会在
A. in front of the thunderstorm cell (anvil side)
and on the southwest side of the cell.
B.. ahead of the roll cloud or gust front and
directly under the anvil cloud.
862 | P a g e
C. on all sides and directly under the
thunderstorm cell.
C = ANSWER
45.Where do squall lines most often develop?
飑线最常形成在
B.ahead of a cold front
B = ANSWER
46.Which condition is present when a local of
air is stable? 局部空气稳定说明存在何种气象条
C. As the parcel of air moves upward, its
temperature becomes warmer than the
surrounding air.
A = ANSWER
47.Which condition will favor the formation of
advection fog? 何种条件有利于平流雾的形成
A. Moist, stable air being moved over gradually
rising ground by a wind
B. A clear sky, little or no wind, and high relative
humidity.
C = ANSWER
48.Which is a necessary condition for the
863 | P a g e
occurrence of a low-level temperature
inversion wind shear?低空逆温层风切变产生的
必要条件是
A.the temperature differential between the cold
and warm layers must be at least 10℃.
B.a calm or light wind near the surface and a
relatively strong wind just above the inversion.
C.a wind direction difference of at least 30 ℃
between the wind near the surface and the wind
just above the inversion.
B = ANSWER
49.Which of the following area has the
highest probability to produce low level
windshear?哪个区域最有可能产生低空风切变
C = ANSWER
50.Which of the following cases illustrates
airplane's entry one type of air mass to
another one?下列哪种情况表明飞机从一种气团
进入另一种气团
A. The airplane flies through high level
turbulence
B. Obvious change of temperature and wind
direction within a short period of time
864 | P a g e
C. The airplane meets rolling airflow when
crossing mountainous areas
B = ANSWER
51.Which of the following cases provides
impulse force for forming heat thunderstorm?
下列哪个情况提供热雷暴形成的充足的冲击力
A. Water vapor coagulating and then releasing
latent heat
B. Rising terrain
C = ANSWER
52.Which of the following characteristics
heat thunderstorm?热雷暴的特点是
B.It covers small area and is isolated with
openings
C. It strengthens at night and weakens in the day
on land
B = ANSWER
53.Which of the following differs most greatly
at the two sides of the front?锋面两侧区别最大
的是
A.wind speed
B.air temperature
C.air
pressure
B = ANSWER
865 | P a g e
54.Which INITIAL cockpit indications should
a pilot be aware of when a headwind shears
to a calm wind?逆风切变为静风时，飞行员应注
意何种驾驶舱初始指示
A. indicated airspeed decreases, aircraft pitches
up, and altitude decreases
B. indicated airspeed increases, aircraft pitches
down, and altitude increases
C. indicated airspeed decreases, aircraft pitches
down, and altitude decreases
C = ANSWER
55.which of the following statements about
"hailstone" is correct? 下列关于冰雹的陈述哪
个正确
A.ground rain means that the hailstone
disappears in the air
C.the hail can be thrown several kilometers out
of the thunderstorm.
C = ANSWER
56.Which of the following weather
phenomenon symbols that thunderstorm is
at its mature phase? 雷暴进入成熟阶段的气象
信号是
866 | P a g e
C = ANSWER
57.Which process causes adiabatic cooling?
哪个过程引起绝热冷却
A. Expansion of air as rises.
B. Movement of air over a colder surface.
C. Release of latent heat during the vaporization
process.
A = ANSWER
58.Which term applies when the temperature
of the air changes by compression or
Expansion with no heat added or removed?在
没有热量增加、减少的情况下由于压缩或膨胀空
气温度而变化的术语是
A. Katabatic.
B. Advection.
C. Adiabatic.
C = ANSWER
59.Which type clouds are indicative of very
strong turbulence?哪种云表明存在强度颠簸
A. nimbostratus.
B. Standing lenticular
. C. Cirrocumulus
B = ANSWER
60.Which type of weather conditions are
covered in the Convective SIGMET重要对流气
867 | P a g e
象预报包含何种天气
C. severe icing, surface visibility lower than 5000
meters
A = ANSWER
61.Which type precipitation is an indication
that supercooled water is present?哪种降水表
明存在过冷水
A. wet snow.
B. Freezing rain.
C. Ice pellets.
B = ANSWER
62.Which types of weather conditions are
covered in the Convective SIGMET重要对流气
象预报包含何种天气
C. Severe mountain wave, isolated
cumulonimbus
C = ANSWER
63.Which wind-shear condition results in a
loss of airspeed?哪种风切变导致空速的损失
868 | P a g e
B = ANSWER
64.Which wind-shear condition results in an
increase in airspeed? 哪种风切变导致空速的增
A. Increase tailwind wind and decreasing
headwind.
C = ANSWER
65.(According to Figure 1) How much is the
vertical visibility at Chengdu (ZUUU) 成都垂
直能见度为
A. 50 metres
B. 500 metres
C. 150 metres
C = ANSWER
visibility at Shanghai (ZSSS)上海能见度是多少
B = ANSWER
visibility at Urumchi (ZWWW) 乌鲁木齐的能见
度是多少
A. 300 metres
869 | P a g e
B. 900 metres
C. 3000 metres
A = ANSWER
68.(According to Figure 1) which station
reports the max wind speed 哪个站报告的风
速最大
A.ZSSS
B.ZUUU
C.ZWWW
C = ANSWER
69.(According to figure 2) , which of the
following forecast stations predicts the icing?
哪个站预报有积冰
A. ZSSS
B. ZUUU
C. ZHHH
B = ANSWER
70.(According to figure 2) , which of the
following forecast stations predicts the
turbulence?哪个站预报颠簸
A. ZUUU
B. ZHHH
C. ZSSS
C = ANSWER
71.(according to figure 2) The weather at
ZSSS before 0500Z is ___. 在ZSSS 站世界时
870 | P a g e
0500之前天气是
B = ANSWER
72.(according to figure 2), at ZBAA, the max
predicting wind speed is___. 在ZBAA 预计最
大风速
A. 17 m/s
B. 8 m/s
C. 6 m/s
A = ANSWER
73.(according to figure 2), the forcasting
visibility at ZSSS is____ 在ZSSS预报能见度
A. 5000 m between 00Z-05Z, and 3000 m at
other time
C. 5000 m between 00Z-05Z, 5000 m above at
other time
A = ANSWER
74.(according to figure 2)An airplane is
estimated to arrive at ZUUU at 1000Z, and the
weather then is ____.飞机预计世界时1000到达
ZUUU，则当时天气是
871 | P a g e
B. Southwest wind at 6 m/sec, light rain shower,
visibility 4 km
C. Southeast wind at 24 m/sec, heavy rain,
visibility 4000 m
B = ANSWER
75.(According to figure 4) at Lanzhou, which
description is correct 关于兰州的叙述哪个正
C = ANSWER
76.(According to figure 4) at Lanzhou, which
described 在兰州指示了哪种影响飞行的天气现
A. Strong wind, bad visibility
B. Dust, thunderstorm,
C. Low cloud with strong wind
A = ANSWER
77.(According to figure 4) at Shanghai, which
description is correct 关于上海的描述哪个正
A. The visibility is 800 meters, the sea level
pressure is 996 hPa,
B. The visibility is 8 kilometers, the QNH is 999.6
872 | P a g e
hPa,
C. The visibility is 8 kilometers, the sea level
pressure is 999.6 hPa,
C = ANSWER
78.(According to figure 4) at Shanghai, which
described.上海战指示了何种影响飞行的天气现
C. Snow shower
A = ANSWER
79.(According to figure 4) The cloud
condition at Shanghai is上海的云况如何
A. There are altocumulus , stratocumulus, the
bass of the stratocumulus is 600m
B. There are altostratus, stratocumulus, the bass
of the stratocumulus is 1 200m
C. There are cirrostratus , stratus , the bass of
T he stratus is 1 200m
B = ANSWER
80.(According to figure 4) The weather
phenomenon at Lanzhou is 兰州的天气如何
A. Smoke
B. Sand
C. Sand storm
B = ANSWER
873 | P a g e
81.(According to figure 4) The weather
phenomenon at Shanghai is 上海天气如何
A. Rain and snow
B. Drizzle
C. Continuous snow
A = ANSWER
82.(According to figure 6) At point B, the wind
direction, wind speed and temperatures is 在
B点风向、风速和温度是
A. Southwest wind at 14 KT, temperatures is
-52℃
C. Southwest wind at 35 KT, temperatures is
-52℃
C = ANSWER
83.(According to figure 6) The position of the
upper jet is 高空急流的位置在
A. From A to B then to C
B. From A to C then to D
C. From A to B then to D
B = ANSWER
84.(According to figure 6) What changes take
place from point B fly to point D 从B 到D 会
发生什么变化
B. The wind speed increases, temperature
reduced
874 | P a g e
C. The wind speed and wind direction is no
changes, temperature reduced
B = ANSWER
85.(Refer to Figure 1) According to the
aeronautical weather report on figure 1, the
QNH for ZUUU is 根据图1 的航空气象报
告,ZUUU 的QNH值是
A.998 hPa
B.1099.8 hPa
C.999.8 hPa
A = ANSWER
86.(Refer to Figure 1) What weather condition
is reported at Guangzhou (ZGGG) 广州ZGGG
报告有何种天气
A. Heavy thunderstorm with shower of rain and
towering cumulus clouds
B. Heavy thunderstorm with rain and
cumulonimbus clouds
C. Bad visibility and strong wind
B = ANSWER
87.(Refer to Figure 1) What weather condition
is reported at Urumchi (ZWWW) 乌鲁木齐
ZWWW报告有何种天气
B. Snow and rain
875 | P a g e
C = ANSWER
88.(Refer to Figure 1) which station has the
best visibility 哪个站点能见度最好
A.ZBAA
B.ZSSS
C.ZUUU
B = ANSWER
89.(Refer to Figure 3) In the telegram (3),
which weather phenomenon that influence fly
be described.在3 号电报中指示了何种影响飞行
的天气现象
A. The surface wind is heavier than the wind at
heights of 60 m above runway level
B. There are wind shears from place of 60
meters of end of the runway
C. There are wind speed and wind direction
shears between the surface and the height of 60
meters
C = ANSWER
90.(Refer to Figure 5) Flying from Shenzhen
to Zhengzhou, which weather phenomenon
that may be meet 从深圳到郑州可能会遇到何种
天气
B. Rain and fog
876 | P a g e
A = ANSWER
91.(Refer to Figure 5) Flying from Shenzhen
to Zhengzhou, which weather system we
coursed从深圳到广州穿越何种天气系统
A. It is a warm front.
B. It is a stationary front
C. It is a Cold frongt
C = ANSWER
92.(Refer to Figure 5) What meaning is
expressed on the area arrow K pointed箭头K
指示的区域有何含义
A. The area arrow K pointed is a center of low
pressure
B. For past three hours, the air pressure have
reduced 1.7hPa.
C. For past three hours, the air pressure have
reduced 17hPa.
B = ANSWER
93.(Refer to Figure 5) what weather area is
there in the east of zhengzhou郑州东部区域是
何种天气区域
A. Rain
B. Light fog
C. Fog
C = ANSWER
94.(Refer to Figure 5) what weather
877 | P a g e
phenomenon is there in the north of
zhengzhou 郑州北有何种天气现象
B = ANSWER
95.(Refer to Figure 6) At point A, the wind
direction, wind speed and temperatures is 在
A点风向风速温度为
B. Northwest wind at 60 KT, temperatures is
48℃
A = ANSWER
96.(Refer to Figure 7) Flying from Guangzhou
to Chengdu, which significant weather
phenomenon may be encounterd 从广州到成
都,可能遇到何种恶劣天气
A. Thunderstorm, Rain shower, mountain waves,
moderate clear air turbulence
B. Rain shower, freezing precipitation, mountain
waves, severe clear air turbulence
C. Rainfall, freezing precipitation, mountain
waves, severe icing
B = ANSWER
97.(Refer to Figure 7) Flying from Guangzhou
to Chengdu, which weather system we would
878 | P a g e
encounter 从广州到成都会遭遇何种天气系统
A = ANSWER
98.(Refer to Figure 7) Flying from Kunming to
Chengdu, which significant weather
phenomenon may be encounterd 从昆明飞成
都会遭遇何种恶劣天气条件
A. Severe turbulence, moderate icing, rain
shower, thunderstorms
B. Moderate turbulence, severe icing, freezing
precipitation, severe clear air turbulence
C. Moderate turbulence, moderate icing, rain,
severe clear air turbulence
C = ANSWER
99.(Refer to Figure 7) Flying from Kunming to
Chengdu, which weather system we would
encounter 从昆明到成都会遭遇何种天气系统
C = ANSWER
100.(Refer to Figure 7) In this chart, ISOL
EMBD CB 340/ XXX means 航图中ISOL EMBD
CB340/ = XXX表示
879 | P a g e
A. Some places have CBs, CBs with little or no
separation
B. Isolated cumulonimbus embedded in layers of
other clouds, the top of the cumulonimbus is
C. The airplane is embedded in layers of clouds,
the top of the cumulonimbus is 34000 feet, the
base is unknown
B = ANSWER
101.(Refer to Figure 7) In this chart, ISOL
EMBD CB 340/ XXX means 航图中ISOL EMBD
CB340/ XXX
A. Some places have CBs, CBs with little or no
separation
B. Isolated cumulonimbus embedded in layers of
other clouds, the top of the cumulonimbus is
C. The airplane is embedded in layers of clouds,
the top of the cumulonimbus is 34000 feet, the
base is unknown
B = ANSWER
102.(Refer to Figure 7) The height and speed
of the upper jet is 高空急流的高度和速度是
A. The height of the upper jet is 3500 feet, the
wind speed is 120 km/h
B. The height of the upper jet is 35000 feet, the
wind speed is 120 knots
880 | P a g e
C. The height of the upper jet is 35000 feet, the
wind speed is 48 km/h
B = ANSWER
103.____prevents air flowing directly from
the high pressure area to low pressure area
when air moves in a level direction. 阻止空气
水平的从高压区直接吹向低压区的是
A. Friction force.
B. Inertial centrifugal force
C. Coriolis deflecting force
C = ANSWER
104.A clear area in a line of thunderstorm
echoes on a radar scope indicates雷达屏上雷
暴周围光洁的区域表示
A. the absence of clouds in the area
B. an area of no convective turbulence
C. an area where precipitation drops are not
detected
C = ANSWER
105.Airplanes may encounter heavy
turbulence in飞机可能在何处遭遇重度颠簸
A = ANSWER
106.An aircraft that encounters a headwind of
40 knots, within a microburst, may expect a
881 | P a g e
total shear across the microburst of 飞机在微
下击暴流中遇上40节逆风，那么穿越微下击暴流
后可能有总共多大的风切变总量
A. 40 knots
B. 80 knots
C. 90 knots
B = ANSWER
107.An aircraft that encounters a headwind of
45knots, within a microburst, may expect a
total shear across the microburst of 飞机在微
下击暴流中遇上45节逆风，那么穿越微下击暴流
后可能有总共多大的风切变总量
A. 40 knots
B. 80 knots
C. 90 knots
C = ANSWER
108.At lower levels of the atmosphere,
friction causes the wind to flow across
isobars into a low because the friction.低空大
气中，摩擦力使风向斜穿等压线，因为摩擦力
A. decreases windspeed and Coriolis force.
C. creates air turbulence and raises atmospheric
pressure.
A = ANSWER
109.At which location does Coriolis force
882 | P a g e
have the least effect on wind direction? 在何
处科氏力对风向影响最小
A. At the poles.
C. At the equator.
C = ANSWER
110.before takeoff, the pilots find the clouds
have the following: very low and thick clouds,
flat and gray bottoms with light rain.
Thisclouds is referred as 起飞前飞行员发现云
层有以下特点：高度低厚度大，平坦的灰色云底
且伴有雨。这种云被称为
A = ANSWER
111.Before taking off, the captain finds that
on weather map, a stable cold front is slowly
moving towards his arrival airport, 起飞前机
长发现气象图上指示有稳定的冷锋正缓慢向着目
的机场移动，则可以判断目的地天气
A.(接正文he should predict that the weather at
the arrival airport might be) cloudy with drizzle,
low clouds and weak turbulent current
B. cumulonimbus clouds, shower and gale
C. clear after rain, north deflecting wind and
883 | P a g e
strong turbulent current
A = ANSWER
112.Convective clouds which penetrate a
stratus layer can produce which threat to
instrument flight?穿入层云的对流云对仪表飞行
会产生何种威胁
A. freezing rain
C = ANSWER
113.During the life cycle of a thunderstorm,
which stage is characterized predominately
by downdrafts?雷暴发展周期中哪个阶段主要是
下沉气流主导阶段
A. cumulus
B. dissipating
C. mature
B = ANSWER
114.How are smoke cleared or dispersed? 烟
幕如何清除或消散
A. By wind or the movement of air.
B. By convective mixing in cool night air.
C. By evaporation similar to the clearing of fog.
A = ANSWER
115.How can the stability of the atmosphere
be determined?如何确定大气的稳定性
884 | P a g e
C. Surface temperature/dewpoint spread.
A = ANSWER
116.How can turbulent air cause an increase
in stalling speed of an airfoil? 颠簸空气如何使
失速速度增加
A = ANSWER
117.How does Coriolis force affect wind
direction in the Southern Hemisphere. 南半球
科氏力如何影响风向
B. Causes wind to flow out of a low toward a
high.
C. Has exactly the same effect as in the Northern
Hemisphere.
A = ANSWER
118.How dose Coriolis affect wind direction
in the northern Hemisphere? 北半球科氏力如
何影响风向
A. Causes counterclockwise rotation around a
low.
B. Causes wind to flow out of a low toward a
885 | P a g e
high.
C. Has exactly the same effect as in the
Southern Hemisphere.
A = ANSWER
119.If airplane enters to the undershoot
airflow under thunderstorm clouds, it will
encounter___.飞机进入雷暴云下方的下击气流
中，其会遭遇
A. head windshear
B. turbulence
C = ANSWER
120.If the aircraft enters the strong downdraft
burst, where is the aircraft expected to meet
the strongest downdraft? 飞机进入强烈的下击
暴流,何处下沉气流最强
A = ANSWER
121.If the airplane flies through a high
pressure center in the northern hemisphere,
the wind direction usually changes. 北半球穿
越高压区,风向变化情况为
886 | P a g e
C = ANSWER
122.If the airplane fly through a low pressure
center in the northern hemisphere, the wind
direction usually changes .北半球穿越低压区，
风向变化情况为
A = ANSWER
123.If the ambient temperature is colder than
standard at FL310, what is the relationship
between true altitude and pressure altitude?
若外界气温比FL310 标准温度低，则真实高度与
压力高度之间的关系是
B = ANSWER
124.If the ambient temperature is warmer
than standard at FL350, what is the density
altitude compared to pressure altitude? 若外
界气温比FL350 标准温度高，则密度高度与压力
高度之间的关系是
887 | P a g e
C.Impossible to determine without information on
possible inversion layers at lower altitudes.
B = ANSWER
125.In average, for every 1,000 feet increase
in the troposphere, the temperature of the air
will .对流层空气平均每上升1000尺，气温会
A. descend 2
B.℃℃ descend
3 C. descend 4 ℃
A = ANSWER
126.In daily aeronautical weather reports, the
code "VCTS" means ____. 日常航空天气报中
VCTS表示
A. There are thunderstorms in the vicinity of the
airport but no thunderstorms over the airport
B. There are rains in the vicinity of the airport but
no thunderstorms over the airport.
A = ANSWER
127.In en route flight, the altimeter setting is
航路飞行的高度表拨正值为
A. QNE
B. QNH
C. QFE
A = ANSWER
128.In flight, pilots find forane clouds
consisting of cloud bar and cloud band with
888 | P a g e
flat floor and piled clouds on the top of some
clouds. The descriptive cloud should be.飞行
中飞行员发现远处云层包含平底和堆积在一起的
云条和云带，这种云应该是
B. cumulostratus
C. towering clouds
C = ANSWER
129.In northern hemisphere, if fly from high
pressure area to low pressure area at 6000
meters, the wind on the course is _____. 北半
球6000米高压飞往低压，途中风为
A.right crosswind
B.tailwind
C. left crosswind
C = ANSWER
130.In northern sphere, the air cyclone
circumfluence is 北半球气旋的空气运动
C = ANSWER
131.In stable air associated with a high
pressure system usually occurs? 稳定空气伴
随高压系统，通常发生
A. Advection fog.
889 | P a g e
B. Radiation fog.
C. Frontal
fog.
B = ANSWER
132.In summer, when warm air mass is
unstable, what may occur in layer clouds of
cold front?夏天，暖空气不稳定时，冷锋云层中
会产生
A. cumulonimbus
B. front fog
C. layer clouds
A = ANSWER
133.In the AIRMET 6 of the Figure 3, which
described.图3 中6 号低空重要气象预报指示了
何种恶劣天气
C = ANSWER
134.In the dark, a stationary light will appear
to move when stared at for a period of time.
This illusion is known as 黑暗中静止灯光在注
视一段时间后好像在动，这种错觉被称为
890 | P a g e
C.autokinesis.
C = ANSWER
135.In the friction layer of the northern
hemisphere, the wind of low pressure area is .
北半球摩擦层中低压区风向
C = ANSWER
136.In the Northern hemisphere, if a pilot
makes a long-distance flight from east to
west, under which of the following conditions,
北半球飞行员自东向西长途飞行，何时会遭遇由
气压系统形成的顺风
A.(接正文might encounter tailwind forming by air
pressure system?) when the airplane is in the
south of high pressure system and in the north of
B. When the airplane is in the north of high
pressure system and in the south of low
pressure system.
C. When the airplane is in the north of high
pressure and low pressure systems .
A = ANSWER
137.In the SIGMET 8 of the Figure 3, what is
the valid period of time.图3中8 号重要气象预
891 | P a g e
报的有效时限为
A. From 08Z to 22Z.
C. From 14Z to 22Z
B = ANSWER
138.In the SIGMET 8 of the Figure 3, which
station predict the dangerous weather at first
图3 中8 号重要气象预报中哪个站最先预测有危
险天气
A. ZULS
B. ASSS
C. ZUUU
A = ANSWER
2008.1.30-2008.3.30 新增题
1 商照规定的男乘客和女乘客的体重：参考
CCAR121附件A最大商载的定义
2 飞机的机翼有霜冻会 a 减小升力 b 增加阻力 c
改变飞机构型 (升力减30%，阻力增大40%)
3湿租的含义：是指按照租赁协议，承租人租赁飞
机时携带出租人一名或者多名机组成员的租赁。
CCAR121附件A
4 驾驶舱话音记录器CVR 的外壳颜色：鲜橙色或
者鲜黄色 CCAR121.359
5 机组人员在哪个阶段必须系好安全带 a 起飞着
陆 b 起飞滑跑着陆 c 。。。飞行的整个阶段
CCAR121.541
892 | P a g e
6 机舱内警示标语 a 至少用英文 b 至少用中文 c
中英文并用 CCAR121.361
7机舱内减（释）压阀的作用: 释放超过预设值得
压力，防止内漏
8 机长复训和熟练检查时间分别是：参考ATP 课
本第4页Section E第2、3 段
9 延伸跨水运行:是指飞机距最近海岸线的水平距
离超过93 公里(50 海里)的跨水运行。 CCAR121
附件A
10.CCAR121 附件 F 民用飞机训练分级请自
己查阅
12 下列哪个不可以接受机长训练？
CCAR121.417
A 运七1 年，300小时正驾驶，总飞行时间2200
小时
B TB教员7 年，总飞行时间6600小时
C B737 1年，总飞行时间3600小时
13. Baffle plates in wing fuel cells prevent
A. Fuel moving from one take to another during
turbulent flight.
C. movement of the fuel (surging) in the tanks
during acceleration/deceleration ,and in turbulent
comlitions.
14. If a pilot ompletes a difficult task
successfully and is faced with a similar
893 | P a g e
difficulty a few days lator he should
experience?
A. about the same degree of stress
B. great stress
C. less
15. The eye adapts to differing light teves by?
A. the lens becoming progressively opaque
B. chemical changes in the cornea
C. chemical changes in the retina
16是否可以携带少量酒精饮料上机饮用
A 经过机长允许可以 B 不可以 C 可以 (建议
选B)
17 长时间受发动机噪音影响，会使得____
A 长波听力下降 B 短波听力下降 C 任何波
段听力下降
18 机长的定义
A对飞机在空中航行负责任 B 飞行人员 C 对飞
机在空中航行负最终责任
19 一架飞机在起飞、中转或者目的地机场中任意
一地发生故障，本公司飞行副总应否对该故障过程
进行监控
A依本公司规定 B 是 C 否
20 谁负责给飞机准备检查单 CCAR121.131
A局方 B 制造商 C 合格证持有人
4 当飞机最小安全速度大于最大速度，应 ( 不确
定)
894 | P a g e
A 向经营者和ATC取得许可 B 向公司所在地的
民航管理局取得协议 C 塔台许可
21. 250座飞机配备几个灭火瓶
A5
B4
C3
22 definition of work (功的定义=力×距离)
A Force×distance×time
B Force×area
C Force×distance
23 座舱高度的定义 CCAR121.327
24何种襟翼增大翼面积
A plain flaps普通襟翼B fowler flaps 富勒襟翼(后
退开缝)C split flaps 分裂襟翼
25 机长具有对航空器的完全管理与支配权利，这
种说法正确与否？正确
26 过渡高度层是使用的过渡层以上的最低_高
度层
27 飞行通讯员过去半年内必须有多少小时
A 50
B 100
C 150
CCAR121.473 条
28 理论考试、飞行实践考试可否在模拟机上进
行？
A 可以 B 局方指定的模拟机 C 模拟机
895 | P a g e
29 山岳波在哪个位置最不稳定？
A上风、B 下风位置 C 山顶1500米处
30 机组在时差超过6 小时的两个机场飞行完成
后，休息时间应为
A 36hours
B 48hours
C 72hours
31. 747上海飞东京，备降场大阪，起飞前油量：
A．飞至东京再飞上海至东京10％时间再飞大阪，
然后大阪上空450米飞30分钟。
B．飞至东京再飞至大阪，然后再飞90分钟。
C．飞至东京再飞上海至东京10％时间，再飞大
阪，再飞45分钟。
32 航线飞机适航性(有效期?)
A 1年 B 2 年 C3 年 (建议答案，仅供参考)
CCAR21.179规定有效期由局方规定。
3) +90 FAA QUESTIONS
1．If a SIGMET alert is announced, how can
information contained in the SIGMET be
obtained?如果发布有重要气象情报警告，怎样获
得重要气象情报中的信息
A．ATC will announce the hazard and advise
when information will be provided in the FSS
broadcast.
B．By contacting a weather watch station.
C．By contacting the nearest AFSS.
896 | P a g e
Answer =C
2. On the constant pressure analysis chart,
aircraft and satellite observations are used in
the analysis over areas of sparse data. An
aircraft observation is plotted using 等压面分
析图上，飞机观察和卫星观测可用于数据稀少地区
的气象分析。飞机观察用____标绘
A．a station circle at the aircraft location.
B．a square at the aircraft location.
C．a star at the aircraft location.
Answer =B
3. Freezing Point Depressant (FPD) fluids are
highly soluble in water; however,防冰液易溶于
水，但是
A．ice is slow to absorb it but fast to melt when in
contact with FPD.
B．ice absorbs it very fast but is slow to melt
when in contact with it.
C．ice is slow to absorb it, and to melt when in
contact with it.
Answer =C
4. What information is provided by a
Convective Outlook (AC)? 对流观测资料提供什
么情报
A．It describes areas of probable severe icing
and severe or extreme turbulence during the nearest
897 | P a g e
24 hours.
B．It provides prospects of both general and
severe thunderstorm activity during the following
24 hours.
C．It indicates areas of probable convective
turbulence and the extent of instability in the
upper atmosphere (above 500 mb).
Answer =B
5．Freezing Point Depressant (FPD) fluid
residue on engine fan or compressor blades
防冰液残留在发动机风扇或压气机叶片上
A．can increase performance and cause stalls or
surges.
B．could cause FDP vapors to ent er the aircraf t
but would have no affect on engine thrust or
power.
C．can reduce engine performance and cause
surging and/or compressor stalls.
Answer =C
6．What is the single source reference that
contains information regarding volcanic
eruption, turbulence, and icing conditions for
a specific region? 包含特定地区火山喷发/颠簸/
积冰情况的单一来源参考是
A．Weather Depiction Chart.
B．In-Flight Weather Advisories.
898 | P a g e
C．Area Forecast.
Answer =B
7．Which procedure increases holding time
when deicing/anti-icing an airplane using a
two-step process?当飞机采用两步过程除(防)冰
时，哪种程序增加等待时间
A．Heated Type 1 fluid followed by cold Type 2
fluid.
B．Cold Type 2 fluid followed by hot Type 2 fluid.
C．Heated Type 1 or 2 fluid followed by cold Type
1 fluid.
Answer =A
8．Weather conditions expected to occur in
the vicinity of the airport, but not at the
airport, are denoted by the letters
“V(C).?When V(C) appears in a Terminal
Aerodrome Forecast, it covers a geographical
area of机场附近(VC)代表的地理范围是
A．a 5 to 10 statute mile radius from the airport.
B．a 5-mile radius of the center of a runway
complex.
C．10 miles of the station originating the forecast.
Answer =A
9．Snow on top of deicing or anti-icing fluids
除(防)冰液上面的雪
A．need not be considered as adhering to the
899 | P a g e
aircraft.
B．must be considered as adhering to the aircraft.
C．must be considered as adhering to the aircraft,
but a safe takeoff can be made as it will blow off.
Answer =B
10．Where are jetstreams normally located?
急流通常位于
A．In areas of strong low pressure systems in the
stratosphere.
B ． At the tropopause where intensified
temperature gradients are located.
C．In a single continuous band, encircling the
Earth, where there is a break between the
equatorial and polar tropopause.
Answer =B
11．A strong wind shear can be expected强风
切变发生在
A．on the low pressure side of a 100-knot
jetstream core.
B．where the horizontal wind shear is 15 knots, in
a distance equal to 2.5?longitude.
C．if the 5°C isotherms are spaced 100 NM or
closer together.
Answer =A
12 ． What should the deice/anti-ice fluid
temperature be during the last step of a
900 | P a g e
two-phase process?两阶段法除冰的最后阶段，
除(防)冰液温度如何
A．Hot
B．Warm
C．Cold
Answer =C
13．Which ty pe clouds may be associated
with the jetstream?哪种云和高空急流有关
A．Cumulonimbus cloud line where the jetstream
crosses the cold front.
B．Cirrus clouds on the equatorial side of the
jetstream.
C．Cirrostratus cloud band on the polar side and
under the jetstream.
Answer =B
14．On the constant pressure analysis chart,
satellite and aircraft observations are used in
the analysis, over areas of sparse data. A
satellite observation plotted using 等压面分
析图上，数据稀少地区天气可用卫星和飞机观测信
息进行分析。卫星观测用何标绘?
A．a station circle at the cloud top location.
B．a square at the cloud top location.
C．a star at the cloud top location.
Answer =C
15．When flying over the top of a severe
901 | P a g e
thunderstorm, the cloud should be overflown
by at least 飞越剧烈雷暴顶部时，距离云顶的高
度至少是
A．1,000 feet for each 10 knots windspeed.
B．2,500 feet.
C．500 feet above any moderate to severe
turbulence layer.
Answer =A
16 ． At what time are current AIRMETs
broadcast in their entirety by the Hazardous
Inflight Weather Advisory Service (HIWAS)?当
前AIRMET 通过HIWAS什么时候完整广播
A．15 and 45 minutes after the hour during the
first hour after issuance, and upon receipt.
B ． Every 15 minutes until the AIRMET is
canceled.
C．There is a continuous broadcast over selected
VORs of Inflight Weather Advisories.
Answer =C
17．Vertical wind shear can be determined
directly from the dashed lines on the
tropopause data chart. The vertical wind
shear that is critical for probability of
turbulence is 垂直风切变可以从对流层顶数据图
上的虚线直接判断出来，可能产生颠簸的垂直风切
变标准是
902 | P a g e
A．4 knots or greater per 1,000 feet.
B．6 knots or more per 1,000 feet.
C．greater than 8 knots per 1,000 feet.
Answer =B
18．Which of the following will decrease the
holding time during anti-icing using a
two-step process? 采用两步法除冰时下列哪种
方法可以缩短等待时间
A．Apply heated Type 2 fluid.
B．Decrease the water content.
C．Increase the viscosity of Type 1 fluid.
Answer =A
19．What information from the control tower
is indicated by the following transmission?塔
台通告:“机场南边界风向160 风速25，西部边界
风向240风速35”由此可以获得什么信息
“SOUTH BOUNDARY WIND ONE SIX ZERO AT
TWO FIVE, WEST BOUNDARY WIND TWO
FOUR ZERO AT THREE FIVE.
A．A downburst is located at the center of the
airport.
B．Wake turbulence exists on the west side of the
active runway.
C．There i s a possibility of wind shear over or
near the airport.
Answer =C
903 | P a g e
20．The TWEB Route Forecasts and Synopses
are issued by the Weather Service Forecast
Offices (WSFOs) four times per day
according to time zone. The TWEB forecast is
valid for a/an 天气服务预告室根据时区每天发
布四次TWEB，其预告的有效期是
A．8-hour period.
B．12-hour period.
C．15-hour period.
Answer =B
21．Which type of weather can only be directly
observed during flight and then reported in a
PIREP?飞行期间只有哪些天气可以直接观察到
并且用飞行员报告(PIREP)通报
A．Turbulence and structural icing.
B．Jetstream-type winds and icing.
C．Level of the tropopause and turbulence.
Answer =A
22．Which is a disadvantage of the one-step
over the two-step process when
deicing/anti-icing an airplane? 飞机除(防)冰一
次完成和两次完成相比较，缺点是
A．It is more complicated.
B．The holding time is increased.
C．More fluid is used with the one-step method
when large deposits of ice and snow must be
904 | P a g e
flushed off airplane surfaces.
Answer =C
23．Which atmospheric factor causes rapid
movement of surface fronts? 哪个大气要素引
起地面锋快速移动
A．Upper winds blowing across the front.
B．Upper low located directly over the surface
low.
C．The cold front overtaking and lifting the warm
front.
Answer =A
24．What is indicated about an air mass if the
temperature remains unchanged or
decreases slightly as altitude is increased?高
度上升，如果气温保持不变或略有下降，表明气团
A．The air is unstable.
B．A temperature inversion exists.
C．The air is stable.
Answer =C
25 ． Constant Pressure Analysis Charts
contain contours, isotherms and some
contain isotachs. The contours depict 等压面
分析图上标注有等压线/等温线和一些等风速线。
等压线描述
A．ridges, lows, troughs and highs aloft.
B．highs, lows, troughs, and ridges on the
905 | P a g e
surface.
C．highs, lows, troughs, and ridges corrected to
MSL.
Answer =A
26．How will an area of thunderstorm activity,
that may grow to severe intensity, be
indicated on the Severe Weather Outlook
Chart? 重要天气概略图上怎么表示一个地区的
雷暴活动将增强
A．SLGT within cross-hatched areas.
B．APCHG within any area.
C．SVR within any area.
Answer =B
27What is the general direction of movement
of a hurricane located in the Caribbean or
Gulf of Mexico region? 加勒比或墨西哥湾地区
的飓风移动方向通常是
A．Northwesterly curving to northeasterly.
B ． Westerly, until encountering land, then
easterly.
C．Counterclockwise over open water, then
dissipating outward over land.
Answer =A
28 ． Why are d owndrafts in a mature
thunderstorm hazardous? 成熟雷暴中的下降气
流为何危险
906 | P a g e
A．Downdrafts are kept cool by cold rain which
tends to accelerate the downward velocity.
B．Downdrafts converge toward a central location
under the storm after striking the surface.
C ． Downdrafts become warmer than the
surrounding air and reverse into an updraft
before reaching the surface.
Answer =A
29．Freezing Point Depressant (FPD) fluids
used for deicing 用于除冰的冰点抑制剂___
A．provide ice protection during flight.
B．are intended to provide ice protection on the
ground only.
C ． on the ground, cause no performance
degradation during takeoff.
Answer =B
30．What sources reflect the most accurate
information on current and forecast icing
conditions?什么资料反映最准确地当前和预报
积冰条件的信息
A．Low-Level Sig Weather Prog Chart, RADATs,
and the Area Forecast.
B．PIREPs, Area Forecast, and the Freezing
Level Chart.
C．PIREPs, AIRMETs, and SIGMETs.
Answer =C
907 | P a g e
31．Anti-icing fluid should provide freezing
point protection to 防冰液可以将冰点降到
A．-20°F ambient temperature.
B．+32°F outside temperature or below.
C．a freezing point no greater than 20°F below
the ambient or airplane surface temperature.
32 ． What conditions are indicated on a
Weather Depiction Chart? 天气描述图上标注
____
A．Actual sky cover, visibility restrictions, and
type of precipitation at reporting stations.
B．Forecast ceilings and visibilities over a large
geographic area.
C．Actual en route weather conditions between
reporting stations.
Answer =A
33．Assuring that appropriate aeronautical
charts are aboard an aircraft is the
responsibility of the保证将航图带上飞机是谁的
责任
A.aircraft dispatcher.
B. flight navigator.
C. pilot-in-command.
Answer =C.
34. The minimum weather conditions that
908 | P a g e
must exist for a domestic air carrier flight to
take off from an airport that is not listed in the
Air Carrier’s Operations Specifications
(takeoff minimums are not prescribed for that
airport) is
A. 800-2, 1,100-1, or 900-1-1/2.
B. 1,000-1, 900-1-1/4, or 800-2.
C. 1,000-1, 900-1-1/2, or 800-2.
Answer =C.
35. Which in-flight conditions are required by
a supplemental air carrier to conduct a day,
over-the-top flight below the specified IFR
minimum en route altitude?必须满足什么条件，
补班飞行的航空承运人才能在昼间IFR 最低巡航
高度以下飞行
A.The flight must remain clear of clouds by at
least 1,000 feet vertically and 1,000 feet
horizontally and have at least 3 miles flight
visibility.
B.The flight must be conducted at least 1,000
feet above an overcast or broken cloud layer, any
higher broken/overcast cloud cover is a minimum
of 1,000 feet above the IFR MEA, and have at
least 5 miles flight visibility.
C.The height of any higher overcast or broken
layer must be at least 500 feet above the IFR
MEA.
909 | P a g e
Answer =B.
36.What is the Maximum number of degrees
between the final approach course and the
runway centerline for a LORAN RNAV
approach to be considered a straight-in
approach?罗兰区域导航直线进近时，最后进近
航迹和跑道中心线的夹角最大为
A.5
B.10
C.30
Answer =B
37. What pilot certification and aircraft
equipment are required for operating in Class
C airspace? C 类空域飞行需要什么飞行执照和
机载设备
A.No specific certification but a two-way radio.
B.At least a Private Pilot Certificate and two-way
radio.
C.At least a Private Pilot Certificate, two-way
radio, and a TSO-C74b transponder.
Answer =A.
38.A minimum instrument altitude for enroute
operations off of published airways which
provides obstruction clearance of 1,000 feet
in nonmountainous terrain areas and 2,000
feet in designated mountainous areas within
the United States is called 提供非山区1000英
910 | P a g e
尺/山区2000 英尺超障余度的偏离公布航线最低
仪表巡航高度叫做
A.Minimum Obstruction Clearance Altitude
(MOCA).
B.Off-Route Obstruction Clearance Altitude
(OROCA).
C.Minimum Safe/Sector Altitude (MSA).
Answer =B
39.When entering a holding pattern above
14,000 feet, the initial outbound leg should
not exceed加入高于14000英尺的等待程序，出
航边不能超过
A.1 minute.
B.1-1/2 minutes.
C.1-1/2 minutes or 10 NM, whichever is less.
Answer =B
40. The minimum weather conditions that
must exist for an airport to be listed as an
alternate in the dispatch release for a
domestic air carrier flight are 国内航空承运人
在签派放行单中将一个机场列为备降机场时，其最
低天气标准是
A.those listed in the NOAA IAP charts for the
alternate airport, at the time the flight is expected
to arrive.
B.those specified in the certificate holder’s
911 | P a g e
Operations Specifications for that airport, when
the flight arrives.
C.those listed in the NOAA IAP charts for the
alternate airport, from 1 hour before or after the
ETA for that flight.
Answer =B
41. What action should the pilot take when
“gate hold?procedures are in effect?“ 登机口
等待”生效时，飞行员应采取什么行动
A.Contact ground control prior to starting engines
for sequencing.
B.Taxi into position and hold prior to requesting
clearance.
C.Start engines, perform pretakeoff check, and
request clearance prior to leaving the parking
area.
Answer =A
42. What is the pilot’s responsibility for
clearance or instruction readback?飞行员对许
可或指令进行复诵应
A.Except for SIDs, read back altitude
assignments, altitude restrictions, and vectors.
B.If the clearance or instruction is understood, an
acknowledgment is sufficient.
C.Read back the entire clearance or instruction
to confirm the message is understood.
Answer =A
912 | P a g e
43.What cloud clearance must be complied
with when authorized to maintain “VFR on
Top? 被授权“云上目视”时，必须遵守什么许可
A.May maintain VFR clearance above, below, or
between layers.
B.Must maintain VFR clearance above or below.
C.May maintain VFR clearance above or below,
but not between layers.
Answer =A
44. What special consideration is given for
turbine-powered aircraft when “gate
hold?procedures are in effect? “ 登机口等待”
生效时，对于涡轮发动机飞机应特别考虑
A.They are given preference for departure over
other aircraft.
B.They are expected to be ready for takeoff when
they reach the runway or warmup block.
C.They are expected to be ready for takeoff prior
to taxi and will receive takeoff clearance prior to
taxi.
Answer =B
45.When a composite flight plan indicates
VFR for the first portion of the flight, what is
the procedure for the transition?当综合飞行计
划的第一阶段为VFR 时，过渡程序是
A．The VFR portion is automatically canceled
913 | P a g e
and the IFR portion is automatically activated
when the pilot reports IFR conditions.
B．The pilot should advise ATC to cancel VFR
and activate the IFR portion of the flight.
C．The pilot should close the VFR portion with
the nearest FSS and request the IFR clearance
at least 5 minutes prior to IFR.
Answer = C
46.An alternate airport is not required to
dispatch a flag air carrier airplane for a flight
of less than 6 hours when the visibility for at
least 1 hour before and 1 hour after the ETA at
the destination airport is forecast to be飞行时
间少于6小时的国际航空运输飞行，签派放行时不
需要备降机场的条件是，预达时间前后一小时预报
目的地机场的能见度
A.2 miles or greater.
B.at least 3 miles, or 2 miles more than the
lowest applicable minimum.
C.3 miles.
Answer =B
47.While being vectored to the final approach
course of an IFR approach, when may the
pilot descend to published altitudes?当雷达引
导至IFR 进近的最后进近阶段，飞行员何时下降
至公布的高度
914 | P a g e
A.Anytime the flight is on a published leg of an
approach chart.
B.When the flight is within the 10-mile ring of a
published approach.
C.Only when approach control clears the flight
for the approach.
Answer =C
48. A pilot of a turbine-powered airplane
should climb as rapidly as practicable after
taking off to what altitude? 涡轮动力的飞机起
飞后应尽快爬升至什么高度
A.1,000 feet AGL.
B.1,500 feet AGL.
C.5,000 feet AGL.
Answer =B
49.If being radar vectored to the final
approach course of a published instrument
approach that specifies “NO PT,?the pilot
should 当雷达引导至标有“不能程序转弯”的公
布仪表进近最后进近航段时，飞行员应当
A.advise ATC that a procedure turn will not be
executed.
B.not execute the procedure turn unless
specifically cleared to do so by ATC.
C.execute a holding-pattern type procedure turn.
Answer =B
50 ． At what minimum altitude is a
915 | P a g e
turbine-engine-powered, or large airplane,
required to enter Class D airspace? 涡轮动力
装置或大型飞机进入D类空域的最低高度是
A.1,500 feet AGL.
B.2,000 feet AGL.
C.2,500 feet AGL.
Answer =A
51．When a composite fl ight plan indicates
IFR for the first portion of the flight, what is
the procedure for the transition?当综合飞行计
划第一段是IFR时，过渡程序是
A．The IFR portion is automatically canceled and
the VFR portion is automatically activated when
the pilot reports VFR conditions.
B．The pilot should advise ATC to cancel the IFR
portion and contact the nearest FSS to activate
the VFR portion.
C．The pilot should advise ATC to cancel the IFR
portion and activate the VFR portion.
Answer =B
52.What minimum aircraft equipment is
required for operation within Class C
airspace? 飞机在C 类空域飞行最低机载设备要
求是
A.Two-way communications.
B.Two-way communications and transponder.
916 | P a g e
C.Transponder and DME.
Answer =B
53．When cleared to execute a published
side-step maneuver, at what point is the pilot
expected to commence this maneuver?当被许
可进行公布的避让机动飞行时，在哪个点飞行员开
始机动飞行
A.At the published DH.
B.At the MDA published or a circling approach.
C.As soon as possible after the runway
environment is in sight.
Answer =C
54．Under what conditions may an air carrier
pilot continue an instrument approach to the
DH, after receiving a weather report
indicating that less than minimum published
landing conditions exist at the airport? 当收到
天气报告，机场的天气低于最低着陆标准，什么条
件下飞行员可以继续仪表进近到DH
A.If the instrument approach is conducted in a
radar environment.
B.When the weather report is received as the
pilot passes the FAF.
C.When the weather report is received after the
pilot has begun the final approach segment of
the instrument approach.
917 | P a g e
Answer =C
55.When the forecast weather conditions for
a destination and alternate airport are
considered marginal for a domestic air
carrier’s operation, what specific action
should the dispatcher or pilot in command
take?目的地机场和备降机场天气预报处于边际
条件，签派员和机长应该
A.List an airport where the forecast weather is
not marginal as the alternate.
B.Add 1 additional hour of fuel based on cruise
power settings for the airplane in use.
C.List at least one additional alternate airport.
Answer =C
56．Which aeronautical chart depicts Military
Training Routes (MTR) above 1,500 feet? 哪种
航图上标绘有高于1500英尺的军事训练航路
A.IFR Low Altitude En Route Chart.
B.IFR High Altitude En Route Chart.
C.IFR Planning Chart.
Answer =A
57．Pilots should state their position on the
airport when calling the tower for takeoff 当飞
行员向塔台请求起飞时应说明位置
A.from a runway intersection.
B.from a runway intersection, only at night.
918 | P a g e
C.from a runway intersection, only during
instrument conditions.
Answer =A
58. What action should a pilot take if asked by
ARTCC to “VERIFY 9,000?and the flight is
actually maintaining 8,000? 如果区调询问“证
实9000”，而实际飞机保持在8000，飞行员应该
A.Immediately climb to 9,000.
B.Report climbing to 9,000.
C.Report maintaining 8,000.
Answer =C
59.If visual reference is lost while circling to
land from an instrument approach, what
action(s) should the pilot take? 从仪表进近改
为目视盘旋着陆时失去目视参考，飞行员应
A.Make a climbing turn toward the landing
runway until established on the missed approach
course.
B.Turn toward the landing runway maintaining
MDA, and if visual reference is not regained,
perform missed approach.
C.Make a climbing turn toward the VOR/NDB,
and request further instructions.
Answer =A
60. What minimum information does an
abbreviated departure clearance “cleared as
filed?include?
919 | P a g e
A.Clearance limit and en route altitude.
B.Clearance limit, en route altitude, and SID, if
appropriate.
C.Destination airport, en route altitude, and SID,
if appropriate.
Answer =C
61.How should an off-airway direct flight be
defined on an IFR flight plan? 仪表飞行计划中
应该怎样定义偏航直线飞行
A.The initial fix, the true course, and the final fix.
B.All radio fixes over which the flight will pass.
C.The initial fix, all radio fixes which the pilot
wishes to be compulsory reporting points, and
the final fix.
Answer =B
62.To assure expedititious handling of a
civilian air ambulance flight, the word
“LIFEGUARD?should be entered in which
section of the flight plan? 为保证迅速处理民用
救护飞行，“救护”应填写在飞行计划的哪部分
A.Aircraft type/special equipment block.
B.Pilot’s name and address block.
C.Remarks block.
Answer =C
63．What is the purpose of the term “hold for
release?when included in an IFR clearance?
920 | P a g e
IFR许可中“等待放行”作用是
A.A procedure for delaying departure for traffic
volume, weather, or need to issue further
instructions.
B.When an IFR clearance is received by
telephone, the pilot will have time to prepare for
takeoff prior to being released.
C.Gate hold procedures are in effect and the pilot
receives an estimate of the time the flight will be
released.
Answer =A
64.How should the route of flight be defined
on an IFR flight plan? IFR 飞行计划中怎样定义
飞行航路
A.A simplified route via airways or jet routes with
transitions.
B.A route via airways or jet routes with VORs and
fixes used.
C.A route via airways or jet routes with only the
compulsory reporting points.
Answer =A
65.In what altitude structure is a transponder
required when operating in controlled
airspace?管制空域飞行时，应答机工作要求的高
度范围是
A.Above 12,500 feet MSL, excluding the
921 | P a g e
airspace at and below 2,500 feet AGL.
B.Above 10,000 feet MSL, excluding the
C.Above 14,500 feet MSL, excluding the
Answer =B
66.What action(s) should a pilot take if
vectored across the final approach course
during an IFR approach?
A.Continue on the last heading issued until
otherwise instructed. IFR 进近过程中，如果被引
导穿越最后进近航迹，飞行员应该采取什么行动
B.Contact approach control, and advise that the
flight is crossing the final approach course.
C.Turn onto final, and broadcast in the blind that
the flight has proceeded on final.
Answer =B
67．What is the normal procedure for IFR
departures at locations with pretaxi clearance
programs? 滑出前许可的IFR离场程序通常为
A.Pilots request IFR clearance when ready to
taxi. The pilot will receive taxi instruction with
clearance.
B.Pilots request IFR clearance when ready to
taxi. Pilots will receive taxi clearance, then
receive IFR clearance while taxiing or on runup.
C.Pilots request IFR clearance 10 minutes or
922 | P a g e
less prior to taxi, then request taxi clearance from
ground control.
Answer =C
68.When simultaneous ILS approaches are in
progress, which of the following should
approach control be advised of immediately?
平行盲降进近，出现下列哪种情况需要立即报告进
近管制
A.Any inoperative or malfunctioning aircraft
receivers.
B.If a simultaneous ILS approach is desired.
C.If radar monitoring is desired to confirm lateral
separation.
Answer =A
69.Under what condition may a pilot cancel
an IFR flight plan prior to completing the
flight? 什么条件下飞行员可以在完成飞行前取消
IFR飞行计划
A．Anytime it appears the clearance will cause a
deviation from FARs.
B ． Anytime within controlled airspace by
contacting ARTCC.
C．Only if in VFR conditions in other than Class A
airspace.
Answer =C
70．When must the pilot initiate a missed
923 | P a g e
approach procedure from an ILS approach?
盲降进近中何时必须开始复飞程序
A.At the DH when the runway is not clearly
visible.
B.When the time has expired after reaching the
DH and the runway environment is not clearly
visible.
C.At the DH, if the visual references for the
intended runway are not distinctly visible or
anytime thereafter that visual reference is lost.
Answer =C
71.What altitude is a pilot authorized to fly
when cleared for an ILS approach? The pilot
获得盲降进近许可时，飞行员可以飞什么高度
A．may begin a descent to the procedure turn
altitude.
B．must maintain the last assigned altitude until
established on a published route or segment of
the approach with published altitudes.
C．may descend from the assigned altitude only
when established on the final approach course.
Answer =B
72.When is radar service terminated while
vectored for an IFR approach at an
uncontrolled airport? 在非管制机场雷达引导作
IFR 进近时，何时可以中止雷达服务
924 | P a g e
A.Only upon landing or advised to change to
advisory frequency.
B.When aligned on the final approach course.
C.When cleared for the approach.
Answer =A
73.When cleared to execute a published
side-step maneuver for a specific approach
and landing on the parallel runway, at what
point is the pilot expected to commence this
maneuver? 获得许可进行公布的机动飞行向平
行跑道进近着陆时，飞行员应在哪个点开始机动飞
A.At the published minimum altitude for a circling
approach.
B.As soon as possible after the runway or
runway environment is in sight.
C.At the localizer MDA minimums and when the
runway is in sight.
Answer =B
74.When using a flight director system, what
rate of turn or bank angle should a pilot
observe during turns in a holding pattern? 使
用飞行指引系统，等待转弯时应采用多大的转弯率
或转弯坡度
A.3?per second or 25?bank, whichever is less.
B.3?per second or 30?bank, whichever is less.
925 | P a g e
C.1-1/2?per second or 25?bank, whichever is
less.
Answer =A
75.What service is provided for aircraft
operating within the outer area of Class C
airspace? C 类空域外区域运行的航空器可以获
得什么服务
A.The same as within Class C airspace when
communications and radar contact is
established.
B.Radar vectors to and from secondary airports
within the outer area.
C.Basic radar service only when communications
and radar contact is established.
Answer =A
76. Under what condition may a pilot file an
IFR flight plan containing a special or
privately owned IAP? 什么条件下飞行员可以申
请含有特殊或私有仪表进近程序的飞行计划
A.Upon approval of ATC.
B.Upon approval of the owner.
C.Upon signing a waiver of responsibility.
Answer =B
77.Which reports are always required when
on an IFR approach not in radar contact? 雷
达未监控，IFR 进近时通常应进行哪些报告
926 | P a g e
A.Leaving FAF inbound or outer marker inbound
and missed approach.
B.Leaving FAF inbound, leaving outer marker
inbound or outbound, and missed approach.
C.Leaving FAF inbound, leaving outer marker
inbound or outbound, procedure turn outbound
and inbound, and visual contact with the runway.
Answer =A
78.What services are provided for aircraft
operating within Class C airspace? C类空域内
运行的航空器可以获得什么服务
A.Sequencing of arriving aircraft, separation of
aircraft (except between VFR aircraft), and traffic
advisories.
B.Sequencing of arriving aircraft (except VFR
aircraft), separation between all aircraft, and
traffic advisories.
C.Sequencing of all arriving aircraft, separation
between all aircraft, and traffic advisories.
Answer =A
79.What separation or service by ATC is
afforded pilots authorized “VFR on Top? 授权
“云上目视”，管制为飞行员提供什么间隔或服务
A.The same afforded all IFR flights.
B.3 miles horizontally instead of 5.
C.Traffic advisories only.
Answer =C
927 | P a g e
80．What action should a pilot take if within 3
minutes of a clearance limit and further
clearance has not been received? 许可限制3
分钟以内但仍未获得进一步管制许可，飞行员应该
A.Assume lost communications and continue as
planned.
B.Plan to hold at cruising speed until further
clearance is received.
C.Start a speed reduction to holding speed in
Answer =preparation for holding.
81.Under which condition, if any, may a pilot
descend below DH or MDA when using the
ALSF-1 approach light system as the primary
visual reference for the intended runway? 当
使用ALSF-1 进近灯光系统作为主要的目视参考
时，在什么条件下，可以下降至DH 或MDH
A.Under no condition can the approach light
system serve as a necessary visual reference for
descent below DH or MDA.
B.Descent to the intended runway is authorized
as long as any portion of the approach light
system can be seen.
C.The approach light system can be used as a
visual reference, except that descent below 100
feet above TDZE requires that the red light bars
928 | P a g e
be visible and identifiable.
Answer =C
82.When cleared for an IFR approach to an
uncontrolled airport with no FSS, what
precaution should the pilot take after being
advised to change to advisory frequency? 当
获得许可向一个没有FSS 的非管制机场仪表进近
时，当被建议改变咨询频率时，飞行员应警觉
A．Monitor ATC for traffic advisories as well as
UNICOM.
B．Broadcast position and intentions on the
Common Traffic Advisory Frequency and monitor
the frequency.
C．Wait until visual contact is made with the
airport and then broadcast position and
intentions to land on UNICOM.
83.Under what conditions may a pilot on an
IFR flight plan comply with authorization to
maintain “VFR on Top? 在什么条件下按IFR 飞
行计划飞行的飞行员可以根据授权保持“云上目
视”
A.Maintain IFR flight plan but comply with visual
flight rules while in VFR conditions.
B.Maintain VFR altitudes, cloud clearances, and
comply with applicable instrument flight rules.
929 | P a g e
C.Maintain IFR altitudes, VFR cloud clearances,
and comply with applicable instrument flight
rules.
Answer =B
84.Which IFR fix(es) should be entered on a
composite flight plan? 哪个(些)定位点应该包
含在综合飞行计划中
A.All compulsory reporting points en route.
B.The VORs that define the IFR portion of the
flight.
C.The fix where the IFR portion is to be
terminated.
Answer =C
85.In what way are SIDs depicted in plan view?
标准仪表离场图中，平面图描绘
A.“Vectors?provided for navigational guidance or
“Pilot NAV?with courses the pilot is responsible
to follow.
B.“Vectors?and “Pilot NAV?for pilots to use at
their discretion.
C.Combined textual and graphic form which are
mandatory routes and instructions.
Answer =A
86. What restriction applies to a large,
turbine-powered airplane operating to or from
a primary airport in Class B airspace? 大型涡
930 | P a g e
轮发动机的飞机飞向或飞往B 类空域主要机场有
什么限制
A.Must not exceed 200 knots within Class B
airspace.
B.Must operate above the floor when within
lateral limits of Class B airspace.
C.Must operate in accordance with IFR
procedures regardless of weather conditions.
Answer =B
87.At what Maximum indicated airspeed can
a reciprocating-engine airplane operate in the
airspace underlying Class B airspace? B 类空
域飞行，活塞发动机的飞机最大指示空速为多少
A.180 knots.
B.200 knots.
C.230 knots.
Answer =B
88. What is the Maximum holding speed for a
civil turbojet holding at a civil airport at
15,000 feet MSL, unless a higher speed is
required due to turbulence or icing and ATC
is notified? 除了颠簸或积冰以及管制要求以外，
民航涡喷飞机在民用机场平均海平面15000 英尺
等待的最大等待速度为
A.265 knots
. B.250 knots.
931 | P a g e
C.230knots.
Answer =A
89. At what Maximum indicated airspeed may
a reciprocating-engine-powered airplane be
operated within Class D airspace? D 类空域飞
行，活塞发动机飞机最大指示空速为
A．156 knots.
B．180 knots.
C ．200knots.
Answer =C
90.What is the Maximum indicated airspeed a
turbine-powered aircraft may be operated
below 10,000 feet MSL? 平均海平面高度10000
英尺以下，涡轮发动机飞机飞行的最大指示空速是
A.288 knots.
B.250knots.
C.230knots.
Answer =B
4) +270+680 QUESTIONS
270 题汇总
1.Which weather condition is an example of
a non frontal instablity band? 哪种天气是不
稳定锋带的实例
A. radiation fog
B. front genes
C. squall line
932 | P a g e
Answer =C.
2.The horizontal wind shear critical for
turbulance per 150 miles is 水平风切变的标
准是每150海里风速变化--
A. 18 knots or less
B. greater than 18 knots
C. not a factar
B.
3.Minimum critiria of ILS ⅢA is 三类A盲降
最低标准是
A.DH 50 feet and RVR 350m B.RVR 300m
C.RVR 200m
C.
4.What effect does the leading edge slot in
the wing have on performance? 前缘缝翼对
飞机性能的影响
A. Reduce profilw drag
B. decelerates the supper surface boundary
lager air
C. changes the stalling angle of attack of a
higher angle
(C)
5.ESHP of a turboprop engine is a measure
of 涡桨发动机的ESHP计量
A. Turbine inlet temperature
B. Shaft horsepower and jet thrust
933 | P a g e
C. Propeller thrust only
6.what action should be taken when cleared
for approach while……
A.descend to min vector altitude
B.remain at last assigned altitude until establish
on published route segment
C.descend to initial approach fix altitude
B = ANSWER
7 (AA).Where is a common location for an
inversion? 逆温层一般存在于
A. Tropopause
B.Stratosphere
C. Base of
cumulus clouds
(B)
7(BB). The section of the atmosphere
surrounding the earth and closest to
surface is called紧贴地球表面的大气是
A. troposphere
B. stratosphere
C. tropopause
7(CC).Where is the usual location for an
inversion? 逆温层一般在
A. in the stratosphere;
B. at the base of cumulus clouds;
934 | P a g e
C. at the tropopause;
A.
8 .What is the reason for variations of
geometric pitch along a propeller or rotor
blade?螺旋桨或旋翼桨叶角改变的目的是
A. It prevents the portion of the blade near the
Huber root from stalling during cruising flight
B. It permits a relatively constant angle of
incidence along its length when in cruising flight
C. It permits a relatively constant angle of
attack along its length when in cruising flight
(C)
9 .Which feature is associated with the
tropopause?对流层顶的特点是
A. Absobite upper limit of could formation
B. Absence of wind and turbulence
C. Abrupt charge of and lapse rate
(C)
10.Which Maximum range factor decrease
as weight decrease? 重量减轻，哪个最大航程
参数减小
A. Airspeed
B. Angle of attack
C. Altitude
11.Upon which factor does wing loading
during a level coordinated turn in smooth
935 | P a g e
air depend?稳定空气中无侧滑平飞时，机翼载
荷决定于
A. Angle of bank
B. Turn airspeed
C.Rate of turn
(A)
12.Airport not listed in a proscribed take-off
weather and does not have the minimum
take-off机场没有公布起飞最低标准时，采用
A.270m-1600m
B.240m-3200m
C.300m-800m
B.
13.Which weather condition is defined as an
anticyclone?那种天气状况称为反气旋
A.COL
B. Calm
C. High pressure area
C.
14.Which type frontal system is normally
crossed by the Jet stream?哪种类型的锋面系
统有急流穿过
A. Cold front and warm front
B. Warm front
C. Occluded front
C.
936 | P a g e
15.Which arctic flying hazard is caused
when a cloud layer of uniform thickness
overlies a snow or ice covered surface 北极
地区厚度均一的云层和覆盖地面的冰雪连成一
体，将带来什么飞行危害
A. Whiteout
B. Blowing snow
C. Ice fog
16.When setting the altimeter, pilot should
disregard 高度表设定时，飞行员可以不考虑
A. Corrections for static pressure systems
B. Effects of nonstandard atmospheric
temperatures and pressures
C. Corrections for instrument error
(B)
17.What criteria determine which engine is
the "critical" engine of a twin-engine
airplane?确定双发飞机关键发动机的标准是
A. The one with the center of thrust closest to
the centerline of the fuselage.
B. The one with the center of thrust farthest
from the centerline of the fuselage.
C. The one designated by the manufacturer,
which develops most usable thrust.
A（一个中心closest to）
937 | P a g e
18.When the gross weight is increased 当飞
机全重增大时
A. Induced drag increases more than parasite
drag
B. Both parasite and induced drag are equally
increased
C. Parasite drag increases more than induced
drag
(A)
19.Which type jet stream can be expected to
cause the greater turbulence哪种类型的高空
急流会引起严重颠簸
A.A jet stream associated whither wide
isotherm spacing
B.A straight jet stream associated with a
high-pressure ridge
C.A curring jet stream associated with a deep
low pressure through
(C)
20.What type weather changes is to be
expected in an area where frontolysis is
reported?报告有锋生的地区天气会如何变化
A. The frontal weather becoming stronger
B. The front is moving at a faster speed
C. The front is dissipating
(C)
938 | P a g e
22.When saturated air moves downhill, it’s
temperature increases饱和空气沿山坡下移，
温度升高
A. At a faster rate than dry air because of the
release of latent heat
B. At a slower rate than dry air because
condersation release heat
C. At a slower rate than dry air because
vaporization uses heat
(C)(慢，干。用。热)
23.What procedure is recommended for an
engine-out approach and landing? 发动机失
效进近着陆时，推荐使用什么飞行程序
A. The altitude and airspeed should be
consider higher than normal throughout the app
B. The flight path and procedures should be
almost identical to a normal app and landing
C.A normal approach except do not extend the
landing gear or flaps until over the runway
threshowd
(B)
24.What effect if any will landing at a
higher-than-recommended touchdown
speed have on hydroplaning 接地速度大，对
打滑/滑水有什么影响
A. increase hydroplaning potential regard less
939 | P a g e
of braking
B. no effect on hydroplaning,but increase
landing roll
C. reduce hydroplaning potential if having
braking is applied
(A)
25.How should a pilot describle break action?
飞行员怎么描述刹车效应
A. 00 percent ,50 percent,75 or 100 percent
B. zero-zero fifty-fifty or normal
C. poor medium or good
(C)
26.Assuming that all ILS components are
operating and the required visual
references are not acquired, the missed
approach should be initiated upon 如果ILS
设施工作正常，但未获得目视参考，何时开始复
A. Arrival at the visual descent point
B. Expiration of the time listed on the approach
chart for missed approach
C. Arrical at the DH on glide slope
(C)
27.When does ATC issue a STAR? 管制员什
么时候发布STAR
A. only when ATC deems it appropriate
940 | P a g e
B. only upon request of the pilot
C. only to high priority flights
(A)
28.Which atmospheric factor causes rapid
movement of surface fronts?哪个大气要素引
起锋面快速移动
A. upper low located directly ocer the surface
low
B. upper winds blowing accross the front
C. The cold front overtaking and lifting the
warm front
(C)
29.Which condition are necessary for the
formation of slope fog? 下坡雾形成的必要条
件是
A.A clear sky calm 100%相对湿度
B.层云下雨 and a 10-25-knot wind moving the
precipitation up the slope
C. Moist stable air being moved over gradually
Rising ground by a wind
(C)
30.frost most likely form on aircraft surface
飞机表面最易结霜的条件是
A. on overcast nights with freezing drizzle
precipitation
B. on clear nights with stable air and calm
941 | P a g e
C 晴朗的夜空，有对流运动，小的露点温度差
(B)
31.Which weather condition is present when
the tropical storm is upgraded to a
hurricane or typhoon 热带风暴升级为飓风或
台风，将出现何种天气
A. Highest windspeed 100 knots or more
B. A clear area or hurricane eye has formed
C. Sustained winds of 65 knots or more
(C)
32Which primary source contains
information regarding the expected weather
at the destination airport at the EAT? 哪种主
要情报资料包含飞机预达目的地机场的天气条
A. Radar Summary and weather Depiction
charts
B. low-level prog chart
C. Terminal Aerodrome forecast
(C)
33.Isobars on a surface weather chart
represent line of equal pressure 地面天气图
上的等压线代表___压力相等的线
A. at agiven atmospheric pressure
B. at the surface
C. reduce to sea level
942 | P a g e
(C)
34.What effect if any does altitude have on
Vmc for an airplane with unsupercharged
engines?对于非增压飞机发动机，高度变化对
Vmc有何影响
A. Decrease with altitude Increase
B. None
C. Increase with altitude
(A)
35.. Which of following should be reported
without ATC request as a compulsory report?
下列哪个是无需管制要求就要执行的强制报告
C = ANSWER
36.Which conditions result in the formation
of frost?什么条件导致结霜
# Temperature of the collecting surface is below
the dew-point and the dew-point is also below
freezing
通常何时使用内侧副翼
A. Low-speed flight only.
B. High-speed flight only.
C. Low-speed and high-speed flight.
943 | P a g e
C = ANSWER
38. What is the safest and most efficient
takeoff and initial climb procedure in a light
twin-engine airplane? Accelerate to轻型双发
飞机最安全有效的起飞和初始爬升程序是？加
速到
A. best engine out rate of climb airspeed
while on the ground the lift off and climb
airspeed.
B.Vmc then lift off at that speed and climb at
most angle of climb airspeed.
C. An airspeed slightly above VMC the lift
off and climb at the best rate of climb airspeed.
（C）
39. When a temporary replacement is
received for an airman's certificate, for what
Maximum time is this document valid? 航空
人员临时执照的最长有效期是
A.60 days.
B.90 days.
C.120 days.
C = ANSWER
40.What is the primary cause of all changes
in the Earth’s weather?引起地球天气变化的主
要原因是
A. change in air pressure over Earth’s surface;
944 | P a g e
B. Variation of solar energy at surface;
C. Movement of air mass from moist areas to
dry areas.
Answer = (B)
41. where is the normal location of the
jetstream relative to surface lows and front?
高空急流通常位于地面低压和锋的___
A. the jetstream is located over the low and
crosses both the warm front and the cold front
B. the jetstream is located north of the surface
system
C. the jetstream is located south of the low and
warm front
Answer = (B)
42.What term describes are elongated areas
of lows pressure? 狭长的低压区域叫做
A. hurricane or typhoon;
B. Ridge;
C. Trough
Answer = (C)
43.What is the highest speed possible
without supersonic flow over the wing? 不
产生上翼面超音速气流时，飞机最高速度是
A. critica mach No.;
B. initial suffer speed;
C. transonic index
Answer =A
945 | P a g e
44.Where is the critical altitude of a
supercharge-reciprocating engine? 涡轮增
压活塞发动机的临界高度是
A .the altitude at which Maximum allowable
BMEP can be obtained;
B.the highest altitude at which a desired
manifold pressure can be obtained;
C.highest altitude where the mipfure can be
leaned to best power ratio;
Answer =B
45.In addition to the localizer; glide slope;
marker beacons; approach lighting and
HIRL, which ground components are
required to be operative for a category II
instrument approach to a DH below 150 feet
ACL? 除了航向台，下滑道，指点标，进近灯和
高强度跑道灯，二类盲降下降到150英尺以下还
需要哪些地面设施
A. TDZL,RCLS and RVR
B. RCLS and REIL
C. Rader and RVR
Answer = (A)
46.Under what condition should stalls never
be practiced in a twin-engine airplane? 双发
飞机何时不可进行失速
A. with one engine inoperative;
946 | P a g e
B. with full flaps and gear extended;
C. with climb power on
Answer =（A）
47.What is the difference between a visual
and contact approach 目视进近和雷达引导进
近的区别是
A. both are the same but classfied according to
the party initiating the approach
B. A visual approath is an IFR authorization
while a contact app is a VFR….
C. A visual app is initiated by TAC while a
contact is initiated by the pilot
C. = ANSWER
48.What weather difference is found on
each side of a “dry line”? ‘干线’两侧天气的区
别是
A. extreme temperature difference.
B. strut versus cumulus clouds.
C. Dew-point difference
Answer =C
49.Which area or areas of the northen
hemisphere experience a generally East to
West movement of weather system? 北半球
那个区域天气系统从东往西移动
A. subtropical only
B. Arctic only
947 | P a g e
C. Arctic
and subtropical;
Answer =C
50.Which weather will experience at the
altitude where the dew-point lapse rate and
dry Adiabatic rate meet? 露点下降率和干绝热
率相等的高度上会出现什么天气
A. precipitation starts;
B. cloud bases form;
C. stable air charge to unstable air;
Answer =B
51.In which meteorological condition can
finite a low pressure area from? 什么气象条
件限制在低压区
A. warm front or occlouded fronts;
B. slow-moving cold front or stationary fronts;
C. cold front;
Answer =B
52.What conditions are indicated on a
weather depiction chart? 天气预报图上的信
息有
A. actual sky cover visibility restrictions and
type of precipiteition at reporting stations;
B. actual en route weather conditions between
reporting station;
C. for case ceilirgs and visibilities over a large
948 | P a g e
geographic area.
Answer =A
53.Constant pressure analysis charts
contain air tours is others some contain
isobars the contours depict? 等压面图上除
了标绘有等压线外还有
A. high lows troughs and ridges on the surface;
B. ridges lows troughs and high aloft;
C. highs lows troughs and ridges corrected to
MSL
Answer =B
54.Weather feature occurs at altitude levels
near the tropopause can? 对流层顶附近飞行
时天气特点是
A. abrupt temperature of the tropopause;
B. thin layers of cirrus clouds at the tropopause
level;
C. Maximum wind and narrow wind shear zone;
Answer =C
55.Which event usually occurs after an
aircraft passes through a front into the
colder air?飞机从锋面进入冷空气将会
A. atmosphere pressure increase；
B. temperature dew point decrease；
Answer =A
949 | P a g e
56.Which type wind flows down slope
become warmer and dry? 哪种风下坡会变得
干热
A. volley wind
B. loud breeze
C. katabatic wind.
Answer =C
57. The Embedded thunderstorm is
suddenly and violently? 隐藏雷暴来势迅猛的
条件是
A.The thunderstorm is suddenly and violently
the are obscured by other type of clouds;
B.The thunderstorm is suddenly and violently
the are predicted to develop in a stable air
mass;
C.The serious thunderstorm is suddenly and
violently the are embed a squall line
Answer =A
58.A prognostic charts depicts the condition.
预报图标绘___条件
A. existing at the surface during the past 6
months;
B. which pressure from front the 1000 miniburt
though 700
C. forcast to exist at specific time in the future
shown on the chart;
950 | P a g e
Answer =C
59.what is a feature of a stationary front? 静
止锋的特点是
A.surface winds tends to flow parallel to the
zone
B.weather conditions ate a combination of
strong wind front
C.the warm front surface moves abort half the
spead of the cold front
Answer =A
60.where is the usual location of a thermal
low?热带低压通常位于
A. over the surface of a dry sunning region
B. over the eye of a hurricane
C. over the anti region
Answer =A
61.which condition produce weather on the
side of a large lake? 哪种条件将在大型湖泊附
近形成天气
A. cold air flowing over a warmer lake may
produce advection fog
B. warm air flowing over a colder lake may
produce advection fog
C. warm air flowing over a colder lake may
produce rain shower
Answer =B
62.which term applies when the temperature
951 | P a g e
of the air change by compression of
Expansion with no heat added or removed?
无热量传递时压缩空气，空气温度变化的术语是
A. katabatic
B. advection
C. adiabatic
Answer =C
63.where do squall lines most often develop?
飚线最易产生在
A. behind a station front
B. ahead of a cold front
C. in a occlauded front
Answer =B
64. atmosphere pressure change due to a
TS will be at the lowest value? 何时雷暴活动
引起的气压最低
A. during the downdraft and heavy rain
showers
B. when the TS is approaching
C. immediately after the rain shower have
Stopped
Answer =B
65.what weather is predicted by the term
Vcts in a TAF航站天气报上VCTS含义是
A. between 5 and 25 km
B. within 50 km
952 | P a g e
C. TS are expected in the vicinity
Answer =C
66.CAT turbulance most likely encountered
最可能遭遇晴空颠簸
A. constant pressure chart show 20 kt less than
60 NM apar
B. constant pressure chart show 20 kt less than
60 kt apar
C. constant pressure chart show 20 kt less than
20 kt
Answer =A
67.which primary source contains
informations regardings the expected
weather at destination Airport at ETA? 什么
资料包含预达预达着陆机场时的天气情报
A. radar summary and weather depiction charts
B. TAF
C. low-level prog chart
Answer =B
68.the jestream usually cross which front?
急流通常穿越那种锋
A. cold front
B. warm front
C. occlusion front
Answer =C
69.“FAI L OPERATIONAL” means fault, roll
the autopilots, will disengage if a fault is
953 | P a g e
tested in one of them leaving the aircraft in a
passive state of trim? ‘ 失效操作’意味着测试
到将飞机置于被动状态的自动驾驶仪操作时将
脱开自动驾驶仪？
A. False
B. Depends
C. True
Answer =A
70.Which take-off climb segment is limited
to 5 minutes at MCT? 哪个起飞爬升阶段限制
MCT 使用5分钟
A.2nd
B. 3 rd
C. 1 st
Answer =B
71. Which take-off climb segment is the
most critical?哪个起飞爬升阶段最关键
A. 1st B. 3rd C. 2nd
Answer =C
72. The human body is comfortable at
normal temperatures. When the relative
humidity is? 相对湿度多少时在常温下人体最
舒服
A. 60-80%
B. 40-60%
C. 20-30%
954 | P a g e
Answer =B
73. Which statement is correct about
conditional waypoint? 关于条件航路点的叙
述哪个正确
A. they are event defined by geographically fix
position, by radial and distance
B. there are four type passing through altitude
radial DME dist intercept course
C. they can be entered manually by the flight
crew
Answer =B
74. Roll out mode become armed 何时滚动
模式预位
A. when the glide slope is captured
B. when the second auto pilot switch is pushed
C. when aircraft pass 1500ft radio altitude
75. Provisional or modified route are
displayed as 临时或修改的航路显示为
A. a solid white line
B. a dashed white line
C. adashed magenta line
76. the approach climb performance with
the critical engine failed is? 关键发动机失效
的进近爬升性能是
955 | P a g e
A. 1.3VS and 2.1 % 2.3% and 2.4% for 2.
3 .and 4 engines
B. 1.2 VS and 2.1 % 2.3% and 2.4% for 2.
3 .and 4 engines
C. 1.5 VS and 2.1 % 2.3% and 2.4% for 2.
3 .and 4 engines
77. Under the Homes-ache scale, the most
stressful life event is 压力最大的家庭问题是
A. death of spouse
B. pregnancy
C. jail term
78. A diffuser is 分散体是
A. divergent duct and causes gas Expansion
B. Convergent duct and causes gas
Expansion
C. Clivergtnt duct and causes gas
compression
79．The use of a higher flap setting for
takeoff will 起飞襟翼角度大将导致
A. Lengthen both the take-off run and the
second and third take-off climb segments.
B. Shorten the take-off run and the second
the second but lengthen the third take-off climb
Segment.
956 | P a g e
C. Shorten the take-off run but lengthen
the second and third take-off climb segments.
80. On approach to a long thin runway with
rising terrain towards the threshold with
provide which of the following apparent
visual effects 向一条狭长下坡的跑道进近时，
将出现以下哪种目视进近效果
A. No effect a normal approach path will
be experienced
B. Overshooting
C. Overshoot than undershoot when on
short final
81. The ideal pilot is 理想的飞行员是
A. More person directed than goal
directed
B. More goals directed than person
directed
C. Both person and goal directed
82.A strong wind shear can be expected 何
时遇到强风切变
A. if the 50 is other are spaced 100Nm or closer
together
B. where the horizontal windshear is 25kt in a
957 | P a g e
distance equal to 2.50 lorgitade
C. A strong wind shear can be expected on the
low pressure side of a 100 knots at stream core
83.what is the normal procedure for IFR
departures at locations with pretax
clearance program? 滑出前IFR离场程序通常
A. Pilots request IFR clearance when ready to
taxi, pilots will receive taxi clearance, the
receive IFR clearance while taxiing or on the
runway.
B. Pilots request IFR clearance 10’or less prior
to taxi, then request taxi clearance from ground
control.
C. Pilots request IFR clearance when ready to
taxi, the pilot will receive taxi instruction with
clearance.
84.avoiding smoking and alcohol and
exercising regularly reduce the likelihood of
developing with disease? 不吸烟喝酒并且有
规律的锻炼可以降低何种疾病的发生率
A. Osteo-arthritis
B. Cardiac-vascular
C. Gout
958 | P a g e
85.perception involves creation of mental
models of the outside world which are
based知觉涉及外界世界思维模型的形成，这些
模型基于
A. Entirely on experience and expectation
B. Mainly on sensory information but also on
experience and expectation to some degree
C. Entirely on sensory information
86、A PROB4（PROB ability）HHhh group in
an TAF indicates the probability of? TAF 上
PROB4 HHhh组指示___的可能性
A. Precipitation or low visibility
B. Ts or high wind
C. Ts or other precipitation
87.the approximate percentage of oxygen at
ground level is 近地面空气中氧气含量百分比
A. 20%
B. 15%
C. 41%
88.a rheostat (可变电阻器)is
A. A temperature indicator
B. A remote automatic manual switch
959 | P a g e
C. A temperature control device
89.V2 or initial climb speed must not be
A. More than the take off safety speed
B. Less than 1.2 Vs1
C. More than 1.1 Mac
90.isobars on a surface weather chart
represent lines of equal pressure地面天气图
上的等压线代表___气压等值线
A. At the surface
B. Reduced to sea level
C. At a given atmospheric pressure altitude
91.what is some characteristic of an
airplane loaded with the CG at the aft limit?
飞机重心靠后，操纵特点是
A. Lowest stall speed, highest cruise speed and
least stability
B. Highest stall speed, highest cruise speed
and least stability
C. Lowest stall speed; lowest cruise speed and
highest stability
A（组合拳）
92.TODA must exceed TODR in order to
A. Increase V2
B. Decrease Vr
960 | P a g e
C. Allow use
of degrade thrust
93.micro switch is an assembly微型电门是个
____组件
A. Which has a very small movement to make
or break a circuit
B. Used for instrument contact only
C. Used where one side of the structure is
inaccessible
A(用过的不要)
94.a prognostic chart depicts the condition
预报图标绘____天气状况
A. Only when ATC deems it appropriate the
1000mb through the 100mb level
B. Forecast to exist at a specific time in the
future
C. Existing at the surface during the past 6
hours
95.what minimum information does an
abbreviated departure clearance “cleared as
filed ” include?简明放行许可中‘按照申报放行’
至少包含哪些信息
A. Clearance limit and en route altitude
B. Destination airport en route altitude and SID,
961 | P a g e
if appropriate
C. Clearance limit en route altitude and SID, if
appropriate
B(没有限制)
96.the effectiveness of the trim tab is 配平调
整片的效用
A. Proportional to the speed
B. Not proportional to the speed in any way
C. Proportional to the square of the speed
97.As large jet transport aircraft climbs
above FL340 as fuel burns off, the IAS
turbulence penetration speed will大型喷气机
随着燃油消耗爬升到FL340以上，穿越颠簸气流
的指示空速将
A. Increase
B. Decrease
C. Remain the same
98.as static temperature increases at the
same altitude, which N1 held constant同高
度大气静温升高，N1不变
A. TAS increase and SFC decrease
B. TAS and SFC both increase
C. TAS decrease and SFC increase
962 | P a g e
99.the physiological for respiration is 呼吸
的生理作用是
A. The already concentration of carbon dioxide
B. The arterial concentration of oxygen
C. The arterial concentration of carbon dioxide
100.when flying orientation is most reliably
determined through information sensed by
the 通过何种感官信息确定飞行空间定向最可
A. Somatic sensory system
B. Visual system
C. Vestibule apparatus
101.sinus barotraumas is most likely to
occurred during飞行哪个阶段最易发生气压性
耳压
A. Descend
B. Takeoff from a high altitude
C. Level flight in turbulence
103 Under what condition may air carrier
pilot continue an instrument approach to
the DH, after receiving a weather report
indicating that less than minimum
published landing condition exist at the
963 | P a g e
airport 天气报告表明机场的天气条件低于公布
的着陆最低标准，什么条件下航空运输飞行员可
以继续仪表进近至决断高
A. If the instrument approach is conducted in a
radar environment
B. When the weather report is received after
the pilot has begun the final approach segment
of the instrument approach
C. When the weather report is received as the
pilot passes the FAF
104． When recovering from a spin the pilot
should first 螺旋改出时飞行员应首先
A. Reduce the angle of attach
B. Increase the drag yawing moment
C. Oppose the auto rotation?
105. When may a pilot descend below 100
feet above the touchdown zone elevation
during a categoryII ILS instrument approach
when only the approach lights are visible?
只有进近灯光可见，二类盲降进近时飞行员何时
可以下降至距接地标高100英尺以下
A. When the RVR is 550m on more
B. After passing the visual decent point
C. When the red terminal ban of the approach
964 | P a g e
light system are in sight
106. Which statement below is incorrect
regarding the auto throttle? 关于自动油门以
下哪个说法错误
A. It can be engaged during VNAV operations
B. It can be engaged in N1 and SPD
modes
C. A/T operates whenever a MCP FD mode is
selected, irrespective of the A/T switch position
107. Air pressure will be at the lowest value
什么时候气压最低
A. During the downdraft and heavy rain
showers
B. Immediately after the rain showers have
dropped
C. When the thunderstorm is approaching
108. During multi auto pilot approaches,
bus isolation occurs at: 多套自动驾驶仪进近
时，汇流条隔断发生在
A. 500 ft AGL
B. 1000 ft AGL
C. 1500 ft AGL
965 | P a g e
109. The following winds would result in the
use of which approach speeds. 330/20 G30
temp 370and 270/10 风向330风速20节/阵风
30节/温度37和风向270风速10 节时，应使用
的进近速度分别为
A.VREF +20 and VREF +10
B.VREF +15 and VREF + 5
C.VREF +20 and VREF + 5
110. how does aroused affect performance?
A.affected in overload but not underload
B.affected in underload but not overload
C.both affected
C = ANSWER
111. A temperature of 45 ℃ is___(K=C+273 /
F=C*1.8+32)
A. 57o F or 273o k
B. 113o F or 273o K
C. 57o F or 318o K
D. 113F or 318k
112.What will be the ratio between airspeed
and lift if the angle of attack and other
factors remain constant and airspeed is
doubled? lift will be 迎角和其他参数不变，空
速加倍，升力将
966 | P a g e
A. The same.
B. Two times greater.
C. Four times greater.
C = ANSWER
113. V2 or rotation speed must not be
A. Less than V1
B. More than Vmca
C. Less than VMCG +20 kits
Answer =A
114. when thrust reversers are not available
ASDA must be increase by反推无法使用，加
速停止可用距离必须增加
A．a distance equal to half of the clearway
B.10%
C.200 meters
B = ANSWER
115At which speed will dynamic
hydroplanding begin if tire has pressure 70?
胎压70，飞机多大速度开始动态滑水
A. 75 knots
B. 85 knots
C.80 knots
Answer =A
116. ATC request “VERIFY 2700m” and the
plane is at FL2400m 管制要求核实2700米，
而飞机在2400米高度层，则飞行员应
967 | P a g e
A. report and maintain 2400m
B. report and maintain 2700m
C. Limit climb to 2700
Answer =A
118．A pilot should not fly with a common
cold. What drug cause side effects related
to the common cold?感冒时飞行员不可飞行。
什么感冒药物有副作用?
A anti-histamines causing drowsiness
B tranquilizers increase pilot fatigued
C auribiotics causing diarrniea
Answer =A
119. Age-related hearing losses is called?和
年龄相关的听力下降叫做
A. Presbycusis
B. Presbyopia
C. Presbyterianism
Answer =A
120. which statement is correct regarding
holding pattern and procedure turns that
are displayed on the EHSI screen 关于EHSI
上显示的等待程序和程序转弯，下列哪个说法正
确?
A. active holding patterns and procedure turn
are shown in magenta inactive in blue and
modified in white
968 | P a g e
B. active holding patterns and procedure turn
are displayed in white in magenta and modified
in blue
C. active holding patterns and procedure turn
are turn in blue inactive in magenta and
modified in white
A = ANSWER
121. when using the Earth’s horizon as a
reference point to determine the result
position of other aircraft most concern
would be for aircraft 用地平线作参考确定其
他飞机的位置时，要特别注意___飞机
A. On the horizon and increasing in size
B. On the horizon which little relative
movement
C. Above the horizon and increase in size
Answer =A
122. The relative humidity will be 100%
when何时相对湿度100%?
A. Dew point<dry bulb
B wet bulb and dry bulb equal
C. Dew point>dry bulb
Answer =B
123. While being vectored to the final app
course of an IFR app when may the pilot
descend to published altitude?雷达引导切入
969 | P a g e
IFR 最后进近航段时，飞行员何时可以下降至公
布的高度
A. When the flight is within the 10mile ring of
a published app
B. Only when app control clears the flight for
app
C. Anytime the flight as on a published leg of
an app chart
Answer =B
124. A pilot engaged in a prolonged
constant bank and in a balanced turn will
perceive himself to be flying? 长时间保持恒
定坡度做协调转弯，飞行员将感觉
A. at a constant angle of bank
B. in a turn in the apposite direction
C. straight and level
Answer =C
125. the water vapor held in unsaturated air
is 不饱和空气中水汽
A. Invisible always
B. Visible always
C. Visible only if temperature is low enough
Answer =A
126. Modern airplanes of sweptback wing
with large proportion of fuel stored in two
wings reducing fuel contents in wing tanks
970 | P a g e
will result in现代后掠翼飞机将大量燃油装载于
机翼中，燃油减少将导致
A. A rearwar movement of CG as fuel is burning
B. A forward movement of CG as fuel is burning
C. no CG movement
Answer =B
127. pilots should notify controller on initial
contact that they have received two ATIS
broadcast by 收到两条通播的飞行员应在初始
联络时报告管制员，方法是
A. Repeating two alphabetical code word
appended to broadcast
B. Stating “have number”
C. Stating “have weather”
Answer =A
128. which event usually occurs after an
aircraft passes through a front into the
colder air 飞机穿过锋面进入冷空气后通常发生
什么情况
A. temperature dew point decrease
B. atmosphere pressure increase
Answer =B
129. The most common cause of in flight in
expectation of flight crew is 飞行中飞行机组
最易患
971 | P a g e
A. Heart attack
B. Gastroenteritis
C. Fatigue
Answer =A
130. What is the primary purpose of STAR?
STAR主要作用是
A. Simplify clearance delivery procedures
B. Provide separation between IFR and VFR
traffic
C. Decrease traffic congestion at certain
airports
Answer =A
131. How far from the threshold will you
land if you are 100’ high over the landing
threshold?跑道入口高度100英尺，则飞机在距
离跑道___处着陆
A. 3000’
B. 1000’
C. 2000’
Answer =C
133. The weather condition that meet
minimum requirements for an air carrier to
take off from an alternate airport that is not
listed in the operations specification are 未
列在运行说明中的从备降机场起飞的最低天气
标准是
972 | P a g e
A. 240-3200m 270-2400 300-1600
B. 240-2400m 270-2700 300-3000
C. 240-1600 270-2400 300-3200
Answer =A
*134. If during flight in one-time, you sense
a descending turn to the left, the most
important action to take is to 如果飞行中感觉
下降左转，须采取的最重要的行动是
A. Keep your heard stulto reduce any
disorienting sensations
B. Hand over control of the aircraft go another
crew member
C. Monitor the aircraft’s artificial attitude
instruments
Answer =C
135. If whilst flying at 30000ft,the aircraft
suddenly depressurize, the most common
symptom experienced by all persons on
board would be如果30000英尺飞行时飞机突
然释压，机上人员最普遍出现的是
A.sudden inhalation
B.sudden exhalation
C.Abdominal pain
Answer =B
136. The main function of hemoglobin is to
血红细胞的主要作用
973 | P a g e
A. Carry carbon dioxide around to body
B. Carry oxygen around to body
C. Carry carbon dioxide around to body
Answer =B
137.Optic barotraumas means that gas is
trapped in the 气压性创伤指的是气体堵到
A. Gut
B. Sinuses
C. Middle ear
Answer =C
138. A pilot showing the symptoms of
dizziness, tingling at the fingertips 飞行员出
现头晕/指尖发麻症状表明
A. Hypoxia
B. Hypertension
C Hyperventilation
Answer =C
139. If a … completes similar difficulty few
day later should experience
A. Greater stress
B. Less stress
C. About the same degree stress
Answer =B
140. Before plates in wing fuel cells prevent
机翼油箱划分小格是为了防止
A. Fuel coving frond our tank to another during
turbulent flight
974 | P a g e
C. movement of the fuel (cruising) in the tank
during acceleration/deceleration and in
turbulence
Answer =C
141 The part of the eye which bends
incoming light the most is the 使进入眼睛的
光线弯曲最大的是
A. refractive disc
B. lens
C. cornea
Answer =B
142.The time of the day when the earth’s
surface gives off the greatest amount of
terrestrial radiation is 地球表面辐射最强是在
一天中的
A. A few hours before midnight
B. At sunset
C.Mid afternoon
C. = ANSWER
143. What factor is the demonstrated all
engines take off distance increase to
determine a TODR全发起飞演示距离变为多少
即为起飞所需距离
A. 1.15
B. 1.2
975 | P a g e
C. 2
Answer =A
144.the effect of clearway on take off
performance is净空道对于起飞性能的作用是
A. Increases TODR
B. Increases TODA
C. Decreases ASDA
Answer =B
145.the net gradients required in the second
segment are 2/3/4 发飞机起飞第二段净爬升
梯度要求
A.1.6%,1.8%,2%
B.2.4%, 2.7%,3%
C.2.1%, 2.2%,2.3%
Answer =B
146.In two international Terminal Aero F
(TAT)
A. VRB 00KT B. 00000KT C. 00003KT
Answer =B
147. With age, the lens of eye generally
becomes. 随年龄增长，眼睛晶状体通常会变
A. Cracked
B. Too stiff
C. Too elastic
Answer =B
148.the purpose of dilating ethylene glycol
deicing fluid with water in non-precipitation
976 | P a g e
condition is to无降雨时使用稀释的乙烯乙二醇
除冰液的目的是
A. Varies the eutectic point
B. Increase the minimum freezing point (outset
of on stallzation)
C. Decrease the freeze point
Answer =C
149.what is the result when water vapor
changes of the liquid state while being lifted
in a thunderstorm? 雷暴中水汽上升并液化的
结果是 .latent heat is released to the
atmosphere
151.which is the correct symbol for design
cruising speed设计巡航速度的符号是 Vc
152.what does the waste gate of a
turbine-reciprocating engine control?涡轮增
压活塞发动机的废气活门控制
A supercharger gear ratio
B Exhaust gas discharge.
C Throttle opening
Answer =B
153.if visual reference is lost while circling
to land from an instrument approach what
actions should the pilot take. 仪表进近盘旋
着陆时失去目视参考，飞行员应该
make a climb turn toward the landing
977 | P a g e
runway…..;
154. In the absence of visual cues, the
resting focal length, of the eye is
approximately?无目视物体，松弛的眼睛的焦距
变为大约
C 1-2m
155.the vestibule apparatus of the body
comprises人体的前庭器官包括 C. Otoliths
and semicircular canals
157.气象报中“INTSF”表示加强,“WKN”表示减
弱,“NOSIG”表示无重大变化
158.ATIS . have temperature
159.where is the jet stream normally located?
高空急流通常位于
A. In areas of strong low-pressure system in the
troposphere
B. In a single condition.
C. At the tropopause intensified temperature
gradients…located
C. = ANSWER
160.what is the minimum glycol content of
type 2 deicing anti-icing fluid? 二类除冰防冰
液的乙二醇最低含量为
A. 80 percent
B. 50 percent
C. 30 percent
978 | P a g e
Answer =B
161.What action should be taken by a crew
member following a sudden decompression
at 35000 feet?35000 英尺高空机舱突然释压后
机组马上采取的措施是
A. Deploy passenger oxygen mask
B. Don on an oxygen mask
C. Make immediate descent
Answer =B
162.Which af the following statements
correctly describers the alleviation of the
effects of hypoxia at cabin altitudes about
10000ft without the use of supplemental
oxygen?座舱高度10000英尺无供氧时，关于减
轻缺氧症的下列陈述那个正确
A. rapid shallow breathing
B. the effects cannot be alleviated
C. slow deep breathing
Answer =B
163. What percentage of aircraft accidents
have been deemed to have been directly
attributed to human factors-rated related
causes?认为因素引起的飞行事故比例为
A. 80-90%
B. about 75%
C. 40-50%
979 | P a g e
Answer =B
164. how are haze layers cleared or
dispersed?怎样使霾层消散
A. by corvective mining in cool night air
B. by eveporation similer to the clearing of fog
C. by wind or the movement of air
Answer =C
165. A record of atmospheric temperature
can be read for a大气温度记录可从___读出
A. Barograph
B. Thermogram
C.Thermograph
Answer =B
166. What is the recommended technique to
counter the loss of airspeed and resultant
lift from wind shear?为抵消风切变引起的空速
和升力损失，可采用什么方法
A. avoid overstressing the aircraft pitch to
airspeed and apply Maximum power
B. lower the pitch attitude and regain lost
airspeed
C. maintain or increase pitch attitude and
accept the lower-than-normal airspeed
indicatiors
Answer =C
167.How long is needed for full dark
980 | P a g e
adaptation?完全暗适应需要多久
A. 10-20min
B. 35-45min
C. 20-30min
Answer =B
168.A good captain will encourage the
copilot to use communication styles which
are?好机长会鼓励副驾驶采用哪种交流方式
A. supportive and submissive
B. aggressive and supportive
C. assertive and supportive
Answer =B
169.A relay继电器是
A. is a form of electro temperture sensing
device
B. is a form of electro magnetic switch
C. is a form of electro mechanical switch
Answer =B
171. CAT associated with a mountain wave
may extend as far as 山地波引起的晴空颠簸
可以延伸到
A. 1500m above the troposphere
B. 1000miles or more downstream of the
moumtion
C. 100miles or more upwind
Answer =A
981 | P a g e
172. a smoker at 5000ft altitude experiences
physiological effects requirement to being a
non smoker at ? 吸烟者5000英尺的生理反应
相当于非吸烟者什么高度的生理反应
A.15000ft
B.10000ft
C.5000ft
Answer =B
173.The eye moves in what are termed
“saccades” jerks and rests. In visual
searching a saccade/rest cycle tsuacly
occupies roughly ? 眼睛的活动方式为间歇性
扫视和停留。目视搜索时眼睛扫视的时间间隔为
A.0.3 s
B.1.0 s
C.3 s
Answer =C
174.Clear Air Turbulence can occur in
windily different cirurmstunces, but there
are some features, which generally hold
true, which of the following is generally true?
多种有风情况产生晴空颠簸，但它们有共同特
征，比如
A. If CAT is encountering a 1000’ altitude
change is likely to be sufficient to leave the CAT
area.
982 | P a g e
B. There will probably a jet stream in the vicinity
if CAT is encountered.
C.CAT occurs more frequently over the water
than land.
Answer =B
175.where do the Maximum winds
associated with the jet stream usually? 急流
的哪个方位通常风力最强
A. Below the jet core where a long straight
stretch of the jet stream is located
B. In the vicinity of breaks in the troposphere on
the polar side the jet cone.
C. on the equatorial side of the jet-stream
where moisture has formed airriform clouds.
Answer =B
176. When holding at an NDB at what point
should the timing begin for the second leg
contain NDB 等待二边计时从哪点开始
A.abeam the holding fix or when the wings are
level after completing the turn to the outbound
heading whichever…(illus first).
B.At the end of al-minute standard rate turn
after station passion
C.When abeam the holding fix
Answer =C
177.the high of the lowest cloud in the
report was?(BKN080)报告中最低云高是
983 | P a g e
A. 1000FL Agl
B. 800FL Agl
C. 8000FL Agl
Answer =C
178. A pilot who was worried about the
condition of the left engine in a twin-engine
airplane experienced an engine failure on
take-off and feathered the left engine, only
to find that it was the right engine which
failed. This pilot has been a victim of 双发飞
机起飞时飞行员怀疑左发失效后顺桨，实际发现
是右发失效，该飞行员犯了什么错误
C. a motor program producing a false
hypothesis
A(组合)
179.. Under which condition during the
landing roll are the main wheel brakes at
Maximum effectiveness? 着陆滑跑中主轮刹
车何时效用最大
A. When wing lift has been reduced.
B. At high ground speeds.
C. When the wheels are locked and skidding.
A = ANSWER
180. A fuse may be replaced by the pilot: 飞
984 | P a g e
行员可以更换保险丝的规定是
A.never, it must always be replaced by an
engineer
B.only after consulting an engineer
C.once, then the engineer must be consulted
Answer =C
181. The eye adapts to difference level by 眼
睛适应不同强度的光线是通过
A.the lens becoming progressively opaque
B.chemical change in the retina
C.chemical change in the cornea
Answer =A
182．在一个机场中，___发布天气情况
A.签派
B. 空管
C. 机场当局
B.
183．国内航空器未经批准不能在多少高度以下，
大于多少飞行
3000m 以下，250knot以上
184．在特忙的机场空域，按仪表飞行规则，须
有正常接受机
A.VOR
B.NDB
C.ILS
Answer =A
985 | P a g e
185 . stop way 的要求
A.承受飞机的重量，无障碍物
B.承受飞机的重量，但可以不在跑道中线延长线
C.承受飞机重量
Answer =A
186 .当远航高度降低时，其TAS应变
A.大
B. 小
C. 不
.B. = ANSWER
最新60题部分：
187.a common symptom of carbon
monoxide poisoning is 一氧化碳中毒的一般
症状是
A.impairment of VIS
B.tingling hands and arms
C.decreased body temperature
A = ANSWER
188.a mismatch between the real world and
the mental model is termed 真实世界和思维
模型的差别叫做
A.an illusion
B.an hallucination
C.a dream
A = ANSWER
986 | P a g e
189. 温度高，在10800M，密度高度和压力高
A.impossible to determine without information
on possible inversion layers at lower altitude
B.lower than 压力高
C.higher than 压力高
C = ANSWER
190 . generator voltage发电机电压
A.is controlled by the voltage regulator
B.is controlled by the PRM of the engine
C.is controlled by number of magnetic poles
A = ANSWER
191.in relation to accelerate stop distance
certification rules allow a period of time for
engine failure recognition and pilot reaction,
how long is this period确定加速停止距离时，
应考虑发动机失效判别和飞行员反应时间，该时
间长度为
A.V1 plus 2 second
B.2 sencond
C.Vef until V1 plus 2 second
B = ANSWER
192. an ATC ‘instruction’ 管制指令/许可是
A.is a directive issued by ATC for the purpose
of requiring a pilot to take a specific action
providing the safety of the aircraft in not
987 | P a g e
jeoparalized
B.is the same as an ATC clearance
C.must be read back in full to the controller and
confirmed before becoming effective
A = ANSWER
193. the surface air temperature of a
running will depend on all of the following场
面温度取决于
A.airfield elevation, runway length and slope,
airfield latitude and wind
B.airfield elevation and latitude time of the year,
time of day, runway surface prevailing wind and
cloud cover
C.airfield elevation runway length, prevailing
wind and the time of day
B = ANSWER
194.the dew point temperature is higher
when 当___时露点温度升高
A.air is very warm and dry
B.air is very cold and moist
C.air is very moist
B. = ANSWER
195．What altitude is a pilot authorized to fly
when cleared for an ILS approach 许可盲降
进近时可以飞什么高度
A.must maintain the last assigned altitude
established on a published route or segment
988 | P a g e
of the approach with published altitudes
B.ma descend from the assigned altitude only
when established on the final approach
course
C.may begin a descend to the procedure turn
altitude
A = ANSWER
196.when making a landing over darkened
or featureless terrain such as water or snow,
a pilot be aware of the possibility of illusion
the approach may appear to be too 在比如
水面或雪地这样黑暗或无特征地表着陆时，飞行
员要小心错觉，进近可能会看起来
A.shallow
B.high
C.low
B = ANSWER
197.when must the pilot initiate a missed
approach procedure from an ILS approach
何时飞行员必须从盲降进近开始复飞
A.when the time has expired after reaching the
DH and the runway environment is not clearly
visible
B.at the DH, if the visual reference for the
intended runway are not destinaty visible or
anytime thereafter that visual reference is lost
C.at the DH when the runway is not clearly
989 | P a g e
visible
B = ANSWER
198. assurning that all ILS components are
operating and the required visual
reference are not acquired the missed
approach should be initiated upon 如果所有
盲降设施工作正常，没有取得目视参考时应该何
时复飞
A.Expiration of the time listed on the approach
chart for missed approach
B.arrival at the DH on the glide slope
C.arrival at the visual descent point
B = ANSWER
199.summer thunderstorm in the arctic
region will generally move 北极地区夏季雷暴
的移动方向通常是
A.southwest to northeast with the jetstream
flow
B.directly north to south with the low level polar
airflow
C.northeast to southwest in polar easterlies
C = ANSWER
200.dew point露点温度
A.the temperature to which dry air must be
cooled in order to just reach saturation
B.the temperature at which a parcel at air reach
990 | P a g e
super satruature point, irrespective of
pressure
C.the TEM to which saturated air must be
cooled to produce condensation
A = ANSWER
201. when simultaneous ILS approach are in
progress which of the following should
approach control be advised of immediately
平行盲降进近时，出现下列哪种情况必须立即报
告进近管制员
a.if radar monitoring be desired to confirm
lateral seporation
b.any inoperative of malfunction aircraft
receivers
c.if a simultaneous ILS approach is desired
B = ANSWER
202. with increase altitude at a constant IAS,
TEM and thrust respectively IAS 不变/高度增
加，TEM 和推力分别
A.decrease and decrease
B.increase and decrease
C.decrease and increase
C = ANSWER
203. engine bleed air is supplied to the air
gap above the fuel in the tanks primarily to
发动机排气进入油箱空间的主要目的是
991 | P a g e
A.warm the fuel
B.ensure an adequate supply of fuel pressure
is maintained to the APU
C.prevent cavitation
C. = ANSWER (发动机引气与APU没关系)
204. which type clouds maybe associated
with the jetstream哪种云和急流有关
A.cirrus clouds on the equatorial side of the
jetstream
B.cumulonimbus cloud line where the jetstream
crosses the cold front
C. cirostratus cloud bland on the polar side and
under the jetstream
A. = ANSWER
205.when the forecast weather condition for
destination and alternate airport are
considered marginal for a domestic air
carrier’s operation, what specific action
should the dispatcher or pilot in command
take 当目的机场和备降机场天气处于国内航空
运输运行的边界条件时，签派和机长应
A.list at least one additional alternate airport
B.list an airport where the forecast weather is
not marginal as the alternate
C.add additional hour of fuel based on cruise
power settings for the airplane is use
A . = ANSWER
992 | P a g e
206．Which of the following statements
correctly describes the effect resulting from
exposure over many years to aircraft engine
noise 有关多年经受发动机噪音影响的陈述哪个
正确
A.some loss of heaving may occur but total
recovery will eventually take place
B.a permanent loss heaving may occur
C.some loss of heaving may occur but it will
last for only a few minutes after each
exposure
C = ANSWER
207. when does min temperature normally
occur during a 24 hours period 一天24 小时
中什么时间气温最低
A.about 1 hour before sunrise
B.at midnight
C.after sunrise
C = ANSWER
208. what is the propose of the term “hold
for release” when included in an IFR
clearence 仪表许可中发布‘等待放行’的目的是
A.when an IFR cleance is received by
telephone the pilot will have time to precpave
for take off prior to being release
B.a procedure for delaying departure for traffic
993 | P a g e
volume weather or need to issue further
instructions
C.gate hold procedure are in effect and the pilot
receives an estimate of the time the flight will
be released
B = ANSWER(抓着释放。听指挥)
209. what is max allowable weight that may
be carried on a pallet which has the
dimension of 148*125.2 inches? Condition.
floor load limit. 60. pound/sqft, pallet
weight:197 pounds, tiedown device.
66pounds 货盘尺寸为148×125.2 英寸，自重
197 磅，固定装置66 磅，载荷限制60 磅/平方
英尺，其最大载货重量为
A.25, 984.9 pound
B.25, 987.9
C.25, 721.9
C = ANSWER
210. A cockpit voice recorder must be
operated 驾驶舱话音记录器必须_____期间工
A. from the start of the before starting engine
checklist to completion of final checklist upon
termination of flight.
B. from the start of the before starting engine
checklist to completion of checklist prior to
994 | P a g e
engine shutdown.
C. when starting to taxi for takeoff to the engine
shutdown checklist after termination of the
flight.
211. A rise in carbon dioxide concentration
in the blood cause血液中二氧化碳浓度增高，
A. a reduction in respiration rate
B. an increase in respiration rate
C. an increase….
212. Doppler wind measurements indicate
that the windspeed change a pilot may
expect when flying through the peak
intensity of a microburst is approximately多
普勒雷达探测到空中风速变化，飞行员应明白穿
越微下击暴流风速最大强度约为
A. 45 kts
B. 15 kts
C. 25 kts
213. Grey out generally occurs at灰视通常发
生在
A. 3G
B. +3GB. +2.5G
995 | P a g e
C. +4.5G
214. In a bypass engine ,the bypass exhaust
is 双涵道发动机的外涵道排气
A. Always exhausted separately
B. Always mixed with the normal exhaust gas in
the jet pipe
C. Sometimes mixed with the normal exhaust
gases in the jet pipe
215. In relation to take off performance V1 is
the speed by which起飞性能参数V1是指
A. a decision has been made
B. retardation action is taken
C. a margin of 10% exists over Vmcg
216. TODR takes into account the ground
distance to lift off plus the air distance to
reference zero, what is reference zero? 起飞
所需距离是地面滑跑距离加上到参考零点的空
中距离的总和，参考零点是
A. the distance at which landing gear restriction
is initiated
B. the departure end of the runway
C. a point 35 ft above the take off surface
996 | P a g e
217. Tropical TS occurring in the hours just
before down are most likely to from日落前数
小时发生的雷暴最可能发生在
A. over coast waters with tendency…
B. inland in subcontinental area
C. over coastal land areas with…
218. Water is said to have a greater value of
specific heat as compared with the land,
because与陆地相比，水的比热更大，原因是
A. it’s able to absorb more heat than the land,
but has no bearing on the rate of change in the
temperature
B. it requires less heat be taken into change it
temperature as compared with the land
C. it equires more heat to increase it
temperature than land
219. Which organic of the body sense(s)
acceleration?身体哪个器官感知加速
A. the vestibular apparatus
B. the Eustachian tabe
C. the tympanic membrane
220. What is a feature of super cold water?
过冷水滴的特点是
997 | P a g e
A. the unstable water drop freezes upon
striking an exposed object
B. the temperature of the water drop remains at
0˚C until it impacts a part of airframe, then cleat
ice accumulates
C. the water drop sublimates to an ice partied
upon impact
221. How can the stability of the atmosphere
be determined?大气的稳定性取决于
C. Surface temperature/dew point spread.
A = ANSWER
222. Which place in the turbojet engine is
subjected to the highest temperature? 涡喷
发动机哪个部分受热温度最高
C.Turbine inlet.
C = ANSWER
223.. Where will the highest temperature in a
turbojet engine occur? 涡喷发动机的最高温
度出现在
A. Turbine inlet.
B. Compressor discharge.
C. Fuel spray nozzles.
998 | P a g e
A = ANSWER
224. The flight time limitations established
for flight crewmembers include机组成员飞行
时间限制包括
A. only commercial flying in any flight
crewmember position in which CCAR 121
B. all flight time, except military, in any flight
C. all commercial flying in any flight
C = ANSWER (121 部说：不要所有的飞行时间)
225. "Do something quickly!", may be the
expression of pilots who have the following
attitude?机组成员危险态度
A.Macho B.Invulnerability: C.Impulsively:
C = ANSWER
226. Some hazardous attitudes may affect
pilot decision making. One of the
characteristic of "Anti-authority" is 机组成员
危险态度
A. refuses to listen to the advice or suggestions
of others
B. adopt all rules, regulations, and procedures
as far as possible
C. does the first thing that comes to mind.
999 | P a g e
A = ANSWER
227. Group II aircraft are 组类二飞机是
B.Turbojet aircraft
B = ANSWER
228. What are the line check requirements
for the pilot in command for a domestic air
carrier?国内航空运输机机长的航线检查要求是
A. The line check is required every 12 calendar
months in one of the types of airplanes to be
flown.
B. The line check is required only when the pilot
is scheduled to fly into special areas and
airports.
C. The line check is required every 12 months
in each type aircraft in which the pilot may fly.
A = ANSWER
229.. Which of the following differs most
greatly at the two sides of the front? 锋面两
侧，差异最明显的是
A. wind speed
B. air temperature
C. air pressure
B = ANSWER
230.. If the estimated time of departure is
1400 Beijing Time, pilot should file flight
1000 | P a g e
plan at least before 预计离场时间北京时间
1400，飞行员最晚在____申报飞行计划
A.1330 Beijing Time
B.1300 Beijing Time
C.1230 Beijing Time
C = ANSWER
231.. What effect does an uphill runway
slope have upon takeoff performance? 上坡
跑道对起飞性能的影响
A = ANSWER
232.The Krueger flap extends from the
leading edge of the wing, increasing its 克
鲁格襟翼在机翼前缘放出，增加机翼的
A. angle of attack
B. camber
C. energy
B = ANSWER
234.A Land and Hold Short Operations
(LAHSO) clearance, that the pilot accepts:飞
行员接受LAHSO 许可后，应
1001 | P a g e
B = ANSWER
235.For a given angle of bank, the load
factor imposed on both the aircraft and pilot
in a coordinated constant-altitude turn 平飞
协调转弯中，飞机迎角不变，载荷因数
A. is directly related to the airplane's gross
weight.
B. varies with the rate of turn.
C. is constant
C = ANSWER
236.The flight crew learn that there is a
stationary front over their destination
airport. Therefore, they can conceive the
present weather at the destination as.飞行机
组获悉目的机场有静止锋，因而可以预测目的机
场天气为
A.cumulus, shower, thunderstorm , good
visibility
B.stratus, light rain, poor visibility cause by low
Clouds or fog
B = ANSWER
237. The symbol for the speed at which the
critical engine is assumed to fail during
takeoff is 起飞中关键发动机失效的速度符号为
A.V2.
1002 | P a g e
B.V1.
C.VEF.
C = ANSWER
238. The Maximum speed during takeoff
that the pilot may abort the takeoff and stop
the airplane within the accelerate-stop
distance is 起飞中断，飞机可以在加速停止距
离内停止的最大速度是
A.V2. B.VEF. C.V1.
C = ANSWER
239. Where are position reports required on
an什么地方需要位置报告
A. Over all designated compulsory reporting
prints.
B. Only request by ATC.
C. When change altitude or advise of weather
conditions.
A = ANSWER
240. Which of the following is not correct?下
列哪个陈述错误
A. Solar radiation penetrates the atmosphere
more readily than terrestrial radiation6
B.The amount of solar radiation absorbed at
the earth surface is independent of the type of
surface
C. Water vapour and carbon dioxide are
1003 | P a g e
important absorbers of terrestrial radiation
A = ANSWER
241. Haze can give the illusion that the
aircraft is霾可以导致错觉，看似飞机___
A. Closer to the runway that is actuall
B. Farther to the runway that is actuall
C. The same distance from the runway as that
is no restriction to visibility
B = ANSWER
242. The support struts of the cone in the
exhaust system 排气系统的圆锥支柱
A. Are sometimes used to straighten out the
exhaust gases
B. Give the exhaust gases a swirl effect
C. Are fitted to support the cone only
A = ANSWER
(243-247 为电报图题)
243. After 2100UTC the visibility is expected
to reduce as result of
A. Windespread dust
B. Raised sand
C.HAZE
C = ANSWER
244. The Maximum wind speed expected
A.25
B.15
C.12
1004 | P a g e
B = ANSWER
245. The wind forecast to changes at what
time?
A.2030
B.1700
C.1830
A = ANSWER
246. The mean wind speed at the time of the
report was
A.Calm
B.40KT
C.20KT
B = ANSWER
247. The tems “TEMPO” in this report apply
to the occurrence
A. Low cloud
B. Thunderstorm with sand
C. Reduced visibility
B = ANSWER
248. As gross weight decreases during the
cruise max range speed and specific air
range will respectively巡航时全重减小，最大
航程速度和航程分别将会
A. Decreases and increase
B. Increase and decreases
C. Decreases and decreases
B = ANSWER
1005 | P a g e
249. In a cla?? Shell door type thrust
reverser system when reverse is select the
exhaust gases
A.90°
B.30°
C.45°
A = ANSWER
250. What is the max pemrsible variation
between the twe bearing indictors on a dual
VOR system. When checking one VOR
against the other? 两套VOR 交叉检查时最大
允许误差为
A. 6° in flight and 4° on the ground
B. 4° on the ground and in flight
C. 6° on the ground and in flight
B = ANSWER
251. Assuring that appropriate Aero chart 谁
确保随机携带适用的航图
A. Airplane dispatcher
B. Pilot in command
C. Flight navigator
B = ANSWER
252. Under what condition is stall speed the
highest?何时失速速度最大
A. Gross weight is at Max allowable value
B. CG is at the most rearward
1006 | P a g e
C. CG is at the most forward
C = ANSWER
253. A stopway most be
A. Of sufficient strength to support the airplane
weight and be clear of obstacle
B. Of sufficient strength to support the airplane
weight
C.……however is not required to be centrally
located about the extend centerline of runway
A = ANSWER
254. Inversion illusion:倒翻错觉发生条件
**An abrupt change from a climb to straight
255. Coriolis illusion:
**An abrupt head movement
256. 飞行从目的机场飞到备降场还能飞多长时
间备份燃油？
A.30
B.45
C.40
B = ANSWER
257. 双发飞机一发停车，机长应采取哪些措
施？
A.在最近能安全着陆机场的着陆。
B.宣布进入紧急情况，要求其他飞机避让。
C.降低高度飞行。
A = ANSWER
1007 | P a g e
258. 特别繁忙的机场空域仪表飞行，必须要有
___接受机：
A.NDB
B.ILS
C.VOR
C = ANSWER
259. 机场区域内最低安全高度：
**平原＋（300米），丘陵、山区＋（600米）
260. 121 部规定飞行员年飞行时间不超过1000
小时。
261. 在无明确规定的机场起飞，双发飞机能见
度不小于（1600）米，三发或以上飞机能见度不
小于（800）米。
262. 着陆外形失速速度VSO
263. 从一航空公司转到另一航空公司要进行：
新雇员训练
264. 如果局方认为某人有可能违反本条(a)(3)项
的规定，此人应当根据局方的要求，将其担任或
试图担任机组成员之后4小时内所做的每次体内
药物测试的结果提供给局方。
265. 进入机场区域或加入起落航线高度不得低
于离地高度1500英尺（450米）。
266. 飞行记录器拆下后，还可进行多少天的非
商用取酬飞行？15天。
267. 高度表及高度报告交流应在几个月内进行
测试和检查？24个月。
1008 | P a g e
268. 飞机类别昼间目视飞行到预定点着陆，按
续航速度等待至少飞30分钟。
269.除直升机外，只有能见度不小于多少才能按
VFR起飞着陆？1600米。
270.在私用大型航空器上，担任驾驶员至少取得
商照。
680 道英文题 ( 截选)
13..Which condition will for the formation of
radiation fog?
A. Moist, stable air being moved over gradually
rising ground by a wind.
B. A clear sky, little or no wind,and high relative
humidity.
B = ANSWER
18.. In the Northern hemisphere, if a pilot
makes a long-distance flight from east to
west, under which of the following
conditions, ( 接正文encounter against the
wind forming by air pressure system?)
A. when the airplane is in the south of high
pressure system and in the north of low
pressure system.
B. When the airplane is in the north of high
pressure system and in the south of low
pressure system.
1009 | P a g e
C. When the airplane is in the north of high
pressure and low pressure systems .
B = ANSWER
39.. [Refer to Figures 4-46, 4-47 and 4-48.]
What is the ETE from Chicago Midway
Airport to Greater Buffalo Intl?
A = ANSWER
68.When are outboard ailerons normally
used?
A = ANSWER
124..What aural and visual indications
should be observed over an ILS middle
marker?
A. Continuous dots at the rate of six per
second.
second.
per second.
C = ANSWER
139..When a speed adjustment is necessary
1010 | P a g e
to maintain separation, what minimum
speed may ATC request of a arrival aircraft
operating below 3,000 meters?
A. Turbojet aircraft, a speed not less than 230
knots. Piton engine and turboprop aircraft, a
speed not less than 150 knots.
B. a speed not less than 210 knots; except 20
miles from threshold, not less than 170 knots.
Piston and turboprop aircraft. not less than 200
knots; except 20 flying miles from threshold, not
less than 150 knots.
B = ANSWER
153..The "age 60 rule" of CCAR Part 121 not
applies to
C.flight engineer or navigator.
C = ANSWER
174..What action should a pilot take when a
clearance appears to be contrary to a
regulation?
A = ANSWER
178..In northern sphere, the air cyclone
1011 | P a g e
circumfluence is
C = ANSWER
185..What is the purpose of a restricted
airspace?
A.To protect military activities only.
B.To protect science tests only.
C.To restrict the entry of civil aircrafts.
C = ANSWER
197..Which flight plan requirement applies
to an international air carrier that is
B.No alternate airport is required if the visibility
at the destination airport is desired to be at
least 4,800m.
C.An alternate airport is not required if the
ceiling at the destination airport is at least 600m
AGL.
A = ANSWER
208..The leading edge of an advancing
warm air mass is.
A. warm front
B. . B. stationary front.
C. C. cold front.
A = ANSWER
1012 | P a g e
237..How can a pilot identify a military
airport at night?
B.White and red beacon light with dual flash of
the white
C.Green and white beacon light with dual flash
of the white
C = ANSWER
245..What recovery would be appropriate in
the event of compressor stall?
A.Reduce fuel flow, reduce angle of attack, and
increase airspeed.
B.Advance throttle, lower angle of attack, and
reduce airspeed.
C.Reduce throttle, reduce airspeed, and
increase angle of attack.
A = ANSWER
254..The heat of the troposphere air is
chiefly from .
A.the absorption of sun radiation by the water
vapor
B.the absorption of sun ultraviolet ray radiation
by the ozone
C = ANSWER
259..What aural and visual indications
should be observed over an ILS outer
1013 | P a g e
maker?
A. Continuous dots at the rate of six per
second.
second.
per second.
B = ANSWER
339..(Refer to Figure 6-2) How much is the
altitude of LOM while executing ILS/DME
approach?
A.762 feet.
B.870 feet.
C.755 feet.
B = ANSWER
387..If an engine's rotation is stopped in
flight, the pilot in command must report it,
as soon as practicable, to the
A. ATC and dispatcher.
B. nearest CAAC district office.
C. operations manager (or director of
operations).
A = ANSWER
395..If an air carrier schedules a dispatcher
for 13 hours of duty in a
24-consecutive-hour period, what action is
required?
1014 | P a g e
A.The dispatcher should be given a rest period
of 24 hours at the end of the 13 hours
B.The dispatcher should refuse to be on duty
13hours as the CCAR part 121 limits the duty
period to 10 consecutive hours
C.The dispatcher should be given a rest period
of at least 8 hours at or before the completion of
10 hours of duty
C = ANSWER
414..The average time of useful
consciousness when engaged in moderate
activity following a rapid decompression at
42,000 feet is closest to
A.25 seconds
B.15 seconds
C.35 seconds
B = ANSWER
422..[Refer to Figures 4-28 and 4-29.] What
approach speed and ground roll will be
pounds with 5o of flaps?
B = ANSWER
430..Which of the following is the right
description about the effect of alcohol
1015 | P a g e
A.An individual can speed up the rate at which
alcohol leaves the body.
B.Alcohol can affect the semi-circular canals,
which leads to an increase in susceptibility to
disorientation and motion sickness.
C.Small amounts of alcohol in the human
system increase judgment and decision-making
abilities.
B = ANSWER
441..[Refer to Figure 4-26.] How many feet
will remain after landing on a 6,000-foot wet
runway with reversers inoperative at
A.2,100 feet
. B.2,650 feet
C.3,000 feet.
C = ANSWER
517..(Refer to Figure 3) In the telegram (3),
which weather phenomenon that influence
fly be described.
A. Low-level wind share
B. Microburst
C. Turbulence
A = ANSWER
557..TCASII provides
1016 | P a g e
B.Proximity warning
C.Maneuvers in all directions to avoid the
conflicting traffic
A = ANSWER
576..If the first portion of the flight is under
VFR and the latter portion is under IFR, pilot
should fill the FLIGHT RULES box with letter
A.Y.
B.I.
C.Z.
C = ANSWER
596..(Refer to Figure 3) In the AIRMET
information, the expected changes in
intensity of the icing is.
A. Intensify
B. Weaken
C. No change
B = ANSWER
599..(Refer to Figure 5) what weather area is
there in the east of zhengzhou
A. Rain
B. Light fog
C. Fog
C = ANSWER
speed may ATC request of a turboprop
1017 | P a g e
aircraft departing an airport?
A. 200 knots
B. 170 knots
C. 150 knots
C = ANSWER
619..It should be reported without ATC request that
A. A change in cruising true airspeed of 10
knots or 5%, whichever is greater.
B. A change in cruising true airspeed of 10
knots or 10%, whichever is greater.
C. A change in cruising true airspeed of 5 knots
or 10%, whichever is greater.
A = ANSWER
630. What is one of the requirements that
must be met by an airline pilot to reestablish
recency of experience?
A.At least one landing must be made from a
circling approach.
B.At least one {full stop landing} must be made.
C.At least one precision approach must be
made to the lowest minimums authorized for
the certificate holder.
B = ANSWER
speed may ATC request of a turbojet arrival
aircraft operating below 3,000 meters?
1018 | P a g e
A. 250 knots
B. 210 knots
C. 200 knots
B = ANSWER
638..What is the name of a plane beyond the
takeoff runway, which is able to support the
airplane, for use in decelerating the airplane
during an aborted takeoff?
A.Clearway.
B.Stopway.
B = ANSWER
669..(Refer to Figure 6-5) At the bottom of this enroute chart excerpt, ZHENGZHOU
ACC's information is enclosed in a
rectangle, what is the VHF communication
frequency?
A.122.20MHz.
B.3016MHz.
C.8897MHz.
A = ANSWER
677..What should a pilot do to maintain
"best range" airplane performance when a
{tailwind} is encountered?
A.Increase speed.
B.Maintain speed.
C.Decrease speed.
C = ANSWER
1019 | P a g e
1020 | P a g e

CAE Parc Aviation ATPL Study Material

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CAE Parc Aviation ATPL Study Material

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chinese ATPL Study

We wish you the best of luck!

The ATPL test is a Computer based test consisting of 100 questions

The test time duration is 2.5 hours

On completing a question, please click ‘NEXT’ and not ‘FINISH’.

When you want to submit the test, please press ‘FINISH’.

CAAC ATPL TEST QUESTIONS

B. pilots who have completed an FAA-approved Category II training program.

privileges may be exercised regarding these airplanes?

A.Commercial - B-737; ATP - B-727 and B-747.

B.ATP - B-747; Commercial - B-727 and B-737.

C.ATP - B-747, B-727, and B-737.

A.ATP - B-727 and DC-3; Commercial - DC-9.

B.ATP - B-727 only; Commercial - DC-9 and DC 3.

C.ATP - B-727, DC-3, and DC-9.

10. A crewmember who has served as second-in-command on a particular type

airplane (e.g., B737-300), may serve as pilot-in-command upon completing

which training program?

B. trip number and weight and balance data.

C. weather information for the complete flight and a crew list.

12. A domestic air carrier airplane lands at an intermediate airport at 1815Z.

*(domestic 1 hour,flag 6 hours)

intermediate airport. How long before a redispatch release is required?

A. Not more than 1 hour.

B. Not more than 2 hours.

C. More than 6 hours.

releases, and load manifests for at least

time that it may depart without being redispatched is

(domestic 1 hour,flag 6 hours)

16. A passenger briefing by a crewmember shall be given, instructing

passengers on the necessity of using oxygen in the event of cabin

depressurization, prior to flight conducted above

and/or magnetized materials must have satisfactorily completed an established

and approved training program within the preceding

a proficiency check or line-oriented simulator training within the preceding

19. A pilot in command must complete a proficiency check or simulator training

within the preceding

20. A pilot, acting as second-in-command, successfully completes the

further IFR flights are made?

21.A turbojet-powered flag air carrier airplane is released to an airport which

has no available alternate. What is the required fuel reserve?

A. 2 hours at normal cruise speed in a no wind condition fuel consumption.

B. 2 hours at normal cruise fuel consumption.

C. 30 minutes, plus 10 percent of the total flight time.

month, for no more than

*{Maximum accumulate flight time :

1000 hr. for a calendar year

100hr. for a month

Maximum continued flight time :

For 2 crew member 8hr. (14hr. duty time,includflight preparation.....)

For 3 crew member 10hr. (16hr. duty time)

For 4 crew member with a second-pic 17hr. (20hr. duty time)}

for no more than

24. An air carrier may schedule a pilot, on a four-pilot crew (including a

second-in-commander pilot), for flight deck duty during any 24

consecutive-hour period for not more than

25. An air carrier may schedule a pilot, on a three-pilot crew (including a

second-in-commander pilot), for flight deck duty during any 24

consecutive-hour period for not more than

B.one crewmember must be qualified to perform the duties of the flight

the flight engineer duties.

A. every 7 consecutive days

C. each calendar week

the number of flight attendants required with 97 passengers aboard?(*1 for